Tax Notes logo

8.20.7. Closing Procedures

8.20.7 Closing Procedures

Manual Transmittal

July 03, 2019

Purpose

(1) This transmits revised IRM 8.20.7, Account and Processing Support (APS), Closing Procedures.

Material Changes

(1) Interim Guidance AP-08-0419-0006, Low-income Installment Agreement Documentation and User Fee Reimbursement, is incorporated into IRM 8.20.7.41.1.

(2) Interim Guidance AP-08-0319-0004, Shared Responsibility Payment (SRP) Instructions to Appeals Technical Employees (ATE), and Account and Processing Support (APS) Tax Examiners (TE), is incorporated into new section, IRM 8.20.7.54.

(3) Interim Guidance AP-08-0319-0003, Input of Direct Debit Installment Agreements by Account and Processing Support (APS) is incorporated into IRM 8.20.7.41.1 and IRM 8.20.7.20.17.

(4) Interim Guidance AP-08-1218-0014, Handling of IRC 6201(a)(4) Interest and Penalty Additions in Collection Due Process Cases with Restitution Based Assessments, is incorporated into new section, IRM 8.20.7.20.10.

(5) Interim Guidance AP-08-0817-0012, Electronic Transmittal of Forms 5402 and Appeals Case Memos for SB/SE Field and Specialty Examination Cases, is incorporated into IRM 8.20.7.2.3.

(6) Interim Guidance AP-08-0817-0013, Paperless e-file Case Closing Procedures, is incorporated into IRM 8.20.7.25.

(7) Interim Guidance AP-08-0218-0003, Account and Processing Support (APS) Guidelines for Employer Shared Responsibility Payment (ESRP) Cases, is incorporated into new section, IRM 8.20.7.28

(8) Updated Non-Master File (NMF) contact information in IRM 8.20.7.48.

(9) Corrected and updated hyperlinks throughout this section.

Effect on Other Documents

This IRM supersedes IRM 8.20.7 dated September 29, 2018.

Audience

Appeals

Effective Date

(07-03-2019)

Anita M. Hill
Director, Case and Operations Support

Program Scope and Objectives

(1) Purpose. This IRM section describes the closing actions and procedures used by Account and Processing Support (APS). A closing action is required to process the applicable resolution for the Appeals’ or the United States Tax Court (USTC) final determination for the respective taxpayer’s case. APS uses the appropriate closing form(s) and documents provided by the technical employee, to prepare the adjustment document(s) for all database and systems applicable to the taxpayer’s account(s) being released and concluded under Appeals’ or USTC jurisdiction. IRM 8.20.7, Account and Processing Support (APS), Closing Actions:

  1. Provides guidance and procedures for the range of closing actions applicable to the full range of case types under Appeals’ and/or Counsel jurisdiction.

  2. Provides specific instructions for processing closing actions for all systems and databases associated with the taxpayer’s case.

  3. Includes instructions for identifying closing requirements for both docketed and non-docketed cases.

  4. Includes an exhibit for editing and completing Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record.

  5. Includes an exhibit of the Sample Appeals Quality Measurement System (AQMS) Coversheet.

  6. Includes an exhibit for the ACDS Attachments Required for the AQMS TE/TCS Reviewers.

  7. Includes an exhibit for the Innocent Spouse - ACDS Statute Date/Code Table.

  8. Includes an exhibit for Sources of Information and IDRS References.

  9. Includes an exhibit for How to Determine the TC 521 Date.

  10. Includes an exhibit for APS Instructions - Method and Example For Computing Interest Abatement.

  11. Includes an exhibit for General Acronyms and Acronym Definitions Included in APS IRMs 8.20.5, 8.20.6, and 8.20.7.

  12. Includes an exhibit for Appeals Centralized Database System (ACDS) Acronyms and Codes Included in APS IRMs 8.20.5, 8.20.6, and 8.20.7.

  13. Includes an exhibit for Automated Information Management System (AIMS) Acronyms and Command Codes (CC) Included in APS IRMs 8.20.5, 8.20.6, and 8.20.7.

  14. Includes an exhibit for Integrated Data Retrieval System (IDRS) and Corporate Files Online (CFOL) Acronyms and Command Codes (CC) Included in APS IRMs 8.20.5, 8.20.6, and 8.20.7.

  15. Includes an exhibit for "Interest-Related" IRC § , Rev. Proc., Rev. Rul., and Applicable IRM References.

  16. Includes an exhibit entitled Table of the Most Common Credit Reference Numbers (CRN) and Item Reference Numbers (IRN) Applicable to an Income Tax (MFT 30/05/02) Account.

  17. Includes an exhibit for Entries for the Final Form 5403 Preparation to Close AIMS After a Quick Assessment has been Processed

  18. Includes an exhibit for Assembly Order for Non-Collection Cases

  19. Includes an exhibit for TC 520 Closing Codes (cc) and Master File (MF) Freezes

  20. Includes an exhibit for Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures

(2) Audience. Appeals Account and Processing Support (APS) Employees.

(3) Policy Owner. Appeals Policy is under Director, Case and Operations Support.

(4) Program Owner. Appeals Policy is the program office responsible for providing technical and procedural guidance to the Appeals organization.

(5) Contact Information. Appeals employees follow established procedures on http://appeals.web.irs.gov/directory/contacts.htm How to Contact an Analyst. All other employees should contact the Product Content Owner provided on the Product Catalog Information page for this IRM.

Background

(1) In February of 2003, Appeals changed the reporting structure of the APS function within Appeals from the local office Chief, to the Director of APS. The Director of APS reports to the Director, Case and Operations Support in Appeals headquarters.

(2) The APS specific Internal Revenue Manuals (IRM) are in IRM 8.20, Account and Processing Support (APS).

(3) APS responsibilities are described in IRM 8.20.7.1.3, Responsibilities.

Authority

(1) IRM 8.20, Account and Processing Support (APS), establishes the APS program and policy framework for Appeals.

Responsibilities

(1) The Director, Case and Operations Support (COS) is the executive responsible for designing, developing, delivering, and monitoring short- and long-range tax administration policies, programs, strategies, and objectives for the Appeals organization.

(2) The Director, Policy, Planning, Quality and Analysis, is responsible for providing technical and procedural guidance to Appeals employees, establishing and maintaining policies and standard procedures for Appeals work streams.

(3) Policy is comprised of two teams of analysts: Collection Policy and Examination Policy. The analyst(s) responsible for APS programs report to the Manager for Collection Policy.

(4) The Policy analyst shown on the Product Catalog page as the originator is the assigned author of this IRM.

(5) For more information on Appeals Policy, see the About Appeals - Case and Operations Support (COS) page on the Appeals website, where you can navigate to the two Policy teams’ web pages.

(6) The Director, APS, is the senior manager responsible for the control and processing of all Appeals cases. The Director, APS, reports to the Director COS. For more information on APS, see the APS page on the Appeals website.

(7) Appeals Account and Processing Support (APS) has primary responsibility for the following:

  • Receiving, controlling and processing ACDS, AIMS, IDRS and other system/account update requests from the Appeals Technical Employees (ATE) and Counsel Attorney.

  • Mailing closing letters prepared by the technical employee when appropriate.

  • Verifying and updating Assessment Statute Expiration Dates (ASED) for each taxpayer’s account in Appeals’ or Counsel’s jurisdiction.

  • Processing and monitoring final account adjustment processing based upon the disposition of the case to ensure the correct billing notice or refund is released to protect the taxpayer’s right to finality for their respective case.

  • Identifying account adjustment errors and/or unpostable conditions and expeditiously performing corrective actions to ensure the taxpayer’s account is accurate and resolved.

  • Adherence to the Appeals Feedback Loop requirements based upon the case type.

Program Reports

(1) The APS function utilizes a variety of reports from the following systems to verify, control, analyze, monitor and close cases resolved under Appeals and/or Counsel jurisdiction:

  • Appeals Centralized Database System (ACDS)

  • Automated Information Management System (AIMS)

  • Automated Offer In Compromise System (AOIC)

  • Innocent Spouse Tracking System (ISTS)

  • Integrated Data Retrieval System (IDRS)

  • Processing Employee Automated System (PEAS)

(2) The following IRMs provide specific information related to APS program reports:

  • IRM 8.10.1, Appeals Reports and Projects - Internal Reports

  • IRM 8.20.2, Account and Processing Support (APS) - IDRS Transcripts and Automated Systems

  • IRM 8.20.3, Account and Processing Support (APS) - Appeals Centralized Database System (ACDS)

  • IRM 8.20.10, Account and Processing Support (APS) - Appeals Processing Employee Automated System (PEAS)

Terms and Acronyms

(1) The APS processing IRM terms and acronyms are provided in the following Exhibits:

  • Exhibit 8.20.7-10, General Acronyms and Acronym Definitions Included in APS IRMs 8.20.5, 8.20.6, and 8.20.7

  • Exhibit 8.20.7-12, Appeals Centralized Database System (ACDS) Acronyms and Codes Included in APS IRMs 8.20.5, 8.20.6, and 8.20.7

  • Exhibit 8.20.7-14, Automated Information Management System (AIMS) Acronyms and Command Codes (CC) Included in APS IRMs 8.20.5, 8.20.6, and 8.20.7

  • Exhibit 8.20.7-16, Integrated Data Retrieval System (IDRS) and Corporate Files Online (CFOL) Acronyms and Command Codes (CC) Included in APS IRMs 8.20.5, 8.20.6, and 8.20.7

Related Resources

(1) Additional APS program information and resources are available as provided below:

Introduction to Closing Procedures

(1) Account and Processing Support (APS) is responsible for the following closing actions:

  • Processing Master File (MF) and Non-Master File (NMF) account updates and adjustments for all docketed and non-docketed cases in the Appeals work streams

  • Updating and closing Appeals Centralized Database System (ACDS) records

  • Updating and closing Audit Information Management System (AIMS) controls

  • Updating Automated Offer In Compromise (AOIC)

  • Updating Innocent Spouse Tracking System (ISTS)

  • Updating and closing Partnership Control System (PCS)

  • Updating and closing Processing Employee Automated System (PEAS) records

  • Updating taxpayer’s entity e.g. Name Line, Address, Filing Status, etc...

  • Updating taxpayer’s IDRS account(s) via appropriate tax, credit, penalty, interest adjustment(s)

  • Updating all relevant reference item adjustments (TXI, AGI, SE, etc.)

  • Updating taxpayer’s IDRS account(s) via input of miscellaneous transaction codes and/or closing the TC 520 with the correct closing code (cc)

  • Using all applicable processing strategies to avoid an Unpostable Condition on the taxpayer’s account

(2) The term Appeals Technical Employee (ATE), is used throughout this IRM and is defined in exhibit IRM 8.1.1-1, Common Terms Used in Appeals.

(3) The Appeals Team Manager (ATM) will enter the ACAPDATE (ATM Approval Date) on ACDS prior to forwarding the case to APS for closing actions.

  • The ACAP action is required for all CLS (closing) submissions to APS for processing action(s).

  • The ACAP entry generates a PEAS unassigned record for the designated Processing Team Manager (PTM) who then assigns the case to an APS TE.

(4) In addition to researching the Appeals specific IRM's, APS TE's must also research the appropriate non-Appeals IRM's for general IDRS, AIMS, and account processing guidance. Non-Appeals specific IRM guidance is the primary "source" of policy and procedural instruction to staff, owned by the originating Business Operating Divisions (BOD's) and must be referenced as the source information to ensure that all users adhere to the same policy and procedure throughout the Service.

Reminder: Policy and procedural guidance owned by another BOD will not be duplicated within the Appeals Account and Processing Support (APS) IRM's, but will be cross-referenced when appropriate.

(5) Closing procedure details vary based on the type of case being processed, the presence or absence of AIMS Controls, the Master File Tax (MFT) Code, and final disposition of the case.

(6) Closing actions that generally apply to every case type closed by APS are listed below:

  • Analyze IDRS transcript to identify account status and take all necessary adjustment/update actions

  • Confirm critical data fields for Appeals Inventory Validation Program (AIVP)

  • Date and mail closing letters (if applicable)

  • Follow Disclosure Guidelines and transmit copies of the applicable documents to the designated Fed/State Office identified on the Disclosure Spreadsheet

  • Identify and resolve MF Freeze Codes and account conditions when release of the refund or notice is appropriate* (see example below)

  • Process and monitor Non-AIMS Adjustments until posted

  • Process Appeals/Counsel/Tax Court final decision on taxpayer's account(s)

  • Recognize potential Unpostable Conditions and use the correct Priority Code (PC) and/or Transaction Code (TC) to avoid an unpostable

  • Submit cases selected for AQMS to the designated reviewer

  • Transmit Administrative File and account adjustment source documents as appropriate

  • Transmit Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memorandum and attachment(s) per ATE instruction to comply with Appeals Feedback Loop agreements. (This action should be taken when ACDS is closed and should not be delayed until PEAS is closed.)

  • Update and close ACDS

  • Update and close AIMS Control(s)

  • Update, suspense, and document Case Activity Records on Processing Employee Automated System (PEAS), and close PEAS inventory case when all processing and monitoring action(s) is/are completed

  • Update tracking systems (AOIC, ISTS)

  • Verify the ATE included all "interest-related" notations, forms and schedules** (see Reminder in (10) below)

Example: *For a Collection Due Process (CDP) WUNO:

APS TE Closing Actions for a CDP WUNO

A.) Research IDRS CC: SUMRY to identify the Appeals’ taxpayer accounts (Tax Periods) with collection activity currently suspended in IDRS and Master File (MF) Collection Status 72 with a "-W" freeze.

B.) Compare the Status 72 tax periods with the tax periods reflected on the ACDS CDP WUNO/ACAP’d Form 5402 for CDP closing actions.

C.) Steps to Resolve discrepancies:

  1. If the CC: SUMRY tax periods in Status 72 match the tax periods listed on the Form 5402, then no discrepancy exists - comparison complete.

  2. All Status 72 tax period must be researched whether they also have a Master File -L AIMS freeze or not. If one or more tax periods are in Status 72 but they are not included in the CDP WUNO your are currently closing, then use the ACDS Search feature to verify if another CDP WUNO is open for the TIN and includes all of the additional tax periods - go to step 3.

  3. If there are additional periods listed on SUMRY, before contacting the ATE, the account must be researched for an open TC 520 with cc 76/77. Refund litigation cases and accounts related to certain bankruptcies may be in status 72 with a -W freeze. Or, if the separate CDP WUNO includes all of the additional tax periods in Status 72 then no discrepancy exists - comparison complete, Go to Step 5, If not go to step 4.

  4. Use secure email to alert the ATE about the discrepant tax period(s) and place the case in PEAS Suspense until the discrepancy is resolved and additional actions can be taken.
    ✓ Provide the ATE with the WUNO, tax period(s) in Status 72 but not on ACDS or Form 5402, and the TC 520 76/77 date. *The discrepant tax period(s) may be the result of a new CDP case in transit to Appeals for which a TC 522 should not be input.
    ✓ If the ATE verifies that the discrepant tax period(s) should be closed go to step 5.
    ✓ If the ATE verifies that the discrepant tax period(s) should not be closed, go to row D.) and close only the periods included on ACDS and Form 5402.

  5. To close a period in Status 72 per ATE instructions received in step 4, input a TC 522 cc 76/77 with the same date as the TC 520 being reversed. Also close the open control base.

  6. Caution: *Always compare the TC 520 cc 76/77 date with the other CDP tax period’s TC 520 cc 76/77 date to verify that the tax period not already on ACDS is not a new CDP case in transit to Appeals. Do NOT input a TC 522 on a new CDP case in transit/not yet received and carded onto ACDS.

D.) See IRM 8.20.7.20, Collection Due Process (CDP) Overview of Back-End Processing for continuation of the closing instructions.

(7) Upon receipt of the case, verify that the Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED) is correctly reflected on both ACDS and AIMS (when applicable) and ensure that the file contains all returns identified for the Workunit (WUNO) if applicable, per ACDS and Form 3210/E3210. See IRM 8.21.2, Account and Processing Support (APS) Statute Responsibility, for guidance on APS Tax Examiner (TE) statute verification responsibilities. If the correct ASED is not reflected on both ACDS and AIMS, the ASED must be corrected on ACDS within 24 hours of assignment of the case.

(8) The APS TE assigned to close a case must be aware of "interest-related case features", recognize and analyze "interest-related forms and documents", and must also recognize when any of the "interest-related instructions" are missing or incomplete.

(9) Whenever an "interest-related form, document, or notation" is missing or incomplete, the APS TE will use encrypted email (Cc both your Processing Team Manager (PTM) and the Appeals Team Manager (ATM) to request the necessary form, document, or notation from the Appeals Technical Employee (ATE) be provided by MM-DD-YYYY (allow 10 business days). Enter the response due date in the subject line of the encrypted email.

(10) If no further action can be taken on the case, place the case in the applicable PEAS Suspense Reason Code*, and set a PEAS Follow-up for the day after the response due date. When the ATE timely provides the requested "interest-related item(s)", associate the item(s) with the respective case, remove the case from PEAS Suspense, and prioritize the case as appropriate for processing and closing actions. Whenever the ATE/TCS attaches the requested "interest-related" document to the ACDS record using the ACDS Attachment functionality instead of submitting the document directly to the APS TE, they must notify the APS TE. Providing the requested information and notifying APS, closes the document request PEAS suspense period.

  • *S01 - Waiting on ATE for information/response (Use this suspense for non-docketed cases when the ATE did not provide, nor secure the "interest-related" instruction(s) from TCS prior to submitting the case to APS for closing.) The ATE is responsible for preparing the Form 3608 to request "interest-related" instruction(s) from TCS.

  • *S10 - Waiting on TCS information/response (Use this suspense for Docketed cases when Counsel did not provide, nor secure the "interest-related" instruction(s) from TCS prior to submitting the case to APS for closing.) The APS TE is responsible for preparing the Form 3608 to request "interest-related" instructions from TCS.

Reminder: *All MFT 30 cases (whether docketed or non-docketed) received by APS for AIMS closing, must have the applicability of IRC § 6404(g) verified in writing by the ATE, TCS, or Counsel Attorney. The ATE, TCS, or Counsel Attorney will provide a 6404(g) worksheet for all MFT 30 tax periods on which IRC § 6404(g) is applicable, and when IRC § 6404(g) is NOT applicable, the ATE must make a notation on the Form 5402 stating that "IRC § 6404(g) does not apply". When an MFT 30 docketed case does not already include a Form 5402, the Counsel Attorney will provide APS with the required IRC § 6404(g) information as well as the determination as to if IRC § 6404(g) does not apply whenever appropriate. See IRM 20.2.7, Recording IRC § 6404(g) Notice Date, and IRM 20.2.7, Input of IRC § 6404(g) Notice Date on MF for additional information.

Note: If the case was never assigned to an ATE and the Counsel Attorney did not include the "interest-related" documentation in the docketed case file, the APS TE must submit a request to TCS for preparation of the missing documents. Use APGolf to generate the Form 3608 and select the appropriate TCS ATM from the drop down menu in Item 13. This will systemically generate a Form 3608 assignment to the TCS ATM. The general instructions for preparing the Form 3608 CG, Request for TCS Services are accessible via the Appeals Home Page:
⇒ Click on TCS in the menu bar near the top of the page
⇒ Click Request for Tax Computation - Instructions and Forms in the For Appeals Only section
⇒ Click on a. Appeals - Information for TCS Requests and the General Instructions for Appeals Customers will open
⇒ Use the TCS Assignment Grid for Non-ATCL Cases, to identify the correct TCS ATM for your Appeal’s POD (ATCL cases will have been assigned to an ATCL so these procedures do not apply to assigned ATCL cases.)Instructions for APS to Complete Form 3608 to Request TCS Preparation of "Interest-Related" Documentation on Docketed Cases

Information for TCS Requests for Computations

Form 3608 Section and Page Number for Instructions

Identify taxpayer information

Box 1 - 6 will auto-populate APGolf Form 3608

SEQUA Worksheet

Box 7 Secondary Items Other 1. pg. 3

Form 2285

Box 7 Secondary Items Other 2. pg. 3

IRC § 6404(g) Spreadsheet

Box 12 Additional Clarification pg. 4

Exception: If the requested "interest-related item(s)" are not received timely, notify the ATE, PTM, and ATM via encrypted email that you are rejecting the case back to the ATE to make it "fit for use." Always include the earliest ASED in the encrypted email subject line. The ATE must make all applicable corrections and resubmit it to their ATM to be reviewed and approved with a new ACAPDATE. Always document the PEAS Case Activity Record (CAR) to reflect your actions and decisions prior to rejecting the case back to the ATE and verify that ACDS is open/reopened as appropriate.

Reminder: APS TEs use PEAS Closing Code (cc) 20 when rejecting a case back to the ATE. When rejecting a case back to the ATE, the APS TE must make sure ACDS is Open. If ACDS has already been closed, use the Special Activities menu option Recall a Closed Case to reopen ACDS controls.

(11) Each administrative file may contain the following items:

  • Appeals generated forms, letters, waivers, notices, and Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memorandum (ACM)

  • Statute Extension form(s)

  • Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet

  • Form 3870, Request for Adjustment prepared and signed by the ATE

  • Interest Related Forms and Worksheets

  • Counsel generated forms, letters, settlement computations and transmittal

  • Tax Court Entered Decision or Order Entered document and/or settlement computations

  • Compliance generated forms, letters, waivers, notices and work papers

  • IDRS and AIMS prints utilized by other IRS and Appeals personnel to perform their job duties throughout the casework cycle

Note: For all assigned cases submitted to APS for processing, the ATE is responsible for organizing the administrative file contents in a logical and chronological order prior to submitting the case to their Appeals Team Manager (ATM) for review and approval.

The ATM will ensure all closing documents relevant to the processing of the case are included in the front of the case for access by APS.

(12) When the APS TE completes a processing action and can take no further action on the case until adjustment verification is received, or the input transaction posts, they must properly notate the PEAS Case Activity Record (CAR), and place the case in PEAS Suspense for the appropriate time frame. PEAS also has a Follow-up Date option which is recommended for the most efficient inventory management. The APS TE must determine the appropriate Follow-up Date based upon the reason they are placing the case in PEAS Suspense.

(13) Types of Appeals Specialized Case Closings and Account Adjustments:

(14) In docketed cases, verify that the decision document, settlement computation and Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record all contain the same:

  • Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)

  • Taxpayer Name

  • Tax Period

  • Tax Adjustment Amount

  • Penalty Adjustment Amount

Note: If the docketed case has never been assigned to an ATE and there is no Appeals Time Applied, a Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memorandum will not be included with the case or uploaded as an ACDS attachment. Instead, a completed Form 1734, Transmittal Memorandum or other Transmittal/Memorandum prepared by Counsel, will be included with the case and serve as the transmittal.

Reminder: Whether the case is docketed or non-docketed, the accurate application of interest law is mandatory, thus all "interest-related forms, schedules, and notations" must be provided to APS by Counsel and/or TCS to support APS ability to accurately update the taxpayer’s account and accurately process the case resolution adjustments. Whenever "interest-related forms, schedules, and notations" are missing, or are incorrect, the APS TE must prepare Form 3608 to request the missing or corrected information. See IRM 8.20.7.2 (10) Note for procedures on preparing Form 3608. Whenever the case has not previously been assigned to an ATE/TCS, access the TCS Assignment Grid for Non-ATCL Cases via the following link: http://appeals.web.irs.gov/taxcomput/Default.htm to identify the correct TCS ATM on the Form 3608.

(15) All Non-Docketed cases submitted to APS for closing, must either have the Form 5402, attached to the ACDS record, or have a paper copy included in the case file. Regardless of the process used to provide the Form 5402 to APS, (electronic or hard copy), APS must always verify that the Appeals Team Manager (ATM) Approval signature block and the ACAPDATE entry are completed. If the ATM Approval signature is missing on the hard copy, check the ACDS attachments for the WUNO to locate the “ATM-approved” Form 5402. When you cannot locate the "ATM-approved" Form 5402 contact the ATE for assistance.

(16) Interim Guidance Memorandum AP-08-1015-0008, Electronic Storage and Transmittal of Forms 5402 and Appeals Case Memos for Small Business/Self -Employed (SB/SE) Field and Specialty Examination (Exam) Cases superseded the requirement for the ATE/ATM to always include a paper copy of the Form 5402 in the case file. See IRM 8.20.7.2.3, Appeals Feedback Loop Process and Requirements for additional guidance.

(17) In all agreed cases, verify that the signed and executed agreement form, decision document, settlement computation and Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record, all contain the same:

  • TIN

  • Tax period

  • Taxpayer name

  • Tax

  • Penalty

(18) The employee who is responsible for processing the AIMS adjustments must review the Fed/State Disclosure criteria to determine if the IRS has an existing Fed/State Disclosure Agreement applicable to the taxpayer based on their address at the time their return was filed. The link to the Docketed and Non-Docketed Disclosure spreadsheets and the Disclosure Codes is available on the APS web page at http://appeals.web.irs.gov/APS/default.htm, under the FED/STATE ISSUES SECTION. Follow the Docketed or Non-Docketed Disclosure guidance provided for the state in which the taxpayer lived at the time they filed their return. If there is an existing Fed/State Agreement in place for the State and type of tax return being processed, the spreadsheet will identify the type(s) of documents you must copy and include in the Disclosure Package. The spreadsheet will provide the address and designated name to include in the "Attention:" line to which the Disclosure Package must be mailed. All documents containing PII must be transmitted via Form 3210/E3210. Each time you perform a disclosure, you must also document the taxpayer's account by entering the applicable State Disclosure Code in Item 39 on Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record.

(19) If Compliance sends a disk containing the work papers, RAR, etc., leave the disk in the administrative file.

(20) Valid ACDS CLOSINGCDs (cc):

  • 03 - Agreed Pre-Ninety

  • 04 - Agreed Statutory Notice of Deficiency/Non-Filer

  • 05 - Defaulted Statutory Notice of Deficiency

  • 08 - Agreed Docketed - Appeals Secured Agreement

  • 10 - Agreed Docketed - Counsel Secured Agreement with Appeals Time

  • 11 - Dismissed for Lack of Jurisdiction (Appeals-Issued Statutory Notice of Deficiency or Notice of Determination ONLY)

  • 12 - Dismissed for Lack of Prosecution (Appeals-Issued Statutory Notice of Deficiency or Notice of Determination ONLY)

  • 13 - Unagreed Pre-Ninety/CDP Disregarded Request/Section 6330(g)

  • 14 - Claim Fully Disallowed/OIC Rejected/Penalty Appeal Fully Sustained

  • 15 - Claim Fully Allowed/OIC Accepted/Penalty Appeal Fully Abated

  • 16 - Claim Partially Allowed/OIC Withdrawn/Penalty Appeal Partially Abated

  • 17 - Tried Tax Court Case

  • 18 - TEFRA key/other Department of Justice (DOJ) case Claims Court

  • 19 - TEFRA key/other Department of Justice (DOJ) District Court/Bankruptcy

  • 20 - Premature Referral/Returned to Campus or Compliance Technical Services Function

  • 21 - Premature Referral Jurisdiction Released/Returned to Compliance Technical Services (CTS), Dismissed Compliance Area or Campus Notice cases with No Appeals time, or a Tried Counsel Secured Agreement that was never assigned in Appeals

  • 30 - Transfer to Another Appeals Area

  • 40 - Reassigned Within the Same Appeals Area

  • 42 - Docketed Appeals Jurisdiction

  • 43 - Docketed Counsel Jurisdiction (Trial Prep)

  • 45 - Reference/Team Member Closing

  • 98 - Reject Corrected

  • 99 - Removed

Appeals Inventory Validation System (AIVP)

(1) A closing validation is required on all Appeals Cases using the Validation System on ACDS. The ATE first conducts a validation and submits the case for approval. Once the ATM has approved the case, it is then routed to the APS TE for an additional validation. Detailed explanations of these validations are discussed in IRM 8.10.3, Appeals Inventory Validation Process.

Common Account Adjustment and Research Command Codes Used by APS

(1) APS account adjustment work requires an understanding of multiple AIMS and IDRS Command Codes (CC). The most common CC’s used by APS are listed below and associated with a link to their respective IRMs. When an APS TE receives an error message based upon the data they’ve input, they must access the applicable IRM to locate the Error Message cause and cure. The IRM associated with the respective CC also provides detailed explanations for the various fields applicable to the CC.

Command Code (AIMS/CAF/CFOL/IDRS/PCS)

Internal Revenue Manual

  • ACTON


(IDRS)

IRM 2.3.12, Command Code ACTON

  • ADD24/34/48

  • ADC24/34/48


(IDRS)

IRM 2.4.17, Command Codes ADD24/34/48, ADC24/34/48, FRM34 and DRT24/48

  • ADJ54

  • REQ54


(IDRS)

IRM 2.4.16, Command Codes REQ54 and ADJ54

  • AM424


(AIMS)

IRM 2.8.2, AIMS Command Code AM424

  • AMAXU


(AIMS)

IRM 2.8.6, AIMS Command Code AMAXU

  • AMCLS


(AIMS)

IRM 2.8.7, AIMS Command Code AMCLS

  • AMDIS


(AIMS)

IRM 2.8.3, AIMS Command Code AMDIS

  • AMSOC


(AIMS)

IRM 2.8.5, AIMS Command Code AMSOC

  • AMSTU


(AIMS)

IRM 2.8.4, AIMS Command Code AMSTU

  • BMFOL

  • BMFOLR


(CFOL)

IRM 2.3.59, Command Codes BMFOL and BMFOLR

  • BRTVU


(CFOL)

IRM 2.3.57, Command Code BRTVU

  • CFINK


(CAF)

IRM 2.3.31, Command Codes CFINK, RPINK, KAFFQ and KAFTQ for CAF Inquiry

  • EMFOL


(CFOL Entity)

IRM 2.3.64, Command Code EMFOL

  • ENMOD


(IDRS Entity)

IRM 2.3.15, Command Code ENMOD

  • ENREQ

  • INCHG

  • IRCHG

  • BNCHG

  • BRCHG


(IDRS Entity)

IRM 2.4.9, Command Codes ENREQ, INCHG, IRCHG, BNCHG and BRCHG

  • ESTAB


(IDRS)

IRM 2.3.62, Command Code ESTAB

  • IDT48

  • IDT58

  • RPM48

  • RPM58


(IDRS)

IRM 2.4.61, Command Code IDT48/IDT58/RPM48/CSO48/CSO58

  • IMFOL


(CFOL)

IRM 2.3.51, Command Code IMFOL

  • INOLE

  • SPARQ


(CFOL)

IRM 2.3.47, Command Codes INOLE, EOGEN, and SPARQ

  • INTST

  • ICOMP

  • COMPA


(IDRS)

IRM 2.3.29, Command Codes INTST, ICOMP, and COMPA

  • ISTSD


(IDRS)

IRM 2.3.76, Command Code ISTSD

  • ISTSE


(IDRS)

IRM 2.3.77, Command Code ISTSE

  • ISTSR


(IDRS)

IRM 2.4.56, Command Code ISTSR

  • MFREQ

  • RECON


(IDRS)

IRM 2.3.10, Command Codes MFREQ and RECON

  • NAMES

  • NAMEE


(CFOL Entity)

IRM 2.3.60, Command Codes NAMES, NAMEE, NAMEI, NAMEB, FINDS, FINDE, AND TPIIP

  • REQ54

  • ADJ54


(IDRS)

IRM 2.4.16, Command Codes REQ54 and ADJ54

  • REQ77

  • FRM77

  • FRM7A


(IDRS)

IRM 2.4.19, Command Codes REQ77, FRM77 and FRM7A

  • RTVUE

  • RTFTP


(CFOL)

IRM 2.3.52, Command Code RTVUE and RTFTP

  • STAUP

  • STATI

  • STATB


(IDRS)

IRM 2.4.28, Command Codes STAUP, STATI AND STATB

  • TERUP


(IDRS)

IRM 2.4.13, Command Code TERUP

  • TRDBV

  • TRPRT


(CFOL)

IRM 2.3.73, Command Codes TRDBV, TRERS, TRPRT, and R8453

  • TSCHG


(PCS)

IRM 2.2.3, PCS Command Code TSCHG

  • TSCLS


(PCS)

IRM 2.2.7, PCS Command Code TSCLS

  • TSUMY


(PCS)

IRM 2.2.9, PCS Command Code TSUMY

  • TXMOD

  • SUMRY


(IDRS)

IRM 2.3.11, Command Codes TXMODA and SUMRY

  • UPDIS


(Generalized Unpostable Framework (GUF))

IRM 2.3.48, Command Code UPDIS for the GUF System

  • UPTIN


(GUF)

IRM 2.3.37, Command Code UPTIN for the GUF System

  • XSINQ


(Excess Collection File (XSF))

IRM 2.3.45, Command Code XSINQ

Appeals Feedback Loop Process and Requirements

(1) When the ATE does not populate the "Instruction to APS" on the Form 5402, APS does not perform feedback loop procedures.

(2) Several work streams e.g. ACDS Category IC and CIC case types among others, require the ATE or ATM to forward the Form 5402 and ACM to the Compliance Function and for these cases, the Form 5402 will not include "Instruction to APS" to forward the Form 5402.

(3) Whenever the ATE provides instructions to transmit a copy of the Form 5402 and ACM back to the Compliance Function, APS must do so via an encrypted electronic process whenever possible, and only when necessary, make a copy of the Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo and Appeals Case Memo (ACM) to retain the original in the administrative file. This electronic storage and transmission process is in accordance with the Government Records Directive, as noted in Office of Management and Budget’s (OMB) memorandum, dated August 24, 2012.

Note: APS is not required to prepare or include a Form 3210/E3210 when electronically transmitting the Appeals Feedback Loop file via encrypted email.

The Step Action Chart below provides instructions for APS Employees to electronically transmit Appeals Feedback Loop documents to the Compliance Function designated by the ATE on Form 5402:Step Action Chart for Transmitting the Electronic Appeals Feedback Form 5402 to Compliance

Step No.

Action

1

Perform ACDS closing data entry and validation using existing procedures.

2

Save the ACDS Form 5402 and ACM attachment named "WUNO-XXXXXXXXXX-ACM" to your computer. (The actual WUNO is inserted in place of the Xs.)

3

Open the saved Form 5402 and select the email option from the PDF to generate an email to the Compliance Function identified by the ATE in the "Instruction to APS" field.

4

Attach the Form 5402 and ACM file saved in Step 2 to the email opened in Step 3.

5

Encrypt the email and enter the following information in the Subject line:
"WUNO-XXXXXXXXXX" (inserting the correct WUNO for the Xs.)
Click Send

6

Delete the saved ACM from the temporary working folder on your computer.

Note: The November 4, 2014 memorandum from the Director, Policy Quality and Case Support, entitled "SB/SE Sourced Case Feedback Loop Document Routing Instructions" provides specific routing instructions for SB/SE Cases with Primary Business Codes 201 through 207 (see below). For SB/SE-sourced cases (no change from existing procedures; email address substituted for U.S. mail address):

If the Primary Business Code (PBC) is ...

And the Form 5402 Instructions to APS...

Then...

201 through 207

Say Send the Form 5402. Do not send the ACM.

APS Will Send both Form 5402 and the ACM to the email address printed on Form 5402.

Note: If no address is printed on Form 5402, do not send feedback loop documents. In some cases, Form 5402 serves as a brief ACM. In those cases, only send Form 5402

(4) General hardcopy Form 5402 Appeals Feedback Loop distribution procedures are detailed below and are used when electronic transmission is not possible:

  1. Transmit all hard copy documentation containing Personally Identifiable Information (PII) via Form 3210/E3210. In a high volume office the Form 5402 and ACM Feedback Copies can be batched and submitted to the appropriate office weekly. In a lower volume office, each Form 5402 "Feedback Copy" may be transmitted individually. Local procedures should be implemented and followed based on efficiency, accuracy and mail cost savings.

  2. Use Form 3210/E3210 for the purpose of transmitting ACM Feedback Copies which list the name control and TIN of each case for which PII is being transmitted. Follow existing Form 3210/E3210, suspense and follow-up guidance to verify the PII is received by the designated recipient and the acknowledgement copy is returned timely. In addition, maintain a copy of the Feedback Loop Form 3210/E3210, in a separate binder to verify the feedback was sent to the address designated by the ATE on the Form 5402.

  3. Caution: Do not send the administrative file to the address on the Form 5402 line identified as "APS Mail/FAX Form 5402 and ACM To:"

IRS Future State Transition to a Paperless Case Environment

(1) The IRS Future State transition is in process and APS case receipt, processing and closing actions will adjust as each case type or work stream becomes paperless.

(2) Several paperless case projects involving APS case actions have already been implemented and whenever possible, the processing guidance in this IRM is written in a way to allow for agile inventory management between a paper case processing procedure to a paperless case processing procedure. This is a transition strategy implemented to allow the most efficient use of the guidance in this IRM without requiring extensive updates as well as to mitigate the expense of repetitive IRM clearance and publishing.

(3) The Managing Government Records Directive M-12-18 is accessible via the following link - Office of Management and Budget (OMB), M-12-18 dated August 24, 2012.

Electronically Stored Documents in the Appeals Centralized Database System (ACDS)

(1) Deviation Memorandum PQCS-15-01, Electronically Stored Documents in the Appeals Centralized Database System (ACDS), effective December 16, 2015, allows APS employees to discontinue printing documents for archiving if the documents are already uploaded to ACDS. The procedural change for printing documents during the closing stage is described below:

  • Electronic cases require all case documents to be attached to the ACDS record

  • Paper cases may require APS to print the respective document(s) for association with the case file, as well as create a pdf record to upload as an ACDS attachment

  • It is no longer necessary to print paper copies of the document if the sole purpose is for storage and retention in the administrative file.

  • If existing guidance requires mailing a paper copy of the documents to another operating division (for example, feedback loop purposes), then existing guidance remains in effect.

  • See (2) below for additional information about documents which APS must continue to print and associate with the paper case file, as well as hardcopy documentation requirements for manual interest computations.

(2) Account and Adjustment Source Documents must still be completed and affixed to the paper case-file or adjustment authorization document(s) by APS when submitting the completed paper case to Campus Files Function.

Note: When a paper copy of the various document(s), form(s) and/or interest computation is required to be associated with the paper case file, the APS TE can also upload the item as an ACDS attachment. This practice facilitates post-closure access to an item that would otherwise require an ESTAB request for the paper case file from Campus Files or another function.

(3) All manual interest computations must be printed and associated with the respective source document(s):

  • Form 2859, Request for Quick or Prompt Assessment

  • Form 3753, Manual Refund Posting Voucher

  • Form 3870, Request for Adjustment

  • Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record

  • Form 5792, Request for IDRS Generated Refund (IGR)

  • Form 8485, Assessment Adjustment Case Record

  • IRM 20.2.1, Manual Calculation of Interest - Documentation provides details for the interest computation documentation requirements.

  • IRM 8.20.6, ACDS Attachments provides details for uploading an item as an ACDS attachment as well as a recommended attachment description process.

Appeals Quality Measurement System (AQMS) Review

(1) AQMS relies on a statistically valid sample of closed cases in completing the quality review of the Appeals process. AQMS selects cases for review by setting a unique skip interval of closed cases for each area on ACDS. These individual skip intervals are monitored throughout the year and are adjusted accordingly by AQMS.

(2) The validity of the statistical sample is critical to AQMS and the receipt of selected cases directly impacts the ability to achieve a statistically valid sample. In order to ensure the validity of the reviews, the Manager, AQMS periodically sends a report of cases selected but not received to the Director, APS for appropriate follow-up.

(3) Standard 8 measures the following actions taken by APS employees on Collection cases:

  1. Compliance with processing procedures for CDP/EH, OIC, CAP and TFRP cases

  2. Accuracy of adjustments

  3. Appropriateness of time spans

(4) Standard 8 Collection cases are rated at the maximum allowable score when the following occurs:

  1. Front-end and back-end processing procedures for Collection cases are correctly applied

  2. Adjustments are accurately processed and posted prior to sending the case to AQMS and

  3. APS employee's actions are timely and appropriate

(5) Standard 8 measures the following factors on Non-Collection cases:

  1. Accuracy of interest computation(s)

  2. Accuracy of ACDS Update(s)

  3. Final closing documents and processing instructions are accurate and present

  4. Computational and assessment/abatement procedures are followed

  5. Accuracy and timeliness of assessments/abatements

  6. Appropriate time spans and time applied

(6) Standard 8 Non-Collection cases are rated at the maximum allowable score when the following occurs:

  1. Interest is correctly computed by the TE

  2. ACDS is updated with the revised statute date and tax/penalty/claim amount

  3. All final closing documents and instructions are accurately prepared and in the administrative file

  4. Proper procedures for assessment/abatements are applied

  5. Assessments/abatements are completed timely and accurately

  6. Time span and time applied are appropriate

Automated AQMS Coversheet

(1) When APS closes a case on ACDS and the case is selected for AQMS Review, an automated and completed AQMS Coversheet will appear on the screen indicating where to send the case for AQMS Review. See Exhibit 8.20.7-2 for a sample of the AQMS Coversheet which auto-populates with the name of the AQMS Reviewer and his/her office location.

(2) The APS employee closing the case will:

  • Print, the AQMS Coversheet

  • Attach the AQMS Coversheet to the front of the case file.

    Exception: ACDS Category "IC" and "CIC" cases selected for AQMS, see IRM 8.20.7.3.2.5.1, ACDS Category IC and CIC Cases Selected for AQMS Review for procedures.

  • Process the case and attach the AQMS TE-required reviewer documentation to the file and/or ACDS Record. Verify the AQMS TCS-required reviewer documentation is attached to the ACDS Record and upload missing documentation as necessary.

    Reminder: The ACDS Attachment requirement applies only to AQMS-selected cases closed by APS on ACDS with account adjustment(s) processed by APS.

Cases Selected for AQMS Review

(1) Four types of cases will be identified for AQMS review:

  1. Cases closed on ACDS but account adjustments are not processed by APS - These cases are normally Collection cases. See IRM 8.20.7.3.2.1 for instructions on closing Collection cases selected for AQMS Review. APS will not re-charge the Collection case types identified in IRM 8.20.7.3.2.1 to AQMS.

  2. Cases closed on ACDS and Non-AIMS Collection cases* that require account adjustments are processed by APS - *These cases are normally non-AIMS but may include some Collection cases that require APS to process account adjustments. When a case is selected for AQMS review, the case will be identified via the AQMS Coversheet (Exhibit 8.20.7-2) and a six-digit number listed on the AQMSSELECT line located on the case summary card. After processing the AIMS/Non-AIMS adjustment(s), the APS TE will suspense and monitor the taxpayer’s account(s) until all adjustments have posted to the account, and AIMS controls are closed as appropriate. The entire administrative file is then forwarded by APS to the AQMS Reviewer.

    Reminder: APS must suspense and monitor the case until all required Appeals adjustments, credit transfers, etc., are posted to the account(s) before submitting the case to AQMS. APS must also Use CC: ACTON to close any Open Appeals IDRS Control Base, 66XXX, prior to releasing the case to AQMS.

  3. ACDS Category IC and CIC Cases Selected for AQMS Review - see IRM 8.20.7.3.2.5.1 for APS procedures.

AQMS Cases Closed on ACDS But No Tax, Penalty, or Interest Adjustments are Processed by APS

(1) The table below identifies specific types of cases, some of which APS processes an adjustment as an interim action but for which an adjustment is not processed at closing:

Type of Case

Action

Collection:

  • Collection Due Process (CDP)

  • CDP and EH

  • CDP with OIC

  • CDP with liability issue or penalty appeal

  • Equivalent Hearing (EH)

  • Offer in Compromise (OIC)

  • Trust Fund Recovery Penalty (TFRP) (also see additional instructions below)

  • TFRP Claim

  • Print, complete and attach the AQMS Coversheet to the front of the file.

  • Process all required Appeals account updates (suspense and monitor the case until all account updates are posted i.e., credit transfers, TC 481, 521, 571 etc., before submitting the case to AQMS).

  • Note: EH Cases with Related CDP Cases Selected for Review - Attach the EH AQMS Coversheet generated on the AQMS selected case to the CDP case and annotate "EH selected for AQMS review forward to AQMS upon final closure of the related CDP case."

Paperless Collection Appeal Program (CAP)

APS will:

  • Save the AQMS Review Selection Sheet as a pdf file Example: "AQMS 9945320015 CAP.pdf". The number included in the file name is the WUNO

  • Forward the entire electronic CAP case file along with the AQMS Review Selection Sheet pdf file to the designated AQMS Reviewer via encrypted email.

  • APS will select the "Request Delivery Receipt" option to track the email.

  • The "Request Delivery Receipt" replaces the need for APS to create an electronic Form 3210/E3210.

  • When the APS TE receives verification of delivery of the electronic case file to AQMS, it serves the same purpose for APS as the return of Form 3210/E3210 and the TE will update the ACDS FROMDATE to close the record.

  • The AQMS Reviewer will purge the CAP email upon completion of their review.

FBAR

  • EEFax Form 5402 and if agreed, also fax the Form 13449, Agreement to Assessment and Collection of Penalties Under 31 USC 5321 (a)(5) and 5321 (a)(6) to Enterprise Computing Center (ECC).

  • Suspense case in PEAS until assessment of the verification is received.

  • Print, complete and attach the AQMS Coversheet to the front of the file.

  • Send the original FBAR case directly to the AQMS Reviewer with a copy of the Appeals generated documents and applicable adjustment document(s).

  • Prepare the Form 3210/E3210 for AQMS to send the FBAR case to the ECC after their review is completed.

TFRP TBOR2 cases

  • See IRM 8.20.7.62.1.1TFRP TBOR2 Cases for Appeals Quality Measurement System (AQMS) Review for procedures.

Dyed Diesel Fuel

  • Send the original case file to the originating function.

  • Send the AQMS Coversheet and copies of the file to the AQMS Reviewer.

(2) F-3210/E3210 Procedures for Returning cases after AQMS review. When the APS TE closes a case type identified above for AQMS Review, the following procedures apply:

  • Complete Form 3210/E3210, for the AQMS Reviewer to use when shipping to the recipient. Ensure the proper address, return information and your return address is notated with your name, phone and fax numbers as the releasing official.

  • Prepare a separate Form 3210/E3210, for each recipient, if the case requires multiple recipients.

  • Sign and address the Form 3210/E3210, as the Releasing Official. Send all 4 parts of the Form 3210 or 2 prints of the E3210, to the AQMS Reviewer.

  • Ship the case to the AQMS Reviewer with all Form 3210/E3210s in an envelope/file folder notated "Form 3210/E3210" and the Reviewer's name.

  • See Table #1 Form 3210 Part and Purpose below if you generate Form 3210 from ACDS and are not actively using the Transmittal Database to generate E3210s.

  • See Table #2 E3210 Print and Purpose below if you are actively using the Transmittal Database to generate E3210s.

  • Note: If there are any potential errors, the AQMS Reviewer may return the case to the originating APS office for corrective action.

Table #1 Form 3210 Part and Purpose

Form 3210 Part

Purpose

Part 1

For the recipient(s) records.

Part 2

For the AQMS Reviewer to retain for his/her records.

Part 3

For the recipient(s) to acknowledge receipt of the case and return to the originator.

Part 4

For the AQMS Reviewer to return to the APS TE upon shipment of the case to the recipient(s). In addition, the AQMS Reviewer will provide a copy of the UPS Shipping Receipt which lists the UPS tracking numbers or submit Form 12634, Routing Sheet when tracking is not applicable.

Note: The return of Part 4 of Form 3210 along with a copy of the UPS shipping receipt from the AQMS Reviewer will provide notification of the date the AQMS Reviewer shipped the case to the recipient(s). Perform Form 3210 follow-up as needed after receipt of those documents.

(3) When the APS TE has access to the SB/SE CDI Transmittal Database Production Site and initiates E3210s instead of Form 3210s, only 1 print of the E3210 is needed to transmit the paper case to the AQMS Reviewer. The AQMS Reviewer will verify the item(s) listed on the E3210 as received, then sign and date the E3210 as acknowledged and return the acknowledged E3210 to the EEFax number identified by the initiator. Upon receipt of the EEFax acknowledged E3210, the initiator will follow procedures in http://imdtrack.web.irs.gov/IG_Uploads/IRS.gov_Yes/OUO_No/ap-08-0617-0008.pdf to file the acknowledged E3210 in the mailbox folder by (Month, YYYY), and also "self-acknowledge" the E3210 in the Transmittal Database. This closes the E3210 process with only 1 paper print needed to transmit the paper case to AQMS.

Exception: As the E3210 process is expanded from the Appeals Test Team to additional Appeals Functions, the extra printing for the AQMS Reviewer’s "3210 package" will become obsolete because of the E3210 Forward Transmittal functionality.

(4) When both the E3210 Initiator and the E3210 Recipient have access to the SB/SE CDI Transmittal Database, then the receipt and acknowledgement process is performed within the Transmittal Database and the EEFax acknowledgement process is not necessary.

(5) See Table #2 below for the E3210 print requirements for the AQMS E3210 Envelope/Folder Package:

Table #2 E3210 Print and Purpose for AQMS Cases ONLY

E3210 Envelope/Folder

E3210 Details

Purpose

2 Prints

  • Addressed to the appropriate Campus Files Function using the applicable Distribution ID

  • APS TE information entered as the initiator

  • Request Acknowledgement via EEFax

  • 1 print of E3210 is for the Campus Files EEFax Acknowledgement upon receipt of the case after the AQMS Review is completed.

  • 1 print is for the AQMS Reviewer to retain for their records after they EEFax it to the APS TE once they’ve shipped the case to Campus Files.

  • In addition, the AQMS Reviewer will EEFax a copy of the UPS Shipping Receipt which lists the UPS tracking numbers or EEFax the Form 12634, Routing Sheet when tracking is not applicable.

(6) Upon completion of the AQMS review, the AQMS reviewer will use the Form 3210/E3210 prepared by APS to transmit the case to the campus files and/or field function as appropriate. If APS did not provide the Form 3210/E3210 for AQMS to transmit the reviewed file to the campus files function, AQMS will return those files to the originating APS office.

(7) Update the ACKCLS FROMDATE upon receipt of the Form 3210/E3210 acknowledgement from the campus files and/or field function to avoid cases aging on the ACDS ACKCLS follow-up report during the AQMS review time frame.

AQMS Cases Closed on ACDS and Processed by APS

(1) When identified as an AQMS selected review case, the following actions will be taken:

  1. Print the pre-populated AQMS Coversheet and attach it to the front of the file. See Exhibit 8.20.7-2, Example of AQMS Coversheet.

    Note: AWR-326 which deployed in August, 2017, now auto-populates the APS TE information on the AQMS Coversheet.

  2. Process all required Appeals adjustments. (APS must suspense the case until all required Appeals adjustments, credit transfers, etc., are posted on the transcript before sending the case to AQMS).

  3. Make the required copies for the applicable AQMS TE/TCS packages (See Exhibit 8.20.7-3 for a listing of required documentation when a manual interest computation is prepared.)

  4. Re-charge the file to the AQMS Reviewer assigned to the case at the time of closing. Use IAT Tool Fill Forms to prepare Form 2275, Records Request, Charge and Recharge including the AQMS Reviewer's name and office address in Part C section 15 E on the Form 2275 for case tracking purposes. In addition enter in remarks "Please enter new DLN from Form 5147 in Item #6". Attach Form 2275 to the APS Adjustment Document (Form 5403/3870/8485/IAT Tag, etc...) and ship to the appropriate Campus Files Function.

    Reminder: When the Campus Files Function returns the receipted Form 3210/E3210 acknowledging receipt of the refile package for association with the Form 5147, Transaction Register, the APS TE will enter the FROMDATE to close the ACDS record and eliminate the potential for the ACDS record to reflect as overage on the ACKCLS Follow-up Report during the time AQMS is completing their review.

    Note: If AQMS returns the case to APS for corrections, the APS TE can open a new PEAS case without ACDS being open.

  5. Exception: Form 2275 is NOT required for a Field Collection-sourced case on which no account adjustment was processed. Whenever a TC 290 for 0.00 or any dollar amount is processed, then Form 2275, Records Request, Charge and Recharge is necessary for proper handling by the Campus Files Function.

Controlling Cases Shipped to AQMS Reviewers

(1) Take the following actions on ACDS for cases selected for AQMS review:

  • Update the LACTION field in CASES to QXXX, with XXX equal to the AQMS Reviewer's POD initials.

  • Prepare Form 3210/E3210 when sending the case to the AQMS Reviewer and monitor the Form 3210/E3210 suspensed copy to verify receipt of the acknowledgement copy returned by AQMS.

  • Enter LACTION To Date - the date the case is sent to the AQMS Reviewer.

  • Enter LACTION From Date - the date the Form 3210/E3210 acknowledgment is received from the AQMS Reviewer.

  • Update the ACKCLS FROMDATE upon receipt of the Form 3210/E3210 acknowledgement received from the Campus Files Function to avoid cases aging on the ACDS ACKCLS follow-up report during the AQMS review time frame.

Related Cases with a Different WUNO

(1) Send related cases with a different WUNO to the AQMS Reviewer. The Reviewer will determine if the case file forwarded to AQMS contains sufficient information for conducting a review. In general, the AQMS Reviewer needs all items that were produced by the ATE, such as Form 5402, ACM, settlement computation, Appeals correspondence/issue files, etc. for the AQMS selected case as well as what was received from the originating function (e.g., tax returns, administrative/workpaper files obtained from the Revenue Agent, Revenue Officer or Service Center). Complete case file information also includes the Appeals case files for any cases related to the case selected for AQMS review.

Note: If you have any questions as to which specific related case(s) must be sent with the AQMS selected case, contact the AQMS ATE Reviewer for clarification.

(2) Examples of related cases are provided in the table below:

Type of Case

Types of Related Cases

Non-Collection Cases

  • Flow Through Entities such as Partnerships, "S" Corporations, Trusts/Estates

  • Examinations of Individuals and Corporations with proposed offsetting, whipsaw and other types of issues

  • Employment Tax cases

  • Transferee/Transferor cases

Collection Cases

  • OICs filed during CDP cases and the related CDP case

  • Related CDP lien and levy cases

  • Timely CDP and related Equivalent Hearing (EH) cases

  • Related officer files for TFRP cases

  • Related OIC files (i.e., if husband and wife have separate offers, AQMS needs the related file)

  • Underlying liability and Innocent Spouse files related to CDP/EH cases

Shipping Cases to the AQMS Reviewer

(1) Each Area Office has specific AQMS Reviewers assigned based on the type and grade of the case. The AQMS Reviewer's name and POD are found on the generated selection sheet. See IRM 8.20.7.3.2.5.1, ACDS Category IC and CIC Cases Selected for AQMS Review for APS procedures when an ACDS category "IC" or "CIC" case is selected for AQMS review.

(2) Use the following instructions for the shipment of cases to the AQMS Reviewer:

  1. Forward the AQMS selected case along with all related cases to the attention of the AQMS Reviewer listed on the AQMS Coversheet.

  2. Enter the AQMS Reviewer's name and office location on the Form 3210/E3210 and annotate "AQMS REVIEW - NOT FOR CARDING BY APS."

  3. List the AQMS selected case along with the related cases (if applicable) on the Form 3210/E3210.

  4. Add the AQMS Reviewer's name on the shipping envelope/boxes to facilitate easy identification of the work.

  5. For non-Collection cases, include copies of various documents for the AQMS TE/TCS Reviewers. Refer to Exhibit 8.20.7-3 for details.

ACDS Category IC and CIC Cases Selected for AQMS Review

(1) All ACDS Category "IC" (Industry Case) and "CIC" (Coordinated Industry Case) will have all of the documents needed by the AQMS Reviewers for Standards 1 through 7 uploaded to IMS by the ATCL and TCS before the case is submitted to APS-CIT for closing. The APS-CIT TE will take the following actions when the Category IC/CIC case is selected for AQMS review:

  1. Convert the AQMS Selection Sheet to a pdf and attach it to the ACDS record. (This pdf will be submitted to the AQMS Reviewer once all case closing and account monitoring actions are completed in step f. below).

  2. Document the PEAS Case Activity Record (CAR) for the AQMS review-selected case(s) with the AQMS Selection Number and add a NOTE to forward the AQMS Selection Sheet pdf to the AQMS Reviewer when you close the case on PEAS.

    Note: The PEAS CAR entry, along with the PEAS Note are used to remind you to forward the AQMS Selection Sheet [ACDS attachment] to the AQMS Reviewer via encrypted email, once all of the account adjustments are posted.

  3. Complete all processing actions, place the case in PEAS Suspense as appropriate, and monitor the adjustment(s) until fully posted.

  4. Use the ACDS attachment functionality to attach all completed adjustment documents, all manual interest computations, and all interest-related forms and schedules to the ACDS record.

    Reminder: Attaching the completed adjustment documents and all interest-related forms, schedules and computations, is mandatory to provide the AQMS Tax Examiners with all of the APS documentation required to complete the Standard 8 AQMS review.

  5. Transmit the administrative file and all tax periods to Campus Files following existing procedures.

    Note: The AQMS AO and the AQMS TCS will use the IMS case documentation to complete their review. The AQMS Tax Examiners will use the ACDS attachments to complete their Standard 8 review. The APS-CIT TE who closes the IC or CIC case will not prepare an:
    ♦ AQMS TCS review folder
    ♦ AQMS APS review folder
    ♦ AQMS Form 3210/E3210

  6. When all case closing actions are completed, and all account adjustments are posted, forward the pdf of the AQMS Selection Sheet to the designated AQMS Reviewer using secure email. This alerts the AQMS Reviewer that all case actions are completed and all account transactions are posted so the IC/CIC case is ready for AQMS Review.

  7. Document your actions in the PEAS CAR and close PEAS.

AQMS Refile Procedures for Non-Collection Cases

(1) The AQMS Reviewer will send all non-Collection cases to the Campus Files Function identified by the APS TE on the Form 3210/E3210, prepared by APS for AQMS.

Note: If Appeals has been alerted to forward the closed case to a function other than Campus Files, the APS TE will use IAT Tool Fill Form to prepare Form 2275, Records Request, Charge and Recharge, as well as the applicable Form 3210/E3210(s). APS Re-Charge requirements are provided above in IRM 8.20.7.3.2.2 (1) d).

(2) When the APS Tax Examiner (TE) closes a case identified for AQMS Review, the following procedures apply:

  • Prepare Form 9856, Attachment Alert and attach it to the front of each return.

  • See:
    Exhibit 8.20.7-3, ACDS Attachment(s) Required for AQMS Cases
    IRM 8.20.7.2.4.1, Electronically Stored Documents in the Appeals Centralized Database System (ACDS)
    IRM 8.20.7.13, Administrative File Closing Assembly Order
    Exhibit 8.20.7-15, Assembly Order for Non-Collection Cases Table row 9 - Work Papers for multi-year WUNOs cross-referencing TC 971 AC 057 procedures.

  • Complete Form 3210/E3210, for the AQMS Reviewer to use when shipping the case to Campus Files. Ensure the proper Campus address, return information, refile DLN and your return address are notated with your name, phone and fax numbers as the releasing official.

  • Sign and address the Form 3210/E3210, as the Releasing Official. Send the 3210 folder/envelope, to the AQMS Reviewer per the instruction provided in Table #1 or Table #2 above as applicable.

  • Ship the case to the AQMS Reviewer.

  • Note: If the appropriate Forms(s) are not attached to the returns and/or the Form 3210/E3210(s) are not included, the AQMS Reviewer will return the case to the originating APS office for refile action. In addition, if there are any potential errors, the AQMS Reviewer may return the case to the originating APS office for corrective action.

AQMS Reviewed Cases Returned to APS for Correction

(1) AQMS reviewed cases requiring account correction(s) will be returned to APS.

(2) AQMS will:

  • Email the Potential Error Report (PER) to the APS Director

  • Ship the administrative file to the APS Office to the attention of the PTM or Tax Examiner

  • Notify the PTM if PTM is not co-located with the TE, and transmit the administrative file to the TE

(3) APS will:

  • Verify the ASED for each tax period requiring correction.

  • Import and Assign as a New Case on PEAS, do not reopen the closed PEAS case, and ensure the correct ASED is reflected for each tax period to be corrected as required by the AQMS Potential Error Report (APERT).

  • Exception: Opening a new PEAS record for AQMS corrections, is different from other Post Closing procedures outlined in IRM 8.20.10, Import and Assign where the prior PEAS Record is reopened.

  • Identify the case as a Post Closure case by using the PEAS Feature Code PC.

  • Process the correction(s) to the taxpayers' account as identified by AQMS.

  • Document the PEAS Case Activity Record to reflect actions taken and apply direct time.

  • Place case in PEAS Suspense and monitor adjustments until fully posted.

  • Notify PTM when account corrections have posted.

  • Close case on PEAS and send to campus files or refile as appropriate.

Errors That Require Correction but Do Not Require a Potential Error Report (PER)

(1) The following list provides an explanation of errors that result in AQMS-selected cases being returned to APS but do not require issuance of a PER:

  • Form 3210/E3210 prepared incorrectly or incomplete.

  • Errors that must be corrected by APS but are not caused by APS e.g. Incorrect Item Reference Number adjustment amount or adjustment omitted from 5403 Instruction Worksheet.

(2) Upon returning the case to APS for their action, an email is also sent to the APS Area Manager, Processing Team Manager (PTM) and APS Tax Examiner (TE). Appeals AQMS has no provision for informally returning or referring cases with errors to the Tax Computation Specialist (TCS), Appeals Examination, Appeals Collection, or Appeals Specialty Examination Program and Referrals (SEPR.)

(3) The APS TE who processes the account correction is also responsible for suspense and monitoring actions until the adjustment/correction is fully posted.

(4) When AQMS returns a case to an ATE or TCS for correction(s), APS is responsible for processing any account corrections based upon the ATE/TCS-corrected forms/schedules/documentation as necessary.

Complex Interest Quality Measurement System (CIQMS) Notification of Interest Error

(1) Upon identification of an interest error by CIQMS, the CIQMS Reviewer will complete a report and email it to the:

  • APS TE who processed the interest adjustment

  • PTM of the APS TE

  • Appeals Interest Program Manager

(2) The Appeals Interest Analyst will forward the CIQMS Report to the APS Senior Technical Advisor, the applicable APS Area Manager, and the APS Area Technical Advisor(s) for their information and follow-up as appropriate.

(3) If the CIQMS Review designation of the error is "Information Only," APS will consider the review specifics for training and development purposes as appropriate.

(4) If the CIQMS Review designation of the error is "Correction must be made," APS will follow the steps below to Import and Assign the case and take all necessary action(s) to process the interest correction in a timely manner.

(5) APS will:

  • Verify the ASED for each tax period requiring correction.

  • Reminder: The ASED verification is for statute awareness purposes and to remind the TE that the tax assessment must not be abated in error when processing the interest correction. Interest corrections do not require an open ASED but an interest assessment must be posted within the 10 year CSED date for the respective tax adjustment. An interest abatement can be processed at any time regardless of the ASED or CSED.

  • Import and Assign as a "Fast Import for Non-Closing" on PEAS, do not reopen the closed PEAS case, and ensure the correct ASED is reflected for each tax period to be corrected as required by the CIQMS Error Report.

  • Exception: Reopening a new PEAS record for AQMS or CIQMS corrections, is different from other Post Closing procedures outlined in IRM 8.20.10, Import and Assign where the prior PEAS Record is reopened.

  • Identify the case as Type = "OTH" and Feature Code = "PC."

  • Process the correction(s) to the taxpayers' account as identified by CIQMS and confirmed as accurate by APS.

  • Reminder: If APS disagrees with the CIQMS interest error report for any reason, the APS Area Technical Advisor or Area Manager should coordinate the resolution of the issue with the Appeals Interest Program Manager.

  • Document the PEAS Case Activity Record to reflect actions taken and apply direct time

  • Place case in PEAS Suspense and monitor adjustment(s) until fully posted

  • Notify PTM when account correction(s) have posted

  • Close case on PEAS and send adjustment documents to campus files or refile as appropriate

Appeals Account and Processing Support - Complex Interest Team (APS-CIT)

(1) APS-CIT provides the following interest accuracy support actions for Appeals:

  • Interest computation "assistance" to the Appeals Technical Employee (ATE) on Interest Abatement Claim cases in compliance with IRM 8.7.7, Procedures and Methods of Resolution

  • Pre-assessment interest review upon request by an APS Processing Team Manager (PTM)

  • Interest computation "assistance" to the Appeals Tax Computation Specialist (TCS) in compliance with IRM 8.17.5, Refund Litigation Cases

  • Exception: Appeals does not process Department of Justice (DOJ) Refund Litigation case adjustments, nor is APS-CIT designated the responsibility to calculate interest on DOJ cases.

    Reminder: DOJ Refund Litigation case processing guidance is provided in IRM 25.3.6, Special Notices of Abatement/Adjustment.

(2) APS-CIT examiner's correct their own unpostable account adjustments.

(3) APS-CIT examiner work requires mandatory review if the interest adjustment amount is ≥$500,000.00.

(4) For additional information on APS-CIT see APS Complex Interest Team Resources.

Balance Due > $10 Million Additional Closing Requirements

(1) When a case has a balance due over $10 million, including interest and penalty, APS will follow the procedures in IRM 4.4.18, Over $10 Million Deficiency and send a copy of the following forms to the Chief Financial Office Staff at the address provided below:

  • Form 5402

  • Appeals Case Memorandum (ACM)

  • Settlement Computations

  • Agreement or Decision Document

  • Form 2859, Request for Quick or Prompt Assessment

  • Special Handling Instructions


Office of Unpaid Assessment Analysis
Attn: OS:CFO:R:R:B
333 W. Pershing Road
Mail Stop S-2 1035
Kansas City, MO 64108-4302

Expedite Processing for Certain Large Dollar Cases >$100,000

(1) Upon receipt of an agreed and unpaid deficiency (as defined in IRC 6211, relating to Income, Gift, Estate and certain Excise Taxes) where the Deficiency >$100,000, APS will assign the case on PEAS for expedite processing.

(2) The assessment of an agreed and unpaid deficiency must be processed with a 23C Date prior to the waiver + 30 day date to avoid a deficiency interest suspension under IRC 6601(c).

(3) If processing the adjustment via CC: AMCLSA will cause the 23C date of the assessment to be later than the waiver + 30 day date, the assessment must be processed via Form 2859, Request for Quick or Prompt Assessment, in order to avoid a suspension of deficiency interest whenever possible. See IRM 20.2.7, IRC 6601(c), Suspension of Interest on Deficiencies and IRM 4.4.25, Agreed Unpaid Deficiencies Greater Than $100,000 for additional information.

(4) Upon receipt of a Large Dollar Overpayment >$100,000 case, APS will assign the case on PEAS for expedite processing. Expedite processing of large dollar overpayments reduces the amount of credit interest accrual the government must pay under IRC 6611. See IRM 21.4.4, Refund Inquiries, Manual Refunds for guidance on manual refund processing.

(5) Managerial review is mandatory for each tax period with an adjustment greater than $100,000.

(6) PEAS Fields used when processing a large dollar case are identified in the table below:PEAS Field Entries for Large Dollar and/or Short Statute Expedite Processing

PEAS Field

Filed Entry Options

Description

TYPE

CLS

Closing

SubTYPE

  • SP

  • RI

  • NR

  • Normal Interest

  • Restricted Interest

  • Net Rate Netting

Feature Code

  • MR

  • Blank

  • Manual Refund

  • Quick Assessment

Priority

  1. Statute

  2. >100K

  3. >1M

  4. >10M

  5. TAMRA

  1. Imminent Statute

  2. Deficiency of one hundred thousand dollars but less than one million dollars

  3. Deficiency of one million dollars but less than 10 million dollars

  4. Deficiency of 10 million dollars or more

  5. Refund of overpayment plus interest due within 120 days after the court’s decision becomes final

Priority Date

Enter the earliest date by which the case must be processed

  • This is the date by which the adjustments must be processed

PEAS Suspense

Suspense Code
See IRM 8.20.10, PEAS Suspense From Full Update

  • Use the most applicable PEAS Suspense Code to identify why additional processing action(s) cannot be taken as of the date the case is placed in PEAS Suspense

  • Set a PEAS Follow-up Date to alert you of the earliest Follow-up Date

PEAS Case Activity Record (CAR)

Self-explanatory

  • The APS TE must update the PEAS CAR to reflect the reason why the case is in suspense and provide an explanation of next action to be taken once the PEAS Suspense timeframe is expired.

  • See Example below.

Example:
PEAS CAR entry on 12/15/2016 - Form 2285 included with the administrative file was incomplete/incorrect. Contacted TCS Jane Doe via email 12/15/2016 and confirmed via telephone to request a corrected Form 2285. Follow-up date 12/22/2016. (PEAS Suspense Code S10).
PEAS CAR entry on 12/21/2016 - Corrected Form 2285 received and Quick Assessment (MAAS) prepared and submitted with a 12/30/2016 23C Date. Follow-up date 12/30/2016. PEAS Suspense Code S09).

(7) The APS TE will place the case in PEAS Suspense for monitoring until the required account adjustment verification is received.

(8) APS will monitor all manual assessments and manual refunds until DLN verification of the transaction is received.

Quick Assessment Requirements

(1) When an APS Tax Examiner prepares the Form 2859, Request for Quick or Prompt Assessment, a complete manual re-computation of the interest for the account which is also known as a "running module balance" is required. See IRM 20.2.5, Manual Computations and the specific paragraphs identified below in ( ) for the following information:

  • (1) Interest accuracy review requirements

  • (2) Random quality review requirements

  • (3) Source document and interest computation attachment requirements

  • (3) c. Note: Non-Restricting Transaction Code (TC) 340 guidance

  • (5) Manual debit interest transactions must include "DB-INT-TO-DT"

  • (6) Use of TC 190 on quick and prompt assessments unless the interest already is restricted, or must be restricted with a TC 340

  • (7) Mandatory module recomputation for all manually calculated interest

  • (8) Reversal of some tax credits require manual computation and restriction of debit interest

  • (9) Posting Delay Code (PDC) and adjustment cycling procedures are required when a TC 772 is included on the adjustment document but the taxpayer’s account is in credit balance status so the credit must be held via a hold code to avoid an erroneous refund or incorrect computer generated overpayment interest

  • (10) Use of TC 342 and Priority Code 5

  • (11) IRC § 6631 Notice Requirement Letter 3535, Interest Computation Cover Letter

  • (12) All manual interest computations must be associated with the applicable documentation supporting the interest computation

  • (13) All manual interest computations must be uploaded to ACDS as an attachment.

(2) The online Form 2859, Request for Quick or Prompt Assessment includes detailed instructions on page 3. Instruction 5, directs the reader to a table of Special Instructions specific to the respective Tax Return Form Number. Part C entries must be completed per the instructions based upon the MFT being assessed.

Note: Whenever an IRC 6662 Accuracy Related Penalty must be included on Form 2859, the Tax Examiner must enter the correct Penalty Reference Number (PRN) on the correct line, (4c). In the Remarks field, also identify the exact IRC 6662 penalty being assessed since each IRC 6662 penalty, now has a unique PRN. This is important so that the RACS Unit will accurately post the IRC 6662 Penalty with the respective PRN to identify it as a "Return Related Penalty" for interest computation purposes. If a TC 240 is entered, and the correct PRN is not associated when posted, IDRS programming will compute underpayment penalty interest from the 23C Date of the assessment instead of the Return Due Date.

Example: Form 2859 prepared for a Form 1040, 201012 to assess:
Tax Deficiency $ 178,111.00
IRC 6662(a) Penalty $ 35,622.20 (See Caution * below)
Failure to File Penalty $ 44,527.75
23C Date of 10/10/2017Form 2859 Entries for the Example:

Form 2859 Part C - Assessment Information:

Transaction Code

Transaction Amount

Line 4b. Tax - Exam/Appeals

300

$ 178,111.00

Line 4c. Reference Code

680

$ 35,622.20

Line 6. Failure to File Penalty

160

$ 44,527.75

Line 17. Interest

190

$ 58,781.74

Line 18. Total Assessments

N/A

$ 317,042.69

Line 22. Total Lines 18-21

N/A

$ 317,042.69

Line 24. Balance of Tax Due

N/A

$ 317,042.69

Remarks:
If a different IRC 6662 PRN is appropriate, always enter the correct PRN to ensure accurate posting to the taxpayer’s account.

IRC 6662(a) PRN 680

Identifies TC 240 as IRC 6662 Return Related Penalty assessment with penalty interest due from the Return Due Date of 04152011, instead of a miscellaneous penalty with penalty interest accruing as of 10102017.

Caution: * IRC 6662(a) was used as an "umbrella" IRC Reference during the timeframe where each IRC 6662 reference did not have a unique Penalty Reference Number (PRN) assigned. Whenever IRC 6662(a) is the only identifier provided to APS for an IRC 6662 Penalty assessment, the TE will use PRN 680, unless they can ascertain the specific IRC 6662 Penalty and then utilize the appropriate PRN for the assessment. See IRM 20.1.5.3.2, Penalty Assessments and Abatements (8) table for a list of IRC 6662 (b), (h), (i), and (j) PRNs. The 680 PRN historically used to assess the IRC 6662(a) is no longer specifically listed because it should not be used unless the correct PRN cannot be determined based upon the assessment authority document.

(3) The interest transaction code (TC) and interest amount are entered in Item 17 of the Form 2859, using Transaction Code (TC) 190 (manually computed interest not restricted), or TC 340 (manually computed interest restricted.)

Note: IRC 6631, Notice Requirements only apply to notices which "include an amount of interest required to be paid" by the taxpayer.

Reminder: While there is no requirement under IRC 6631 to provide an explanation on business Master File (BMF) modules, it is recommended that an explanation be provided to the taxpayer when interest on a BMF module is manually computed.

(4) When a manual interest computation is prepared, the tax examiner who manually calculates the interest, must prepare and mail to the taxpayer, Letter 3535, Interest Computation Cover Letter and the ACT Report 490 Activity Summary in compliance with IRC 6631. Adherence to this requirement supports the Taxpayer Bill of Rights:

  • The Right to Be Informed

  • The Right to Quality Service

  • The Right to Pay No More than the Correct Amount of Tax

(5) A PEAS CAR entry is required to document the date Letter 3535 and Report 490 Activity Summary are prepared and mailed to the taxpayer. A dated copy of the Letter 3535 and Report 490 Activity Summary must also be included in the administrative file.

(6) Letter 3535, Interest Computation Cover Letter can be accessed via the IRS publishing web site, or ACDS APGolf.How to Access Letter 3535

Access Point for Letter 3535

Procedure Steps

IRS Publishing Website

From the IRS Web Home Page:

  1. Click on the Forms, Pubs, and Docs tab (left side of the screen)

  2. Scroll down to Media and Publications IR Web site (MYM&P)

  3. Click on the Forms/Pubs/Products Repository - electronic publishing catalog of all IRS published products

  4. In the Product Catalog Information, under the View by Product Number section, select Product Type "Letter"

  5. In the Enter product number field, type 3535

  6. Click submit

  7. The Letter 3535 Product Information Page will open

  8. Under the Electronic Availability section, click on the current revision hyperlink

  9. A "fillable" pdf of Letter 3535 will open on your screen

  10. Complete the entries as appropriate for the case

ACDS

From the ACDS Home Page:

  1. Click on the APGolf tab

  2. In the Select Category drop down menu (left side of the screen) click on Closing

  3. Under the Select Form/Letter menu, scroll down to and then select Letter 3535 Interest Computation

  4. Within the Forms/Letters Generator - Select A Case screen, enter the WUNO and all other appropriate search criteria

  5. Complete the fill-in form and under the Signature Block click on the radio button for Other, enter your name and your title

  6. In the Enclosures section, enter Interest Computation Report

  7. Identify cc recipient if applicable

  8. Click on the Generate Letter/Form button

(7) For additional information on the requirement to provide manual interest computations to the taxpayer, see IRM 20.2.5 Manual Computations (11).

(8) See IRM 4.4.25, Research and Actions Required Prior to Quick Assessment, CCP or Campus Examination Procedures for IDRS related actions.

Reminder: Input two history items on TXMOD as follows:History Items and Actions Required for Quick Assessments

History Item Requirement

Purpose

"MAAS with the 23C date"

Example: MAAS 11292016

  • Alerts other IRS employees than an assessment is in the process of being posted with the 23C date provided.

  • Prevents a manual refund of any payment sitting on the account that must be used to pay the deficiency.

"HOLDDOC51"

  • This causes the module to stay active on IDRS until a Doc Code 51 posts.

(9) See IRM 4.4.25, Quick Assessment Procedures, CCP or Campus Examination Procedures for additional guidance of preparation of the Form 2859, Request for Quick or Prompt Assessment.

(10) See http://serp.enterprise.irs.gov/databases/who-where.dr/prompt-quick-jeopardy-termination-assessments.html, SERP - Prompt, Quick, Jeopardy & Termination Assessments for a list of Campus fax numbers and After-hours Assessment Contacts for each Campus Accounting Function.

(11) See IRM 4.4.25, Quick Assessment Verification Form 3552, CCP or Campus Examination Procedures paragraphs (1) - (3) are included below for emphasis and insertion of specific APS actions:

  • (1) Receipt of a copy of Form 3552, Prompt Assessment Billing Assembly, is verification the assessment has been "journalized." The transaction codes will not yet be posted to the account, but the assessment DLN has been assigned and the ASED is protected for that particular assessment.

  • (2) Upon receipt, verify the accuracy of the assessment amount, as well as the name, address, TIN, and tax period on Form 3552 by comparing the items with the Form 2859 entries.

  • (3) If any errors are detected on Form 3552, IMMEDIATELY contact the campus accounting function for issuance of a corrected bill. Do not remove the statute date from ACDS, and do not enter the Statute Code ASESD until a corrected Form 3552 is received and verified to be correct.

(12) IRM 4.4.25, Follow-up on Form 3552 paragraphs are partially duplicated below for emphasis and insertion of specific APS actions:

  • Upon submission of the Form 2859 to the campus function for processing, the APS TE will place the case in PEAS Suspense and set a PEAS Follow-up for the 23C Date.

  • (1) The APS TE must:
    ▸ Follow-up with the campus if verification of the assessment is not received by the 23C Date entered on the Form 2859.
    ▸ Document the follow-up action(s) in the PEAS CAR and include the name of the person contacted and their phone number.
    ▸ Alert their Lead and/or PTM if the Form 3552 is not faxed as requested, and the ASED is within 30 days of expiring.
    Reminder: All follow-up actions must be documented on the PEAS CAR.

  • (2) Upon receipt of the Form 3552 assessment verification:
    ▸ Enter the Document Locator Number (DLN) of the assessment in the PEAS record for each respective tax period.
    ▸ Remove the statute date on ACDS, and enter the Statute Code "ASESD" to exclude the ACDS record from appearing on a future ACDS or PEAS Statute Reports.
    ▸ Use PEAS suspense and monitor the account(s) until all transactions are fully posted.

(13) When quick assessment procedures are used to process the account adjustments, the APS TE must record the Form 5403 Item 800 and 801 entries in the same manner as if the account adjustments had been included in Items 12 and 15. The Item 80X entry process ensures that the AIMS database correctly reflects systemic accounting for Appeals and Counsel audit adjustment results and reporting purposes.

(14) The PEAS record can be closed upon completion of the following actions:

  • AMCLSA input

  • Verification of the Quick Assessment DLN(s)

  • Mailing of the Letter 3535 and Report 490 Activity Summary

  • Conclusion of all suspense and monitoring requirements

  • Shipment of the administrative file to AQMS or Campus Files

Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record Preparation for AIMS Closure

(1) Once the tax, penalty (if any) and interest has been processed for assessment using a Form 2859, Request for Quick or Prompt Assessment, the APS TE must also prepare a Form 5403 to post the item and reference entries to the taxpayer’s account, update the AIMS database and properly close the AIMS controls.

(2) The following acronyms and abbreviations are used within Exhibit 8.20.7-14, Entries for the Final Form 5403 Preparation to Close AIMS After a Quick Assessment has been Processed:

  • AIMS Adjustment (Doc. Cd. 47)

  • AIMS Status Code (ST)

  • Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED)

  • Blocking Series (BS)

  • Carry-Back (C/B)

  • Command Code (CC)

  • Credit Reference Number (CRN)

  • Delinquent Return Indicator (Del-Ret-Ind)

  • Disposal Code (DC)

  • Document Code (Doc. Cd.)

  • Document Locator Number (DLN)

  • Failure to File Penalty (FTF) and (TC 160)

  • General Adjustment (GA)

  • Hold Code (HC)

  • Item Reference Number (IRN)

  • Manual Assessment (Doc. Cd. 51)

  • Master File (MF)

  • Overpayment (OP)

  • Penalty Reason Code (PRC)

  • Priority Code (PC)

  • Quick Assessment (Q/A)

  • Transaction Code (TC)

  • Revenue Accounting Control System (RACS)

  • Restricted Interest (RI)

  • Return Due Date (RDD)

  • Underpayment (UP)

  • Unpostable Code (UPC) and UPC Reason Code (RC)

(3) See Exhibit 8.20.7-14, Entries for the Final Form 5403 Preparation to Close AIMS After a Quick Assessment has been Processed for detailed instructions.

Form 3210, Document Transmittal Follow-up Requirement

(1) See IRM 3.13.62, Suspense Copies, Form 3210 for procedures on Form 3210 monitoring and acknowledgement follow-up requirements.

E3210 Awareness

(1) Appeals is the second IRS function approved to utilize the SB/SE Corporate Database Initiative (CDI) Transmittal Database. This transition. when fully implemented, will replace the paper Form 3210 printing multiple copies, filing, follow-up, physical retention and maintenance, storage and manual purge process with an electronic process. The SBSE Corporate Database Initiative (CDI) Transmittal Database SharePoint Site provides an active user with the following benefits and efficiencies:

  • Electronic process for creating document transmittals (E3210) with auto-population of initiator’s identifying information as well as auto-population of recipient information using a Distribution ID list item selected by the user

  • Systemic process to acknowledge an E3210 when the recipient is also an active user of the CDI Transmittal Database

  • Systemic process to "self-acknowledge" an E3210 when the receipted E3210 is returned to the initiator via a tradition method or EEFax

  • Systemic retention of the acknowledged/self-acknowledged E3210 for 12 months from the acknowledgement date

  • Systemic transfer of the acknowledged E3210 at 12 months to an inactive archive for an additional 6 month retention

  • Systemic deletion of the electronic record at 18th months from the acknowledgement date

  • Research capability for any E3210 by the transmittal number assigned by the database, or by the TIN throughout the 12 month retention period

Note: A paper case will require 1 print of the E3210 which will be affixed to the front of the paper case. The recipient of the paper case will perform receipt and acknowledgement and return the acknowledged E3210 using the EEFax number provided by the initiator. Upon receipt of the acknowledgement, the initiator will "self-acknowledge" the E3210 in the CDI Transmittal Database. If the recipient is also an active user of the CDI Transmittal Database, they will acknowledge the E3210 within the CDI Transmittal Database, and the initiator need take no further action because the system will change the E3210 status to "Acknowledged" and the document transmittal record will be flagged for the systemic purge at 12 months from the acknowledgement date.

E3210 initiators will click on the "Unacknowledged" button to retrieve a listing of the unacknowledged transmittals associated with their User Profile. This systemic process replaces the manual process of locating the retained paper copy of the Form 3210 to perform mandatory follow-up and acknowledgement verification.

Procedures for Shipping Personally Identifiable Information (PII)

(1) The IRS Shipping Policy and data protection procedures for PII Documents is covered in IRM 10.5.1.6.7.3, Shipping. Additional guidance and procedures for shipping PII is found in the following online references:

Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet

(1) Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet is completed by the ATE or TCS who prepares the settlement computation. The Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet provides specific account adjustment information for each tax period being submitted for processing and is meant to assist APS in preparing Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record.

Reminder: For additional and detailed explanations of Item 15 Item entries see Exhibit 8.20.7-13, Table of the Most Common Credit Reference Numbers (CRN) and Item Reference Numbers (IRN) Applicable to an Income Tax (MFT 30/05/02) Account.

(2) There are two types of case resolutions for which a Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet will NOT be prepared for APS, and thus APS will not be responsible to enter Item Reference Numbers or their respective adjustment amounts in Item 15 of the Form 5403:

  • Non-Docketed case settled for a "Specific Dollar Amount" in Appeals Jurisdiction

  • Docketed case settled for a "Specific Dollar Amount" in Counsel Jurisdiction

(3) When a Docketed or Non-Docketed case is settled for a "Specific Dollar Amount" by the Appeals Technical Employee (ATE), or by Counsel, the Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet may not be prepared, or if prepared, may not include the specific Item 15 entries since the dollar amount settlement was not calculated using RGS and thus the relative item adjustments cannot be numerically calculated. For these specific cases, APS is not required to enter Item Reference Numbers or their respective adjustment amounts in Item 15.

Reminder: Whether the Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet is prepared or not, all interest-related laws and provisions apply to the tax and penalty assessments in the same manner as any other type of closing, thus the interest-related documentation, forms, worksheets, and/or notations must be provided to APS just like any other AIMS assessment or abatement case. See Exhibit 8.20.7-12, "Interest-Related" Internal Revenue Codes (IRC), Revenue Procedures (Rev. Proc), Revenue Rulings (Rev. Rul.), and Applicable Internal Revenue Manual (IRM) References for details on information the ATE, TCS, or Counsel Attorney must provide to APS when submitting a case for closing actions.

(4) See IRM 8.20.7.2 (8) for information and procedures to follow when the interest-related information is not provided by the ATE, TCS, or Counsel and associated with the case submitted to APS for closing actions.

(5) It is of critical importance to illustrate the distinction between an Appeals’ Agreed case which is settled based upon hazards of litigation under IRM 1.2.17, Policy Statement 8-47, and an Appeals’ Agreed case which is settled based upon a percentage or stipulated amount of the tax in controversy under IRM 1.2.17, Policy Statement 8-48. The table below is provided to assist APS in recognizing the type of settlement (non-docketed case resolution) and then also, the processing information prepared for APS to accurately process the adjustment(s) to the taxpayer’s account.Appeals Non-Docketed Case Resolutions and Associated Documentation Provided to APS

Appeals Non-Docketed Case Resolution

Processing Documentation

APS Requirements

Agreed - Fully Sustained Compliance Determination

  • ACDS cc 03

  • Approved Form 5402

  • Signed Form 870-AD

  • Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet

  • Applicable Interest-Related Instructions

  • Update and Close ACDS based on approved Form 5402

  • Prepare account adjustment documents to reflect agreed upon adjustments

  • Review and verify all interest-related documentation

  • Request interest-related instruction whenever it is needed but was not provided

Agreed - Settled Based on Hazards of Litigation (Policy Statement 8-47)

  • ACDS cc 03

  • Approved Form 5402

  • Signed Form 870-AD

  • Form 5278, Statement - Income Tax Changes

  • Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet

  • Applicable Interest-Related Instructions

  • Update and Close ACDS based on approved Form 5402

  • Prepare account adjustment documents to reflect agreed upon adjustments

  • Review and verify all interest-related documentation

  • Request interest-related instruction whenever it is needed but was not provided

Agreed - Settled Based on a Percentage or Stipulated Amount (Policy Statement 8-48)

  • ACDS cc 03

  • Approved Form 5402

  • Signed Form 870-AD

  • Applicable Interest-Related Instructions

  • Update and Close ACDS based on approved Form 5402

  • Prepare account adjustment documents to reflect agreed upon adjustments

  • Review and verify all interest-related documentation

  • Request interest-related instruction whenever it is needed but was not provided

Reminder: When Appeals cannot reach a settlement with the taxpayer, the ATE requests TCS prepare a Statutory Notice of Deficiency (SND). APS issues the SND and suspenses the case following procedures in IRM 8.20.6. If the taxpayer signs the SND waiver of agreement (cc 04) or defaults (cc 05), APS uses the Form 5403 Instructions to APS and interest-related forms and documentation provided by the TCS to process the agreed or defaulted adjustments to the taxpayer’s account. If the taxpayer files a petition to the USTC, APS pulls the case from SND suspense, updates ACDS and AIMS and transmits the case to Counsel Jurisdiction. Under normal circumstances, the case will not return to Appeals until the case is submitted to APS for closing actions. In this instance, Counsel acquires responsibility for ensuring the interest-related information is provided to APS when the case is submitted to APS for processing.

(6) Once Compliance issues a Statutory Notice of Deficiency (SND), and the taxpayer files a petition to the United States Tax Court (USTC), the case is resolved in one of the following ways:Docketed Case Resolutions and Associated Documentation Provided to APS

Docketed Counsel/Appeals Resolution

Processing Documentation

APS Requirements

Appeals secures agreement

  • Agreed - Fully Sustained Compliance SND

  • Agreed - Settled Compliance SND

  • ACDS cc 08

  • Entered Decision Document with waiver paragraph

  • Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet

  • Applicable Interest-Related Instructions

  • Update and Close ACDS based on approved Form 5402 and Entered Decision Document

  • Prepare account adjustment documents to reflect agreed upon adjustments

  • Review and verify all interest-related documentation

  • Request interest-related instruction from ATE/TCS whenever it is needed but not provided

Counsel secures agreement:

  • Agreed - Fully Sustained Compliance SND

  • Agreed - Settled Compliance SND

  • ACDS cc 10

  • Entered Decision Document with waiver paragraph

  • Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet

  • Applicable Interest-Related Instructions

  • Update and Close ACDS based on approved Form 1734 and Entered Decision Document

  • Prepare account adjustment documents to reflect agreed upon adjustments

  • Review and verify all interest-related documentation

  • Request interest-related instruction from TCS whenever it is needed but was not provided

Tax Court Tried and Decided

  • ACDS cc 17

  • Entered Decision Document without a waiver paragraph

  • Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet will not be provided when the case is *settled for a specific dollar amount and the F-5403 Item 15, Item Reference Numbers and adjustment amounts will not be provided to APS

  • Applicable Interest-Related Instructions


* See IRM 8.20.7.10 (3), IRM 8.20.7.10 (8), and IRM 8.20.7.10.2, Specific Dollar Settlements - Docketed Cases for additional information.

  • When the waiver paragraph is absent, verify that at least 100 days have elapsed from the Entered Decision Date** (see Note below) and do NOT include an agreement date on the adjustment document

  • Update and Close ACDS based on approved Form 1734 and Entered Decision Document

  • Prepare account adjustment documents to reflect tax and penalty determination included in the Entered Decision

  • Review and verify all interest-related documentation

  • Request interest -related instruction from TCS whenever it is needed but was not provided

Note: ** If 100 days have not elapsed from the Entered Decision Date, alert your PTM because the appeal period has not expired and the case may have been prematurely released from Counsel to APS.

(7) The APS TE is responsible for the following actions:

  • Verify the Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet information is accurate and complete prior to transferring the code(s) and adjustment amount(s) to the Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record.

  • Analyze and compare the Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet information with the current account transcript to ensure inputting the data will not create an unpostable on the account and will correctly update the taxpayer's account.

  • Resolve discrepancies or omissions upon their discovery. (This includes omissions of interest-related instructions which must be prepared and provided by the ATE/TCS/Counsel.)

  • Identify when the Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet has not been included within the administrative file but should have been. APS will request the Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet using the Form 3608 procedures provided in IRM 8.20.7.2 (10).

  • If RGS is used for the computation, instead of entering the Item 15 Reference Number information on the Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet, the ATE or TCS may print either the RGS Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record or the RGS Form 5344, Examination Closing Record and attach one of them to the Form 5403 Instructions Worksheet. The Form 5403 Instructions Worksheet has a line to indicate that the RGS Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record or Form 5344, Examination Closing Record is attached.

  • See IRM 8.17.5, Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet for additional information.

(8) When a case is settled by Appeals or by Counsel for a specific dollar amount agreed to by both parties, TCS is not required to prepare Form 5278, Statement - Income Tax Changes or provide amounts to change reference codes since these adjustments cannot be determined. Cases on which Appeals or Counsel reaches a settlement for a specific dollar amount agreed to by both parties, will not include a Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet in the case file. These types of closings require special consideration by the APS TE assigned to process the taxpayer's settlement. The APS TE will not submit a request to TCS for a Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet on these case closings and must instead, make an entry in the PEAS Case Activity Record:

Example: "Case settled for a specific dollar amount agreed to by both parties and F-5403 Item 15 entries cannot be determined."


This PEAS CAR entry serves the purpose of meeting the AQMS Standard 8 for Form 5403 Item 15 accuracy.

(9) Regardless of the method used to resolve the taxpayer’s case, all applicable "Interest-Related Requirements" continue to apply according to the law, and whenever the interest-related information is missing, or is incorrect, the APS TE must request TCS prepare the required interest-related information to ensure an accurate account adjustment that results in an accurate interest adjustment.

  • IRC § 6404(g), Suspension of interest and certain penalties where Secretary fails to contact taxpayer interest suspension requires TCS prepare the 6404(g) worksheet for APS. (All MFT 30 cases must be flagged to identify if 6404(g) Does Apply or 6404(g) Does Not Apply per IRM 20.2.7, Recording IRC § 6404(g) Notice Date.

  • IRC § 6601(d), Income tax reduced by carryback or adjustment for certain unused deductions interest application requires TCS to prepare the Form 2285(s) for APS (BMF and IMF cases).

  • IRC § 6621(c), Increase in underpayment rate for large corporate underpayments (LCU) interest require the TCS to identify the earliest notice date that triggers LCU interest application for APS (BMF cases only).

  • Rev. Rul. 99-40, "May/Sequa" interest suspension requires TCS to prepare a May-Sequa Spreadsheet for APS (BMF and IMF cases).

  • When the APS TE must suspense the case until the required document(s) is/are received, document the PEAS CAR as follows:
    1) Identify the date when the "Interest Related Requirements Request" was sent via secure email
    2) Provide a brief identification of the requested items i.e., "May/Sequa WS", "F-2285", "6404(g) WS", "LCU Date"
    3) Identify the person to whom the request was sent e.g., "ATE Oak", "TCS Elm", "TCS ATM Maple"
    4) Place the case in PEAS Suspense Reason Code "S10", "Waiting on TCS information/response"
    5) Set a follow-up date for no later than 10 business days from the request date
    6) Update the PEAS CAR when additional suspense time is required and return case to PEAS Suspense Reason Code "S10", "Waiting on TCS information/response"
    7) Notate the item(s) received on the PEAS CAR upon receipt
    8) Remove the case from PEAS Suspense
    9) Continue processing actions

Specific Dollar Settlements Under Authority of Policy Statement 8-48 - Non-Docketed Cases

(1) IRM 1.2.17, Policy Statement 8-48, states that Appeals may consider and accept proposals for "Specific Dollar Settlements". Whenever the ATE resolves their case by means of a "Specific Dollar Settlement", they will provide the following statement on the Form 5402 in the Remarks Section: "This is an Appeals Settlement for a specific dollar amount. There is no audit statement or schedule or adjustments, and the change to AGI and TXI can’t be determined."

(2) The ATE must provide APS with the "interest-related" forms, schedules, worksheets, and spreadsheets in the same manner as any other case despite the fact that the "Specific Dollar Settlements" will not go through a Tax Computation Specialist (TCS). See Exhibit 8.20.7-12, "Interest-Related" Internal Revenue Codes (IRC), Revenue Procedures (Rev. Proc.), Revenue Rulings (Rev. Rul.), and Applicable Internal Revenue Manual (IRM) References for additional information.

Specific Dollar Settlements - Docketed Cases

(1) When Counsel resolves their case by means of a "Specific Dollar Settlement", the Counsel Attorney will include a Counsel Settlement Memorandum within the case as well as a notation on the Form 1734, Transmittal Memorandum to alert APS that there are no tax computations associated with the case that match the tax and/or penalty included in the Entered Decision Document. See Chief Counsel Directives Manual, Settlements by Counsel 35.5.2.9 for additional information.

(2) The Counsel Attorney must provide APS with the "interest-related" forms, schedules, worksheets, and spreadsheets in the same manner as any other case despite the fact that the "Specific Dollar Settlements" will not go through a Tax Computation Specialist (TCS) for the purpose of a tax computation or Rule 155 Computation. See Exhibit 8.20.7-12, "Interest-Related" Internal Revenue Codes (IRC), Revenue Procedures (Rev. Proc.), Revenue Rulings (Rev. Rul.), and Applicable Internal Revenue Manual (IRM) References for additional information.

Credit Reference Numbers (CRN) and Item Reference Numbers (IRN)

(1) Each tax return/tax class has a variety of Credit Reference Numbers (CRN) and Item Reference Numbers (IRN) which populate and/or update the associated field on the transcript of account when reported on a filed return, or are adjusted during the IRS review, correction, or audit process.

(2) Document 6209, IRS Processing Codes and Information contains a detailed listing of CRNs and IRNs for the following types of Tax Returns/Forms:

  • Form 706, United States Estate (and Generation Skipping Transfer) Tax Return

  • Form 709, United States Gift (and Generation Skipping Transfer) Tax Return

  • Form 720, Quarterly Federal Excise Tax Return

  • Form 940, Employer's Annual Federal Unemployment Tax Return

  • Form 941, Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return

  • Form 943, Employer’s Annual Federal Tax Return for Agricultural Employees

  • Form 944, Employer’s Annual Federal Employment Tax Return

  • Form 945, Annual Return of Withheld Federal Income Tax

  • Form 990, Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax

  • Form 1040, U.S. Individual Income Tax Return

  • Form 1041, U.S. Income Tax Return for Estates and Trusts

  • Form 1042, Annual Withholding Tax Return for U.S. Source Income of Foreign Persons

  • Form 1116, Foreign Tax Credit (Individual, Estate or Trust)

  • Form 1120, U.S. Corporate Income Tax Return

  • Form 2441, Child and Dependent Care Expenses

  • Form 3468, Investment Credit

  • Form 3800, General Business Credit

  • Form 4136, Credit for Federal Tax Paid on Fuels

  • Form 5329, Additional Taxes on Qualified Plans (Including IRAs) and Other Tax-Favored Accounts

  • Form 5695, Residential Energy Credits

  • Form 5884, Work Opportunity Credit

  • Form 5884-A, Credits for Employers Affected by Hurricane Katrina, Rita, or Wilma

  • Form 6478, Alcohol and Cellulosic Biofuel Fuels Credit

  • Form 6765, Credit for Increasing Research Activities

  • Form 8396, Mortgage Interest Credit

  • Form 8586, Low-Income Housing Credit

  • Form 8801, Credit for Prior Year Minimum Tax - Individuals, Estates and Trusts

  • Form 8804, Annual Return for Partnership Withholding Tax (Section 1446)

  • Form 8820, Orphan Drug Credit

  • Form 8826, Disabled Access Credit

  • Form 8830, Enhanced Oil Recovery Credit

  • Form 8834, Qualified Plug-In Electric and Electric Vehicle Credit

  • Form 8835, Renewable Electricity, Refined Coal, and Indian Coal Production Credit

  • Form 8839, Qualified Adoption Expenses

  • Form 8844, Empowerment Zone and Renewal Community Employment Credit

  • Form 8845, Indian Employment Credit

  • Form 8846, Credit for Employer Social Security and Medicare Taxes Paid on Certain Employee Tips

  • Form 8847, Credit for Contributions to Selected Community Development Corporations

  • Form 8849, Claim for Refund of Excise Tax

  • Form 8860, Qualified Zone Academy Bond Credit

  • Form 8861, Welfare-to-Work Credit

  • Form 8962, Premium Tax Credit

  • Form 8864, Biodiesel and Renewable Diesel Fuels Credit

  • Form 8965, Health Coverage Exemptions

  • Form 8863, Education Credits (American Opportunity and Lifetime Learning Credits)

  • Form 8874, New Markets Credit

  • Form 8880, Credit for Qualified Retirement Savings Contributions

  • Form 8881, Credit for Small Employer Pension Plan Startup Costs

  • Form 8882, Credit for Employer-Provided Childcare Facilities and Services

  • Form 8896, Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Production Credit

  • Form 8900, Qualified Railroad Track Maintenance Credit

  • Form 8906, Distilled Spirits Credit

  • Form 8907, Nonconventional Source Fuel Credit

  • Form 8908, Energy Efficient Home Credit

  • Form 8910, Alternative Motor Vehicle Credit

  • Form 8911, Alternative Fuel Vehicle Refueling Property Credit

  • Form 8912, Credit to Holders of Tax Credit Bonds

  • Schedule H, Household Employment Taxes

  • Schedule R, Credit for the Elderly of the Disabled

  • Schedule 8812, Child Tax Credit

See http://serp.enterprise.irs.gov/databases/irm.dr/current/6209.dr/6209minitoc.htm, Section 8C - Master File Codes, for each code and code definition.

(3) For additional information on account analysis and account codes, see:

  • IRM 21.5, Account Resolution

  • IRM 21.6, Individual Tax Returns

  • IRM 21.7, Business Tax Returns and Non-Master File Accounts

  • IRM 21.8, International

General Income Tax Credit Reference Numbers and Item Reference Numbers

(1) The Credit Reference Numbers (CRN) and Item Reference Numbers (IRN) provided in this IRM are the most common adjustment types for Appeals’ and Counsel cases accounts. The CRNs and the IRNs are entered in Item 15 of Form 5403 when AIMS controls are open and are entered on a Form 3870 or a Form 8485 when AIMS controls are not open.

(2) Income Tax Credits apply to Income Tax Forms 1040 (MFT 30), 1041 (MFT 05) and 1120 (MFT 02). Income Tax MFT 30/05/02 accounts also include Item Reference fields which must be adjusted to reflect the changes associated with the income tax adjustment whenever applicable. MFT 30 accounts are controlled on the Individual MF (IMF) and MFT 05 and MFT 02 accounts are controlled on the Business MF (BMF).

(3) Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record Items 51, 52, and 53 are used whenever an IMF Reason Code (RC) must be associated with a CRN/IRN adjustment. The AMCLS IMF Reason Codes mimic the purpose of the ADJ54 IMF Reason Codes and their entry, (up to 3), triggers the correlating message on the taxpayer’s notice to explain the item(s) adjusted on their IMF account. When more than one IMF RC is required, enter them in ascending numeric order e.g. lowest IMF RC in Item 51 to highest Item 52 or Item 53. Exhibit 8.20.7-13, Table of the Most Common Credit Reference Numbers (CRN) and Item Reference Numbers (IRN) Applicable to an Income Tax (MFT 30/05/02) Account For a complete listing of IMF Reason Codes, see Document 6209, Section 8C 2-2 IMF Reason Codes or IRM 21.6.7-1 Exhibit Reason Codes.

(4) When the CRN and IRN adjustment entries exceed the maximum number of entries allowable on either type of adjustment document, use the decision table in IRM 8.20.7.10.4 (5) below to accurately process multiple account adjustments input within the same IDRS Cycle.

  • See Exhibit 8.20.7-13, Table of the Most Common Credit Reference Numbers (CRN) and Item Reference Numbers (IRN) Applicable to an Income Tax (MFT 30/05/02) Account for additional information.

  • See IRM 8.20.7.10.5, Refundable and Non-Refundable Credit Adjustments for additional information.

  • See IRM 8.20.7.10.6, Self-Employment Tax Adjustment for additional information.

  • See IRM 8.20.7.10.7, Schedule H, Household Employment Tax Adjustments for additional information.

  • See IRM 8.20.7.27, EITC Recertification Program (Refundable Credits (ACTC/CTC/AOTC/EIC)

Reminder: The APS TE must always verify the Item Reference Numbers (IRN) and Credit Reference Numbers (CRN), their associated amounts, and "+/-" provided on the Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet before inputting the entries on the adjustment document to ensure the entry of the code(s) or amount(s) will not cause an unpostable condition.

(5) When two separate adjustment documents must be used in order to input the full range of CRNs/IRNs applicable to that tax period’s account, use the decision table below to determine how the first and the final adjustment documents must be prepared for the AIMS or the Non-AIMS adjustment(s).Decision Table when more than one adjustment document is required to process the changes to the taxpayer’s account

Condition

Requirement

Purpose

First adjustment document.

  • Always use Hold Code 4.

  • Avoid release of a premature notice or an erroneous refund.

  • Use PEAS Suspense to effectively monitor posting of the adjustment(s).

Final adjustment document.

  • Always use a Posting Delay Code (PDC) (1-6) on the final adjustment if both the first and the final adjustment documents are input in the same cycle.

  • Include adjustment to tax, penalty, interest (if restricted), and credit adjustments (if applicable) on the Final adjustment document.

  • When inputting both the first and the final adjustment documents in the same cycle, a PDC must be included with the final adjustment document to control the cycle in which Master File will process the final account adjustment(s) and release the notice or refund to the taxpayer.

  • Use PEAS Suspense to effectively monitor posting of the adjustment(s).

  • See Reminder below.

ASED within 60 days of the posting cycle 23C for the final AIMS adjustment.
(CC: AMCLS)

Determine if Quick Assessment procedures are required.

  • ASED protection.

ASED within 90 days of the posting cycle 23C for the final Non-AIMS adjustment.
(CC: ADJ54)

Determine if Quick Assessment procedures are required.

  • ASED protection.

IRN or CRN which also requires an IMF Reason Code in Item 51-53.

Associate the IRN/CRN with the respective IMF Reason Code when inputting the adjustment.

  • Avoid an unpostable condition and accurately process the adjustment.

Both Self-employment and Medicare IRNs apply to the period being adjusted.

Associate the SE and Medicare IRNs on the first adjustment document.

  • Efficient resolution of Unpostable Conditions applicable to one or more of the SE and Medicare IRNs.

CRNs apply to the period being adjusted.

Associate the credit adjustments with the final tax adjustment.

  • Control the account module balance condition and avoid the release of an erroneous notice or erroneous refund.

  • This practice also ensures the debit or credit interest computation "to date" matches the final account resolution and timing of the notice or refund, regardless of whether interest is computer generated or manually computed.

Reminder: Underpayment interest (which is not also subject to an interest suspension) accrues daily on tax and "return-related penalties" from the effective interest date until full paid. Assessed penalties accrue interest from the 23C date until full paid. Assessed interest accrues compound interest until full paid. When the taxpayer’s balance due notice is systemically prevented with input of a Hold Code (2, 3, or 4), Master File will not post accruals of Failure to Pay (FTP) Penalty (IRC 6651(a)(3), or interest. To avoid the necessity to take additional account correction/update actions, enter the tax, penalty, interest (if TC 34X is needed) and any credit adjustments (CRN) on the Final adjustment document. See IRM 20.2.5, Assessment of Interest Accruals for additional information.

Refundable and Non-Refundable Credit Adjustments

(1) Credits associated with a taxpayer’s account can serve the purpose of reducing the net tax amount due, or they can serve the purpose of reducing the amount the taxpayer owes once the tax amount is determined. The Internal Revenue Tax Code differentiates between a credit which is refundable (Refundable Credit), and a regulated credit which only serves the purpose of reducing the amount of tax due (Non-Refundable Credit). Some Non-Refundable Credits are limited to the current years tax liability, and others can be carried back to prior years or carried forward to subsequent years to offset a tax deficiency. IDRS uses specific codes to identify and record the refundable credits and credit amounts. Whenever a refundable or non-refundable credit is adjusted as a result of an Appeals or Counsel settlement, the TCS will provide the IRN and CRN adjustment information to APS via the Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet.

(2) A credit which is refundable serves a dual purpose, first, it is applied to pay the tax liability and if any excess credit remains, it becomes available for offset to pay another outstanding liability for the taxpayer or it can be released as a refund to the taxpayer.

(3) A regulated credit is Non-Refundable and is limited to the amount of the tax liability.

(4) See IRM 21.6.3, Non-Refundable Credits Procedures and IRM 21.6.3, Refundable Credits for additional information.

(5) See IRM 8.20.7.27, EITC Recertification Program (Refundable Credits ACTC/CTC/AOTC/EIC) for detailed processing requirements subject to Recertification procedures.

Self-Employment Tax Adjustment

(1) Self-employment adjustments for returns posted after December 31, 1985, are updated using reference numbers on the Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record in Item 15. The ATE or TCS who prepares the settlement computation provides the correct Item Reference Number(s) (IRN) and adjustment amount(s) via the Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet.

(2) The Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record, for a no-change case with self-employment income/tax adjustments must reflect any adjustments to IRN 878/879, 895/896, and 889. Complete as follows for Items 12, 13, and 15:

  1. Item 12 - Enter TC 300 for 0.00

  2. Item 13 - Enter Disposal Code 12

  3. Item 15 - Enter appropriate Item Reference Number(s) and amount(s)

Reminder: For additional and detailed explanations of Item 15 Item entries see Exhibit 8.20.7-13, Table of the Most Common Credit Reference Numbers (CRN) and Item Reference Numbers (IRN) Applicable to an Income Tax (MFT 30/05/02) Account.

(3) To view the Social Security Tax Rate Table and Wage Limitation established for each tax year see:
http://serp.enterprise.irs.gov/databases/irm.dr/current/6209.dr/6209ch03.14.htm.

Reminder: #1 The Social Security Wage Limitation is programmed for each tax year. If the IRNs 873, 874, 878, 879, 891, or 892 adjustment(s) will cause the Self-Employment Income amount to exceed the assigned wage limitation set for that tax period, the adjustment will unpost with Unpostable Code (UPC) 189 Reason Code (RC) 8. The APS TE may need to access this resource, prior to input of their adjustment document entries, to verify that their account adjustment entries will not create an unpostable condition.

Reminder: #2 Certain IRNs cannot be adjusted below zero. See UPC 189 RC 1 for specific codes considered Column A entries in addition to the ones identified in Reminder #1 above.

(4) See the following resources for additional information:

for additional information.

Schedule H, Household Employment Tax Adjustments

(1) Schedule H can be filed with a Form 1040, Form 940, Form 941 or it can be filed separately. Schedule H carries it’s own Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED) which is NOT based on the filing requirements of the taxpayer’s F-1040, F-940, F-941. Schedule H taxes can be assessed even if the original filer’s ASED has expired per IRM 21.6.4, Schedule H, Household Employment Taxes (7).

(2) Schedule H adjustments, when are authorized by a signed Form 2504 or a signed Form 2504-AD. Schedule H adjustment amount(s) are provided to APS via the following forms:

  • Form 5278

  • Form 5403 Instructions

  • Schedule H

(3) The following Item Reference Numbers are used to process Social Security and Medicare adjustments to the MFT 30 Schedule H account fields:Schedule H Item Credit Reference Numbers (CRN) and Item Reference Numbers (IRN) and Titles

IRN

Title

Adjusts TXMODA Field:

  • CRN 003 Primary Taxpayer

  • CRN 903 Secondary Taxpayer

Schedule H Income Tax Withheld for tax period 199512 and subsequent

FICA WAGES PAID:

  • PR-FICA-PD>

  • SE-FICA-PD>


Combines with P/S-FD-INC-TX-WTHLD> field to equal P/S-TOT-FICA>

  • IRN 004 Primary Taxpayer

  • IRN 904 Secondary Taxpayer

Total Social Security Administration (SSA) Schedule H Wages

Total Schedule H Wages:

  • P-F8919-SSA-WGS-CMP>

  • S-F8919-SSA-WGS-CMP>

  • IRN 007 Primary Taxpayer

  • IRN 907 Secondary Taxpayer

Sum of SSA Tax and Medicare Tax

Adjusts sum of SSA Tax and Medicare Tax:

  • P-CMB-FICA-MED-TX>

  • S-CMB-FICA-MED-TX>

  • IRN 073 Primary Taxpayer

  • IRN 973 Secondary Taxpayer

Total Medicare Wages

Adjusts Schedule H Wages subject to Medicare:

  • PR-MED-TX>

  • SE-MED-TX>

  • IRN 074 Primary Taxpayer

  • IRN 974 Secondary Taxpayer

Additional Medicare Tax (AdMT)

Posts Schedule H Additional Medicare Tax:

  • PR-ADDL-MED-TX-AMT>

  • SCD-ADDL-MED-TX-AMT>

  • IRN 993 Primary Taxpayer

  • IRN 994 Secondary Taxpayer


Enter .00

Enter .00

Schedule H EIN
See IRM 21.6.4.4.8.2, Schedule H, Household Employment Taxes - EIN Corrections

Primary or Secondary Taxpayer’s Schedule H EIN entered in CC: ADJ54 "XREF-TIN" field.

  • PRIM-EIN>

  • SECNDRY-EIN>

  • CRN 335

  • IRN 885

Schedule H Advanced Earned Income Credit (AEITC)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 with CRN 335

  • IRN 885 adjusts AEIC> field

(4) See IRM 21.7.2, Advanced Earned Income Tax Credit (AEITC) - Form 941, Form 943, Form 944, and Schedule H for additional information on how this credit was allowed and when it was eliminated.

(5) When the ATE identifies that IRC § 6205, Interest-free provision applies, use a TC 308/298 for the Schedule H Medicare Tax amount only. If there is also a general tax adjustment use a TC 300/290 for the applicable assessment amount. A TC 308/298 requires an Interest Computation Date entry to identify the underpayment interest start date for the amount of tax entered with the TC 308/298. The applicable interest start date is provided by the ATE. See IRM 21.6.4, Schedule H, Household Employment Taxes - Interest - Free Provisions - Underpayments for additional information.

(6) The following Item Reference Numbers are used to process Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) adjustments to the MF Schedule H account fields:Schedule H FUTA State Code and Item Reference Numbers (IRN) and Titles

IRN for State Code (XX) Tax and Wages

Title

Adjusts MF Field:

  • TXX (997) Primary

  • YXX (995) Secondary

Federal Unemployment Schedule H Tax

Schedule H FUTA Tax for Primary or Secondary Taxpayer

  • P-FUTA-TOT>

  • S-FUTA-TOT>

  • WXX (998) Primary

  • ZXX (996) Secondary

Federal Unemployment Schedule H Wages

Schedule H FUTA Wages for Primary or Secondary Taxpayer

  • P-FUTA-TXBL>

  • S-FUTA-TXBL>

(7) Schedule H adjustments must be processed correctly to avoid the following Unpostables:

  • UPC 189 RC 1 - Input reference number attempts to reduce the related field below zero

  • UPC 291 RC 3-1 - Input reference number input without a significant money amount (cannot be 0.00)

  • UPC 290 RC 4 j - Input attempts to post to an invalid tax period

  • UPC 169 RC 8 - Secondary taxpayer reference numbers input on other than a MFJ account (903, 904, 907, 973, 994, 995, 996)

  • UPC 169 RC 0 - Schedule H adjustment input and no EIN is present for the primary/secondary taxpayer

  • UPC 150 RC 3 - Schedule H tax assessment is input to a module where the ASED has expired and Priority Code 1 is not used

Note: See IRM 21.6.4, Schedule H, Household Employment Taxes, Unpostables for additional information.

Item Reference Numbers for Estate Tax and Gift (E&G) Tax

(1) Item Reference Numbers (IRN) for Form 706 Estate Tax Return and Form 709 Gift Tax Return, are provided by the TCS or the ATE who prepare the computations and Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet.

(2) Estate and Gift tax IRNs are used to identify adjustments to each specific tax type:

  • 074 - Generation Skipping Tax (MFT 51 and MFT 52)

  • 076 - Net Estate Tax (MFT 52)

  • 077 - Net Gift Tax (MFT 51)

(3) IRN 074 when entered on either an Estate Tax or Gift Tax adjustment will be combined with the IRN 076 or IRN 077 amount to = the TC 300 amount.

(4) IRN 076 is required on all Estate Tax adjustments and will = the TC 300 amount unless IRN 074 is also entered per IRM 8.20.7.10.8 (3) above.

(5) IRN 077 is required on all Gift Tax adjustments and will = the TC 300 amount unless IRN 074 is also entered per IRM 8.20.7.10.8 (3) above.

(6) The following fields are also entered for MFT 51/54 on page 2 of Form 5403, when adjustment amounts are included on the Form 5403 Instructions to APS prepared by the TCS:

  • Item 422, Applicable Credit Adj Amount

  • Item 425, DSUE Amount (Deceased Spousal Unused Exclusion)

(7) The employee who prepares the settlement computation is responsible for completing the Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet. If a Counsel case is received by APS and the Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet is not included, APS can submit a Form 3608, Request for TCS Service to request preparation of a Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet. See IRM 8.20.7.2 (10) for instructions on how to prepare and submit Form 3608.

Penalty Reference Numbers for IRC § 6662 (Replace PRN 680)

(1) Report Generation Software (RGS) version 16.0 (and subsequent versions) use more specific penalty reference numbers (PRN) for the accuracy related penalty previously entered in Item 15 of Form 5403, via a single PRN "680." When the TCS does not use the RGS generated From 5403 to prepare the tax computation and report, then the TCS should identify the correct PRN for APS on the Form 5403 Instructions.

(2) The new more specific PRNs are as follows:

(3) Interest on Accuracy Related Penalties is applicable per IRM 20.2.5, Interest on Penalties and Additions to Tax.

Penalty Reason Code Entered in Item 02, of Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record

(1) Penalty Reason Codes (PRCs) were established to enable the IRS to systemically track the abatement and suppression of penalties. Accurate reporting of the PRC is vital for the Service to generate an accurate report to Congress. PRCs provide the basis for determining a taxpayer’s compliance history and also provides the foundation for analyzing trends in penalty abatements. PRCs are used with both BMF and IMF Document Code 54 and 47 transactions. See IRM 20.1.1, MF Penalty Reason Codes for source guidance and additional information.

(2) IRM 20.1.1, Master File Penalty Reason Codes (4) c. "Appeals: The PRC must be used to identify the reason for the abatement or non-assertion of a penalty when completing any of the following forms: Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record (CC: ADJ47), Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo (CC: ADJ54), and Form 8278, Assessment and Abatement of Miscellaneous Civil Penalties (CC: ADJ54)."

(3) APS TEs process adjustments on AIMS and Non-AIMS cases. The Form 5403 is an AIMS adjustment document (Document Code 47), and the Form 5403 Item 02, Penalty Reason Code is a 2 digit code entered by the APS TE to identify the justification provided by the ATE or Counsel Attorney for reducing or suppressing the penalty(ies) proposed by the Compliance Revenue Agent. Reduction of a proposed penalty is different than reduction of a previously assessed penalty because although the penalty amount was proposed, it has not been assessed prior to being transferred into Appeals’ or Counsel Jurisdiction. For procedures on partially or fully abating "previously assessed" penalties using a Non-AIMS Command Code ADJ54, see the following IRM section(s) as applicable:

(4) When the Appeals Technical Employee (ATE) considers a case on which a penalty is proposed, the ATE must always select the appropriate Penalty Resolution Reason ID (1 through 10) when preparing the Form 5402. Identification of the applicable Penalty Resolution Reason ID communicates the ATE’s penalty determination for the respective case and provides APS with the necessary case processing information to accurately adjust the taxpayer’s account and accurately employ penalty suppression techniques as appropriate to avoid erroneous computer generated penalty assessments.

(5) Whenever a docketed case decision is entered and the penalty is NOT fully sustained and the penalty relief reason is not otherwise identified, APS will enter the correct PRC based upon the disposition of the penalty Item 02 on Form 5402.

(6) The APS TE must recognize and determine the appropriate processing actions to take when the proposed (not yet assessed) penalty is only partially sustained, or when the taxpayer is granted full relief from the penalty assessment. Master File (MF) programming will systemically assess IRC 6651(a)(1), Failure to File Penalty (TC 166) and IRC 6651(a)(2), Failure to Pay Tax Shown on Return Penalty (TC 276) on a balance due delinquent return unless the penalty is manually restricted via input of a TC 160 or TC 270 for a specific dollar amount or manually suppressed via input of a TC 160 or TC 270 for 0.00+.

(7) When the FTP (TC 27X) is sustained but has not previously been restricted and has not been calculated to be assessed at a specific dollar amount, APS may use a Priority Code (PC) to trigger the IDRS programming computation and adjustment for FTP (TC 27X). See list below for PC 5 and PC 9 criteria:

  • PC 5 - "Causes IMF or BMF MCC posting process to generate and post assessments (or abatements) of accrued, unrestricted FTP penalty and/or interest based upon the adjustment to which it is associated. PC 5 may be used with TC 290 or TC 300 for any amount and in combination with other transaction codes."

  • PC 9 - "FTP back to RDD for TC 300 adjustment - Only necessary on IMF. BMF automatically generates FTP from RDD unless TC 270 is input. Entering a TC 270 amount will prevent MF from computing back to RDD even though PC 9 is input. Use PC 9 when inputting a return or adjustment, if the module contains an SFR, to compute FTP from return due date."

  • Additional information on Priority Code 5 and 9 is provided via the following online references:

  • Reference Link

    Title

    • Document 6209, Section 8C 2 - Source Codes, Reason Codes, Hold Codes and Priority Codes
      See 4 - Priority Codes

    • Recalculating SFR Penalties

    • The Appeals Function

    • Pre-Assessment Appeals

    • Post-Assessment Appeals

    • Deficiency Procedures

    • Non-Deficiency Procedures

    • Master File Indicators

    • Master File Penalty Reason Codes

    • Penalty Transaction Codes

    • Penalty Reference Numbers

    • Corporate Files On-Line (CFOL)

    • Manual Penalty Adjustments

    • Assessment of Interest Accruals

(8) When the taxpayer’s AIMS account reflects a late filed return (AMDISA Del-Ret-Ind = 1) and the ATE does not sustain assessment of the Failure to File Penalty (FTF) and/or Failure to Pay Tax (FTP) Penalty shown on the Revenue Agent Report (RAR) Form 4549 prepared by Compliance, the APS TE must systemically "suppress" Master File programming from generating the TC 16X and/or TC 27X penalty. APS will enter the applicable PRC in Item 02 of Form 5403, and also enter the applicable penalty TC in Item 12 with a 0.00 to suppress the FTF and FTP penalty.

Example: #1 An individual taxpayer filed their 201112 1040 on December 14, 2013. The Compliance RAR reflected an additional tax deficiency of $1,000.00, a FTF Penalty of $ 250.00, and a FTP Penalty of $ 225.00. The ATE settled the taxpayer’s case for the full amount of the tax deficiency but did not sustain the proposed FTF/FTP penalties for any amount. The ATE selected Penalty Resolution Reason ID "5" Not sustained in full by Appeals due to the lack of proper development of the penalty issue by the examiner, to document their penalty determination on the Form 5402. APS will prepare the Form 5403 for the tax deficiency and penalty determination as shown in the table below:

Form 5403 Item Number and Title

APS Entry Based on Example

Item 02, Penalty Reason Code

42

Item 12, Tax Liability Adjustment

TC 300 1,000.00+

Item 12, Penalty

TC 160   0.00 +

Item 12, Penalty

TC 270   0.00 +

(9) To suppress master file programming from generating the FTF and/or FTP enter the manual assessment TC 160 and/or TC 270 in Item 12 Form 5403 with 0.00+. The TC 160 0.00 entry in Item 12 of Form 5403, bypasses the Delinquent Return Indicator (Del- Ret- Ind) and restricts MF from computer generated updates for this TC. The TC 270 0.00 entry in Item 12 of Form 5403, restricts computer generated updates of the IRC 6651(a)(2) FTP Penalty.

(10) IRC 6651(a)(1) (FTF Penalty suppression) and IRC 6651(a)(2) TC 270 0.00 (FTP Penalty suppression). When ACDS includes an amount in the PropdPen field on ACDS and the APS TE enters a lesser amount in the Revsdpen field, then the APS TE must also enter the applicable PRC in Item 02 of F-5403.

Example: #2 A Compliance Non-Docketed case RAR includes a proposed Accuracy Related Penalty. The ATE settles the case for the full tax amount, but with no penalty. The ATE selects Penalty Resolution Reason ID 7 - Settled using hazards of litigation. Using the crosswalk below, the APS TE will enter PRC 40 in Item 02 of the Form 5403. The ACDS record will reflect that a penalty was proposed but was not sustained. The ACDS Return Level PropdPen field will include $$$ and the Revsdpen field will be blank. Form 5403 will include a TC 300 for the tax assessment amount but will not include a Penalty Transaction Code for the proposed but not sustained Accuracy Related Penalty. See (11) below for additional information.

Caution: Entry of an Accuracy Related Penalty code with a $ 0.00 will cause the TC 29X/30X adjustment to go unpostable. Unpostable Code 291-3, TC 29X or TC 30X with invalid line reference items.

Example: #3 A Compliance Non-Docketed case RAR includes a Failure to File Penalty (FTF) and the Del-Ret-Ind field is set to "1" on TXMODA and is also reflected on AIMS. The ATE settles the case and uses Penalty Resolution Reason ID 4 - Not sustained in full by Appeals due to the merits of the taxpayer’s argument or because the taxpayer meets reasonable cause criteria. Using the crosswalk below, the APS TE will enter PRC 22 in Item 02 of the Form 5403. The ACDS record will reflect that a penalty was proposed but not sustained. The ACDS Return Level PropdPen field will include $$$ and the Revsdpen field will be for less $$$, or will be blank if the ATE deemed the FTF Penalty does not apply.

Reminder: Whenever the Del-Ret-Ind field is set to "1", all subsequent account adjustment transactions, including a TC 300 for 0.00 must also include the TC 16X for the correct penalty adjustment amount, or for 0.00 to avoid the AIMS Reject Message "DELINQUENT RETURN IND SET Delinquency Penalty Must be Addressed" and the Unpostable Code 179 RC 0 or RC 1.

(11) IRC 6662, Accuracy Related Penalty (TC 240 assessed via entry of the applicable Penalty Reference Number (PRN) in Item 15). The Accuracy Related Penalty is not systemically assessed by MF programming, thus a proposed Accuracy Related Penalty which is not sustained only requires entry of the PRC on Form 5403 in Item 02 but does not require a manual entry of a penalty suppression TC 240 for 0.00 in Item 12 or Item 15. The IRC 6662 Accuracy Related Penalty is only posted and adjusted via a manual assessment or a manual abatement entry input via CC: AMCLS or CC: REQ54.

(12) The PRCs available for manual input in Item 02 of Form 5403 on a non-docketed or docketed case are as follows:Crosswalk of Penalty Relief Reason and Applicable Penalty Reason Code Entry in F-5403 Item 02

Penalty Abatement or Suppression Reason Identified By/On:

Penalty Relief Reason ID and Description:

Penalty Reason Code Used on the Adjustment Document:

ATE/Form 5402

1 - Sustained in full by Appeals

41

ATE/Form 5402

2 - Not sustained in full by Appeals due to a computation adjustment only

42

ATE/Form 5402

3 - Not sustained in full by Appeals due to additional information provided by the taxpayer in Appeals

30

ATE/Form 5402

4 - Not sustained in full by Appeals due to the merits of the taxpayer’s argument of because the taxpayer meets reasonable cause criteria

22

ATE/Form 5402

5 - Not sustained in full by Appeals due to the lack of proper development of the penalty issue by the examiner

42

ATE/Form 5402

6 - Not sustained in full by Appeals due to the misapplication of tax law by the examiner

45

ATE/Form 5402

7 - Settled using hazards of litigation

40

ATE/Form 5402

8 - N/A, includes no penalty was proposed by the examiner

Blank

ATE/Form 5402

9 - Not sustained in full by Appeals for a reason not listed

42

ATE/Form 5402

10 - Not resolved (e.g. cc 13, 43, 20, 30, 40)

If penalty is not fully sustained at closing, identify the correct PRC based upon the final determination.

Note: IRM 2.8.7-7 Exhibit Item Number Description Item Number 02 Penalty Reason Code specifies the range for the 2 character field as 21-45. If an entry is not within this range the following error message is returned: "INVALID PENALTY REASON CODE #02".

Restricted Interest and Special Processing Cases

(1) Restricted interest and/or special processing actions may apply to a variety of case types. APS TE's will perform interest computation and special processing actions as appropriate to each tax period. The TCS prepares the following forms and/or notates the Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet when specific interest provisions apply:

  • Form 2285, Concurrent Determinations of Deficiencies (Increases in Tax) and Overassessments (Decreases in Tax) in Cases Involving Restricted Interest Provisions of the Internal Revenue Code

  • Sequa Worksheet when Revenue Ruling 99-40 applies

  • IRC 6404(g), Interest Suspension Worksheet when applicable on an Individual MF account.

  • Reminder: IRM 20.2.7, Recording IRC 6404(g) Notice Date (1) states "Examiners must notate IRC § 6404(g) does not apply or IRC § 6404(d) does apply and the date the notice was provided on the following forms or equivalent:"Forms Prepared by Compliance and Used to Identify if IRC 6404(g) Applies

    6404(g) Documentation

    Form Title

    Appeals Use For 6404(g) Awareness

    Form 3198

    Special Handling Notice for Examination Case Processing

    The ATE selects one of the following when preparing the Form 5402 6404(g) Applies:

    • Yes

    • No


    When 6404(g) Applies is Yes, the ATE will also include the 6404(g) Worksheet to provide APS with the Interest Suspension Start and End Dates and Amount.

    Form 4549

    Income Tax Examination Changes

    The ATE selects one of the following when preparing the Form 5402 6404(g) Applies:

    • Yes

    • No


    When 6404(g) Applies is Yes, the ATE will also include the 6404(g) Worksheet to provide APS with the Interest Suspension Start and End Dates and Amount.

    Form 4605-A

    Examination Changes - Partnerships, Fiduciaries, Small Business Corps. & Domestic Intl. Sales Corp.(Unagreed and Excepted Agreed)

    The ATE selects one of the following when preparing the Form 5402 6404(g) Applies:

    • Yes

    • No


    When 6404(g) Applies is Yes, the ATE will also include the 6404(g) Worksheet to provide APS with the Interest Suspension Start and End Dates and Amount.

    Reminder: The APS TE must ensure that the 6404(g) TC 971 AC 064 is posted whenever IRC § 6404(g) applies. For additional information see IRM 20.2.7, Input of IRC § 6404(g) Notice Date on MF.

    Caution: Whenever the ATE determines IRC § 6404(g) does not apply, but the TC 971 AC 064 indicator is present on the taxpayer’s account, APS must reverse the 6404(g) indicator via a TC 972 AC 064. CC: FRM77 is used to post or reverse the 6404(g) indicator. The IRC § 6404(g) notice date is entered in the TRANS-DT field, and the liability amount eligible for IRC § 6404(g) interest suspension must be entered in the FREEZE-RELEASE-AMT field. For additional information see IRM 20.2.7, Input of IRC § 6404(g) Notice Date on MF.

  • Earliest 30-Day or 90-Day Notice Date and Amount when IRC § 6621(c) Large Corporate Underpayment Interest applies.

Note: Interest and Special Processing actions required for specific case types processed by APS, i.e. Employment Tax, Estate and Gift Tax, Innocent Spouse, TEFRA, etc., are provided in alphabetic order by topic later in this IRM Chapter.

(2) See IRM 8.17.6, Interest Issues in Settlement Computations for additional information.

(3) See IRM 20.2, Interest for service-wide guidance and procedures for all "Interest-related" topics.

(4) See IRM 20.2.1, Notice Requirements for guidance on providing the manual interest computation to the taxpayer.

Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record, Item 08 Entry When There Are Two Agreements

(1) When closing a case with two agreements special processing steps must be taken to ensure both timely assessment and accurate interest application.

(2) To avoid unnecessarily restricting IDRS programming from performing interest computation take the following steps to process each agreement separately whenever the ASED date allows for the timely assessment of both account adjustment documents:

  1. Process the first agreement as a partial assessment and enter the applicable agreement date in Item 08 on Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record. This will allow AIMS to remain open, as well as associate the earliest agreement date with the first amount of agreed deficiency.

  2. Once the partial assessment for the first agreement has posted, process the second agreement for the additional deficiency agreed to as the final closing and enter the second agreement date in Item 08 on Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record.

  3. When appropriate, the second adjustment for final closing can be input within the same cycle as the partial adjustment as long as the appropriate Posing Delay Code (PDC) is entered on Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record, in Item 43 to ensure that both transactions do not attempt to post to the account within the same cycle.

  4. Ensure that the total tax posted to the account will not exceed the total amount of tax agreed to by the taxpayer.

  5. If the Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED) will not provide enough time to process both the first and the second agreement as two different adjustments, the combined amount of tax from the separate agreements can be assessed as one TC 30X, however, the deficiency interest must be manually computed to ensure accurate application of the agreement date to each respective tax amount. Once the total interest amount is determined, the interest assessment can then be posted with a TC 340. This will set the MF "-I" Freeze on the account. "Non-Restricting TC 340" procedures must be used whenever possible to avoid unnecessarily restricting the module to allow MF to generate future interest calculations on the account.

Reminder: See IRM 20.2.5.6.3, Non-Restricting Transaction Code (TC) 340, for additional information on using a Non-Restricting TC 340.

(3) When closing a case where Appeals secured and assessed a partial agreement (1st Agreement), enter the following on Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record:

  1. Item 12 = Final Tax to be assessed according to the second agreement;

  2. Item 800 = Final settlement amount to be assessed PLUS the partial agreement amount previously assessed by Appeals;

  3. Item A - Special Handling Instructions = Enter partial agreement date and amount. If more than one partial agreement, list separately.

  4. Determine if MF can computer generate the interest computation and if not, follow restricted interest computation and assessment actions.

Interest Related Account Features and Awareness

(1) The Appeals Technical Employee (ATE), or the Tax Computation Specialist (TCS) who prepares the case determination and closing information documents for APS must identify the following interest related account features as well as prepare the applicable worksheets or notifications to alert APS and support interest accuracy on the taxpayer’s accounts.

(2) The ATE and TCS interest related account features and awareness responsibilities apply to both non-docketed and docketed cases.

(3) One or more of the following interest features may be applicable to the Individual Master File (IMF) MFT 30 account:

IMF Interest Feature

ACDS Code

MF Code(s)

ATE/TCS Identifies (Yes or No)

IRM Reference(s)

Carryback Loss Allowance or Recapture IRC 6511(d)(2)

Statute Date Alpha Code "BB" for Loss Year

MF Freeze -I or

  • TC 294

  • TC 295

  • TC 308

  • TC 309

Yes

  • Form 2285

  • Form 5403 Instructions

  • IRM 20.2.9, Interest on Carryback of Net Operating Loss

Combat Zone IRC 7508

None

Module or Entity Freeze -C

  • TC 150 CCC K

  • TC 500 cc 52, 54, or 56

No

Disaster Relief IRC 7508A

Feature Code "DR" with start and stop date(s) in Notes Field

MF Freeze -O

  • TC 971 AC 86 or AC 87

MF Freeze-S

  • TC 971 AC 688

Yes on ACDS

  • IRM 20.2.7, IRC 7508A, Presidentially Declared Disaster or Terroristic or Military Actions

Untimely Notice IRC 6404(g)

None

  • TC 971 AC 064

Yes via 6404(g) Worksheet

May/SEQUA Revenue Ruling 99-40

None

  • TC 836

  • TC 846

  • TC 896

  • TC 971 AC 653

Yes via May/Sequa Worksheet

  • IRM 20.2.5, Revenue Ruling 99-40 (Modifies and Supersedes Revenue Ruling 88-98) Use of Money

Note: Use the Disaster Guide to verify "-O" MF Freeze Start and End Date, or to verify the "-S" Freeze Start and End Date.

(4) One or more of the following interest features may be applicable to the Business Master File (MF) MFT 02 account:

BMF Interest Feature

ACDS Code

MF Code(s)

ATE/TCS Identifies
(Yes or No)

IRM Reference(s)

Carryback Loss Allowance or Recapture IRC 6511(d)(2)

Statute Date Alpha Code "BB" for Loss Year

MF Freeze -I or

  • TC 294

  • TC 295

  • TC 308

  • TC 309

Yes

  • Form 2285

  • Form 5403 Instructions

  • IRM 20.2.9, Interest on Carryback of Net Operating Loss

Disaster Relief IRC 7508A

Feature Code "DR" with start and stop date(s) in Notes Field

MF Freeze -O

  • TC 971 AC 86 or AC 87

MF Freeze-S

  • TC 971 AC 688

Yes

  • ACDS

  • IRM 20.2.7, IRC 7508A, Presidentially Declared Disaster or Terroristic or Military Actions

General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) IRC 6621 (a)(1)(B)

None

Prior or Current Overpayment in excess of $10, 000.00

  • TC 836

  • TC 84X

Yes and No

  • The O/P amount is provided on Form 5402, and APS is responsible for determining if the GATT Threshold has been met

  • IRM 20.2.4, GATT Credit Interest - Computations on Overpayments

MAY/SEQUA Revenue Ruling 99-40

None

  • TC 836

  • TC 846

  • TC 896

  • TC 971 AC 653

Yes

  • Sequa Worksheet

  • IRM 20.2.5, Revenue Ruling 99-40 (Modifies and Supersedes Revenue Ruling 88-98) Use of Money

Note: Use the Disaster Guide to verify "-O" MF Freeze Start and End Date, or to verify the "-S" Freeze Start and End Date.

APS Responsibility for Identifying and Securing "Interest-Related" Forms and Schedules

(1) During the APS TE’s initial review of a case assigned for closing action, the APS TE must take the following actions to verify that the case is “Fit for Use”, meaning it is complete and ready to be analyzed and processed without additional delay:

  • Verify the Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED)

  • Verify that all account adjustment documentation is associated and properly authorized via signature whenever applicable

  • Verify that all interest-related forms, schedules and documentation is provided when necessary - the paragraphs below provides more specific detail with respect to the interest-related information

(2) All "compliance-sourced" IMF MFT 30 cases with open AIMS controls being closed through APS, must always include an IRC § 6404(g) statement on the F-5402 prepared by the ATE, and signed by the ATM. The IRC § 6404(g) statement will identify if IRC § 6404(g) applies or does not apply. If IRC 6404(g) applies, the ATE will also provide the interest suspension beginning and ending dates and the dollar amount to which IRC 6404(g) applies. Without the 6404(g) statement, the case is not "Fit For Use."

(3) If a "collection-sourced" account adjustment is required on an IMF MFT 30 account, the IRC § 6404(g) determination will have already been made by the Compliance Revenue Agent at the time of the tax assessment, however, if the account adjustment also requires a manual interest computation, the APS TE must identify if the IRC 6404(g) indicator is present and when present, incorporate the 6404(g) interest suspension into the manual interest computation. Master File programming can accurately update the interest unless two separate 6404(g) suspense periods are applicable to the account.

(4) Whenever IRC 6404(g) applies, APS will then verify that the TC 971 AC 064 is posted to the taxpayer’s account, or if it is not yet posted, APS will input the 6404(g) TC 971 AC 064 using CC: REQ77. See IRM 20.2.7, Input of IRC 6404(g) Notice Date on MF for additional information.

Reminder: If the 6404(g) Indicator (TC 971 AC 064) is set, but the ATE notifies APS that IRC 6404(g) does not apply to the account, then use CC: REQ77 to post a TC 971 AC 164 to the account. This removes the indicator and allows underpayment interest to accrue without application of the interest suspense period. Always document the PEAS Case Activity Record with the reason for the entry of TC 971 AC 164 to provide a clear audit trail and to justify the reversal of the 6404(g) Indicator.

(5) IMF MFT 30 account adjustments may also require the following interest-related form, schedule(s), or instruction(s):

  • IRC 6404(a) Interest Abatement (Form 3870)

  • IRC 6404(d) Interest Abatement (Form 3870)

  • IRC 6404(e) Interest Abatement (Form 3870)

  • IRC 6601(d) Carryback of a Net Operating Loss (Form 2285(s))

  • IRC 6603 Deposit posted to the account (over-deposited or under-deposited)

  • IRC 6611(e)(3) IRS Initiated Overpayment (Remark on Form 5402 to alert APS)

  • IRC 7508 Combat Zone (CZ) (MF “-C” Freeze)

  • IRC 7508A Disaster Area or Terroristic or Military Actions, (ACDS Feature Code "DR" and MF “-O” or “-S” Freeze.

  • Revenue Ruling 99-40, Use of Money (SEQUA), (SEQUA Spreadsheet)

(6) If the required interest-related form(s), schedule(s) or instruction(s) are not provided by the ATE, the case is not fit for use and the APS TE will take the following action:

  • Use secure email to contact the ATE, identify the missing item(s) and request they provide the required documentation within 5 business days (Cc the ATM and your PTM).

  • Document your action in PEAS Case Activity Record (CAR) and use the PEAS Follow-up Feature to set a reminder for yourself on the applicable date.

  • Place the case in PEAS Suspense Reason Code 1.

  • When the requested item is received, associate it with the case file, document the PEAS CAR, and remove the case from PEAS Suspense and reinsert the file in the applicable inventory processing order.

  • If the requested item(s) are not received timely, notify your PTM before rejecting the case back to the ATE/ATM. The ATE will then have to complete their work on the case, get the case re-ACAP’d and then resubmit to APS for closing.

  • Close PEAS using cc 20 "Returned to ATE/ATM for additional work."

  • Reminder: When the verification process steps 1-6 are taken, the problem is identified as early as possible, and an attempt to resolve the problem at the lowest level provides the most efficient resolution for the ATE, APS TE, and ultimately, the taxpayer. This process allows the ATE to complete their actions while they still have recall of the case, and the APS TE can continue to process their existing inventory without delay because as they open each case for processing and closing, the case is “Fit For Use.”

Process Table for Making a Case Fit For Use

Case Status

Case Movement

Additional Actions by APS

ACAP’d by the ATE

Case transmitted to APS

Monitor PEAS Unassigned

Systemically moved into APS PEAS Unassigned

Case received in APS

Form 3210/E3210 reviewed, verified, receipted and returned to initiator

PTM or LEAD assigns to an APS TE in PEAS

Case assigned to an APS TE in PEAS

APS TE performs case receipt and verification

APS TE performs a Fit For Use verification upon accepting the assignment

  • Case is Fit For Use

  • Case is NOT Fit For Use

  • If case is Fit For Use, APS prioritizes the case within their existing inventory.

  • If case is NOT Fit For Use, APS takes action to secure the missing item(s) from the ATE.

APS TE uses secure email to request the missing or incomplete items from the ATE within 5 business days

APS TE enters a PEAS CAR to include a brief explanation of the items requested from the ATE. Case remains in APS TE’s PEAS Inventory in PEAS Suspense and APS TE sets a Follow-up Date.

APS TE continue to work existing Fit For Use inventory until the Follow-up Date.

APS TE receives the completed items timely via EEFax or Email

APS TE enters a PEAS CAR to document the receipt of the items, removes the case from PEAS Suspense, and prioritizes case within existing inventory.

APS TE processes the Fit For Use case timely and accurately.

If the completed correct documents are not received timely, APS rejects the case back to the originator

APS TE enters a PEAS CAR to document the reason why the case cannot be closed and to whom the case is being returned and on what date.

APS TE closes their PEAS record once the case is in transit back to the ATE.

Railroad Retirement Tax

(1) If the adjustment involves railroad retirement tax Form CT-1, Employer's Annual Railroad Retirement Tax Return (MFT 09) and/or Form CT-2, Employee Representative's Quarterly Railroad Tax Return (MFT 72), the ATE or ATCL will prepare the disclosure information package for APS to forward to the Railroad Retirement Board (RRB):

  • Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo;

  • Appeals Case Memorandum, if prepared in addition to Form 5402;

  • Form 4549, Income Tax Examination Changes and/or Form 5278, Statement - Income Tax Changes; and

  • Settlement Computations

  • For Docketed Tax Court Cases, APS will secure and also include the following document:
  • Entered Decision Document, or

  • Entered Order of Dismissal

(2) APS will use Form 3210/E3210 to transmit the disclosure package to the Railroad Retirement Board (RRB) at the following address:

Railroad Retirement Board
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
844 N. Rush Street
Chicago, IL 60611

(3) APS will not enter a Disclosure Code in Item 39 on Form 5403 for RRB Disclosures.

Integrated Automation Technology (IAT)

(1) Integrated Automation Technology (IAT) is available to all IDRS users and use of IAT is mandatory for all APS employees effective October 1, 2014. IAT automates many of the AIMS and IDRS command code input screens, provides real-time analysis of the taxpayer's account to identify account condition(s) which may cause an unpostable and auto-populates field entries to reduce keystrokes and eliminate input errors.

Reminder: IDRS Users will only be able to use the CC’s currently available in their IDRS Profile. IAT always verifies you have the command code active in your IDRS SFDISP Profile prior to allowing you to use the CC Tool.

(2) For additional information, visit the IAT Home Page.

(3) The following Command Codes (CC) are available via IAT:

Type of Input Action

Command Code

AIMS and Non-AIMS Adjustment(s) to Tax, Penalty, Credit Reference Number(s) (CRN) and Item Reference Number(s) (IRN)

  • AMCLS

  • ADJ54

  • CMODE

  • TSCHG

  • TSCLS

AIMS Status

  • AMSOC

  • AMSTU

Control Base Actions

  • ACTON

Credit Transfers

  • ADD24

  • ADD34

  • ADD48

  • DRT24

  • DRT48

  • FRM34

Populate the ASED field on taxpayer’s account
(Only for Delinquent Return Received
Sets the ASED on MF TC 599 cc 89*
*IRS Received Date Required entry in the
COR-RECD-DATE field.)

  • FRM49

Entity Changes

  • BNCHG

  • INCHG

Installment Agreements

  • IADIS

  • IAGRE

  • IAPND

  • IAREV

Manual Refund Forms 3753 and 5278

  • Form Completion Only

Request or Re-Charge a Return

  • ESTAB

Stop Computer Generated Refund TC 846

  • NOREF

Suspend Notice and Collection Action

  • STAUP

  • STATI

  • STATB

Unpostables

  • UPTIN

  • UPCAS

  • UPRES

(4) The IAT Job Aid page displays an extensive list of Job Aids for Existing Tools. The IAT Tools have Required Command Codes for the specific IDRS user, based upon the tool’s functionality. Each Job Aid identifies the required CCs for the respective tool. IRM 3.12.37, Command Code SFDISP is used to display all active command codes in an IDRS User’s profile. After using CC: SINON, type SFDISP then transmit to see a list of your active command codes. You can access the IAT Instructions and Job Aids listed below via the following link: https://organization.ds.irsnet.gov/sites/WiMttIat/IATJobAids/default.aspx.IAT Jobs AIDS for Existing Tools Crosswalk for Identified Command Codes

IAT Tool Title

Command Code Interaction/Functionality

Act On

  • ACTON

  • IDRS User can also create a personalized list of the most common history item entries they utilize for one click efficiency on all subsequent ACTON inputs.


Examples:

  • MAAS 23C MM-DD-YYYY

  • F-3753 MR MM-DD-YYYY

  • F-5792 MR MM-DD-YYYY

  • F-12810 MM-DD-YYYY

Address

  • ENREQ

  • BNCHG

  • INCHG

  • RECON

AIMS Closures

Minimum CC requirements in the users IDRS SFDISP Profile:

  • BMFOL

  • ENMOD

  • IMFOL

  • INOLE

  • TXMOD

  • AMAXU

  • AMCLS* (A/F/I/S/U)

  • AMSOC

  • AMSTU

  • FRM77**

  • REQ77**

  • TSCHG

  • TSCLS

  • TSUMY


Partial list of automated options:

  • *Hash Calculator - For Appeals: The tool will automatically compute the hash total based on the information entered into the Form 5403 line number fields.

  • ** TC 971 AC 057 Cross-reference workpaper tax period(s).

  • ** TC 971 AC 064 Identify 6404(g) critical data for systemic or manual interest application.

  • ** TC 971 AC 256 Identifies adjustments authorized by a Closing Agreement.

  • ** TC 971 AC 282 Sets the ASED when a Delinquent Return is secured after the posting of an SFR TC 150. Will not set the duplicate return freeze. Use only when a delinquent return has been secured and do not use for an agreement on an SFR account which is not deemed a return under IRC 6020(a). Also See CC: FRM49 in table above.

  • ** TC 971 AC 653 Identify Rev. Rul 99-40 verification for the respective module was completed and is applicable.


This tool opens and allows on screen preparation of the following forms:

  • Form 5403

  • Form 2275

Clerical

  • ACTON

  • ESTAB

  • STAUP

Code Search Index (CSI) Tool

The CSI is designed to:

  • Provide customers with easy access to nearly 30 code databases.

  • Allow single or multiple code type searches.

  • Replace the Code Lookup and 6209 Search Tools.

Compliance Suite

Credit Transfer

  • ADD24

  • DRT24

  • ADD34

  • FRM34

  • ADD48

  • DRT48

Quick Command Code Tool (QCC)

Purpose and Scope of the QCC: (partial listing)

  • Initiate CCs on IDRS

  • Navigate through IDRS tax periods

  • Page through CCs

  • Provide Multi-Print and Legacy Grab Print functionality

  • Provide multiple tax period functionality for CCs BMFOLB, IMFOLB, MFREQ, RECON, STAUP

ESTAB Tool

  • ESTAB

Fill Forms Tool

Partial List of Available Forms:

  • Form 2275

  • Form 2424

  • Form 2859

  • Form 3809

  • Form 8758

FRM49

Purpose and Scope of the QCC: (partial listing)

  • Allows single or multiple input of TC 59X

  • Allows user to create custom list of TCs and cc’s used to perform work - user can name lists for quick reference and selection.

  • Auto-populates account TIN when TXMOD is already opened.

  • Automatically alerts user if the CC requires X-reference information.

Manual Refund Tool

Tool displays all fields for user input:

  • Form 3753

  • Form 5792

REQ54 Tool- Adjustment Calculator

Available for Forms:

  • 940

  • 941

  • 1040


Additional functionality is in development.
The tool can be used to input adjustment column data for other types of returns although the as posted figures may not display correctly.

  • All REQ54 fields are available on the tool.

REQ77 Tool

Tool provides drop-down menus and fillable fields for all REQ77 TCs and related entries.

Universal Unpostable Tool

Tool is designed to assist Tax Examiners in research, decision, and repetitive tasks related to UPs.

UPTIN Histories

Allows user to add, update or delete unpostable history items.

Integrated Data Retrieval System (IDRS) Command Code Job Aid

(1) For a listing of AIMS and IDRS Command Codes, their purpose and the applicable field names and descriptions applicable for each CC, click on the link provided. IDRS Command Code Job Aid.

Administrative File Closing Assembly Order

(1) When closing an Appeals (non-collection source) case, the APS TE will insert any additional forms, computations, and other documents as applicable in the administrative file prior to releasing the case to the next recipient:

  • AQMS

  • Campus Files Function

  • Compliance (when requested by the ATE)

  • Court of Appeals

  • Other

(2) The Assembly Order for Non-Collection Cases is provided in Exhibit 8.20.7-15. The Exhibit list is not all inclusive but is intended to serve as a guide for the APS TE when closing their case and describes the order of documents from the top to the bottom of the file(s).

Forms Prepared in Appeals Cases

(1) Below is a list of forms prepared in different cases but not necessarily in every case. The following guidance is provided for associating these forms with the tax return at closing.

  1. Agreement Forms with AD Extensions Form 870-AD, Form 2504-AD, etc. – Send a copy of the agreement form to the taxpayer with the closing letter. Include the original agreement in the administrative file.

  2. Form 885-E, Schedule for FICA Tax Adjustment of Wages not Previously Reported - Attach behind the return or to the face of the return.

  3. Form 885-F, Self-Employment Tax Adjustment - Attach behind the return or to the face of the return.

  4. Form 885-T, Adjustment of Social Security Tax on Tip Income Not Reported to Employer - Attach behind the return.

  5. Form 866 and Form 906 (Closing Agreements) - Attach a copy of the closing agreement to each applicable return. Include a copy with the closing letter. Send a copy to Compliance if noted on Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo by the ATE.

    Reminder: Since APS no longer creates a Closed Office File, the APS TE must transmit one of the duplicate Original Closing Agreements to the address below, using Form 3210/E3210, where all Closing Agreements will be retained for 6 years to comply with the Appeals Records Control Schedule retention period.

  6. Form 1331 or Form 1331-B, Notice of Adjustment - Attach the original to Form 5403.

  7. Form 2285 (for Restricted Interest) - Attach original form to reverse side of the front page of return.

  8. Form 2859, Request for Quick or Prompt Assessment - Attach the original form to the front page of the return.

  9. Form 3753, Manual Refund Posting Voucher - Attach the original form to the front page of the return.

  10. Form 3870, Request for Adjustment - Attach the original form to the front page of the return.

  11. Form 5792, Request for IDRS Generated Refund (IGR) - Attach the original form to the front page of the return.

  12. Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record - Attach Form 5403 and Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet, on top of the return.

  13. Form 8485, Assessment Adjustment Case Record, - Attach the completed form to the front page of the return.

  14. Form 8758, Excess Collections File Addition - Prepared by APS when refundable credits are barred from refund and must be moved to Excess Collections in order to resolve the taxpayer’s account. Attach the completed form to the front page of the return.

  15. Form 8765, IDRS Control File Credit Application - Prepared by APS to request credits that have been moved to Excess Collections be returned to offset an outstanding balance on the same tax period from which they were originally applied. Attach the completed form to the front page of the return.

Appeals
Attn: Closing Agreement Suspense
55 North Robinson
Oklahoma City, OK
73102-9226

Closing Letter

(1) Appeals sends a closing letter to notify taxpayers that their case is being closed.
The ATE:

  • Prepares the letter

  • Signs it if authorized to do so, or leaves the signature section blank and prepared for the ATM’s signature

  • The letter is left undated in the administrative file

(2) Generally, APS dates and mails the closing letter, although an ATM may direct a secretary or other employee under their supervision to date and send the closing letter. The date on the closing letter must be on or after the ACAPDATE.

(3) The employee who sends the closing letter will:

  1. Date the closing letter

  2. Mail the closing letter to the taxpayer and if there is a Power of Attorney (POA), also mail a copy to the closing letter to the POA using cover Letter 937.

  3. Include copies of applicable enclosures (870-AD, 2504-AD, Form 906 Closing Agreement, Form 872-T, etc) as stated on the closing letter

  4. Retain copies in the administrative file

Form 872–A Special Consent to Extend the Time to Assess Tax

(1) If the statute is open under a Form 872-A and the return is closed no-change, the ATE will prepare a Form 872-T which APS will mail to the taxpayer with the closing letter.

(2) Exercise caution prior to sending a Form 872-T on a no change case. You must ensure carryback years with statutes controlled by the originating year Form 872-A are protected or assessed. The statute date for any carryback returns open under an originating year Form 872-A is 90 days from the date Form 872-T is mailed.

AIMS CC: AMCLSA General Processing

(1) Verify that all required forms and documents necessary for processing and closing the case are included, contain the correct taxpayer name and entity information, and include all necessary signatures.

  • Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memorandum is signed and dated

  • Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet, if applicable

  • Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record

  • Interest related worksheets and forms i.e. 6404(g) Worksheet, Sequa Worksheet, Form 2285, specialized forms required for specific case types and return types, as applicable

  • Agreement Form (signed), Entered Decision, or Defaulted SND as appropriate to legally authorize the account adjustment(s) and closing action(s)

(2) Review AIMS and IDRS prints for each tax period to identify AIMS and MF freeze codes and account conditions, which require special actions to accurately process the account adjustments.

(3) Verify item and credit adjustments will correctly adjust the respective field on the account without creating an unpostable condition.

  • IRN 886 reduction (-) cannot be for an amount greater than the Taxable Income (TXI) Field Amount currently posted.

  • IRNs for Self Employment Income (SEI) increase cannot cause the total SEI amount to exceed the maximum SEI for the tax period.

  • IRNs for secondary self-employment income, and/or secondary medicare income adjustments cannot be made to an account with a filing status other than Married Filing Joint.

  • CRN 764 cannot increase a refundable credit i.e. Earned Income Credit, to an amount greater than the maximum allowed amount for the respective tax period.

  • CRN reductions cannot decrease an existing credit below 0.00.

  • See http://serp.enterprise.irs.gov/databases/irm.dr/current/6209/6209.html for specific information on Transaction Codes, Credit Reference Numbers, Item Reference Numbers, MF Freeze Codes, and Unpostable Codes.

(4) Exhibit 8.20.7-1 provides instructions for completing Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record.

Caution: When processing an agreed assessment on a TC 150 0.00 SFR account, and the taxpayer has not filed an original delinquent return, the agreement date must be entered in Item 08 and associated with the SFR assessment transaction(s) to ensure accurate computer generated interest assessment (TC 196/336). Rev. Rul. 2005-59 revoked Rev. Rul. 74-203 which means that when a taxpayer signs a waiver of agreement e.g. Form 870, Form 870-AD, Form 4549, or has an Entered Tax Court Decision which also includes the 6213 Waiver Paragraph, the agreement is for assessment of a deficiency, and is not in "lieu of a return" (original tax). If the agreed SFR deficiency assessment is not posted with a 23C date within 30 days of the waiver date (agreement date), the underpayment interest is suspended until the earlier of:
⇒ Full paid date
⇒ 23C (assessment date)

Note: If there are two or more agreements on the case, see IRM 8.20.7.10.11.1, Form 5403, Item 08 Entry When There Are Two Agreements.

(5) Form 2285 is needed for cases involving carry-back adjustments. The TCS function completes the top portion of the form and will provide APS with all prior Form 2285(s) as appropriate when there have been multiple carry-back transactions posted to the account. APS is responsible for performing the complete module recomputation using ACT/DMI and attaching the interest computation along with the Form 2285(s) behind the front page of the return.

(6) Verify the agreement form, settlement computation and Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record all have the same:

  • Tax amount

  • Penalty amount

  • TIN

  • Tax period

  • Taxpayer name

(7) Verify signature and date on Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo.

(8) Follow the applicable Feedback Loop procedure using the information provided by the ATE on Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo.

(9) Affix the completed AMCLSA adjustment source document on top of the applicable return.

(10) Follow appropriate administrative file procedures for cross-referencing the location of the workpapers via input of TC 971 AC 057.

(11) Access the Docketed/Non-Docketed Disclosure Spreadsheet http://appeals.web.irs.gov/APS/default.htm applicable to the type of case you are processing to determine if the adjustment meets the disclosure criteria. If the disclosure criteria are met, enter the applicable Disclosure Code in Item 39 on Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record and transmit copies of all required documents to the address provided on the Disclosure Spreadsheet using Form 3210/E3210.

(12) Monitor account adjustment posting and update/suspense/close PEAS timely in compliance with current APS policy and procedure. PEAS Case Activity Record (CAR) entries must be succinct and yet clearly document the processing action(s) taken and/or the reason the case must be placed in suspense.

(13) See IRM 21.1.7, Suspense Copies, Form 3210, Document Transmittal, for procedures on monitoring and acknowledgement follow-up requirements.

Exception: If the APS TE uses the SBSE CDI Transmittal Database to generate an E3210, all monitoring and follow-up actions are managed using the CDI Database Transmittal functionality.

Non-AIMS Adjustments General Closing

(1) Account and Processing Support (APS) also receives cases for closing action which are not controlled on AIMS.

(2) These Non-AIMS adjustment closings are explained within this IRM under each case type:

  • Abatement of Interest Claim

  • Campus Source Claim

  • Collection Due Process

  • Identity Theft

  • Offer in Compromise (OIC DATC and certain OIC DATL)

  • Penalty Appeal (PENAP)

Non-AIMS CC: REQ54/ADJ54

(1) Form 3870, Request for Adjustment is prepared and approved by the ATE/ATM and is submitted to APS for processing Non-AIMS account adjustments via CC: REQ54/ADJ54. The Approving Official Signature authorizes APS to process the account adjustments requested by the ATE.

(2) IRM 2.4.16, IDRS Terminal Input - Command Codes REQ54 and ADJ54 provides detailed item entry instructions and explanations for reference by APS TEs authorized to input Non-AIMS adjustments.

(3) APS must verify the following items when entered by ATE, or complete the following items on Form 3870 as follows:

  • Item 15 Sequence Number, identified by IDRS upon completion of the adjustment input action.

  • Item 16 Blocking Series:
    ⇒ 00 - Original return is associated with the Non-AIMS adjustment Source Document (SD)
    ⇒ 05 - IMF adjustment made without the original return
    ⇒ 15 - BMF adjustment made without the original return
    ⇒ 18 - Adjustment without the original return - creates a Refile DLN
    ⇒ 96 - Penalty Appeal Indicator -N Master File freeze is set - creates a Refile DLN
    ⇒ 97 - Penalty Appeal Indicator -N Master File freeze is released
    ⇒ 98 - Certified Claim Disallowance Letter issued by Appeals - adjustment SD without original return
    ⇒ 99 - Certified Claim Disallowance Letter issued by Appeals - adjustment SD includes the original return

  • Item 17 Deficiency Interest to Date, MM-DD-YYYY when restricted interest TC 34X is adjusted.

  • Item 18 Source Code, this is a required field for IMF TC 29X adjustments. The Source Code (SC) chooses the beginning explanation appearing on the taxpayer's adjustment notice with the reason code (RC) completing the statement. See Document 6209, Section 8C - Master File Codes, Source Codes, Reason Codes, Hold Codes and Priority Codes to identify the appropriate Source Code for the Appeals adjustment. The most common SC used for Appeals adjustments is "02" which begins the adjustment notice with "We changed your [YYYYMM]" account to correct your [RC].

  • Item 19 Reason Code, this is a required entry and up to 3 RC's may be input. When a Penalty RC is also appropriate, it is entered in position #4. When multiple RC's are input, enter them in numeric order from lowest number to highest number. RC 099 is used when other RC's do not apply and to complete the notice statement with "Account Information". See Document 6209, Section 8C - Master File Codes, Source Codes, Reason Codes, Hold Codes and Priority Codes to identify the appropriate Reason Code for the Appeals adjustment.

  • Item 21 Hold Code, is entered when appropriate. See Document 6209, Section 8C - Master File Codes, Source Codes, Reason Codes, Hold Codes and Priority Codes to identify the appropriate Hold Code for the Appeals adjustment.

  • Item 23 Priority Code, is entered by APS whenever necessary and must be used when certain conditions exist on the module. The most common PC used on Appeals non-AIMS adjustments is "1" whenever the taxpayer’s account includes an unreversed TC 420 or a TC 424. Input of PC 1 will bypass the following Unpostable Codes:
    ✓ UPC 150 RC 3
    ✓ UPC 160 RC 0
    ✓ UPC 328 RC 1
    ✓ UPC 330 RC 1
    ✓ UPC 330 RC 2
    See Document 6209, Section 8C - Master File Codes, Source Codes, Reason Codes, Hold Codes and Priority Codes to identify the appropriate Priority Code for the Appeals adjustment.

  • Item 24 Posting Delay Code (PDC), is entered by APS when the adjustment is input during the current cycle, but the posting of the transactions must be delayed from 1-6 cycles. A PDC is only entered when needed.

  • Item 25 Source Document (SD) Attached, this is a required entry.
    "Y", means the SD will be submitted to files for association with the REQ54/ADJ54 Form 5147, IDRS Transaction Record
    "N" means no SD "NSD" will be submitted to files
    "R", means the SD is being retained by the input function

  • Item 29 TC No. is where the Transaction Code(s) being adjusted are entered along with the increase or decrease dollar amount for each respective TC entered on the associated row i.e. 291, 161, 271, 341, etc.

    Caution: In the rare instance where a Non-AIMS Adjustment is authorized for a TAX Increase (TC 290/298) and an Agreement Date (Waiver Date) must also be associated with the tax assessment (ASED must be open and at least 90 days from the REQ54 input date*), the TE uses the "Correspondence Received Date (CRD)" field for entry of the applicable Agreement Date. Master File programming recognizes the CRD for underpayment interest computation in the same manner as the 870 Agreement Date (TC 30X AIMS assessment). See IRM 8.20.7.14.2 (8) for applicable IRS and Appeals IRM references.
    * If the ASED is less than 90 days from the current date, Quick Assessment processing is required. The Agreement Date is entered in the Form 2859 Correspondence Received Date field (instead of the 870 Agreement Date (TC 30X Only) field, and the Non-AIMS Tax Assessment amount is entered in row 4a Tax - Adjustment TC 290.

  • Item 29 Ref. No. Item Adjustment is where the IRN(s) being adjusted are entered along with the increase or decrease amount for each respective IRN i.e. 888, 886, 889, 878, 887, etc.

  • Item 29 Ref. No. Credit Adjustment is where the CRN(s) being adjusted are entered along with the increase or decrease amount for each respective CRN i.e. 807, 765, 338, 256, 257, etc.

  • Item 30 Remarks is used to identify any other specific information needed to complete the adjustment i.e. Refund Statute Control Date (RFSCDT), TCB-DT, and other information not specifically provided an item entry.

  • Item 31 Complete as appropriate.

(4) A Form 8485, Assessment Adjustment Case Record or Form 12249, Adjustment Document can be prepared by APS, based on the Form 3870 provided by the ATE, to process the Non-AIMS account adjustments if additional fields are needed since the Form 3870 only allows for 4 TC Numbers to be entered.

(5) The APS TE must verify that their adjustments have posted to the account before closing the PEAS record. PEAS Suspense must be used as appropriate. See IRM 8.20.10, Account and Processing Support - Processing Employee Automated System (PEAS), for additional information.

(6) All adjustments AIMS and Non-AIMS must have the Adjustment Source Document associated with the administrative file as well as a copy of the Adjustment Source Document sent to Campus Files for association with the Form 5147, IDRS Transaction Register when Item 25 SD = "Y".

Exception: Non-AIMS Adjustments input with "NSD" in CC: ADJ54 Remarks, do not require that the Adjustment Source Document be sent to files because the Form 5147, IDRS Transaction Register will not print out for the Files Operation to associate with the Source Document.

(7) The adjustment source document must be affixed to the face of the return or if no return is present, on top of the case closing package serving as the administrative file under Appeals jurisdiction.

(8) The following IRM references provide guidance on Non-AIMS Adjustments and the Correspondence Received Date (CRD):

  • IRM 2.4.16, Terminal Messages (ADJ54) (Message Numbers are Displayed With the Message on the Screen for Easy Cross Referencing to the Definitions below). see (45) ASED IS IMMINENT/EXPIRED, CLEAR THROUGH STATUTE UNIT (3) states that only certain authorized employee numbers can bypass this validity check. APS TEs must use Quick Assessment procedures.

  • Exhibit IRM 2.4.16-4, Input Screen CC ADJ54CORSP-DT (CORRESPONDENCE DATE)

  • IRM 3.13.222, Correspondence Received Date (CRD)

  • IRM 21.7.7, Correspondence Received Date

Reminder: APS TEs must follow guidance in IRM 8.21.2, Appeals Statute Responsibility - Account and Processing Support (APS) Statute Responsibility for consistent Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED) protection throughout the time the taxpayer’s case is under Appeals and/or Counsel jurisdiction:
Verifying the Statute of Limitations on New Receipts see (6) c.
Cases Not Accepted by Appeals
Actions When Statute Date is Uncertain
Statute Verification on Case Closings
Processing Closings on Short Statute Cases
Cases That Reject as Closing

Final Disposition of the Taxpayer's Account Balance

(1) The Taxpayer Bill of Rights, A Framework for Effective Tax Administration, requires all account actions to be made in a timely and accurate manner. The APS TE must ensure the account actions/updates/adjustments are completed as authorized and the applicable balance due notice, refund of overpayment, and interest adjustment(s) support the following taxpayer rights are upheld with the closing of the Appeals or Tax Court case:

  • The Right to Be Informed

  • The Right to Quality Service

  • The Right to Pay No More than the Correct Amount of Tax

  • The Right to Finality

  • The Right to a Fair and Just Tax System

(2) When a case is decided or determined with finality, by Appeals, Counsel, or the United States Tax Court (USTC), the APS Tax Examiner is responsible for taking the following actions:

  • Analyze each tax account to identify Master File Freezes or other account conditions which may impact the current account adjustment(s).

  • Identify the appropriate processing codes to use when processing the adjustment(s) to avoid an unpostable condition, and or a delay in the release of the refund or notice to the taxpayer.

  • Process the legally authorized account adjustment(s) on each respective tax period, which, upon posting will result in the final settlement of the taxpayer's account.

(3) When the taxpayer's account after posting of the adjustment(s) results in a balance due, a notice to the taxpayer is computer generated unless a HC 2, 3, or 4 is input with the adjustment transaction(s).

(4) When the taxpayer's account after posting of the adjustment(s) results in a credit balance, IDRS will (in most cases) offset the credit to any outstanding balance due account(s) for the taxpayer, and then refund the remaining credit with applicable overpayment interest unless a HC 2 is input with the adjustment transaction(s).

(5) A HC should only be used when appropriate. When the APS TE uses a HC for a specific reason i.e., to hold a credit balance until the credit can be offset to an outstanding balance, the APS TE must ensure that upon completion of the transfer action, the HC is released to allow final settlement of the taxpayer's account.

(6) When the taxpayer's accounts require manual processing of the offset of credit to an outstanding balance due account, the tax examiner performing the account adjustment(s) must ensure that their action fully resolves the taxpayer's accounts before the PEAS record is closed.

Bankruptcy Examination Case Closing Procedures

(1) Bankruptcy cases require unique processing and statute controls. This section explains the APS procedures for closing Appeals bankruptcy examination cases.

(2) The bankruptcy automatic stay does not prohibit assessments that are allowed to be immediately assessed absent a bankruptcy. The Trust Fund Recovery Penalty (TFRP) and most excise taxes do not involve deficiency procedures and are immediately assessable. See IRM 8.25.1, Trust Fund Recovery Penalty (TFRP) Overview and Authority for additional information.

Identifying Bankruptcy Cases

(1) The ATE will identify a bankruptcy case on Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo.

(2) The following conditions identify a bankruptcy filing:

  • Transaction Code TC 520 with bankruptcy closing codes (cc’s 60-67, 81, and 83-89) on TXMODA

  • "-V" freeze or a "-W" freeze for cc’s 81 and 84 on TXMODA

  • "Bankruptcy" on the 1st page of the AMDISA

  • "E/BNK" Status Code on ACDS which is defined as "Inactive, TP in Bankruptcy"

Bankruptcy Case Closing Procedures

(1) Bankruptcy cases require unique processing, statute control and closing procedures.

(2) The ATE will address all Bankruptcy conditions on their case prior to forwarding the case to APS for processing actions whether the case is agreed, or unagreed. The Service is not prohibited from making assessments and the ASED is not suspended as a result of the bankruptcy filing. APS must be aware that on Non-docketed cases, the assessment must be made or the Statutory Notice of Deficiency (SND) must be issued prior to the existing ASED.

Reminder: A bankruptcy filing does not suspend the ASED.

  • Agreed cases, the ATE will identify the date the taxpayer filed bankruptcy.

  • Note: If the ATE did not identify the bankruptcy date, request clarification from the ATE.

  • Unagreed field sourced cases are returned to Compliance Technical Services (CTS) as directed by the ATE for monitoring and statute control.

  • Unagreed campus sourced cases are returned to the originating campus as directed by the ATE for monitoring and statute control.

Bankruptcy - Agreed Closing Procedure

(1) Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo, Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record, and closing letter are forwarded to APS by the ATE. The ATE will identify the correct ASED for APS in Item A on the Form 5403.

Caution: The agreed assessment must be processed timely to ensure posting of the assessment prior to the ASED identified by the ATE. APS must use Quick Assessment procedures if the ASED will expire in 60 days or less.

(2) APS will otherwise use general closing procedures to complete the case processing.

Bankruptcy - Unagreed Case Processing/Closing

(1) When the ATE submits the unagreed case to APS for issuance of the Statutory Notice of Deficiency (SND), APS will take the following steps:

  • Issue the SND using Letter 1384, Notice of Deficiency provided by the ATE.

    Note: The SND MUST be issued within the normal statute of limitations.

    Reminder: When an SND is issued on a bankruptcy case, the case will not be placed in SND suspense but instead the case is forwarded according to the ATE instruction.

  • Return field sourced cases to Examination Technical Services.

  • Return campus sourced cases to the originating campus function.

  • Close ACDS using cc = 05, Defaulted SND.

  • If Examination established the AIMS Controls, use CC: AMSTUB to update AIMS controls to appropriate AIMS Status.

  • Field Examination Technical Services cases are updated to AIMS Status 21.

  • Campus Cases are updated to AIMS Status 20.

  • If Appeals established the AIMS Controls, use CC: AMCLSA with Disposal Code 01 and cc 33 to remove the record from the AIMS database.

(2) When the taxpayer files an objection to the Government’s claim during the time the case is in the ATE's active inventory, the ATE will stop working the case, identify the Counsel or the Department of Justice Office address where the administrative file must be sent after issuance of the notice, and forward the case to APS for the following actions:

  • Issue an SND using the Letter 1384, Notice of Deficiency prepared by the ATE. The file will not be suspended.

  • Close ACDS using CLOSINGCD = 19.

  • Close AIMS via CC: AMCLSA using Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record:
    Use the "Copy" Blocking Series 79X,
    Item 12 = TC 300 0.00,
    Enter cc 19 in Item 811.

  • Attach a copy of the face of the return and a copy of the Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record to the completed Form 2275, Records Request, Charge and Recharge.

    Reminder: The office and address where the administrative file is transmitted to must be included on Form 2275, Records Request, Charge and Recharge.

  • Form 2275 is forwarded to Campus Files for association with the Form 5147, Transaction Record to identify that the administrative file has been "re-charged" to either Counsel or the Tax Division, U.S. Department of Justice.

  • Transmit the administrative file to the Counsel or Department of Justice office identified by the ATE, using Form 3210/E3210.

(3) See IRM 8.20.7.11, Integrated Automation Technology (IAT) for a link to the ESTAB Tool and additional information.

Bankruptcy - Dismissed Docketed Case Closing Procedure

(1) Certain docketed cases may be dismissed by the Tax Court due to lack of jurisdiction.

(2) 11 U.S.C.§362(a)(8), states that a case may not be filed with the Tax Court if the automatic stay is in place due to a bankruptcy filing.

(3) To identify these cases, the typical wording from the court on its order of dismissal will state "On (MM-DD-YYYY), respondent filed a Motion To Dismiss for Lack of Jurisdiction, on the ground that the petition was filed in violation of the automatic stay imposed under 11 U.S.C.§362(a)(8). Respondent states in the motion to dismiss that petitioners do not object to the granting of the motion. ORDERED that respondent's Motion To Dismiss for Lack of Jurisdiction is granted and this case is dismissed for lack of jurisdiction."

(4) APS will not process the assessment on these cases.

(5) Docketed cases that are dismissed due to this reason must be returned to the originating function to monitor the bankruptcy. When the automatic stay is lifted or terminates, the originating function will make the assessment at the appropriate time or send the case back to Appeals as a new docketed case if the taxpayer repetitions the Tax Court.

(6) Field sourced cases will be returned to Examination Technical Services Bankruptcy Coordinator. http://mysbse.web.irs.gov/exam/tip/bankruptcy/contacts/12268.aspx

(7) Campus sourced cases will be sent back to the campus functional unit that issued the SND:

  • Automated Under Reporter (AUR)

  • Automated Substitute for Return (ASFR)

  • Correspondence Exam (CORR EXAM)

(8) To return the case to the originating function, APS will take the following actions:Processing Steps for Dismissed Docketed Bankruptcy Cases

Step

Action

Update AIMS or Close AIMS:
Compliance Status (21)
or
Close AIMS with cc 33.

If the campus functions, established the case on AIMS, update the AIMS controls to Status 21 using CC: AMSTUB.
If Appeals established the AIMS control, close the AIMS control via CC: AMCLSA, Disposal Code 01 and cc "33" Erroneous AIMS Account.

Close the ACDS database

ACDS is closed using cc 21 unless the ATE has charged time on the case, then use cc 08.

ACDS NOTE field

Enter a remark in the NOTE field that the case is being returned to either the Exam Technical Services coordinator or the campus function (ASFR, AUR, CORR EXAM) that issued the stat notice. In the NOTE field, place the name of the function and the address where the case is being sent.

Scan the statutory notice of deficiency (SND) and any other document which is necessary to accurately make a protective assessment in the event this action is necessary to avoid a barred statute.

Attach the scanned file(s) to the ACDS record using the ACDS Attachment functionality.

Prepare Form 3210/E3210

Affix the Form 3210/E3210 to the outside of the case file.

(9) Complete Form 3210/E3210 as follows:

  1. In the "To" field, place the name and address of the Exam Technical Services coordinator or the name and address of the appropriate campus function where the file is being returned as identified by the ATE.

  2. In the "Remarks" field, place the following text "Tax Court petition filed in violation of the bankruptcy automatic stay."

  3. In the body of the Form 3210/E3210 place the exact name of the taxpayer as it is listed on the SND and list all of the tax year or years included on the SND.

  4. Below the listing of the taxpayer's name and tax year, include the following text:

  • "APPEALS HAS NO JURISDICTION".

  • "The U.S. Tax Court has dismissed this petition due to lack of jurisdiction."

  • "This case is being returned to the originating function due to an erroneous Tax Court filing. The automatic stay provisions of bankruptcy code section 362(a)(8) preclude a debtor from filing a petition with the U.S. Tax Court until the stay is lifted or is terminated. The stay in this case remains in effect. The taxpayer may re-file a valid Tax Court petition upon the lifting or termination of the stay. The bankruptcy should be monitored so that the assessment is made at the appropriate time."

(10) Complete the remaining fields of Form 3210/E3210 as appropriate.

This is an image: 36045001.gif

Civil Penalty MFT 13 (BMF) MFT 55 (IMF) Closing Procedures

(1) This section provides procedures for processing both pre-assessed and post-assessed Civil Penalty (CVPN) Appeals.

(2) When a CVPN case is submitted to APS for processing, APS must identify if the CVPN module(s) have already been created or if the Appeals determination will require the CVPN module be established by APS.

(3) There are several CVPN codes which carry an Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED) and for those cases, ASED protection and assessment time frames apply. The ATE will validate the ASEDs upon receipt and assignment of the case. Upon closing, the ATE will also enter the ASED for each period on the respective closing document.

(4) When a Form 8278, Assessment and Abatement of Miscellaneous Civil Penalties is used, the ATE will complete the following items:

  • If the CVPN adjustment does not have an ASED, the ATE will check the box in Item 4 "Check if no ASED"

  • If the CVPN adjustment does have an ASED, the ATE will enter the ASED in Item 6 "Statute date (mandatory) (mmddyyyy)"

(5) A pre-assessed CVPN Appeals determination, will likely require that the MFT 13 or MFT 55 CVPN Module be established for each period being closed.

  • If the MFT 13 (for BMF) or MFT 55 (for IMF) account has not been established, APS will follow guidance in:
    IRM 20.1.7.7, Creating Entities or Name Lines for Non-Return Civil Penalty Cases
    IRM 20.1.7.7.1, BMF Entities
    IRM 20.1.7.7.2, IMF Entities to establish a Civil Penalty Module for a secondary taxpayer, or for a tax period that is earlier than the earliest tax period associated with the existing entity name line.

(6) A pre-assessed CVPN case is routed to Appeals according to the "All Penalty Appeal cases from IRS Field Offices" instructions on the Appeals Case Routing web page and may not already have the CVPN MFT account established.

(7) A pre-assessed Dyed Fuel and Refusal Penalty is routed to Appeals according to the "Excise Tax Case Routing" instructions on the Appeals Case Routing web page and may not already have the CVPN MFT account established. See IRM 8.20.7.32.2, Dyed Fuel and Refusal Penalty Case Closing for additional information on this type of case closing.

(8) Once the CVPN name line is established, the first TC 290 0.00 assessment entered with the applicable Penalty Reason Code (PRC) and penalty assessment amount is processed with a Blocking Series (BS) 52X, the CVPN module is created. All subsequent CVPN assessments for that same tax module are posted using BS 53X.

(9) A post-assessed CVPN Appeals determination, will already have an MFT 13 or MFT 55 CVPN module established, and must be adjusted whenever the final determination is to partially sustain or fully allow the taxpayer’s penalty appeal. When the Compliance determination and assessment are fully sustained, APS will close the taxpayer’s CVPN appeal via a TC 290 0.00 with a Blocking Series 96X to identify that Appeals has made a final determination on the respective account.

(10) Post-assessment CVPN cases are submitted to Appeals as a Penalty Appeal (PENAP) case, (Ogden PENAP work stream).

(11) When APS receives the Civil Penalty case for closing, APS will:

  1. Assign the case to an APS employee on PEAS

  2. Review closing documents for special instructions

  3. Review and update ACDS with the closing information according to the Form 5402

  4. ACDS ACTION - enter ACKCLS

  5. ACDS RevisedPen - enter the amount of the penalty sustained

  6. Input the Civil Penalty Account adjustments using IDRS CC: REQ54

  7. Send feedback to Compliance when an address is provided by the ATE in the Route To: field on the Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo

Note: APS will process all miscellaneous civil penalties covered by the Civil Penalty Module (CPM) system through IDRS, using the customized Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo and Form 8278, Computation and Assessment of Miscellaneous Penalties, as the source document.

(12) All Non-AIMS adjustments must be monitored until they are posted to the account. When the CVPN adjustment(s) is input, place the case in PEAS Suspense with a follow-up date for no later than the applicable 23C Date.

Abusive Transaction IRC § 6707A Penalty Closing Procedures

(1) The ATE will prepare and provide Form 5402 with the revised penalty amounts APS needs to update ACDS.

(2) Depending on the resolution, a Form 8278, Assessment and Abatement of Miscellaneous Civil Penalties is prepared by the ATE, and is used as the source document for APS processing adjustment(s).

  1. If the Abusive Transaction Penalty is fully or partially sustained, assess per Form 8278 using TC 240 and Penalty Reference Number (PRN) 648, Failure to Disclose Reportable Transaction with Return (Form 8886).

(3) The following ACDS cc’s apply to the Abusive Transaction Penalty WUNO:

Determination Made

CLOSINGCD

Fully Sustained (penalties are neither adjusted nor removed)

14

Not Sustained (penalties are fully removed/fully abated)

15

Partially Sustained (penalties are partially abated)

16

(4) If there is a related income tax workunit, regular closing codes and procedures apply.

(5) Use general closing guidelines for additional ACDS updates required at closing.

Accelerated International Penalty Case Closing Procedures

(1) Expedited processing is required for these cases.

(2) All adjustments must be made within 5 business days of receipt of the case in APS.

(3) The ACDS cc’s for these types of cases are as follows:

Determination Made

CLOSINGCD

Fully Sustained (penalties are neither adjusted nor removed)

14

Not Sustained (penalties are fully removed/fully abated)

15

Partially Sustained (penalties are partially abated)

16

(4) APS will send a copy of the Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo and ACM to the Compliance location identified by the ATE in the remarks section.

Return Preparer Penalty Closing Procedures

(1) Return Preparer Penalties are closed the same as other civil penalty cases with the following additions:

  1. Form 5402 will be included in the closing package from the ATE. It should include information on the revised penalty amounts needed to update ACDS.

  2. Depending on the resolution, Form 8278, Assessment and Abatement of Miscellaneous Civil Penalties when prepared by the ATE, is processed by APS.

  3. Update ACDS following general closing procedures.

(2) The following ACDS cc’s apply:

Determination Made

CLOSINGCD

Fully Sustained (penalties are neither adjusted nor removed)

14

Not Sustained (penalties are fully removed/fully abated)

15

Partially Sustained (penalties are partially abated)

16

(3) Forward copy of ACM and Form 5402 to Compliance per the instructions on the Customized Form 5402.

(4) APS will assess or abate the penalty per the ATE prepared Form 5402 and Form 8278 instructions.

Claim Case Closings

(1) Several types of Claim cases are worked in Appeals:

  • Agreed or Defaulted 90-Day Cases Involving Claims

  • Abatement of Interest

  • Campus Source Claim

  • Field Source Claim

Agreed or Defaulted 90-Day Cases Involving Claims Expedite the Processing of Large Dollar Cases

(1) If, in response to a notice of deficiency, the taxpayer submits an agreement or fails to file a petition within the time provided, a notice of claim disallowance must be issued before the case is forwarded for assessment, unless the taxpayer submits Form 2297, Waiver of Statutory Notification of Claim Disallowance.

(2) The tax law provides for interest on overpayments in respect to any internal revenue tax, in accordance with IRC 6611. For an examination-sourced case, Appeals will expedite the closing of an overpayment case that meets the "large dollar criteria" - described in IRM 4.4.18, AIMS Procedures and Processing Instructions, Large Dollar Cases and as shown on Exam’s Form 3198, Special Handling Notice for Examination Case Processing. An overpayment case meets the "large dollar criteria" if the total amount of a period’s tax overpayment plus penalties exceeds $100,000.

Note: These procedures do not apply to cases requiring Joint Committee Review. See IRM 8.7.9, Appeals Responsibility in Joint Committee (JC) Cases.

The expedite procedures include the following:
  • Account and Processing Support (APS) - APS will expedite the closing of a "large dollar" overpayment case, as" flagged" by the ATE. APS will assign the case on PEAS and identify the case as a "high priority" requiring "expedite processing." APS will make every effort to process a large dollar overpayment within 30 days of Appeals’ receipt of a waiver form and/or closing agreement.

Abatement of Interest Claim Cases

(1) Under IRC 6404(e)(1), the Service has the authority to abate interest in certain situations.

(2) The ATE will provide APS with an Abatement of Interest customized Form 5402, an ACM, and Form 3870, Request for Adjustment for each claim period.

(3) For abatement of interest claims allowed in full:

  1. Date and send closing Letter 2393, Abatement of Interest - Fully Allowed or Letter 913, Closing Letter - Agreed Cases by regular mail.

  2. Review the adjustment document (Form 3870) for the appropriate closing codes, based on the ATE's conclusion to fully allow the interest abatement claim - TC 290 $0.00 and TC 341 with the amount of the interest to be abated. Note "Reason Code (RC) 82" on the adjustment form.

(4) For abatement of interest claims allowed in part:

  1. Close as a defaulted disallowance letter, tried case, Counsel settled case, or dismissed from Tax Court. (See (6) below for ACDS closing codes.)

  2. Process the adjustment document with TC 290 $0.00, TC 341 interest abatement amount, RC 81 (partially abated), or RC 82 (fully abated), if the Tax Court decides further abatement if allowed.

  3. Process the adjustment document with TC 290 $0.00, if the Tax Court decides that no further abatement is warranted or the case is closed as a default or dismissal.

  4. Note: A partial abatement of interest must have been done earlier (with TC 341, RC 81) when Letter 2391, Partial Allowance Letter Abatement of Interest was issued.

(5) For abatement of interest claims disallowed in full:

  1. Close as a defaulted Letter 2392, Disallowance Letter for Abatement of Interest, tried case, Counsel settled case, or dismissed from Tax Court. (See (6) table below for ACDS closing codes.)

  2. Process with TC 290 $0.00, RC 80 on the adjustment document.

(6) Update ACDS for all abatement of interest closings using general closing procedures and the following cc’s:

    CLOSINGCD

    Definition

    • 03

    • Agreed fully allowed abatement of interest non-docketed case - with closing Letter 2393

    • 05

    • Defaulted disallowance letter for a fully disallowed or partially allowed abatement of interest case

    • 08

    • 10

    • 11

    • 12

    • 17

    • Agreed Docketed

    • DC Settled

    • Dismissed Lack of Jurisdiction

    • Dismissed Lack of Prosecution

    • Tried

    • 20

    • Premature Referral

  1. RevsdTax - enter the negative amount approved for abatement, e.g. fully sustained will have $-0-.

  2. DDAMTDIS - enter only the amount disallowed, e.g. full disallowance reflects the full amount of the claim and full allowance reflects $-0-. Partial allowance reflects the difference between the DDAMTCL and the RevsdTax.

(7) The APS TE must resolve all freeze codes on the taxpayer's account to ensure that any refund due to the taxpayer is released and refunded timely.

(8) Use PEAS Suspense when an account adjustment must be monitored until fully posted.

(9) Upon completion of the account adjustment and verification that the appropriate refund amount has been released to the taxpayer, remove the case from PEAS suspense and close PEAS.

Methods and Examples for Computing Interest Abatement

(1) See Exhibit 8.20.7-7, for guidance on processing an Interest Abatement case which can be submitted to APS as a partial (interim) or a final determination closing.

Claim Cases - Campus Source

(1) Campus claims are normally not controlled on AIMS.

Note: If AIMS controls have been established process the closing via CC: AMCLSA using Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record.

(2) When AIMS controls have not been established, process the adjustment to IDRS using Non-AIMS CC: REQ54:

  1. Form 3870, Request for Adjustment or Form 8485, Assessment Adjustment Case Record.

  2. Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo.

(3) A separate Form 3870 or Form 8485 is needed for each tax period being adjusted.

(4) Date and mail one of the following closing letters, prepared by the ATE:

  • Letter 2681, Appeals Full Disallowance After Previous Claim Disallowance

  • Letter 2682, Appeals Full Claim Allowance

  • Letter 2683, Appeals Partial Disallowance After Previous Claim Disallowance

Note: An Appeals disallowance Letter 2681 or Letter 2683 will contain a reminder that the taxpayer has two (2) years from the date of the statutory claim disallowance letter (usually Letter 105-C or Letter 106-C) to file suit in either the U. S. Court of Federal Claims or a U.S. District Court. Generally, the Compliance Campus has already issued the statutory claim disallowance letter (by certified or registered mail) giving the taxpayer an opportunity to go to Claims Court or District Court. Therefore, send the closing letter by regular mail.

(5) These cases are not held for suspense.

(6) The following are the ACDS entries required at closing:

  1. ACDS cc’s

  2. CLOSINGCD

    Definition

    14

    Full Disallowance

    15

    Full Allowance

    16

    Partial Disallowance

  3. RevsdTax - enter the negative amount approved for abatement/refund. e.g. full disallowance would be $–0–.

  4. APPEALS AMTDIS - enter only the amount of the claim disallowed by Appeals.

Note: Follow these procedures for non-AIMS controlled claim cases, if a claim disallowance letter was not previously mailed or Form 2297, Waiver of Statutory Notification of Claim Disallowance was not signed. The ATE will prepare the appropriate closing letter and provide the appropriate closing instructions on Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo. If the claim case is controlled on AIMS, follow the general procedures for closing AIMS-controlled cases. The ATE could make a determination to secure an agreement form and/or send (by certified or regular mail) a statutory claim disallowance letter (or secure a Form 2297 in lieu of the statutory claim disallowance letter).

(7) Actions for inputting the adjustment on claims:

  • Input TC 29X for appropriate tax change, along with applicable reason code(s).

  • Use blocking series 00 if the original return is with the claim.

  • Use blocking series 05 (IMF) or 15 (BMF) if the original return is not with the claim.

Note: Do not use blocking series 98 or 99.

Claim Cases - Field Source

(1) Claims for abatement and/or refund may require one or both of the following actions:

  • Issuance of a certified letter of claim disallowance

  • Account adjustments/abatements

Claim Closing When AIMS Controls Are Open

(1) For claim cases originating from Field Compliance, the amount of the claim that Compliance disallowed will be on the second page of the AMDISA. Close the case on ACDS by following normal closing procedures (docketed or non-docketed). In addition:

  1. RevsdTax - enter the net deficiency or overassessment with a (-) sign.

  2. DDAMTDIS - enter the claim amount disallowed by Appeals. This amount cannot be more than the claim amount shown on the second page of the AMDISA. (If a deficiency is to be assessed, enter the full amount of the claim.)

  3. Appeals AMTDIS - enter only the amount of Appeals AMTCLM (claim filed directly with the ATE - hasn't been seen by Exam) which was subsequently disallowed by Appeals. (If a deficiency is to be assessed, enter the full amount of the claim.)

(2) Prepare Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record according to Exhibit 8.20.7-1 to include applicable Claim related entries. The Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record claim entries are:

  1. Item 20 - "MM-DD-YYYY" = date the signed Form 2297, Waiver of Statutory Notification of Claim Disallowance was received in Appeals or the date the claim disallowance letter was issued.

  2. Item 808 - enter the amount of claim from Compliance that Appeals disallowed.

  3. Item 809 - (if applicable), enter the amount of a new claim received by the ATE after assignment of the case. This amount will not be reflected on page 2 of the AMDISA under Exam Claim Amount Disallowed).

  4. Item 810 - enter the amount Appeals disallowed in Item 809, if applicable.

Note: Item 809 and 810 are only used if during the Appeals Hearing, the taxpayer submits a new claim/additional claim which was not previously considered by Compliance.

(3) Date and mail the closing letter:

  1. Letter 913 - letter for allowed claims or Form 2297 received

  2. Letter 1363 - partial claim disallowance letter sent certified mail

  3. Letter 1364 - full claim disallowance letter sent certified mail

    Note: The certified claim disallowance letters are not suspensed in the same way a Statutory Notice of Deficiency. Once the certified claim disallowance letter is issued, the case is closed on ACDS and the final determination is processed via AIMS or Non-AIMS as applicable.

Excess Social Security and Medicare Tax (Formerly FICA Tax) Claims Processing

(1) Excess Social Security and Medicare Tax Claims require unique processing of the tax abatement on the BMF Entity and a manual refund of the claim amount allowed to the employee/claimant. The ATE determines the fully or partially allowed withholding adjustment amount which is posted as a TC 291 abatement to the employers' BMF account; but the refund of the abatement must be issued to the employee who filed the claim.

(2) Guidance for processing partially or fully allowed Excess Social Security and Medicare Tax Claims is provided in IRM 21.6.4.4.8.5.1 , Social Security and Medicare Tax Erroneously Withheld - Employee Claims for Refund - Schedule H (2) table row 4.

(3) Excess Social Security and Medicare Tax Claim refunds must be processed via manual refund procedures. See IRM 21.4.4, Why Would A Manual Refund Be Needed?

(4) Guidance for processing the manual refund to the claimant is provided in IRM 21.4.4, Preparation of Manual Refund Forms and IRM 21.4.4, Preparation of Form 5792, IDRS Generated Refund.

Closing Agreements (CA)

(1) APS will take the following actions for a case settled via a Form 906, "Closing Agreement":

  • Scan the signed Form 906, Closing Agreement and Form 4222, Closing Agreement Checklist (all pages)

  • Attach the scanned file to the applicable ACDS case record

  • In PEAS, select CA for the PEAS Feature Code

  • Use IDRS CC: FRM77 to input a TC 971 AC 256 for each tax period covered by the CA

  • Update the PEAS Case Activity Record (CAR) to document the actions taken

  • Affix the original Closing Agreement to the most recent tax return (latest tax period) covered by the Closing Agreement

  • Forward a copy of the Form 5402, the ACM, and an Original of the Form 906, Closing Agreement, with Form 4222, Closing Agreement Checklist, to the office identified by the ATE on the Form 5402

    Note: Always use Form 3210/E3210 when transmitting taxpayer information (PII).

Reminder: Since APS no longer creates a Closed Office File, the APS TE must transmit one of the duplicate Original Closing Agreements to the address below, using Form 3210/E3210.

(2) All Closing Agreements will be retained for 6 years to comply with the Appeals Records Control Schedule retention period.

Appeals
Attn: Closing Agreement Suspense
55 North Robinson
Oklahoma City, OK 73102–9226

Collection Appeal Program (CAP) Case Closing Procedures

(1) The ATM will enter the ACAPDATE on ACDS, and forward the closed CAP file, via encrypted email to APS for processing.

(2) The critical CAP time restraints require the closing of a CAP case in APS by the end of the business day following the date the case was received in APS.

(3) APS will close the case on ACDS using closing instructions as provided by the ATE on Form 5402.

(4) See IRM 8.20.7.3.2.1 for instructions on paperless CAP cases selected for AQMS Review.

(5) The ACDS CASES Type Codes used to track this program are identified in the table below:

ACDS TYPE Code

Is used for

CAPLV

  • Levies

  • Third Party Claims to property under IRC 6343(b)

  • Taxpayer requests for return of property under IRC 6343(d)

CAPLN

  • Liens

  • Lien issues

  • Denials of requests to issue lien certificates, such as subordination, withdrawal, discharge or non-attachment

CAPSZ

  • Seizures

CAPIA

  • Rejected Installment Agreement(s)

  • Modified Installment Agreement(s)

  • Proposed Installment Agreement Modification(s)

  • Terminated Installment Agreement(s)

  • Proposed Installment Agreement Termination(s)

(6) ACDS cc’s are identified and explained in the table below:

If the Collection Action is

Use CLOSINGCD

When

Fully sustained

14

The collection action is supported with no change.

Not sustained

15

The collection action is completely overturned. For example, closing code 15 would be used when a levy is released.

Partially sustained

16

Only minor changes are made in the collection action. For example, if filing of a Notice of Federal Tax Lien is proposed, a minor change would be to give the taxpayer 10 more days to come up with the funds before the lien is filed.

(7) APS will forward the following items via encrypted email to the originating function:

  • Form 5402

  • Appeals Case Memorandum (if provided)

  • Closing Letter

Collection Appeal Program (CAP) Field Case Closing

(1) Collection CAP cases are transmitted via encrypted email* to the originating Revenue Officer (RO) with a Cc: to the RO Group Manager identified by the ATE on the Form 5402.

(2) APS is responsible for entering the Date on the Closing Letter by using the Typewriter Feature in Adobe.

(3) APS will send an encrypted email to the originating RO with a Cc: to the RO Group Manager and include the following attachments:

  • Form 5402

  • "Dated" Closing Letter

  • Appeals Case Memorandum (ACM), if one is prepared by the ATE

(4) APS will also transmit the Closing Letter to the taxpayer and/or their Power Of Attorney (POA) via fax or mail (if a fax number is not provided), on the same day as the email is sent.

(5) The electronic CAP case can be purged after 30 days.

(6) For additional information on the Step-by-Step Paperless CAP Process (For Field Sourced Cases) see IRM 8.24.1, Exhibit 8.24.1-3.

Automated Collection System (ACS) CAP Case Closing

(1) Upon closing an ACS CAP case, the Form 4442, Inquiry Referral if used, will be returned via encrypted email to the sending ACS CAP Case Coordinator together with the Form 5402 and a copy of the closing letter.

(2) For additional information on the Step-by-Step Paperless CAP Process (For Non-Field Sourced Cases) see IRM 8.24.1, Exhibit 8.24.1-2.

Accounts Management CAP Case Closing

(1) Upon closing an Accounts Management CAP case, the Form 4442, Inquiry Referral will be returned via encrypted email to the initiating CAP coordinator together with the Form 5402 and a copy of the closing letter.

(2) For additional information on the Step-by-Step Paperless CAP Process (For Non-Field Sourced Cases) see IRM 8.24.1, Exhibit 8.24.1-2.

Collection Due Process (CDP) Overview of Back-End Processing

(1) To properly close a CDP case, the APS TE takes the following actions when applicable:

  • Issue Notice(s) of Determination by certified mail

  • Monitor the case during the suspense period and if the taxpayer files a Tax Court petition, until the Tax Court decision becomes final and the file is returned from Counsel.

  • Input TC 971 AC 277 to indicate that Appeals has completed their consideration and issued a determination letter.

    Caution: If the CDP taxpayer has an open Bankruptcy TC 520 freeze ( -V) on Master File contact the ATE for instructions on returning the case to them for bankruptcy suspense. See Exhibit 8.20.7-16, for a table of TC 520 Closing Codes (cc) and Master File (MF) Freezes.

  • Accurately input TC 521 cc 76 and/or cc 77, to end the suspension of the collection statute on each CDP tax period.

  • Input of any collection alternatives or adjustments to IDRS, e.g. IA, CNC, Form 3870.

  • Close a CDP OIC off of the Automated Offer in Compromise system (AOIC).

  • Forward the F-433-D to Compliance Service Collection Operations (CSCO), when appropriate.

  • Forward the Form 5402 to the address specified by the ATE.

  • Input TC 481 for CDP OIC cases that are not loaded on the AOIC system.

  • Follow current procedures for uploading the Public Inspection File (PIF) to the SharePoint site for all Accepted OICs

  • Transmit an accepted CDP OIC file to Memphis or Brookhaven MOIC.

  • Forward the case(s) to the Florence APS office, or other APS office as directed by management, where an Innocent Spouse (IS) issue was raised by the same taxpayer who filed the CDP.

  • Input the closing information on ACDS and close PEAS.

  • Close the IDRS control base on CDP or EH cases originating from ACS.

(2) When there is a related innocent spouse case, a timely CDP offer case, or an equivalent hearing case associated with the CDP case, the related cases may be closed off ACDS at the time the Notice of Determination (NOD) is issued. However, the case files should be kept together with the CDP case during the monitoring period.

Note: The CDP must be for the Requesting Spouse.

(3) All CDP NOD's are issued and suspensed for 60 days by the designated APS team. The date of the Notice of Determination Letter and the postmark must be the same. If the taxpayer does not petition Tax Court for a review of the Appeals determination within 30 days after the day the CDP Notice of Determination is issued, APS will commence back-end processing on or after the 60th day from the CDP NOD issuance date.

Note: Additional suspense time is required for the following Notice of Determination combination letters as identified below:

  • Letter 4390 for Innocent Spouse cases (suspended for 90 days) + 30 days

  • Letter 4389 for Abatement of Interest cases (suspended for 180 days) + 30 days

  • Letter 4439 for EH Innocent Spouse cases (suspended for 90 days) + 30 days

  • Letter 4440 for EH Abatement of Interest cases (suspended for 180 days) +030 days

(4) Holtsville, Florence, Fresno, Memphis and Philadelphia APS teams process CDP and EH case closures.

(5) This section provides guidance for APS employees on closing responsibilities for CDP and EH cases and for processing collection alternatives and adjustments.

CDP Case Closing Actions

(1) APS completes back-end closing actions on all CDP and EH cases regardless of the originating source function e.g. Field Collection or Automated Collection System (ACS).

(2) When the ATM enters an ACAPDATE on the ACDS record, the Direct Ship table assigns the closure to the appropriate APS Team.

Verifying and Correcting CDP Tax Period Discrepancies

(1) APS TEs are responsible for identifying and for resolving any discrepancy between the tax periods identified on the ACAP’d CDP Form 5402, and the tax periods reflected on IDRS with collection activity suspended in Status 72.

APS TE Closing Actions for a CDP WUNO

A.) Research IDRS CC: SUMRY to identify the Appeals’ taxpayer accounts (Tax Periods) with collection activity currently suspended in IDRS and Master File (MF) Collection Status 72 with a "-W" freeze.

Note: Status 72 and TC 520’s are not solely for CDP cases. Verify the TC 520 76/77 before continuing. If there is a open bankruptcy (See IRM 8.20.7.20.8)

B.) Compare the Status 72 tax periods with the tax periods reflected on the ACDS CDP WUNO/ACAP’d Form 5402 for CDP closing actions.

C.) Steps to Resolve discrepancies:

  1. If the CC: SUMRY tax periods in Status 72 match the tax periods listed on the Form 5402, then no discrepancy exists - comparison complete.

  2. If the CC: SUMRY tax periods listed in Status 72 include additional tax periods WITHOUT a Master File "-L" AIMS freeze, then use the ACDS Search feature to verify if another CDP WUNO is open for the TIN and includes all of the additional tax periods - go to step 3.

  3. If the separate CDP WUNO includes all of the additional tax periods in Status 72 then no discrepancy exists - comparison complete. If not go to step 4.

  4. Use secure email to alert the ATE about the discrepant tax period(s) and place the case in PEAS Suspense until the discrepancy is resolved and additional actions can be taken.
    ✓ Provide the ATE with the WUNO, tax period(s) in Status 72 but not on ACDS or Form 5402, and the TC 520 76/77 date. *The discrepant tax period(s) may be the result of a new CDP case in transit to Appeals for which a TC 522 should not be input.
    ✓ If the ATE verifies that the discrepant tax period(s) should be closed go to step 5.
    ✓ If the ATE verifies that the discrepant tax period(s) should not be closed, close only the periods included on ACDS and Form 5402.

  5. To close a period in Status 72 per ATE instructions received in step 4, input a TC 522 cc 76/77 with the same date as the TC 520 being reversed. Also close the open control base.

  6. Caution: *Always compare the TC 520 cc 76/77 date with the other CDP tax period’s TC 520 cc 76/77 date to verify that the tax period not already on ACDS is not a new CDP case in transit to Appeals. Do NOT input a TC 522 on a new CDP case in transit/not yet received and carded onto ACDS.

Exception: Each CDP WUNO, whether related to another CDP WUNO or not, is treated separately based upon the final resolution of the respective WUNO. For example, if a liability on an MFT 30 IMF WUNO and a liability on the taxpayer’s Limited Liability Corporation (LLC) are each closed unagreed thus requiring a Notice of Determination (NOD) be issued, then the TC 520s for each of the respective tax periods cannot be reversed until the NOD default date when the ACDS Records for each WUNO will be closed cc 05. If the LLC WUNO is closed agreed (cc 04), but the IMF WUNO is unagreed, then the tax periods for the LLC WUNO must have the TC 520s reversed accordingly, and a NOD is issued for the MFT 30 tax periods. The MFT 30 tax periods’ TC 520s are not reversed until the NOD default date at which time the ACDS record is closed cc 05.

Processing Employee Automated System (PEAS)

(1) Assign the CDP WUNO on PEAS when received in the centralized APS campus office.

(2) The PEAS type will be "CLS" and the subtype selected will reflect the action required on the case:

  • "ACDS Only"

  • Special Processing – if adjustments or account action is required

APS TE CDP Closing Responsibilities Overview

(1) APS employees will:

  1. Close cases from ACDS

  2. Determine and input the TC 521 date for all CDP tax periods

  3. Input adjustments to accounts

  4. Input collection alternatives

  5. Close the AOIC database whenever applicable (See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.)

(2) The case will not be closed out of the TE’s inventory on PEAS until all actions have been completed and all IDRS transactions have fully posted.

(3) If the record has multiple years, each year may be closed as action has been completed; the entire case must not be closed until all closing and processing actions have been complete and all accounts updates have fully posted.

(4) Use PEAS Suspense when necessary, during the closing process.

(5) See IRM 8.20.10, Account and Processing Support (APS) - Appeals Processing Employee Automated System (PEAS) for detailed PEAS guidance and procedure.

ACDS Entries: CDP, EH, RJ and CDPTD

(1) This section provides guidance for ACDS entries for closing CDP, EH, RJ and CDPTD cases.

ACDS cc’s

(1) CDP cases are closed with the following closing codes:

CLOSINGCD

Action

04

Agreed with waiver (Form 12257)

05

Defaulted determination letter

10

(Docketed) Agreement Secured - Used for a case settled with a secured agreement, whether it was secured by Appeals or Counsel

11

Dismissed - Lack of Jurisdiction

12

Dismissed - Lack of Prosecution

13

Disregarded Hearing Request

16

Withdrawn (Form 12256 or other written withdrawal)

17

Tried Case - Used for any cases tried by Counsel which resulted in a court rendered decision

20

Premature referrals or rescinded CDP cases

42

Remanded cases (interim)

43

Petitioned cases (interim)

(2) EH cases are closed with the following cc’s:

CLOSINGCD

Action

13

Disregarded Hearing request

14

Fully sustained

15

Partially or not sustained

16

Withdrawal

20

Premature Referral

(3) RJ cases are closed with the following cc’s:

CLOSINGCD

Action

14

Collection is following Appeals' CDP determination

15

Collection is not following Appeals' determination

16

Appeals' CDP determination is revised in cases involving change in circumstances

(4) Separate Timeliness Determination (CDPTD) cases are closed with the following cc’s:

CLOSINGCD

Action

14

Appeals agrees with Collection's timeliness determination

15

Appeals disagrees with Collection's timeliness determination

16

Appeals partially agrees with Collection's determination

ACDS Dates and Action Codes

(1) This section provides guidance on ACDS dates and action codes for CDP closing types.

CDP Default: CLOSINGCD = 05

(1) ACDS Entries:

  • ACTION = ACKCLS

  • TODATE = Date case sent for closing

  • LACTION = TC 521

  • LTODATE = Enter the date of the TC 521

  • DATECLSD = Enter date closed in APS

CDP Waiver Form 12257: CLOSINGCD = 04

(1) ACDS Entries:

  • ACTION = ACKCLS

  • TODATE = Date case sent for closing

  • LACTION = TC 521

  • LTODATE = Date ATM or ATE signed Form 12257

  • DATECLSD = Enter date closed in APS

CDP or EH Closed With Form 12256 Withdrawal: CLOSINGCD = 16

(1) ACDS Entries:

  • ACTION = ACKCLS

  • TODATE = Date case sent for closing

  • LACTION = TC 521 For CDP cases only

  • LTODATE = Date Appeals received Form 12256

  • DATECLSD = Enter date closed in APS

CDP or EH Closed as a Disregarded Hearing Request: CLOSINGCD = 13

(1) ACDS Entries:

  • ACTION = ACKCLS

  • TODATE = Date case sent for closing

  • LACTION = TC 522 (For timely CDP only or where TC 520 cc 76/77 was input.)

  • LTODATE = Enter date TC 522 is input (An EH case will not have a TC 522.)

  • DATECLSD = Enter date closed in APS

CDP or EH Closed as a Premature Referral: CLOSINGCD = 20

(1) ACDS Entries:

  • ACTION: ACKCLS

  • TODATE: Date case sent for closing

  • LACTION = TC 522 (For timely CDP only or where TC 520 cc 76/77 was input.)

  • LTODATE = Enter date TC 522 is input (An EH case will not have a TC 522.)

  • DATECLSD: Enter date closed in APS

(2) See IRM 8.20.7.20.6, Inputting TC 522 for Disregarded and Non-Processable Hearing Requests for information on the use of TC 522 for CDP cases closed using cc 20.

EH Closure: CLOSINGCD = 14 (sustained) or 15 (not sustained)

(1) ACDS Entries:

  • ACTION = ACKCLS

  • TODATE = Date case sent for closing

  • LACTION = Leave blank

  • LTODATE = Leave blank

  • DATECLSD = Enter date closed in APS

Retained Jurisdiction: CLOSINGCD = 14, 15, or 16

(1) ACDS Entries:

  • ACTION = ACKCLS

  • TODATE = Date case sent for closing

  • LACTION = Leave blank

  • LTODATE = Leave blank

  • DATECLSD = Enter date closed in APS

CDPTD: CLOSINGCD = 14, 15, or 16

(1) ACDS Entries:

  • ACTION = ACKCLS

  • TODATE = Date case sent for closing

  • LACTION = Leave blank

  • LTODATE = Leave blank

  • DATECLSD = Enter date closed in APS

IDRS Closing Actions for CDP and EH Cases

(1) APS must accurately input TC 52X and TC 97X on the taxpayer’s account when closing a CDP and EH case from ACS or from Field Collection.

(2) The TC 521 cc used are determined by the CDP TYPE code:

  • DPLN = 76

  • DPLV = 77

  • DPL2 = 76

(3) The TC 521 date is determined by APS per guidance provided in IRM 8.20.7.20.4 below.

(4) See the table below for the TC 52X and TC 97X requirements for each type of closing:

Type

Transaction Code Requirement

CDP

  • TC 521 with applicable closing code and date

  • TC 971 AC 277 with the date of APS closing action*

Note: *Verify that the TC 971 AC 277 has posted to each tax period for which a CDP NOD has been issued. If the TC 971 AC 277 was not input at the time the CDP NOD was issued, input the TC 971 AC 277 on all applicable accounts and monitor until fully posted.

EH

  • TC 971 AC 280 with the date of APS closing action*

  • Verify there is not an open TC 520 76/77 on each period when there is no open timely CDP. If there is an unreversed TC 520 76/77 determine if a TC 522 76/77 should be input.

Note: *Verify that the TC 971 AC 280 has posted to each tax period for which a CDP EH NOD has been issued. If the TC 971 AC 280 was not input at the time the CDP EH NOD was issued, input the TC 971 AC 280 on all applicable accounts and monitor until fully posted.

CDP Disregarded Hearing (ACDS cc 13)

  • TC 522 with the applicable closing code and the same date as the TC 520 being reversed

  • TC 972 AC 275 and the same date as the TC 971 being reversed

CDP Premature Referral (ACDS cc 20)

  • TC 522 with the applicable closing code and the same date as the TC 520 being reversed

  • TC 972 AC 275 and the same date as the TC 971 being reversed


EH Disregarded Hearing (ACDS cc 13)

  • TC 972 AC 278 and the same date as the TC 971 being reversed

EH Premature Referral (ACDS cc 20)

  • TC 972 AC 278 and the same date as the TC 971 being reversed

(5) APS must close the IDRS Control Base for all CDP or EH cases referred to Appeals by ACS.

Determine the TC 521 Date for CDP Cases

(1) The TC 521 date is the date the determination becomes final. APS must input the TC 521 date and monitor IDRS to verify it posted to the taxpayer's account.

Note: When calculating the TC 521 date, APS should only use the "Target Date" calculator on ACDS and not the date listed in the SNEXPDATE field.

(2) If the taxpayer does not file for a judicial review, compute the TC 521 as follows:

If

Then

Letter 3193 Notice of Determination is issued and CDP case is closed cc 05

TC 521 = 30 days after the letter is issued.

Form 12257 Waiver of Right to Judicial Review is secured and CDP case is closed using cc 04

TC 521 = date ATM or Hearing Officer signed Form 12257.

Form 12256 or a withdrawal is received and CDP case is closed cc 16

TC 521 = the date Appeals received the withdrawal as shown on Letter 4383, Withdrawal Acknowledgment.

CDP/IS Combo Letters Letter 4390 or Letter 4439 is issued as closing letter because the CDP taxpayer raised a spousal issue

TC 521 = Notice of Determination Letter date + 90 days if the taxpayer does not petition Tax Court.

CDP/ ABINT Combo Letter 4389 or Letter 4440 is issued as closing letter because the CDP taxpayer raised an abatement of interest issue

TC 521 = Notice of Determination Letter date + 180 days if the taxpayer does not petition Tax Court

The CDP case is closed as a premature referral (cc 20)

do not input TC 521, input TC 522 with same date as TC 520.

The CDP case is closed as a disregarded hearing request (cc 13)

do not input TC 521, input TC 522 with same date as TC 520.

(3) If the taxpayer requested judicial review, the TC 521 date will be computed as follows:

If The Decision Document

Then

states "Pursuant to the agreement of the parties" without an IRC § 6330(e) waiver paragraph and the taxpayer does not petition a higher court (cc 10)

TC 521 = Date decision entered + 90 days.

states "Pursuant to the agreement of the parties" with an IRC § 6330(e) waiver paragraph (cc 10)

TC 521 = Date decision entered.

states "Pursuant to the determination of the court" and is only signed by the judge (cc 17)

TC 521 = Date decision entered + 90 days

is an Order to Dismiss and the taxpayer does not petition a higher court (cc 11)

TC 521 = Date decision entered + 90 days

Note: If a taxpayer appeals a Tax Court decision to a U.S. Court of Appeals and/or U.S. Supreme Court, the above time periods will be extended. A chart referencing the various situations that may arise can be found in Chief Counsel Directives Manual, CCDM 36.2.5.3. Use this chart to assist in the determination of the TC 521 date. Counsel will generally hold cases until the decision of the Tax Court is final. The TC 521 date should be determined after Counsel returns the case. If there is a question in determining the TC 521 date, consult with APS management or contact the Counsel attorney directly for assistance in determining the correct date.

(4) The Collection Statute Expiration Date (CSED) is systemically computed by IDRS with the input of the TC 521.

(5) A manual computation of the CSED is required ONLY when the account is joint and only one of the joint taxpayers (Primary (P) or Secondary (S)) requested the hearing. See (6) and (7) below for additional information.

Note: Use CC: REQ77 TC 550 to input a manually computed CSED.

(6) The new CSED can be manually computed using the following tools:

  1. ACDS Utilities "Number of Days" calculator. This tool calculates the number of days between the TC 520 and TC 521 dates.

  2. ACDS Utilities "Target Date" calculator. This tool calculates the new CSED date when the number of days the CSED is suspended (see (a) above) is added to the current CSED.

(7) If the CSED was suspended for only "P" or "S," a new CSED is input via REQ77 with TC 550.

Note: The CSED date on the joint IMF module will only reflect the earliest of the spouse's CSED dates. When only one spouse requests a CDP hearing, input a TC 550 with the CSED extension date and a CSED TIN Indicator of either "P" or "S" to the MFT 30 CDP module to show the later of the two CSED dates for either the primary or secondary spouses. A TC 550 is not necessary when the joint MFT 30 CDP module(s) have been mirrored to MFT 31 modules for each spouse. In that case, the TC 521 input will systemically update the CSED.

How To Input TC 521 and 971 Transaction Codes

(1) APS will use the IAT IDRS CC: REQ77 tool to input TC 52X and TC 97X transactions.

(2) APS will suspend a CDP or EH case on PEAS using PEAS suspense reason code S09 and monitor the account(s) until the transaction(s) post.

(3) If the TC 521 or TC 971 input goes unpostable, the CDP or EH case will remain in suspense until APS resolves the unpostable condition.

(4) When working MFT 31 accounts verify all TC 520 have been addressed:

  • Research MFT 30 and both MFT 31 accounts

  • If only one spouse was requesting the hearing, input TC 522 on the non-requesting spouse and MFT 30 account, input TC the appropriate TC 521 on the requesting spouse

(5) When the TC 521 and TC 971 have posted to all of the tax periods for the WUNO, APS will remove the WUNO from PEAS suspense, and close PEAS using closing code 03.

Input of TC 522 for Disregarded and Non-Processable Hearing Requests

(1) APS will input a TC 522 with the appropriate TC 52X closing code, to the periods on any CDP case where the ATE closes the case as a disregarded hearing request using ACDS closing code 13. A disregarded hearing request is one submitted by a taxpayer where all the taxpayer's issues are considered frivolous or raised with a desire to impede collection. The net result of TC 522 input is that there is no suspension of the collection statute for the period of time begun with a Disregarded or Non-processable CDP Hearing request.

(2) APS will input a TC 522, to the periods on any CDP case where the ATE closes the case as a premature referral, using cc 20.

(3) TC 522 is input using the same date as the TC 521 being reversed, via the IAT IDRS CC: FRM77 tool.

Closing ACS-originated Control Bases

(1) ACS generally establishes and assigns an IDRS control base to the Holtsville, Florence, Fresno, Memphis or Philadelphia APS team when they forward a CDP or EH case to the respective site, following IRM 5.19.8, Forwarding Cases to Appeals.

ACS will reassign to APS using the following codes:

APS Campus Location

IDRS Unit Code

Florence

66196

Fresno

66269

Holtsville

66195

Memphis

66211

Philadelphia

66199

(2) APS uses IDRS Command Code ACTON to close the IDRS control base at the conclusion of CDP back-end processing on all ACS originated cases.

Example: ACTON, C##,,C

(3) See IRM 2.3.12, IDRS Terminal Responses, Command Code ACTON, Exhibit 2.3.12–2 for ACTON format.

CDP and EH Bankruptcy Case Closing Procedures

(1) APS will not receive requests for abatements from the ATE based upon bankruptcy "dischargeability" determinations. If an ATE believes that a particular tax year was dischargeable and should be abated, the abatement has to be completed by the Insolvency function. If APS receives such a request by the ATE, the case should be sent back to the ATE to resolve the "dischargeability" issue with Insolvency.

(2) "Dischargeability" issues may arise on a CDP case if the taxpayer petitions the Tax Court. If APS receives a stipulated decision or directives from Counsel that a tax year was dischargeable and should be abated, APS will contact the Centralized Insolvency Organization (CIO) to coordinate with the appropriate Insolvency office to have the liability abated. APS will provide the following documentation to CIO:

  • Name of the Counsel Attorney for the case

  • Closing instruction from Counsel

  • Stipulated Decision

(3) The Insolvency function will contact APS once the requested abatements are completed. The Insolvency function will only make adjustments based upon "dischargeability" determinations and will not make any adjustments based upon tax recomputations. Adjustments based upon tax recomputations will be processed by APS. To contact the Centralized Insolvency Organization by phone, go to the Who/Where tab on SERP and click on the Insolvency (Bankruptcy) Tools. Then go to Insolvency (Bankruptcy) National Field/Centralized Site Directory where the telephone number for the CIO will be listed http://serp.enterprise.irs.gov/databases/who-where.dr/insolvency/national-field-centralized-site-directory.html.

(4) The Insolvency function is the only function that can input bankruptcy transactions onto IDRS. APS must not input requests for TC 520/521 with bankruptcy closing codes nor should APS input any TC 971 with abatement or partial abatement action codes.

Note: See IRM 21.5.6, -V Freeze and -W Freeze guidance provided to prevent action on a case that has been referred to the Department of Justice.

(5) See Exhibit 8.20.7-16, TC 520 Closing Code (cc) and Master File (MF) Freezes for more details.

CDP Rapid Response Appeals Process (RRAP) APS Closing Procedures

(1) When the ATM enters an ACAP on the ACDS record, the case will be assigned to the appropriate APS Team per the Direct Ship table.

(2) Upon receipt of the RRAP case from the ATM, APS takes the following actions:

  • Issue the appropriate letter within ten (10) calendar days of the ACAPDATE.

  • If a Notice of Determination (NOD) is issued, suspend the case for a total of sixty (60) days.

  • If the taxpayer does not petition the United States Tax Court (USTC), overnight the case to the APS Team within two (2) business days of the expiration of the sixty (60) day suspense period.

  • If the taxpayer petitions the USTC, take no action until the Tax Court case is closed and Counsel has returned the case to Appeals.

  • If a Form 12257, Summary Notice of Determination, Waiver of Right to Judicial Review of a Collection Due Process Determination, Waiver of Suspension of Levy Action, and Waiver of Periods of Limitation in Section 6330(e)(1) is secured, overnight the case to APS.

  • When transmitting the case to APS, the ATE will ensure the RRAP cover sheet is attached to the outside of the case file to properly identify the case as needing RRAP handling by the unit.

(3) APS will close the case after the decision is final and will fax copies of the Appeals closing documents listed below to the originating Revenue Officer:

  • The fax cover sheet prepared by the RO

  • Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo

  • Letter 3193, Notice of Determination Concerning Collection Actions Under Sections 6320 and 6330 with enclosure or

  • Form 12257, Summary Notice of Determination, Waiver of Right to Judicial Review of a Collection Due Process Determination, Waiver of Suspension of Levy Action, and Waiver of Periods of Limitation in Section 6330(e)(1) with cover letter or

  • Form 12256, Withdrawal of Request for Collection Due Process or Equivalent Hearing with cover letter

  • Appeals Case Memorandum (ACM)

  • Other documents obtained by Appeals during the CDP hearing process

    Note: If the "other documents" exceed fifteen (15) pages, they may be mailed to the RO. However, the first six (6) items must always be faxed to the RO.

CDP Docketed Cases with Restitution-Based Assessment (RBA) MFT 31 Adjustment Components

(1) When APS receives a Docketed CDP Case for final closure and the decision document includes language to abate 6201(a)(4) interest and/or penalty, APS will follow the process steps below:

  1. Convert the Tax Court Decision Document into a PDF (if needed)

  2. Attach the PDF to the ACDS record

  3. Close ACDS following Current CDP closing instructions

  4. Use Secure E-mail to transmit the Tax Court Decision Document to *SBSE TECH SVS Criminal Restitution.

  5. Place the case in PEAS Suspense (Suspense Reason code = S03 - Waiting on Compliance for information/response)

(2) Within 15 Business days, the RBA Team will respond to the originator via secure E-mail that the RBA adjustment document has been prepared and submitted for the RBA adjustments. A copy of Form 3870 should be attached. APS will follow the process steps below to close the case :

  1. Verify the MFT 31 RBA account adjustment(s) is either AP or PN (may take up to 30 days to post).

  2. Convert the E-mail to a PDF.

  3. Attach the PDF and Form 3870 to the ACDS Record

  4. Close ACDS Following Current CDP closing instructions:
    ✓ Input TC 521, and any other application IDRS actions
    ✓ Monitor actions until posted
    ✓ Input PEAS closing code
    ✓ Prepare the CDP case file for transmission to the appropriate location using current CDP and Form 3210/E3210 procedures
    ✓ for field CDP cases, input the Action FROMDATE upon receipt of the "Acknowledged" Form 3210/E3210

Note: Report unpostable transactions via secure email to *SBSE TECH SVS Criminal Restitution.

CDP and EH Closing Actions for the Case File

(1) Whenever there is judicial review of a CDP or an EH with a related case that has judicial review, the case files should be kept together until the suspense period expires or the matter is resolved in the courts.

(2) For cases originated by ACS, on IDRS input a TC 290 0.00 with HC 3 and blocking series 18X.

Exception: If the ATE provides written instruction that no HC should be entered, APS will not use HC 3 but instead, leave the Hold Code field blank which defaults to zero.

(3) All Non-AIMS adjustments (TC 29X), and account updates (TC 52X, TC 971) must be placed in PEAS suspense and monitored until all input transactions have fully posted.

(4) APS will establish an appropriate follow-up date to access the taxpayer's account and verify all transactions have posted.

(5) Close PEAS once suspense and monitoring actions are completed.

  1. Use PEAS cc 03.

  2. "Complete Date" for a CDP or an EH case is the date APS closes the case off PEAS.

ACS Notification of CDP and EH Closures Via EEFax

(1) ACS case files will not be returned to ACS. ACS case files will be sent to the "Campus Files Function". Related OIC cases will also be sent to the "Campus Files Function" if the offer was not accepted. CDP OIC files are not sent back to COIC. If the CDP OIC was accepted, only the OIC file is sent to MOIC and the CDP file is sent to the "Campus Files Function".

(2) APS will use EEFax to provide the ACSS (ACS Support) CDP Coordinator with a copy of Form 5402 and Form 3210/E3210.

Reminder: The EEFax transmission can be performed daily, but at a minimum, must be performed once a week. Send ALL Form 5402s when you close ACDS, do not wait until the Default date – do not wait until PEAS is closed.

Installment Agreements (DDIA/MMIA) requiring special processing (including mirroring) and mirrored CNC requests secured by the ATE and not input by APS and must be included in the EEFax transmission and identified on the Form 3210/E3210.
  • Direct Debit Installment Agreements (DDIA) requiring special processing or mirroring are transmitted to ACS by APS via EEFax

  • These DDIAs must be identified on Form 3210/E3210

  • These DDIAs are input by ACS

  • Manually Monitored Installment Agreements (MMIA) and mirrored CNC requests are transmitted to ACS by APS via EEFax

  • Form 433-D and mirrored CNC requests must be identified on the Form 3210/E3210

  • ACSS submits these requests to Centralized Case Processing (CCP) for input on IDRS

    Note: APS will input all Direct Debit Installment Agreements not requiring special processing or mirroring.

(3) The ACS Support CDP Coordinator’s EEFax numbers are accessible via SERP, http://serp.enterprise.irs.gov/databases/who-where.dr/acs-cdp-coordinators.html.

(4) For CDP cases where the taxpayer has raised frivolous or hybrid issues, the ATE will indicate such on the Form 5402, and the following documents must be transmitted to ACS in addition to theForm 5402:

  • Copy of the taxpayer's frivolous CDP hearing request

  • Copy of Letter 4380, Appeals Received Your Request for a Collection Due Process and/or Equivalent Hearing and a copy of Letter 3846, Appeals Received Your Request for a Collection Due Process Hearing if issued

  • Copy of the Notice of Determination

  • Copy of the case history

  • Copy of any written communications received from the taxpayer as a result of the withdrawal solicitation in either Letter 4380 or Letter 3846

Revenue Officer Notification of CDP and EH Closures

(1) Revenue Officer (RO) Collection case files will be returned to the originating RO Group Manager after the case is closed on ACDS. Related OIC case files will be sent to MOIC if the offer is accepted or be sent with the CDP case file to the RO Group Manager if the OIC is rejected.

(2) Prepare Form 3210/E3210 with the address of the originating RO Group Manager provided on Form 5402 "Route Case To" field, to transmit the original administrative file to the RO Group Manager.

Exception: If the case is selected for AQMS review, the administrative file should be sent to the requesting reviewer prior to being returned to the Revenue Officer.

CDP Closing Letters

(1) A closing letter is prepared for most CDP and Equivalent Hearing closings. The type of letter and mailing requirements for each letter are discussed below.

Note: The only exception where a closing letter is not required is for withdrawn CDP cases that did not receive an Appeals acknowledgment letter and Collection Due Process Timeliness Determination (CDPTD).

(2) When a closing letter is issued on a CDP case, a copy of the letter will be included within the administrative file upon mailing of the letter.

CDP Equivalent Hearing: Decision Letters

(1) Stand-alone EH cases (Letter 3210, Decision Letter Concerning Equivalent Hearing Under Section 6320 and/or 6330 /Letter 5145, Agreed Equivalent Hearing Closing Letter) are closed and processed by APS CDP Back-End Campus offices.

(2) Combination EH and Innocent Spouse or EH and Abatement of Interest claim (Letter 4440, Decision Letter - Equivalent Hearing & Interest Abatement and Letter 4439, Decision Letter - Equivalent Hearing & Innocent Spouse) are processed by Campus back-end APS AFTER the suspense period for the NODs.

(3) If a case has both EH and CDP workunits, close the EH workunit. Do not hold the EH workunit pending the resolution of the CDP unless it has been chosen for AQMS review.

Caution: If the EH WUNO is closed separate from the CDP WUNO, copy a complete set of documents and place it with the CDP WUNO.

(4) An EH WUNO must be suspended with a related ABINT or IS WUNO. The EH WUNO cannot be closed on ACDS until the related ABINT or IS WUNO is also closed.

CDP/EH Withdrawal Acknowledgement Letter

(1) In all cases where Appeals has previously sent the taxpayer the Substantive Contact Uniform Acknowledgement Letter (UAL), the ATE will prepare a Letter 4383, Collection Due Process/Equivalent Hearing Withdrawal Acknowledgement if a Form 12256, Withdrawal of Request for Collection Due Process or Equivalent Hearing is secured.

(2) The Letter 4383, Collection Due Process/Equivalent Hearing Withdrawal Acknowledgement:

  1. Provides the taxpayer with the date Appeals received the withdrawal

  2. Provides Account and Processing Support with the date Appeals received the withdrawal. The received date of the withdrawal is used for input of the TC 521 cc 76/77

  3. Is signed by either the ATE or the ATM

  4. If joint taxpayers are living at the same address, send a single letter addressed to both taxpayers

  5. If joint taxpayers are not living at the same address, send separate letters

(3) Do not enclose a copy of Form 12256.

(4) Send the taxpayer the original closing letter with a copy to their authorized representative, if applicable.

(5) Appeals will not send the taxpayer Letter 4383 if the withdrawal was received before Appeals acknowledged receipt of the case with the Substantive Contact Uniform Acknowledgement Letter.

CDP/Equivalent Hearing (EH) Disregarded Hearing Letter

(1) When issuing a Letter 4381, Disregard CDP/EH Request, follow established procedures for issuing a notice of determination or a decision letter.

(2) The Letter 4381 will be sent by first class mail. Certified or registered mailing is not required.

(3) If the hearing request is signed by both joint taxpayers who are living at the same address, send a single letter addressed to both taxpayers.

(4) Send separate letters to joint taxpayers that are not living at the same address.

(5) Send a copy of the letter(s) to the authorized representative, as appropriate.

(6) Verify addresses using ENMOD, INOLES or SPARQ.

(7) Place a copy of the letter and all attachments in the administrative file.

CDP/EH OIC Acceptance Letter

(1) The ATE will prepare the OIC acceptance Letter 5490, for CDP/EH OICs they accept.

(2) APS will date and issue the OIC acceptance letter to the taxpayer as an attachment to the CDP Notice of Determination, EH Decision letter, or Form 12257, Summary Notice of Determination, Waiver of Right to Judicial Review of a Collection Due Process Determination, Waiver of Suspension of Levy Action, and Waiver of Periods of Limitation in Section 6330(e)(1).

Note: The CDP Letters and the OIC Acceptance Letter must have the same date.

Form 12257 Waiver Closing Letter

(1) The ATE will prepare closing Letter 4382, Closing Letter for Form 12257 if a Form 12257 is secured.

(2) The closing letter requires the ATM or ATE's signature.

(3) Send the taxpayer the original closing letter and the original waiver with a copy to the authorized representative, if applicable.

(4) If joint taxpayers are living at the same address, send a single letter addressed to both taxpayers at that address.

(5) Send separate letters to joint taxpayers who are not living at the same address and enclose Form 12257 with each.

Retained Jurisdiction Closing Letter

(1) The ATE will prepare an Appeals Case Memorandum and a CAP type closing letter for an RJ case.

(2) The Form 5402 may suffice as the ACM.

(3) Send the taxpayer the original closing letter with a copy to their authorized representative, if applicable.

CDP Timeliness Determination (CDPTD) Closing Procedures

(1) CDPTD cases will not have a closing letter. Appeals does not communicate with the taxpayer regarding timeliness determinations. Appeals timeliness determination is provided to Collection who relays the information to the taxpayer.

(2) Use Form 5402 to close the case on ACDS. The Form 5402, will not have an ATM signature; no review is necessary.

(3) Separate Timeliness Determination (CDPTD) cases are closed with the following cc’s:

CLOSINGCD

Description

14

Appeals agrees with Collection's timeliness determination

15

Appeals disagrees with Collection's timeliness determination

16

Appeals partially agrees with Collection's determination

(4) Shred Form 5402 after the case is closed on ACDS.

CDP Notices of Determination (NOD) Default Closing Procedures

(1) After the applicable suspense period for the CDP NOD has expired and no petition has been filed, close the WUNO on ACDS.

(2) Update ACDS using general closing instructions. Input the following:

  1. CLOSINGCD - 05

  2. ACTION - ACKCLS

(3) If the ATE prepared and provides a Form 3870, process the authorized account adjustments. Suspense the PEAS case for monitoring until the adjustment(s) fully post.

CDP Case Tax Court Decision Closing Procedure

(1) IRC 7481 governs the finality of a Tax Court Decision. Counsel will hold cases pending the filing of an appeal, or if no appeal is filed, until the decision becomes final, which is 90 days after the decision is entered in Tax Court, plus 10 days to allow for mailing. "The appeal period may be extended by a motion to vacate or revise the decision or by a motion for litigation costs." For additional information, see:

(2) When the Tax Court decision is final, Counsel will return the case to Appeals on Form 1734, Transmittal Memorandum.

(3) Review Form 1734 and input the appropriate ACDS closing code:

  • A "Docketed Case" requiring closing code 10 is one that was docketed but was settled with an agreement. Docketed cases are generally settled with a decision document beginning with the words "Pursuant to the agreement of the parties in this case...", or similar wording and are signed by the judge, the taxpayer and Counsel.

  • A "Tried Case " requiring closing code 17 is one that was docketed and not settled, was tried and received a court rendered decision. Cases requiring closing code 17 are those with a decision document from the court beginning with the words "Pursuant to the determination of the Court...", or similar wording, are signed only by the judge and do not first refer to an agreement.

(4) Input TC 521 with a closing code 76 or 77, as appropriate. The date of TC 521 will be the date the Tax Court decision became final. Consult with APS management or contact the Counsel attorney if assistance is needed in determining the correct TC 521 date.

Caution: If the case does not contain a waiver paragraph, and Counsel submits the case to APS prior to the date on which the decision becomes final, APS must suspense the case for the remainder of the 90 days plus 10 days, because the TC 521 cannot be input with a future date. Exception - Delinquent Original Return that settles the case.

(5) If a decision document contains a waiver of the restrictions on collection in accordance with IRC 6330(e), which would be placed below the judge's signature, the collection statute resumes on the date the decision is entered.

(6) A Tax Court may grant litigation fees and costs to a petitioner (taxpayer) in a CDP case. The field attorney who handled the case, not APS, is responsible for handling litigation fees and costs.

(7) The taxpayer’s petition may be dismissed for Lack of Jurisdiction, or for Lack or Prosecution.

An Order to Dismiss for Lack of Jurisdiction results from one or more of the following conditions:
  • Petition not filed on or before the last date to file a Petition with the USTC identified on the Notice of Determination (NOD)

  • Petition filing fee was not paid and the requirement to pay the filing fee was not waived

  • Petition was withdrawn by the petitioner

  • Any combination of the conditions listed above

An Order to Dismiss for Lack of Prosecution results from one or more of the following instances:
  • Petitioner did not appear and the failure to appear is determined to be an unexcused absence by the Court

(8) APS will take the following actions to close ACDS and update IDRS as appropriate:

  • Dismissed Lack of Jurisdiction (LOJ) - ACDS CLOSINGCD = 11

  • Dismissed Lack of Prosecution (LOP) - ACDS CLOSINGCD = 12

  • Input TC 521 with the applicable closing code to close the TC 520 and resume collection activity

  • Place the PEAS case in Suspense and monitor the IDRS account until the TC 521 is posted.

(9) APS will forward the CDP case to the location identified by the ATE on Form 5402 using Form 3210/E3210 as appropriate.

CDP Appealed Tax Court Decision Closing Procedures

(1) A Tax Court decision can be appealed by either the petitioner or the U.S. Government.

Note: "S" cases cannot be appealed.

(2) Counsel retains case files for at least 90 days + 10 days (100 days total) after the Tax Court decision is entered.

(3) Counsel will notify Appeals when the decision becomes final (after the case is finished in the U.S. Court of Appeals and/or Supreme Court). At this point, the TC 521 date must be determined. If there is a question in determining the TC 521 date, consult with APS management or contact the Counsel attorney directly for assistance in determining the correct date.

CDP Assessment of Civil Penalties under IRC 6673 Closing Procedures

(1) The Tax Court may impose a penalty against a taxpayer not exceeding $25,000 under IRC 6673 (a)(1) if:

  • a taxpayer institutes or maintains a proceeding primarily for delay,

  • takes a position that is frivolous or groundless, or

  • unreasonably fails to pursue available administrative remedies.

Note: A penalty award under section IRC 6673 (a)(1) is not asserted against the taxpayer in any notice issued by the IRS. The government can request the penalty in its pleadings or the penalty can be imposed by the Tax Court on its own.

(2) For identification of the IRC 6673 civil penalty amount imposed, refer to the Entered Tax Court Decision.

(3) If a court other than the Tax Court, including appellate courts, determines that the taxpayer is proposing a frivolous or groundless suit, the court may award sanctions, penalties, or costs not exceeding $ 10,000 under its rules. IRC 6673 (b)(2) and (3) allows the "award" to be assessed and collected like a tax.

(4) The Tax Examiner will prepare a Form 8485, Assessment Adjustment Case Record as the civil penalty assessment source document. In this instance, a Form 8278 will not be prepared by the ATE.

(5) APS will assess civil penalties asserted under IRC 6673 (a)(1) (PRN 643) and IRC 6673 (b)(2) and (3) (PRN 644).

(6) The IRC 6673 penalty is assessed on a Civil Penalty (CVPN) Module:

  • MFT 13 (BMF)

  • MFT 55 (IMF)

(7) Since the IRC 6673 penalty is not associated with a particular tax year before the court, but instead is a sanction imposed by the court for groundless delay, the penalty is assessed using the month and the year of the Court's order imposing the IRC 6673 penalty.

  • IMF Entities (MFT 55) - Any month can be used to identify the CVPN 55 Tax Period. Refer to IRC 6673 CVPN IMF Table below.

  • BMF Entities (MFT 13) - Calendar Year month end is used to identify the CVPN 13 Tax Period. Refer to IRC 6673 CVPN BMF Table below.

IRC 6673 CVPN IMF Table

IF Ordered Entered by the Court on

THEN Use Period

June 6, 2014

201406

December 7, 2013

201312

February 22, 2012

201202

IRC 6673 CVPN BMF Table

IF Ordered Entered by the Court on

THEN Use Period

April 14, 2014

201412

August 6, 2013

201312

November 22, 2012

201212

(8) If the Civil Penalty (CVPN) account is not yet established, reference the following IRMs and take the appropriate action(s) to establish the CVPN account for assessment of the IRC 6673 penalty:

  • IRM 20.1.7.7, Creating Entities or Name Lines for Non-Return Civil Penalty Cases

  • IRM 20.1.7.7.1, BMF Entities

  • IRM 20.1.7.7.2, IMF Entities

  • IRM 20.1.10.8.1, IRC 6673(a) - Tax Court Proceedings

  • IRM 20.1.10.8.1.2, Assertion/Assessment of 6673(a)

  • IRM 20.1.10.8.2, IRC 6673(b) - Proceedings in Other Courts

  • IRM 20.1.10.8.2.2, Assertion/Assessment of 6673(b)

(9) Process the Civil Penalty (CVPN) assessment:

  1. Research IDRS command codes BMFOL, IMFOL, INOLE, NAMES/E to ensure the penalty is being assessed on the correct filer’s account.

  2. Use IDRS CC: ADJ54 to input a TC 290 0.00*.

  3. Input the appropriate penalty reference code (PRN):
    • PRN 643 for Tax Court (6673(a))
    • PRN 644 for other than Tax Court (6673(b))

  4. Input the dollar amount of the penalty as identified on the Entered Tax Court Decision.

  5. Use blocking series 52X (required for the first assessment). Use blocking series 53X if this is NOT the first Civil Penalty (CVPN) assessment to the MFT 13 (BMF) or MFT 55 (IMF) for the respective taxpayer and tax period.

  6. Use a PDC if the Civil Penalty Entity is PN or input the ADJ54 adjustment in the cycle immediately following the cycle in which the CVPN Entity is fully established.

  7. Do not use a HC (see Caution below) because the IRC 6673 Civil Penalty is immediately assessable under the authority of the Court imposing the CVPN and is immediately collectable as of the assessment’s 23C date.

    Caution: If you are processing a credit transfer or offsetting an available overpayment from the same taxpayer’s IDRS account(s), then use the appropriate HC to suspend the notice until the credit transfer(s) post(s). Always monitor the account to confirm all transactions post and once the account correctly reflects all transactions, post a TC 290 0.00 Blocking Series 96X without a Hold Code to release the balance due notice and freeze the CVPN from subsequent abatement action by non-Appeals personnel.

    Reminder: Use PEAS Suspense procedures to ensure the CVPN account condition is timely and accurately adjusted and finalized.

  8. Take all necessary steps to avoid an unpostable condition.

Note: *The TC 290 0.00 will serve as the carrier transaction code (TC) for the TC 240 IRC 6673 penalty amount.

(10) The IRC 6673 Penalty imposed by the Court cannot be mitigated by a subsequent claim or penalty abatement request filed by the taxpayer. For this reason, APS must also post a second TC 290 for 0.00 with a Blocking Series 96X to freeze the CVPN from subsequent abatement action by non-Appeals personnel.

CDP Statute of Limitations for Assessing Costs Under Section § 6673(b)(2)

(1) There is no return of tax to trigger the running of the statute of limitations prescribed by IRC 6501. The costs to be assessed under the authority of IRC 6673(b)(2) are not reported on any document filed by a taxpayer. Additionally, the costs are neither related to nor based on a tax return filed by taxpayer.

(2) APS will assess the IRC 6673(b)(2) penalty promptly upon receipt of the judgment (i.e. order of the court).

CDP or EH Collection Alternatives and Reporting an Account Currently Not Collectible

(1) Collection Alternatives or back-end processing that may be requested on CDP or EH cases include:

  • Credit transfers

  • Currently Not Collectible (CNC)

  • Innocent Spouse (INNSP)

  • Installment Agreements (IA)

  • Interest Abatement (ABINT)

  • Offer in Compromise (OIC)

  • Penalty Abatement

  • Tax Abatement

Currently Not Collectible (CNC)

(1) The ATE will enter a CNC closing code on Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo. The ATE will also indicate in the "Remarks" section of Form 5402, any non-CDP periods which should also be placed into CNC status.

Caution: If the APS TE notices CDP or non-CDP balance due tax period(s) which are NOT also identified by the ATE for closure as CNC with a TC 530, review the decision portion of the ACM or Form 12257 to see if the omitted balance due tax period(s) is/are indicated and should have been identified for closure with a TC 530. If the omitted balance due tax period is not identified in the ACM, nor identified on the Form 12257, notify the ATE using encrypted email, and request written confirmation that the balance due tax period(s) should or should not also have a TC 530 posted to place them in CNC status. This collaborative verification process supports:
The Taxpayer’s Right to Quality Service
The Taxpayer’s Right to Finality

(2) Use IAT REQ77 tool to input TC 530 with the cc provided by the ATE (01-39) to place an account in CNC status.

Note: For additional information on CC: REQ77, refer to IRM 2.4.19, IDRS Terminal Input, Command Codes REQ77, FRM77 and FRM7A, or http://serp.enterprise.irs.gov/databases/irm-sup.dr/job_aid.dr/command-code.dr/idrs_command_codes_job_aid.htm.

(3) The ATE must prepare a paper Form 53, Report of Currently Not Collectible Taxes if they request a mandatory follow-up. Send the paper Form 53 to ACS or the originating Revenue Officer to forward to Compliance Case Processing (CCP) for input.

(4) When CNC requests are made for one taxpayer on a joint liability, the account must be mirrored. APS will not mirror these accounts and will process these requests through the Compliance Revenue Officer (RO) and ACS.

CDP or EH Adjustments

(1) An account adjustment on a CDP or EH may involve tax, penalty and/or interest.

(2) IRM 21.5, Account Resolution, contains the guidelines for processing adjustments.

(3) Additional IRM references are provided below:

  • IRM 3.8, Deposit Activity

  • IRM 5.19, Liability Collection

  • IRM 20.1, Penalty Handbook

  • IRM 20.2, Interest

  • IRM 21.1.2, Reference Materials Overview

  • IRM 21.1.3, Operational Guidelines Overview

  • IRM 21.5.3, General Claims Procedures

  • IRM 21.5.4, General Math Error Procedures

  • IRM 21.5.6, Freeze Codes

  • IRM 21.6, Individual Tax Returns

  • IRM 21.6.2.2, Multiple Individuals Using the Same TIN (Identity Theft)

  • IRM 21.7, Business Tax Returns and Non Master File Accounts

  • IRM 25.6, Statute of Limitations

  • IRM 25.23.4, IDTVA Paper Process

CDP With Related Liability WUNO

(1) Tax issues heard within CDP will generally have a separate WUNO if the ATE determines that the assistance of another ATE is required to determine the correct tax liability.

(2) APS will process tax abatements and other adjustments to the account as directed by the ATE.

(3) The following documents are used to request adjustments:

  1. Form 2424 - Account Adjustment Voucher

  2. Form 3870 - Request for Adjustment

  3. Form 4159 - Payment Tracer Request

  4. Form 4549 - Income Tax Examination Changes

  5. Form 5278 - Statement - Income Tax Changes

(4) Assign the CDP and Income Tax WUNO to the TE on PEAS for closing with PEAS TYPE "CLS" and the appropriate Sub TYPE for the case.

(5) Follow general procedures for closing the Income Tax WUNO.

Automated Substitute for Return (ASFR)/Substitute for Return (SFR) in CDP

(1) The ASFR program is a non-filer or return delinquency program Compliance uses to assess tax against taxpayers who have not filed or refuse to file individual income tax returns.

(2) If the ATE receives a valid delinquent return from the taxpayer, the return will be sent by the ATE to the ASFR Recon Team for processing. The ASFR Recon Team will make all of the necessary adjustments to the account. The ASFR Contacts are available at ASFR Contacts.

(3) Once the delinquent return from the taxpayer is processed, if the ATE determines additional adjustments are necessary to accurately resolve the taxpayer’s case, APS will make additional tax abatements or other adjustments to the account as directed by the ATE via Form 3870, Request for Adjustment.

Reminder: An assessment for a tax deficiency on an SFR TC 150 0.00 account, which is legally authorized by a signed agreement, an agreed SND waiver, or an Entered Tax Court Decision with a waiver paragraph, must have the Agreement Date associated with the assessment transaction(s).

Caution: Original tax assessment authorized by the taxpayer’s signature on a filed return is not a tax deficiency and thus does not have an agreement date associated with the original tax assessment transaction(s).

Exception: If a taxpayer files a valid return after the SFR assessment, the SFR assessment is not abated but will be raised or lowered by the difference between the amount of tax assessed on the SFR compared to the amount accepted on the taxpayer's return.

Note: APS must always ensure there is written authority to process a tax abatement or process a tax assessment. If a tax abatement is authorized by the ATE after the Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED) has expired, the abatement can be processed, however, it cannot be reversed by a later tax assessment once the ASED has expired.

(4) Close the case on ACDS according to the Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo prepared by the ATE.

(5) APS must monitor the account adjustment(s) and when all actions are completed and all account adjustments are fully posted, APS will close the case on PEAS.

CDP With Related PENAP WUNO

(1) The ATE will prepare Form 3870, Request for Adjustment with the abatement information.

(2) The ATE will request blocking series 96X (penalty abatement refusal) for the TC 290 (-0-) transaction if they deny a penalty abatement.

Note: This will prevent a later abatement of a penalty sustained by Appeals.

(3) If Appeals determines later to abate a penalty previously sustained by Appeals, The ATE will prepare Form 3870, Request for Adjustment with the abatement information. APS will use IDRS CC: REQ54 to input a TC 290 0.00, enter the penalty abatement TC's and amounts as determined by the ATE, and use blocking series 97X (reversal of penalty abatement refusal) on the adjustment document.

Note: Only Appeals personnel can use blocking series (BS) 96X (Penalty Abatement Refusal Indicator), and (BS) 97X, (Reversal of Penalty Abatement Refusal Indicator).

CDP With Related TFRP WUNO

(1) APS does not process Trust Fund Recovery Penalty adjustments. Instead, APS will send a copy of Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo and ACM and Form 3870, Request for Adjustment (if one was prepared by the ATE and submitted with the case), to the Control Point Monitor (CPM) that originally sent the case to Appeals or to the CPM in the state where the taxpayer resided at the time of assessment.

Note: The ATE is not required to prepare a Form 3870 if the adjustment details are in the ACM.

(2) The CPM address will be identified by the ATE on Form 5402. If the address is not listed, see the "Control Point Monitoring Technicians" contact listing at Control Point Monitor for ATFR - Collection: AI Advisory.

CDP With Related Abatement of Interest WUNO

(1) The ATE will resolve an abatement of interest case via one of the following determinations:

  1. Fully Sustained

  2. Fully Abated

  3. Partially Abated

(2) Interest abatement cases are controlled on a separate WUNO using type code ABINT and feature code DP.

(3) Request for abatements are made on Form 3870, Request for Adjustment, or Form 8485, Assessment Adjustment Case Record.

Note: The amount of interest to be abated may have been previously computed on some of the cases Appeals will handle. In those cases in which it has not, the ATE will determine the "from" and "to" dates for the interest abatement and the amount of tax on which to compute the interest. In some settled cases, the ATE may obtain a Form 906, Closing Agreement.

(4) Refer to the following for guidance on interest abatement:

(5) Close the case as follows:

Step

Action

Additional Instructions

1.

Control the CDP and ABINT case

Use separate workunit numbers

2.

Cross-reference the WUNOs of the CDP and ABINT in Notes on the CSC

N/A

3.

Assign the CDP WUNO to the TE on PEAS for closing

Use PEAS TYPE "CLS"

4.

Assign the appropriate SubTYPE for the case

Use PEAS SubTYPE ACDS "Only"

5.

Assign the ABINT WUNO to the TE on PEAS, using PEAS TYPE "SND" PEAS SubTYPE "Issue"

N/A

6.

Issue the determination letter

See IRM 8.20.6 for instructions on issuing the ABINT determination letter

7.

Close the CDP WUNO on ACDS

N/A

8.

Suspend the CDP case on PEAS

Use Suspense Reason Code S99-Other

9.

Add a PEAS follow up date equal to the ABINT default date

The default date is the SNDATE plus 240

(6) Suspend the CDP file with the ABINT file until the ABINT case defaults or is closed from Court.

(7) Close the ABINT workunit.

CDP With an Innocent Spouse Claim

(1) The APS Teams designated to process CDP cases will send all CDP/IS cases where the CDP is for the Requesting Spouse (RS) to the Florence Campus Appeals APS unit for final closure.

(2) The Florence APS unit will:

  1. Control the CDP/IS (RS) case on PEAS

  2. Update the Innocent Spouse Tracking System (ISTS)

  3. Update IDRS

  4. Verify CCISO account Mirroring status and suspense the case until closing actions can be completed*

  5. Input CDP/IS (RS) adjustments, as needed

  6. Close the CDP/IS (RS) case on ACDS

  7. Suspend the CDP/IS (RS) case on PEAS with appropriate Suspense Reason Code for actions needed.

  8. Add a PEAS follow-up date equal to the expected posting date

  9. Close the CDP/IS (RS) case on PEAS after adjustments post

  10. File the CDP/IS (RS) administrative file according to standard procedures

  11. Perform all back end closing actions for CDP/IS (RS) cases

Note: * See IRM 8.20.7.40.4 (4) for more information.

CDP/EH With an Installment Agreement

(1) APS inputs IDRS-monitored IMF and BMF installment agreements. The source IRM guidance for Installment Agreement command codes and input content is provided below:

  • IRM 2.4.30, History Items for an overview of installment agreement history item content.

  • Exhibit IRM 2.4.30-1, Command Code IAGRE Input Request

  • Exhibit IRM 2.4.30-2, Command Code IAGRE Response - IAORG or IAPND or IAREV

  • Exhibit IRM 2.4.30-3, Command Code IAORG

  • Exhibit IRM 2.4.30-4, Command Code IAPND

  • Exhibit IRM 2.4.30-5, Command Code IAREV

  • Exhibit IRM 2.4.30-6, Command Code IADFL

  • Exhibit IRM 2.4.30-7, Command Code IADIS Input Request

  • Exhibit IRM 2.4.30-8, Command Code IADIS Output Request for Active or Defaulted Modules

  • Exhibit IRM 2.4.30-9, Command Code IADIS Output Request for Deferred Modules

  • SERP Job Aids

(2) All installment agreements require a paper document, either a Form 433-D, Installment Agreement or Form 2159, Payroll Deduction Agreement.

(3) Both the Payroll Deduction Installment Agreement (PDIA) and Direct Debit Installment Agreement (DDIA) require the taxpayer’s signature. The IRS accepts the following as legal signatures:

  • Original signature

  • Electronic signature

  • Faxed signature

(4) Direct Debit Installment Agreements (DDIAs) allow the Service to debit a taxpayer’s checking account for the agreed upon installment. Both Field Collection sourced cases and ACS sourced DDIAs are input by APS.

(5) DDIAs requiring special processing or mirroring for Field Collection sourced cases are processed in the CSCO sites. Fax the signed DDIA along with the routing and account number (usually provided via a voided check) to the DDIA Coordinator for input. See DDIA Liaison website input the Business Operating Division (BOD) and the state where the taxpayer resides to identify the appropriate fax number.

(6) DDIAs requiring special processing or mirroring for ACS sourced cases are input by ACSS (ACS Support). Affix the original DDIA signed documents to a copy of the Form 5402 and forward to ACSS via EEFax. If these documents are not faxed individually, but instead are batched in high volume APS Offices, they must be submitted via EEFax within 5 business days using Form 3210/E3210. Identify on Form 3210/E3210 which Forms 5402 have DDIAs associated for input.

(7) Manually Monitored Installment Agreements (MMIAs) are not compatible with IDRS monitoring. The ATE identifies an MMIA on the CDP Form 5402 by selecting the MMIA from the Installment Agreement drop down menu.

Note: Installment Agreement requests for only one spouse on a joint liability are categorized as MMIA and must be mirrored. APS is not responsible for the mirroring process on these accounts.

(8) APS will not update an MMIA account to status 60, instead, APS will send a copy of the Form 5402 along with the administrative file to the designated Revenue Officer for them to submit to Centralized Case Processing. APS will also forward a copy of the Form 5402 and Form 433-D to ACS for processing.

(9) For (5) - (8) above, APS will always verify that the TC 971 AC 043 is posted to the respective account(s).

(10) The following list identifies the four types of status codes for Installment Agreements:

  • Status 60 - Active Agreement

  • Status 61 - Suspended Agreement

  • Status 63 - Deferred Agreement (Used to cross-reference TINs where collection activity has been deferred until modules under related accounts have been satisfied. These IAs are common on business taxpayers where the officer has a related trust fund recovery penalty assessment.)

  • Status 64 - Defaulted Agreement

(11) When Appeals denies the taxpayer’s IA, also known as a "Rejected Installment Agreement", the TC 971 AC 043 must be reversed with TC 972 AC 043. The TC 971 and TC 972 dates must be the same if the TC 971 043 was entered in Error. The TC 972/043 date will either be the same as the TC 521 date or for an EH case the date the letter was mailed..

(12) See IRM 8.20.7.40 , Installment Agreements (IA) for guidance.

CDP Premature Referral

(1) A CDP Hearing request may be classified as a Premature Referral (PR) and returned to Collection if the ATE determines that a CDP notice was issued in error.

(2) The Appeals ATE will no longer rescind CDP notices they determine were issued in error but only send the case back as a premature referral.

(3) APS will take the following actions on premature referrals:

  1. Reverse the TC 520 with TC 522. Use TC 520 date as TC 522 date.

  2. Close on ACDS with Premature Referral cc 20

  3. Close IDRS control base

  4. Transmit case to originating function per Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo instruction from ATE

CDP and EH Offer in Compromise (OIC) Processing: Overview

(1) An Offer in Compromise (OIC) is an agreement between a taxpayer and the IRS that settles their tax liability for less than full payment. Taxpayers may submit an OIC as an alternative to collection in a CDP or EH hearing.

(2) The Centralized Offer In Compromise (COIC) Unit will, with few exceptions, investigate all CDP or EH OICs which meet COIC criteria to determine if the OIC is accepted, returned, considered withdrawn or rejected.

(3) After COIC completes the investigation and makes their determination to accept, return, or reject the OIC or if the offer is considered withdrawn, COIC will forward all returned or rejected offers to Appeals for consideration.

(4) In cases where COIC accepts the offer, COIC will complete all back-end processing and return a copy of the accepted OIC document(s) to the ATE for association with the CDP case.

(5) In cases where COIC returns or rejects the offer, the ATE will make the final determination which will be one of the following:

  • Accept the OIC

  • Return the OIC

  • Reject the OIC

  • Withdraw the OIC

(6) CDP OICs which were returned or rejected by COIC and have not already been processed must be processed by the APS TE assigned to close the CDP/OIC case.

Note: The ATE will not separate the OIC from the CDP case when submitting to APS for processing of their determination on the CDP and OIC WUNOs.

(7) Characteristics of a CDP case with a related OIC:

  1. The CDP and OIC are controlled under separate WUNOs

  2. Both WUNOs have a Feature Code of DP

  3. The CDP and OIC WUNOs include a cross-referenced to each other in "Notes" on the case summary card

  4. Note: Any TFRP assessment determined as a result of a filing of an OIC in a CDP case, must be forwarded to the appropriate Control Point Monitor (Technical Services Advisory) to process the TFRP adjustments.

(8) APS is responsible for closing CDP OICs that have been loaded onto the AOIC database by Collection. See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.

CDP OIC Processing: Accepted OIC

(1) Back-end processing on OIC cases accepted by Compliance is completed by Compliance.

(2) Back-end processing on OIC cases rejected by Compliance and accepted by Appeals is completed by APS.

(3) Back-end processing of the CDP and EH portion of the case will not change regardless of which function processes the accepted OIC.

Accepted OIC - Collection Investigated

(1) The Appeals CDP or EH OIC file where Collection accepted the OIC should contain the following copies of OIC documents:

Note: The following copies will stay with the CDP or EH case file. APS is not required to send any documents on Collection-accepted OICs to MOIC.

  • Form 656 and amended Form 656, Offer in Compromise

  • Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report

  • Form 14640, Addendum to Form 656 (if applicable)

  • Acceptance Letter 5490, signed by the authorized party

  • Financial statements

  • Asset, Income and Equity tables

(2) The Appeals CDP or EH file where Collection accepted the OIC should contain the following original CDP/EH documents:

  1. Closing letter, i.e., Waiver Form 12257, Summary Notice of Determination, Waiver of Right to Judicial Review of a Collection Due Process Determination, Waiver of Suspension of Levy Action, and Waiver of Periods of Limitation in Section 6330(e)(1)

  2. Customized CDP Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo

  3. Form 14640, Addendum to Form 656 (if applicable)

  4. Separate ACM, if applicable

  5. Case Activity Record

  6. Original correspondence between the Service and the taxpayer

  7. Form 12153, Request for a Collection Due Process or Equivalent Hearing (or other written request)

  8. Form 12153A, Transmittal of CDP/Equivalent Request Hearing/Form 12153B, Referral Request for CDP Hearing from ACS Support (with instructions)

(3) APS will take the following closing actions on CDP or EH cases where Collection investigates and accepts the OIC:

  1. Issue the CDP Notice of Determination, EH Decision Letter or Form 12257 Waiver following established procedures.

  2. Close the OIC WUNO on ACDS.

    Note: Since Collection issues the acceptance letter, APS will issue only the applicable CDP or EH closing letter. Collection is solely responsible for AOIC closing actions on offers they accept.

(4) ACDS inputs for accepted OIC WUNO:

Note: Immediately close the CDP OIC WUNO on ACDS when the CDP is closed with a Form 12257 Waiver. Suspend the OIC documentation with the CDP WUNO where the CDP is closed with a Notice of Determination.

  1. CLOSINGCD = 15 (OIC Accepted)

  2. WUaccptOfrAmt: = No entry

  3. RevsdTax = Entries as follows:

  4. Enter the amount of the accepted offer in the field for the earliest tax period
    Enter 0 (zero) for any other tax periods

    Note: The accepted offer amount entered into the RevsdTax field will populate the WUaccptOfrAmt field.

  5. NOTES – Collection accepted OIC. Direct ship by Collection to MOIC

    Note: APS does not have IDRS-input requirements on Collection accepted OICs.

Accepted OIC - Appeals Considered

(1) When Appeals accepts an OIC associated with a CDP and EH case, the following original documents will be included in the file by the ATE:

  • Form 656 and amended Form 656, Offer in Compromise

  • Form 14640, Addendum to Form 656(If applicable)

  • Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report

  • OICForm 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo

  • Appeals Case Memo (Form 14559)

  • Acceptance Letter 5490 signed by the authorized party

  • Financial statements

  • Asset, Income and Equity tables (Form 14561)

(2) When a CDP Notice of Determination (NOD) is issued, the CDP file is suspensed for 30 + 30 = 60 days to allow for timely filing of a Tax Court Petition by the taxpayer. The OIC Acceptance file must be processed to MOIC and the PIF uploaded to the Appeals Library SharePoint Site as of the date the CDP NOD is issued. In this instance, the OIC Acceptance is considered closed but the OIC file remains with the CDP NOD file in suspense for 30 days + 30 days = 60 days.

  • AOIC is closed after default of the NOD or when Tax Court enters a decision(See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.)

  • TC 520 is not reversed with a TC 521 until the date the NOD defaults

  • ACDS (OIC WUNO only) is closed at the time the case is suspensed

(3) APS Campus will ensure the case is ready and complete for closing by verifying inclusion of:

  1. Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo for both CDP and OIC

  2. Acceptance Letter 5490

  3. Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report including Counsel signature, when applicable

  4. ACM (Form 14559)

  5. Unsanitized TDS or AOIC transcript

  6. ATM's approval

(4) APS Campus will date and issue the OIC acceptance letter to the taxpayer as an attachment to the CDP Notice of Determination or EH Decision letter or Form 12257.

Reminder: The CDP Letters and the OIC Acceptance Letter must have the same date.

(5) The APS CDP TE will process three (3) separate files:

  1. OIC acceptance file

  2. CDP case file

  3. OIC Public Inspection File (Form 7249)

(6) OIC acceptance file - Forward the following documents on Form 3210/E3210 to the Holtsville or Memphis Campus Monitoring OIC (MOIC) unit. See "Offer-in-Compromise (OIC) Compliance Campus Locations for Back-end" at the SERP "Who/Where" tab. The documents listed below are original documents unless indicated otherwise:

  • Form 656 and any amendments to the original Form 656 (Form 14640, Addendum to Form 656)

  • Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report

  • OIC Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo (copy)

  • Appeals Case Memo (copy)

  • Acceptance Letter 5490, signed by the ATM; it may also be signed by the Area Director, Director, Collection Appeals; Director, Examination Appeals or the Director, Specialized Examination Programs and Referrals (copy)

  • CDP determination or decision letter and attachment or Form 12257 Waiver (copy)

  • Unsanitized TDS or AOIC transcript

  • Financial statements

  • AET and IET schedules (Form 14561)

  • ACDS history (copy)

Note: APS will update and close AOIC for all Appeals accepted CDP related offers that have been loaded on AOIC. See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.

(7) CDP or EH administrative file - OIC documents for the CDP or EH administrative case file are as follows. These are copies of the original documents:

  1. Form 656, Offer in Compromise and amendments

  2. Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo for OIC WUNO

  3. Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report

  4. TDS or AOIC transcript

  5. Signed and dated Acceptance Letter 5490

  6. Collateral agreements, if applicable

(8) APS will upload the Public Inspection File to the Appeals Library on the SBSE Public Inspection File (PIF) on SharePoint. The Public Inspection File consists of the Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report signed and dated by the ATE, appropriate approving official per Delegation Order 5-1 (Rev. 5) and if applicable, Counsel, with the date the Acceptance Date box in the upper right hand corner filled in by APS.:

(9) ACDS inputs for accepted OIC WUNO:

  1. CLOSINGCD = 15 (OIC Accepted)

  2. WUaccptOfrAmt = No entry

  3. RevsdTax = Entries as follows:

  4. Enter the amount of the accepted offer in the field for the earliest tax period
    Enter 0 (zero) for any other tax periods

    Note: The accepted offer amount entered into the RevsdTax field will populate the WUaccptOfrAmt field.

  5. NOTES – Accepted OIC file to MOIC (Memphis or Brookhaven)

(10) Process any OIC payments to the campus OIC unit noted on the acceptance letter.

(11) Input STAUP 71 on all CDP periods to prevent levy action.

Caution: The TC 521 input on the CDP periods will return the periods to their pre-CDP status until MOIC inputs TC 780. The taxpayer may receive a notice to pay or be subject to erroneous levy action if STAUPs are not in place. Also, verify STAUP 71 and TC 480 inputs on all non-CDP periods.

(12) For information on AOIC Closing Procedures and Validating Procedures for an Accepted Offer, see Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures.

Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) - Accepted CDP OIC

(1) APS is responsible for closing actions on AOIC for any CDP offer accepted by Appeals that has been loaded onto AOIC.

(2) This section provides general information for closing an accepted OIC case on the AOIC system.

(3) Accepted CDP OICs must be closed, validated and released on AOIC and the OIC case file sent to the appropriate MOIC campus for monitoring. It is critical that the actions are promptly taken to close the case on AOIC and the case immediately sent to MOIC because:

  • IRS releases a tax lien once the taxpayer pays the accepted offer amount in full, and

  • MOIC is responsible for monitoring the taxpayer's compliance with the terms and conditions of the offer, so the closing information and case file are needed for this purpose, and

  • Aged case inventory must be closed as soon as possible.

(4) See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.

(5) As soon as possible after closing the closed accepted offer on AOIC, validate and release it to the appropriate MOIC campus for monitoring.

(6) Once the case is validated, control of the offer goes to MOIC and the file must be sent to them as soon as possible. Use the destination list from the drop down menu to determine where the file must be sent.

Note: If there are related cases with different business operating division (BOD) codes (W&I and SBSE), the SB campus will monitor both offers.

(7) Prepare Form 3210/E3210 and mail to the appropriate MOIC campus. Be sure the file contains the original copies of:

  • Initial Form 656, Offer in Compromise

  • Amended Form 656, if applicable

  • Signed Acceptance Letter 5490 (may be a signed copy)

  • Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report

  • Collateral agreement, if applicable

Rejected CDP OIC Processing

(1) The back-end processing instructions are the same for CDP or EH OICs investigated by COIC and returned with a rejection recommendation and CDP or EH OICs considered and rejected by Appeals because Appeals makes the final determination on all OICs.

(2) A rejected CDP or EH OIC will have a separate file, but the file is not returned to COIC. The rejection file remains with the CDP or EH file.

(3) The rejected OIC will not have a rejection letter separate from the determination or decision letter. The ATE discusses the rejection in the attachment to the decision or determination letter.

Note: If the expiration of the TIPRA statute is imminent, the ATE may choose to issue a Letter 5197, Offer in Compromise Rejection rejecting the offer directly to the taxpayer so that the TIPRA statute is protected. Upon resolution of the CDP, the ATE will still close the cases as discussed in (2) above and the date of the TC 481 should be the date the Letter 5197 was issued. If the taxpayer has filed for bankruptcy protection, the ATE will close the CDP OIC WUNO, retain pertinent documents in the CDP file and forward the CDP OIC WUNO to APS for all closing actions.

(4) All OIC documents remain with the CDP or EH file.

(5) See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.

ACDS and IDRS Inputs for Rejected CDP OIC

(1) Close the CDP or EH OIC on ACDS when issuing the Notice of Determination or Decision Letter.

(2) ACDS inputs for rejected OIC WUNO:

  • CLOSINGCD = 14 (OIC Rejected)

  • WUaccpOFRAmt = 0 (zero)

  • RevsdTax must be the same as PropdTax for the earliest tax period.

(3) IDRS inputs for a rejected OIC are completed after the suspense period expires and if the taxpayer petitions Tax Court, after the Tax Court decision becomes final.

  1. If the case was opened on AOIC, the AOIC database will input the TC 481 systemically upon closure. If the case was not opened on the AOIC database, input TC 481 on each tax period included in the rejected OIC.

    Caution: Sometimes COIC will input a TC 480 manually. TC 480s that were input manually to IDRS will not systemically reverse when closing AOIC. In these instances, the correct reversal code must be input manually on IDRS. If the TC 480 was manually input, there should be a notation in the AOIC remarks.

  2. The date of the Notice of Determination or Decision Letter = date of TC 481 and closing date of OIC WUNO.

Withdrawn OIC

(1) A withdrawn CDP or EH OIC will have a separate file, but the file is not returned to COIC. The withdrawn OIC file will remain with the CDP file.

(2) The withdrawn OIC will not have a withdrawal letter separate from the Notice of Determination or Decision letter. The ATE discusses the withdrawal in the attachment to the decision or determination letter.

Note: If the expiration of the TIPRA statute is imminent on an Appeals considered CDP/EH offer, the ATE may choose to issue a Letter 241 Withdrawal letter to the taxpayer to protect the statute. Upon resolution of the CDP, the ATE will close the case and the date of the TC 482 is the date the Letter 241 is issued unless the withdrawal was sent via certified mail or hand delivered, in which case the TC 482 is the IRS received date.

(3) See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.

ACDS and IDRS Inputs for Withdrawn CDP OIC

(1) The CDP or EH OIC should be closed both on IDRS and ACDS when issuing the Notice of Determination or Decision Letter.

(2) ACDS inputs for withdrawn OIC WUNO:

  • CLOSINGCD = 16 (OIC Withdrawn)

  • WUaccpOFRAmt = 0 (zero)

(3) IDRS inputs for withdrawn OIC:

  1. If the case was opened on AOIC, the AOIC database will input the TC 482 systemically upon closure. If the case was not opened on the AOIC database, input TC 482 on each tax period included in the rejected OIC.

    Caution: Sometimes COIC will input a TC 480 manually. TC 480s that were input manually to IDRS will not systemically reverse when closing AOIC. In these instances, the correct reversal code must be input manually on IDRS. If the TC 480 was manually input, there should be a notation in the AOIC remarks.

  2. Where the OIC withdrawal was sent via certified mail or hand delivered, the date of the TC 482 is the IRS received date.

  3. Where the request for withdrawal was received via fax, phone or regular mail, the TC 482 date is the same as the date of the Notice of Determination or Decision Letter and the closing date of the OIC WUNO.

TIPRA Statute Considerations

(1) The Tax Increase Prevention and Reconciliation Act of 2005 (TIPRA) created IRC 7122(f), which provides that if the IRS does not reject the OIC within 24 months from the date it is received by the IRS, it will be statutorily accepted. It is effective for all OICs received on or after July 16, 2006. Once the IRS issues an OIC rejection letter, the 24 month TIPRA statute closes.

(2) If a liability included in the offer is disputed in any court proceeding, that time period is omitted from the calculation of the two-year period. In the event the taxpayer disputes in court a tax liability included in the OIC, the 24 month period will be suspended during the time the case is under any court jurisdiction.

(3) Cases received with an open TIPRA statute are subject to special consideration when in Appeals.

(4) Cases with an open TIPRA statute are subject to the same back-end processing time frames as are listed in IRM 8.21.3, Closings and IRM 8.21.4, Appeals Team Manager (ATM) which means:

  1. The written concurrence of the ATM is required to keep the OIC case open beyond 120 days remaining on the 24-month TIPRA statute period.

  2. The ATE is responsible for ensuring the OIC case is presented to APS for closing with at least 90 days remaining prior to the expiration of the 24-month TIPRA statute period.

  3. If less than 90 days remain on a TIPRA statute, the PTM must be notified via encrypted e-mail when the case is to be submitted to APS. To verify receipt of the case, APS should ensure a Form 3210/E3210 is receipted and returned to the ATM or ATE.

  4. APS should ensure timely closing actions are taken on the case.

  5. Responsibility for such statutes is jointly held by the PTM and the ATM.

Conversion of Tax Return Cases

(1) This subsection provides guidance for the various types of conversions that may occur in cases considered by Appeals. It covers converting one type of tax return to another; converting separate returns to joint returns; and converting joint to separate returns.

(2) See IRM 4.4.6, AIMS Procedures and Processing Instructions, Conversion of Returns, for additional information.

Form 1041 to Form 1120 Conversion

(1) When Appeals sustains conversion of Form 1041, U.S. Income Tax Return for Estates and Trusts to Form 1120, U.S. Corporation Income Tax Return the case requires the following special processing actions:

  1. There should be Form 1120 prepared by Compliance in the file and marked "1041 converted to 1120 by Compliance." Forward the form to the Campus for processing to Master File. Retain a copy for closing.

  2. Prepare Form 2363, Master File Entity Change, and input TC 016 (CC ENREQ/BNCHG) to eliminate Form 1041 filing requirements.

  3. After the return posts to MF, input TC 424 to establish the Form 1120 account on AIMS.

  4. After the AIMS account is fully established, prepare Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record following normal procedures. Annotate Item A "Form 2363 to eliminate Form 1041 FR prepared/input by Appeals."

  5. Process the AIMS closure on the MFT 02 account per the Appeals Settlement.

Form 1120S to Form 1120 Conversion

(1) When Appeals sustains the conversion from Form 1120S, U.S. Income Tax Return for an S Corporation to Form 1120, U.S. Corporation Income Tax Return, the case requires the following two steps:

  1. Prepare Form 2363, Master File Entity Change and input TC 091 to change the filing requirements to corporation.

  2. Process Form 2363, Master File Entity Change and Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record in the same cycle.

  3. Send the following notification to Entity Control Section at the Campus: "Form 1120S converted to Form 1120 by Appeals. Please update Form 2553, Election by Small Business Corporation."

(2) Furnish the following information:

  1. TP name, address, and TIN

  2. Effective date of termination

  3. Reason for termination

  4. Appeals Office

  5. Statement indicating that Form 2363 has been input

(3) Prepare Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record in the usual manner. Annotate the following in Item A: "Form 2363 to change FR (filing requirement) from Form 1120S to Form 1120 prepared/input and Entity Control notified by Appeals."

(4) Process the AIMS closure on the MFT 02 account per the Appeals Settlement.

Joint to Separate Return Conversion

(1) Taxpayers who originally file a joint return, may NOT change the filing status to separate once the time for filing the return of either spouse expires.

Note: A personal representative for a decedent can change from a joint return elected by the surviving spouse to a separate return. The personal representative has one year from the due date of the return (including extensions) to make the change.

Example: Mr. and Mrs. J. filed their 200912 joint return on 02/15/2010. Mr. and Mrs. J's 200912 return may not be converted to separate after 04/15/2010.

(2) For Non-Docketed cases, the ATE/TCS will provide the Form 5278, Statement - Income Tax Changes and Form 5403 Instructions to APS to identify the approved changes for the taxpayer’s account(s).

(3) For Docketed cases, the TCS/Counsel Attorney will provide the Form 5278, Statement - Income Tax Changes and Form 5403 Instructions to APS to identify the approved changes for the taxpayer’s account(s).

(4) The following instructions apply when it is deemed appropriate to convert the filing status from joint to separate. Process Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record for the spouse’s account being adjusted. Remove the other spouse’s name in Item 4. Annotate "Joint to Separate" in Item A.

(5) Prepare Form 2363, Master File Entity Change and input name change and filing status change via IDRS.

(6) Update ACDS following the instructions provided on Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo, or Form 1734, Transmittal Memorandum to close ACDS.

  1. DO NOT change name line on ACDS. Leave the joint names and primary SSN because ACDS must reflect the filed return under consideration in Appeals.

  2. RevsdTax - Enter the combined liability amount.

  3. NOTES - Enter a brief description to explain the disposition, i.e., "Conversion to separate filing status." Separate revised deficiency amounts may also be entered i.e., "Primary TP - $1200, Secondary TP - $1000."

(7) Each conversion of a Joint to Separate, Single, or Head of Household account must be analyzed and processed based upon the applicable account condition(s). See the following IRM 21.6.1 sections for additional information:

  • Married Filing Joint to Married Filing Separate, Single, or Head of Household Procedures

  • Allowable Claims Procedures

  • Only One Spouse Requesting Filing Status Change

  • Married Filing Joint or Married Filing Separate is Invalid or Filed with Incorrect Status

Separate to Joint Return Conversion

(1) Taxpayers may elect to go from separate filing status to joint filing status if the following apply in that taxable year:

  1. Joint return is filed within three (3) years of the due date of the return

  2. Neither spouse files a petition in Tax Court after a notice of deficiency is issued (this applies where returns are filed - see note below)

  3. Neither spouse has a suit in any Court for a claim (recovery of tax)

  4. Neither spouse has entered into a closing agreement

  5. For returns beginning before July 30, 1996, the tax shown on the joint return is paid in full

  6. Note: A substitute for return (SFR) prepared by the IRS does not constitute a taxpayer filing a return. Therefore, where no return was filed previously, taxpayers may elect to file joint returns even if the case is in Tax Court.

(2) Each conversion of Separate to a Joint account, must be analyzed and processed based upon the applicable account condition(s). See IRM 21.6.1, Processing Married Filing Separate to Married Filing Joint Adjustments for additional and supplementary information.

(3) For Non-Docketed cases, the ATE/TCS will provide the Form 5278, Statement - Income Tax Changes and Form 5403 Instructions to APS to identify the approved changes for the taxpayer’s account(s). See IRM 8.20.7.21.4 (4) Reminder below.

(4) For Docketed cases, the TCS/Counsel Attorney will provide the Form 5278, Statement - Income Tax Changes and Form 5403 Instructions to APS to identify the approved changes for the taxpayer’s account(s).

Reminder: The APS TE will both validate and update the taxpayer entity as identified by the ATE/TCS/Counsel Attorney instructions. Whenever necessary, ensure the Filing Status and Name Line changes have processed prior to inputting adjustments that may cause the release of an erroneous/premature billing notice, an erroneous refund or an unpostable condition.

(5) See the following IRM 21.6.1 sections for additional and supplementary information:

  • Filing Status Change Procedures

  • Processing Married Filing Separate to Married Filing Joint Adjustments

  • Married Filing Separate to Married Filing Joint and Both Taxpayer’s Previously Filed

  • Married Filing Separate to Married Filing Joint and One Taxpayer Did Not Previously File

  • Statute of Limitations Procedures for Married Filing Separate to Married Filing Joint

Separate to Joint Return When Both Primary TP and Secondary TP Filed

(1) If both taxpayers filed separate returns and there are two AIMS accounts, prepare a Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record for each spouse’s return.

(2) Prepare a Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record for the primary taxpayer's (PTP) account as follows:

  1. Item 4 - Add secondary taxpayer's (STP) name

  2. Item 12 - Enter the adjustment amount to equal the correct tax and penalty minus that assessed on the PTP's return

  3. Item 15 - In addition to the applicable Item Reference Numbers (IRN) identified on the Form 5403 Instructions for the PTP adjustments based on the STP account, enter the amount of the STP's unrefundable withholding credits. Circle the plus (+) sign since these credits now apply to the Joint account under the PTP and STP name line.

  4. Items 800 through 811 - Enter statistical data

  5. Prepare Form 2363, Master File Entity Change and input name change and filing status change using IDRS
    See IRM 8.20.7.21.4 (4)Reminder above.

(3) Prepare a Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record for the STP's account. This form becomes a tax adjustment document.

  1. Item 12 - Enter the amount necessary to reduce all assessed tax and penalties to zero.

  2. Item 15 - In addition to the applicable IRN(s) identified on the Form 5403 Instruction to adjust the STP account Return Level Entries to 0.00, also enter the amount necessary to reduce the *unrefunded prepayment credit by the amount allowed as a credit on the joint return (STP's credits). Circle the minus (–) sign. These fields adjusted to 0.00 will be adjusted as applicable on the PTP MFJ account per (2) c) action above. Also enter reference number 999 (with blank amount in (–) field). This entry prevents the case from subsequently appearing in the Campus Multiple-Filer Program.

    Reminder: Refunds posted to the STP account must be moved to the PTP account following guidance in IRM 21.5.2, Moving Refunds and IRM 21.5.8-1 Exhibit, Transaction Codes and Reversals, To Move Posted TC column Row "840 or 846".

  3. Items 800 through 811 - Enter statistical data.

  4. Item A - Check "Other" block and enter "Change from separate to joint return. See Form 5403 for (PTP's Name)-(SSN)." If the STP made payments of estimated tax or if there are payments on the return, request that Form 2424, Account Adjustment Voucher, transfer the credits as requested by the ATE.

(4) Update ACDS using general closing instructions. In addition:

  1. NOTES - Add a brief statement to each spouse’s case to explain the disposition, i.e., "Converted to joint filing status under SSN (enter PTP's SSN)." Also indicate the amount of the total joint liability, i.e., "Joint liability assessed is $1,000."

  2. RevsdTax - Half the joint liability for each spouse’s case.

Separate to Joint Return When Only One Spouse Filed

(1) If only one spouse filed a return, process one Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record.

  1. Prepare Form 2363, Master File Entity Change to change the filing status to joint, and add the spouse's name and SSN to the joint account.
    See IRM 8.20.7.21.4 (4)Reminder above.

  2. Item 4, Form 5403 - Include both spouse's names.

  3. Item 12, Form 5403 - Enter the adjustment amount to equal the correct tax and penalty minus the amounts assessed on the filed return.

  4. Item 15, Form 5403 - Enter the change to adjusted gross income (AGI) and taxable income (TXI) and circle the plus (+) sign. Account and Processing Support (APS) is responsible for transferring credits to the joint account.

(2) Follow general closing instructions to close ACDS. In addition:

  1. DO NOT change name line. Leave only the name of the Primary Taxpayer because ACDS must reflect the filed return under consideration by Appeals.

  2. NOTES - Add a brief statement to explain the disposition, i.e., "Converted to joint filing status (both taxpayer's names)."

  3. RevsdTax - Enter the total joint liability amount.

(3) See IRM 21.6.1, Married Filing Separate to Married Filing Joint and Separate to Joint and One Taxpayer Did Not Previously File for additional information.

Criminal Investigation Division (CID) MF "-Z", or "Z-" Freeze

(1) Appeals and the Tax Court receive and make determinations on Civil Tax Cases. Occasionally, a Criminal Investigation is opened during the time the Civil Tax case is also open. When this happens, CID posts one of the following transaction codes on the Civil Tax Entity or MF Account:

  • TC 914 Module Freeze "-Z"

    Caution: Only CID can reverse this freeze with a TC 912. When a tax module has a MF "-Z" Freeze, all account adjustments will unpost IMF Unpostable Code 183, BMF Unpostable Code 333.

  • TC 916 Refund Freeze "Z-"

    Caution: Only CID can reverse this freeze with a TC 915 Partial Reversal or TC 917 Full Reversal.

  • TC 918 Refund Scheme Freeze "Z-"

    Caution: Only CID can reverse this freeze with a TC 915 Partial Reversal or TC 919 Full Reversal.

(2) If a Civil Tax Case is open in Compliance at the time the CID Freeze is posted to the account, the case will be routed by Compliance to their Fraud Suspense Unit. On rare occasions, a Civil Tax Case is not properly placed in Fraud Suspense and can enter Appeals inventory (Non-Docketed), or be routed to Counsel as (Docketed).

Example: Civil Penalty Case (MFT 55/13) may be assigned to a Revenue Agent who does not know there is a CID Freeze on the Income Case and the Examination Return Control System (ERCS) isn't programmed to identify or flag a Civil Penalty Case when a CID Freeze is placed on the Income Case.

Example: Taxpayer files a Petition on a Compliance Issued Statutory Notice of Deficiency and Docketed procedures require the case be transmitted to Counsel to Answer the petition.

(3) IRM 1.2.13, Policy Statement 4–26 (Formerly P-4-84) requires that when a case has a CID Freeze MF "-Z" or "Z-", coordination between the responsible functions is necessary. This coordination must be initiated by the Appeals Technical Employee who is assigned the case, or the Counsel Attorney who is preparing the Answer to the Petition. For additional information, see IRM 8.7.1, Cases Involving Criminal Prosecution and Restrictions on Appeals Jurisdiction in Criminal Cases and also see Chief Counsel Directives Manual (CCDM) 38.3.1.8, Balancing Criminal and Civil Aspects.

If

And

Then

Tax Period has an open CID Freeze

CID Approval to allow the Civil Enforcement Action is not provided by the ATE or Counsel Attorney

Notify your PTM via encrypted email and include the earliest ASED in the subject line
Place the case in PEAS Suspense "S01", or "S02" as appropriate.
The PTM forwards the email to the respective ATM or Counsel Attorney for response.

ATM or Counsel Attorney has not previously coordinated the civil action with CID

The Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED) is more than 90 days from current date

APS will reject the case back to the ATM, ATE, or Counsel Attorney as appropriate and close PEAS with cc 20.

ATM or Counsel Attorney has not previously coordinated the civil action with CID

The ASED is 90 days or less from the current date

APS will fax the Form 5402 and the Authority for Assessment document* to the ATM or Counsel Attorney for immediate coordination with CID.
*Signed Agreement
*Defaulted SND
*Entered Tax Court Decision or Dismissal
APS will place the case in PEAS Suspense "S01", or "S02" as appropriate.
APS will set a PEAS Follow-up for 1 week and involve the PTM if a response is not received from the ATM/ATE, or Counsel Attorney by the follow-up date.

ATE or Counsel Attorney has previously coordinated the civil action with CID

The written approval to proceed with the civil action is included in the file

APS will process the Appeals determination, Counsel settlement, or Entered Tax Court Decision and fax the written approval to proceed with the civil action to the Scheme Development Center (SDC) contact for the campus location where the adjustment was input.

Department of Justice Cases

(1) Appeals is notified when the case jurisdiction changes to Department of Justice (DOJ).

(2) The ATE prepares the case for release to DOJ, and forwards the case to APS for ACDS and AIMS closing.

(3) Update ACDS following general closing instructions:

  1. CLOSINGCD - 18 or 19, as appropriate

  2. ACTION - ACKCLS

  3. TODATE - Date administrative file is transmitted to Counsel

  4. FROMDATE - Date acknowledgment received from Counsel

(4) APS will prepare Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record to close the AIMS controls using Copy Blocking Series 79X and complete the following entries:

  1. Item 9 - Priority Code (2 or 3 as appropriate)

  2. Item 12 - Enter TC 300 for $0

  3. Item 13 - Disposal Code 01

  4. Items 800 through 810 - Enter appropriate statistical information

  5. Item 811 - Enter closing code 18 or 19, as appropriate

(5) Attach a copy of the face of the return and Form 2275, Records Request, Charge and Recharge, to the Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record. Use IAT Tool Fill Forms to prepare Form 2275.

(6) Forward Form 2275 to the Campus to "re-charge" the administrative file and original return to Department of Justice.

(7) Upon completion of the closing actions, APS will transmit the administrative file to the Counsel Office identified by the ATE on Form 5402.

(8) The above instructions only apply to cases in Appeals jurisdiction. If a taxpayer petitions the District Court or Claims Court while in Examination jurisdiction, the DOJ transfer is coordinated between Examination and Counsel without involvement by Appeals. This case WILL NOT be controlled on ACDS.

Reminder: Appeals does not process Department of Justice (DOJ) Refund Litigation case adjustments, nor is APS-CIT designated the responsibility to calculate interest on DOJ cases. See IRM 8.20.7.5, Appeals Account and Processing Support Complex Interest Team (APS-CIT) (3) for additional information.

Note: DOJ Refund Litigation case processing guidance is provided in IRM 25.3.6, Special Notices of Abatement/Adjustment.

Docketed Cases

(1) APS is responsible for final processing actions on all Docketed Cases. See (2) below for cases which must be forwarded to APS-CIT for final processing actions.

(2) APS-CIT is responsible for final processing actions on all:
⇒ Estate and Gift (E&G) tax cases (includes IRC 6161 and IRC 6661 E&G cases)
⇒ ACDS Category IC cases
⇒ ACDS Category CIC cases
⇒ All Other Work streams as assigned through Direct Ship

(3) When an E&G, IC, or CIC case is received from Counsel, the APS PTM must prepare a CIT Referral Form and submit it to the *AP Complex Interest email address for assignment of an APS-CIT TE. See http://appeals.web.irs.gov/APS/default.htm, go to the APS Complex Interest Team Resources section then click on the CIT Referral Form to open the form.

(4) The APS Reports Team performs TLCATS research weekly to identify all tax litigation cases nationwide on which a Decision or Order has been entered. Upon review of the report, the APS Report Team updates ACDS for each case identified as having an Entered Decision or Entered Order. In addition, the Reports Team TE enters an LACTION of "COMING" along with a TODATE to identify the date on which the Counsel Office is shipping the administrative file to the respective APS Office for processing of the decision. Upon receipt by APS, the case is assigned on PEAS, to an APS TE for processing and closing actions.

Exception: Counsel will not have an administrative file to return to Appeals when an Order to Dismiss for Lack of Jurisdiction (LOJ) is entered because an SND has not been issued to the taxpayer. The taxpayer’s case, ASED protection responsibility, and the AIMS control remain under Compliance Jurisdiction. This type of petition is premature and thus unique carding and unique closing procedures must be followed. Procedures for the APS DIMS Team to create a skeletal record which remains in the DIMS Team AOC for Premature Petitioned cases are provided in IRM 8.20.5.5.1.5.1 , Premature Petition Carding and Certification Procedure. The Premature Petition ACDS record is not transferred to any other AOC but instead remains in the DIMS Team’s AOC. Upon notification that the Order to Dismiss for Lack of Jurisdiction is entered, the DIMS TE closes ACDS using CLOSINGCD 21.

Docketed Case Closing

(1) Counsel sends all tax court cases back to Appeals for final processing of the decision and closing actions according to the orange Form 14758, Appeals/Counsel Routing Coversheet which is prepared by APS and affixed to the front of every docketed case with the one exception of a Premature Petition case explained in IRM 8.20.7.24 (4) above.

(2) When the entered decision, entered order, or the dismissed case (except for a premature petition) is returned to APS, the Form 1734, Transmittal Memorandum or equivalent prepared by Counsel, must include the time applied and grade of attorney information.

(3) If the Docketed case is received by an APS Office other than the one identified on the orange Routing Sheet, the case will not be re-routed or rejected. The APS office receiving the case will take the necessary steps to update ACDS and process all applicable account actions and assure timely assessment of the deficiencies in the case.

Exception: If the case is an ACDS Category E&G, IC, or CIC case, then the APS PTM must prepare a CIT Referral form and submit it to the *AP Complex Interest email address for assignment of an APS-CIT TE as explained in IRM 8.20.7.24 (3) above.

(4) All Docketed closing administrative files must include the Entered Decision, Entered Order, or Order of Dismissal document.

(5) If The Entered Decision/Order document, or the Order of Dismissal is not available as an ACDS attachment, it is available via the United States Tax Court Website.

Note: As case types and functions transition to paperless processing, the court documents will either already be attached to the ACDS record, or APS will need to access the document(s) via the United States Tax Court Website, convert the document to a pdf, and upload the pdf as an attachment to the ACDS record.

(6) The APS TE must always verify whether or not an Entered Decision includes the IRC 6213(a) waiver paragraph.

Reminder: When an Entered Decision includes the IRC 6213(a) waiver paragraph, the entered decision date serves as the Agreement Date which must be input with the tax assessment. The Agreement Date identifies the action that gives the IRS authority to process the tax assessment and also documents the taxpayer's account for underpayment interest accrual and suspension application for the "agreed" tax and penalty adjustments.

(7) If the waiver paragraph is not included, the APS TE must verify that 100 days (90 + 10) have elapsed from the decision entered date to avoid an invalid/premature assessment action during the period of time the taxpayer or the IRS can file an appeal the Tax Court decision.

Reminder: When an Entered Decision does not include the IRC 6213(a) waiver paragraph, the entered decision date is not an agreement date and must not be input with the tax assessment. The assessment based on an Entered Decision, or Order of Dismissal which does not include a waiver paragraph, is legally authorized at the conclusion of the timeframe during which the taxpayer, or the IRS may file an appeal of the Tax Court’s decision with the United States Court of Appeals.

(8) See Chief Counsel Directives Manual 35.8.2.4, Waiver Paragraph for additional information.

Dismissed for Lack of Jurisdiction Case Closing, Other Than a Premature Petition or CDP NOD

(1) The following APS instructions are for Tax Court Orders to Dismiss for Lack of Jurisdiction (LOJ) AFTER a Statutory Notice of Deficiency (SND) has been issued to the taxpayer. These instructions do not apply to the following case types:

  • Premature Petition where an SND has NOT been issued:
    ✓ See IRM 8.20.5.5.1.5.1 , Premature Petition Carding and Certification Procedure
    ✓ See IRM 8.20.7.24 (4)Exception for a brief explanation of the process used by the APS DIMS Team to control and close a Premature Petition case on ACDS.

  • CDP Notice of Deficiency (NOD) has been issued (see IRM 8.20.7.20.15 , CDP Case Tax Court Decision Closing Procedure (7)).

(2) The Order of Dismissal for Lack of Jurisdiction identifies the reason for the dismissal and will also identify if a tax or penalty adjustment must be made. The APS TE will identify the reason for the dismissal and follow the instructions below to close ACDS and resolve the taxpayer’s account. Reasons for Dismissal:
✓ Petition Filing Fee Not Paid
✓ Petition Filed Late
✓ Petition No-Change Certification
✓ Petition Withdrawn

  • Update and close ACDS using the applicable ACDS CLOSINGCD:
    ⇒ 08 - Dismissed Compliance Notice of Deficiency with Appeals Time
    ⇒ 11 - Dismissed Appeals Notice of Deficiency or CDP Notice of Determination
    ⇒ 21 - Dismissed Compliance Notice of Deficiency with no Appeals Time

  • Complete Form 5403 to process any tax and/or penalty adjustment and close AIMS controls using CC: AMCLSA

  • If the Order of Dismissal is not included with the case file, access the United States Tax Court web site http://www.ustaxcourt.gov/ to locate the Order of Dismissal, open and print it.

  • An assessment made as the result of a "prematurely" defaulted statutory notice of deficiency (SND) when the taxpayer has timely filed a petition are not legal/valid assessments. APS follows procedures in IRM 8.20.6, Partial (Interim) Asessment/Abatement AIMS CC: AMCLSF upon receipt of written approval from their Processing Team Manager (PTM), the Appeals Team Manager (ATM), or the Counsel Attorney to abate the premature assessment. As long as no other condition affects the Tax Court Jurisdiction, the case will be controlled as a Docketed Case with an ASED suspended from the SND issuance date, until the Tax Court Decision is entered + 150 days.

    Caution: When the Tax Court Decision is entered, if the tax, penalty, or credit adjustment(s) identified on the Entered Decision are within $10.00 of the previously posted assessment/abatement amounts, APS must always include Priority Code 8 on the Form 5403 in Item 9, to avoid an unpostable.

(3) If the case was dismissed because the petition was not timely filed or because the petitioner did not pay the filing fee:

  • Verify that the SND has been assessed by reviewing a current TXMODA

  • If the tax/penalty on the notice of deficiency is assessed and it is a valid assessment, it does not need to be abated and re-assessed.

  • If AIMS controls are open, prepare Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record for TC 300 for 0.00+ Note in Item A - "Tax/penalty assessed previously on MMDDYYYY" (MMDDYYYY = the 23C date associated with the previous assessment.) If the Del-Ret-Ind is set, a TC 160 for 0.00+ is also required to avoid an unpostable condition.

  • If AIMS controls are closed, prepare a Form 8485, Assessment Adjustment Case Record to post a TC 290 for 0.00 and in the "Remarks" field enter "Tax/penalty assessed previously on MMDDYYYY". If a TC 16X Failure to File Penalty has been previously assessed, also enter a TC 160 for 0.00+ to avoid an unpostable condition. Also prepare a Form 3177, Notice of Action for Entry on Master File to post a TC 521 with the applicable closing code to manually reverse the TC 520 Litigation Freeze and resume collection activity. This TC 520 closing process is programmed to occur systemically when the adjustments are input using CC: AMCLSA.

  • Example: A "Valid" assessment is made timely, prior to the ASED and in compliance with all applicable laws and statutes. Taxpayer files a petition to the USTC after the last day to file a petition. Counsel Dismisses the petition for LOJ. APS close the ACDS record with CLOSINGCD 11, posts a TC 290 for $0.00 on the taxpayer’s account and also inputs a TC 521 with the correct closing code to reverse the TC 520 Litigation Freeze and resume collection activity. APS then forwards the closed case (dummy file or administrative file) to the appropriate Campus Files Function. The original default assessment posted to the taxpayer’s account will not be altered.

  • If there is an invalid assessment that has not already been reversed as an interim adjustment per IRM 8.20.6, Interim Account Adjustment - Assessment or Abatement Prior to Final Determination, APS will follow the written authority from the PTM, ATM, or Counsel Attorney to process any abatement as a partial adjustment CC: AMCLSF, and then also process the final assessment prior to the ASED.

  • Reminder: The abatement adjustment* must post before the assessment adjustment so use a Posting Delay Code on the final adjustment both documents are input in the same cycle. When processing an adjustment to tax, penalty, or credit reference that is within $10.00 of a previously posted tax, penalty or credit reference amount, Priority Code 8 must be included with the adjustment input to avoid an unpostable condition. If the abatement (partial account adjustment) and the assessment (final account adjustment) are both within $10.00 of the previously posted transactions then a Priority Code 8 must be included on both adjustment inputs.

    Caution: *Always use a Hold Code 4 on the abatement adjustment to suppress the issuance of an incorrect notice and/or erroneous refund to the taxpayer.

  • If the tax/penalty on the notice of deficiency has NOT been assessed, prepare Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record to make the assessment through AIMS. See Exhibit 8.20.7-1, Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record for detailed instructions.

  1. Item 08 - leave blank
    ⇒ A Dismissed for Lack of Jurisdiction for any of the reasons identified in IRM 8.20.7.24.2 (2) above are not authorized by an Agreement

  2. Item 12 - use the SND for the tax/penalty amounts

  3. Item 14 - enter the correct statute date and only use tack-on-time when appropriate and approved*

  4. Reminder: Whenever tack-on time is used to update the ASED, always update the ACDS Statute CODE to "FINAL". *Use of TACK-ON Time requires PTM approval.

  5. Item 15 - enter the Item Reference Numbers and Credit Reference Numbers to correctly update the taxpayer’s account per the SND and supporting documentation

  6. Item 811 - 08 (if there is ATE time) or 10 (if there is no ATE time)

(4) APS updates the ACDS record with the correct ASED and STATDATE and closes the dismissed case on ACDS using the applicable CLOSINGCD:
⇒ 08 - Dismissed Compliance Notice of Deficiency with Appeals Time
⇒ 11 - Dismissed Appeals Notice of Deficiency
⇒ 21 - Dismissed Compliance Notice of Deficiency with no Appeals Time

Dismissed for Lack of Jurisdiction for Assessment of Less than the Notice of Deficiency Amount

(1) When the Order to Dismiss for LOJ identifies a tax deficiency and/or penalty assessment for less than the amount(s) provided on the SND, APS must verify if the SND has already been assessed or not.

(2) When the SND has been assessed for the full amount reflected on the SND, APS will abate the difference between the SND assessed amount and the lesser amount identified on the Order to Dismiss. APS will use CC: AMCLSA if AIMS controls are open, or use CC: ADJ54 if AIMS controls are not open.

Example: An Order to Dismiss for LOJ identifies a tax deficiency of $ 1,000.00 and an IRC 6651(a)(1) (TC 160) penalty for $ 225.00. The APS TE verifies that the Compliance-Issued SND has already been assessed with a TC 300 tax deficiency of $ 1,100.00 and a TC 160 $ 225.00. To correct the account based upon the lesser tax deficiency identified on the Order to Dismiss, the APS TE will prepare Form 5403 with a TC 301 for $ 100.00- and a TC 160 0.00.

(3) When the SND has not already been assessed, APS will use CC: AMCLSA if AIMS controls are open, or CC: ADJ54 if AIMS controls are closed, to assess the tax and/or penalty in the amount provided on the Order to Dismiss prior to the ASED.

(4) APS will update the RevsdTax and RevsdPen amounts as appropriate and close the case on ACDS with the appropriate CLOSINGCD:
⇒ 08 - Dismissed Compliance Notice of Deficiency with Appeals Time
⇒ 11 - Dismissed Appeals Notice of Deficiency
⇒ 21 - Dismissed Compliance Notice of Deficiency with no Appeals Time

Dismissed for Lack of Jurisdiction - Compliance-Issued Statutory Notice of Deficiency is No-Changed After Petition Filed

(1) When the Compliance function that issued the Notice of Deficiency (NOD) secures additional information which fully resolves the underlying amount of tax in dispute, a "No-Change Certification" is provided to the Counsel Office with jurisdiction for the taxpayer’s petition. The Counsel Attorney considers the new information for any case under their jurisdiction. If the taxpayer’s petition is determined to be defective for one or more reasons, an Order to Dismiss for Lack of Jurisdiction is prepared, dated and provided to APS for next action(s).

(2) When APS receives both an Order to Dismiss for Lack of Jurisdiction along with the No-Change notification, APS will take the following actions:

  • Use CC: TXMODA to verify that the SND has not already been assessed

  • Update ACDS RevsdTax and RevsdPen amount of 0.00 and use the applicable CLOSINGCD per IRM 8.20.7.24.2 (2) above.

  • Use CC: AMCLSA to post the TC 300 for 0.00+ and if the Del-Ret-Ind is set, also enter TC 160 for 0.00+ to avoid an unpostable condition

(3) Forward the case to the appropriate Campus Files Function using Form 3210/E3210.

Dismissed for Lack of Prosecution Case Closing

(1) This type of dismissal is used when the taxpayer did not pursue their case in the manner required by the Tax Court rules and procedures, for example, failure to appear at calendar call.

(2) The Order of Dismissal for Lack of Prosecution states the tax/penalty amounts to assess.

(3) Close the case following general closing instructions. In addition, the entries for Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record are:

  1. Item 08 - Leave Blank

  2. Item 12 - enter tax/penalty to be assessed per the amounts provided on the Order of Dismissal

  3. Item 14 - enter the correct statute date and only use tack-on-time when necessary

  4. Item 15 - enter the Item Reference Numbers and Credit Reference Numbers to correctly update the taxpayer’s account per the Form 5403 Instructions

  5. Item 811 - 08 (if there is ATE time) or 10 (if there is no ATE time)

(4) Close ACDS using general closing instructions and CLOSINGCD 12.

Docketed Personal Holding Company Tax Cases

(1) In cases where the liability in personal holding company tax has been established by a decision of the United States Tax Court (USTC) but deficiency dividends have not been paid and a Form 976, Claim of Deficiency Dividends Deductions by a Personal Holding Company has not been filed, APS will:

  1. Prepare Form 5403.

  2. Assess the deficiency according to the entered decision.

  3. Enter Hold Code 3 in Item 07 on Form 5403. Hold Code 3 prevents the issuance of a notice for the adjustment transaction on which it is entered but does not prevent the issuance of any other notice.

  4. Close the case on ACDS.

  5. Send the administrative file after assessment by Form 3210/E3210, to the Compliance function identified by the ATE to await the filing of Form 976, Claim for Deficiency Dividends Deductions by a Personal Holding Company, Regulated Investment Company, or Real Estate Investment Trust by the taxpayer.

(2) See the following IRM references for additional information:

  • IRM 4.10.8, United States Tax Court Cases: Area Compliance Responsibilities

  • IRM 8.6.4, Form 2198 Agreement - Personal Holding Company Tax

  • IRM 8.7.1, Personal Holding Company Tax Alleviated by Deficiency Dividend

Docketed Closing When a Delinquent Return has been Processed

(1) When a delinquent return has been received the normal ASED is computed by adding 3 years to the Return Received Date. The normal ASED is suspended as of the date the SND is issued, until:

  • A waiver of agreement is received (non-docketed closing)

  • Taxpayer defaults on the SND (non-docketed closing)

  • Taxpayer petitions the USTC and the docketed case is finalized via:
    ▸ Dismissal for Lack of Jurisdiction
    ▸ Dismissal for Lack of Prosecution
    ▸ Entered Tax Court Decision with a waiver paragraph becomes final
    ▸ Entered Tax Court Decision without a waiver paragraph becomes final after the 90 + 10 day appeal period concludes
    ▸ Court of Appeals’ determination becomes final

  • See Delinquent Return Included in an Appeals Case IRM 8.20.7.46.2 (8) for additional closing instructions

Docketed Closing When a Substitute for Return (SFR) is the Only Return Posted

(1) When the taxpayer’s account includes an SFR TC 150 0.00, and a return has not been filed, the ASED on AIMS will be MM-"EE"-YYYY and the ASED on IDRS will remain blank. Unless and until the taxpayer files a return, the ASED on master file is:
▸ NOT populated (leave it blank)
▸ Do not enter an ASED in Item 14 Statute Date
▸ Do not post a TC 560 to the taxpayer’s account because there is no IRS Received Date from which to calculate the normal ASED
▸ CC: AMCLSA will close AIMS and leave the AIMS ASED recorded as an SFR "EE" statute, and leaving Item 14 blank, will not post an incorrect TC 560 to the taxpayer’s account.

(2) If the IRS or Appeals has issued an SND the case is finalized by one of the events listed below:

  • A waiver of agreement is received (non-docketed closing)

  • Taxpayer defaults on the SND (non-docketed closing)

  • Taxpayer petitions the USTC and the docketed case is finalized via:
    ▸ Dismissal for Lack of Jurisdiction
    ▸ Dismissal for Lack of Prosecution
    ▸ Entered Tax Court Decision with a waiver paragraph becomes final
    ▸ Entered Tax Court Decision without a waiver paragraph becomes final after the 90 + 10 day appeal period concludes
    ▸ Court of Appeals’ determination becomes final

  • See Substitute for Return Cases Processed in Appeals, IRM 8.20.7.46.3 (6) for additional closing instructions.

Sealed Case

(1) A docketed case can be "sealed" by a USTC Judge. The Counsel Attorney will notify their designated APS PTM to redact the ACDS record and overlay all identifying information as determined by Counsel. The WUNO will stay the same for inventory control purposes.

(2) APS will process the Entered Order or Entered Decision following normal processing guidelines and update the taxpayer's accounts to reflect the Court's determination per the Entered Order or Entered Decision.

(3) APS will document the PEAS Case Activity Record to state that they were not able to apply the Fed/State Disclosure guidelines to this case because the case is Sealed.

Caution: Do not share the case name or any other case information with anyone except your Processing Team Manager (PTM) and only on a need to know basis.

(4) The APS TE must process the account adjustments and place the case in PEAS Suspense until all adjustments post.

(5) Upon verifying that all adjustment have posted to the account, take the following actions to physically seal the case for transmission to campus files:

  • Associate all documents according to closed case assembly guidelines

  • Enclose each tax period separately in opaque material (brown paper, brown folder, etc...)

  • Use shipping tape to affix opaque material around each tax period

  • Clearly annotate the following information on the top of the opaque material:
    "Sealed Case"
    "Appeals WUNO (enter complete WUNO)"
    "Controlling DLN (enter complete Controlling DLN for each applicable package)"

(6) Prepare Form 3210/E3210 with the following exceptions:

  • Instead of using the taxpayer name or name control, use "Sealed Case" if preparing a Form 3210, or "XXXX" with the term "Sealed Case" in the comments field if using the SBSE CDI Transmittal Database to generate an E3210. The taxpayer’s complete TIN must be entered in the TIN field of the Transmittal Database but when the E3210 is printed, all but the last four digits will be masked.

  • Include the WUNO for reference and privacy of case identification.

  • Identify each tax period and include the controlling DLN for each tax period.

  • Enter a Remark on the Form 3210/E3210 "This case has been sealed by the Tax Court, do not open sealed items and do not disclose case information."

e-file Procedures

(1) The following guidelines are provided for closing e-file cases on ACDS.

  • e-file cases from Andover EPSS are 100% paperless effective as of September 8, 2015. See (2) and (3) below for Andover EPSS paperless closing instructions.

  • e-file cases from the field are closed using procedures provided in IRM 8.20.7.25 (4) below.

(2) When the ATM enters the ACAPDATE on ACDS, the paperless case is assigned to the APS PEAS INBOX based on the Direct Shipment Case Routing Table. All signed closing documents and the signed closing letter are attached to the ACDS record by the ATE/ATM.

(3) The PTM or Lead will assign the case to an APS TE for closing. The APS TE will:

  • Update and close the ACDS record using the information provided on the Form 5402

  • Use encrypted email to transmit the following ACDS case document attachments to the Electronic Products and Services Support (EPSS) email *W&I EPSS OOA
    • Signed closing letter
    • Signed Form 5402 and ACM (if present)

Note: APS will enter the following in the email subject line: "T2-CD-EPSS-DOP-Appeals-WUNO-Closure to EPSS"

  • T2 = Team Number

  • CD = Use Assistor Initials

  • WUNO = Enter the complete WUNO of the case

(4) The e-file field source cases are closed using the procedures below:

  1. Mail the original and one copy of the letter and Decision (if applicable) to the appellant and power of attorney. Place one copy of the letter, Decision document, and the e-file transmittal form in the file.

  2. If there is no power of attorney, mail the original letter and Decision document to the appellant. Place one copy of the letter, Decision document, and the e-file transmittal form in the file.

  3. Forward a copy of the Decision, e-file narrative and closing letter to the applicable e-Help Office or the appropriate SB/SE e-file monitoring Coordinator identified by the ATE on the Form 5402.

(5) When closing the case off of ACDS, the employee will select each case to be closed by the WUNO. Update the following fields:

  1. CLOSINGCD

  2. CLOSINGCD

    Definition

    14

    Rejection/Reprimand Sustained

    15

    Rejection/Reprimand Not Sustained

    16

    Partially Sustained

    20

    Premature Referral

  3. DATECLSD – Date case is closed must be in the current month

  4. ACTION – ACKCLS

  5. TODATE – Date case is closed

Early Referral (ER) Case Closing Procedures

(1) ER issues are NOT controlled on AIMS by Compliance Examination or Compliance Collection, so APS will not prepare or process Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record.

(2) ACDS is updated as follows:

  • CLOSINGCD - 03 (agreed) or 13 (unagreed)

  • RevsdTax - Revised dollars is computed the same way as the proposed deficiency except use the amount determined by Appeals for an agreed case. For an unagreed case, enter the proposed deficiency.

(3) Forward the original documents to Compliance Examination or Compliance Collection using Form 3210/E3210.

EITC Recertification Program (Refundable Credits ACTC/CTC/AOTC/EIC)

(1) The Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes (PATH) Act was enacted December 18, 2015. The PATH Act prohibits taxpayers from retroactively claiming certain TIN related credits for any tax year in which the taxpayer, spouse or qualifying child did not have a valid SSN assigned or ITIN/ATIN application received by the return due date or due date as extended. See IRM 3.11.6.9.6.1, Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes (PATH Act) for detailed information covering the account conditions and account update procedures that may occur prior to the protested or petitioned case being submitted to Appeals. This IRM section provides information for awareness and procedural instructions for the following Recertification Program topics:Recertification Program Overview and Procedures Contained in this IRM Section

Recertification Topic

Find in Paragraph

Credit Adjustment Codes

(2)

Recertification Indicators (RI) awareness

(3)

Setting the 2 Year Ban and when more than one adjustment document must be used

(4)

RI(s) setting and update instructions and 10 Year Ban awareness

(5)

When APS processing actions set or adjust the RI(s)

(6)

How the RI(s) impact the taxpayer’s account and future filing requirements

(7)

How the ATE identifies and provides Recertification instructions to APS

(8)

Reversing the RI(s) as instructed

(9)

Source IRM references for additional research if needed

(10)

Taxpayer Bill of Rights

(11)

(2) Recertification cases are carded on ACDS with a Feature Code "EI" and can be applicable to an income tax case with Open AIMS Controls, a Campus Audit Reconsideration Case or can be part of a Collection Due Process (CDP) case. The Recertification Indicator (RI) can apply to one or a combination of the following refundable credit types:

  • Additional Child Tax Credit (ACTC) - CRN = 336 +/-

  • Child Tax Credit (CTC) - CRN = 336 +/-

  • American Opportunity Tax Credit (AOTC) CRN 260 +/-

  • Earned Income Credit (EIC) - CRN 764 +/765 -

(3) When the IRS denies the taxpayer certain refundable credit(s) at filing, or later reverses all or part of the refundable credit(s) under deficiency procedures, a Recertification Indicator is set for the adjusted refundable credit(s). (Current IRS procedures use -IND for the EIC-RECERT and use -CD for the AOTC-RECERT and ACTC-RECERT.) For the purpose of this IRM section, the literal -IND and -CD mean the same thing with respect to the Recertification process and adjustment of the respective credits. The Recertification Indicator fields identified below are visible on the taxpayer’s ENMOD:

  • ACTC-RECERT-CD> set when Child Tax Credit or Additional Child Tax Credit is denied or reversed as an adjustment

  • AOTC-RECERT-CD> set when American Opportunity Tax Credit is denied or reversed as an adjustment

  • EIC-RECERT-IND> set when Earned Income Credit is denied or reversed as an adjustment

Example: To view an image of an ENMOD reflecting these three Recertification Indicators see http://irm.web.irs.gov/Part2/Chapter3/Section15/28128002.gif which is located in IRM 2.3.15-4 Exhibit, IMF Entity Data.

(4) When the Technical Employee instructs APS to set the 2 year ban for one or more of the refundable credits, a Priority Code 6 must also be input on the adjustment document containing the refundable credit adjustment(s). A PC 7 is used in place of the PC 6, if an Amended Return "-A" freeze is also present on the account to both set the 2 year ban and also bypass the Master File -A freeze.

Reminder: If the taxpayer’s account requires adjustments to more CRNs and IRNs than will fit in Item 15, process the Item Reference Numbers (IRN) using Partial CC: AMCLSF procedures, then cycle the final AIMS Closing with the Tax, Pen, and CRNs and IMF Reason Codes using CC: AMCLSA. See (5) Decision Table in IRM 8.20.7.10.4, General Income Tax Credit Reference Numbers and Item Reference Numbers for additional guidance when more than one adjustment document is required to process account adjustments.

(5) Each of the refundable credit recertification fields (identified in (3) above) will display it’s own applicable Recertification Indicator/Code (RI IND/RI CD) and each RI must be addressed at closing to accurately resolve the taxpayer’s account(s) and release the refund or billing notice:

  1. 0 (or blank) - Recertification not required

  2. 1 - Recertification (Form 8862) is required for subsequent year Form 1040 series return (systemically set when the specific refundable credit is initially partially or fully disallowed):
    ✓ TC 29X/30X and IMF Reason Code 181 sets ACTC-RECERT-CD>
    ✓ TC 29X/30X and IMF Reason Code 178 sets AOTC-RECERT-CD>
    ✓ TC 765 sets EIC-RECERT-IND>

  3. 2 - credit denied for 2 years after the disallowed year set by including PC 6 or PC 7 on the credit adjustment document

  4. 4 - credit denied for 10 years after the disallowed year set by Compliance after concurrence by the Manager/Team Leader, Functional Fraud Coordinator (FFC), or Campus Fraud Coordinator/Exam Fraud Coordinator and posting of the specific code applicable to each refundable credit:
    ✓ TC 29X/30X and IMF Reason Code 183 sets ACTC-RECERT-CD> 4
    ✓ TC 29X/30X and IMF Reason Code 180 sets AOTC-RECERT-CD> 4
    ✓ TC 29X/30X, TC 765, TC 240 with Penalty Reference Code 680 with PC 6 or 7 sets EIC-RECERT-IND> 4

  5. 8 - Reserved

  6. 9 - Recertification (Form 8862) is set instead of the "1" when a TC 971 AC 156 is input and posted and recertification will be required for subsequent year Form 1040 series return

(6) If one or all of the refundable credits were fully allowed when the taxpayer filed their return, and as a result of an examination, the open audit results in a pre-assessment protest to Appeals (DC 07) or pre-assessment petition to USTC (DC 11), the resolution of the case may require APS to set one or more of the recertification indicators when closing the case. APS will follow the instructions provided by the ATE/Counsel Attorney’s to set the Recertification Indicator using the procedures provided below:

  • TC 29X/30X, CRN 336 and IMF Reason Code 181 (Child Tax Credit (CTC) and Additional Child Tax Credit (ACTC) disallowed/reversed) will set the ACTC-RECERT-CD> to 1

  • TC 29X/30X, CRN 336 and IMF Reason Code 181 (Child Tax Credit (CTC) and Additional Child Tax Credit (ACTC) disallowed/reversed) and input with PC 6 or 7 will set the ACTC-RECERT-CD> to 2

  • TC 29X/30X, CRN 260 and IMF Reason Code 178 (American Opportunity Tax Credit (AOTC) disallowed/reversed) will set the AOTC-RECERT-CD> to 1

  • TC 29X/30X, CRN 260 and IMF Reason Code 178 (American Opportunity Tax Credit (AOTC) disallowed/reversed) and input with PC 6 or 7 will set the AOTC-RECERT-CD> to 2

  • TC 29X/30X and CRN 765 (Earned Income Credit (EIC) denied) will set the EIC-RECERT-IND> to 1

  • TC 29X/30X and CRN 765 (Earned Income Credit (EIC) denied) and input with a PC 6 or 7 will set EIC-RECERT-IND> to 2

(7) Once the EITC Recertification Indicator is set, the taxpayer must submit a Form 8862, Information to Claim Earned Income Credit After Disallowance, completed to recertify they are eligible to receive one or a combination of the EIC, AOTC, ACTC, or CTC credits for the respective tax period.

Note: The source IRM 4.19.14.6, Recertification:
✓ (5) states "If the EITC, combined CTC/ACTC. or AOTC is disallowed or reduced a CP 79 will be sent to the taxpayer informing them that the credits were disallowed and that they will be required to file Form 8862 to recertify the next time they claim the credit. A recertification indicator will remain on the account until the taxpayer recertifies."
✓ (6) states "Credits claimed by taxpayers who are required to recertify but do not attach Form 8862 to their next return will be denied through Math Error procedures during the processing of the tax return under IRC 6213(g)(2)(k), (P) and (Q)."
✓ (7) states "Master File programming automatically removes the recertification indicator (RI) 1 or 9 when a case is closed and the taxpayer receives the full EITC, CTC/ACTC, or AOTC claimed under the conditions detailed below."
⇒ EIC - Current posted TC 764 with an amount equal or exceeding a prior TC 765 with Doc. Code 47 (CC: AMCLS)
★ All other conditions will require manual removal of the Recertification Indicator by input of TC 971 AC 056.
⇒ CTC/ACTC - Current posted TC 766 CRN 336 with an amount equal or greater than the amount of a previously posted TC 767 Doc. Code 47 with CRN 336
★ All other conditions will require manual removal of the Recertification Indicator by input of TC 971 AC 161.
⇒ AOTC - Current posted TC 766 CRN 260 with an amount equal or greater to the amount of previously posted TC 767 Doc Code 47 with CRN 260
★ All other conditions will require manual removal of the Recertification Indicator by input of TC 971 AC 160.

(8) The ATE will select one of the following literal statements from the Recertification Closing Action on the customized Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo:

  • "None", Recertification was not at issue in the appealed case

  • "Reverse Recertification Indicator - Input TC 971, AC 56", Recertification Indicator must be reversed by APS input of TC 971 AC 056

  • "Do Not Reverse Recertification Indicator do not input TC 971 AC 056", Recertification Indicator must remain in place

  • "Recertification Ban Imposed by Compliance/Reversed by Appeals", Input TC 971 AC 056

  • "Recertification Ban Imposed by Compliance/Sustained by Appeals", do not input TC 971 AC 056, Recertification Indicator must remain in place

  • "Recertification Ban Not Imposed by Compliance/Imposed by Appeals":
    ✓ Use Priority Code 6 to set the 2 Year ban on tax period YYYYMM
    ✓ Use Priority Code 7 to set the 2 Year ban on tax period YYYYMM and bypass the Amended Return Freeze

  • "Recertification Ban Not Imposed by Compliance/Not Imposed by Appeals", Recertification Indicator was not set

  • The ATE/Counsel Attorney may need to provide written instructions to clarify if the Recertification Indicator must be reversed for some or all of the refundable credits the Recertification requirements do not apply in the same way to each of the credits containing a RI.

(9) To accurately process a Recertification case and Reverse one or more of the Recertification Indicators per the ATE instructions, APS will use CC: REQ77/FRM77 to input:

  • TC 971 AC 161, if requested by the ATE to Reverse the ACTC Recertification CD

  • TC 971 AC 160, if requested by the ATE to Reverse the AOTC Recertification CD

  • TC 971 AC 056, if requested by the ATE to Reverse the EITC Recertification IND

(10) Source IRMs for the guidance contained in this IRM section and this particular type of account condition are provided below:

  • IRM 2.3.15-4, IMF Entity

  • IRM 4.4.12, Item 09: Priority Code (2) table PC 6 and PC 7 rows

  • IRM 4.19.14, Liability Determination - EITC Revenue Protection Strategy:
    Recertification
    Math Error Referrals to Examination - EITC, CTC/ACTC, AOTC

  • IRM 4.19.15, Liability Determination - Discretionary Programs:
    Child and Dependent Care Credit
    Lifetime Learning Credit and Hope/American Opportunity Tax Credit (AOTC)

  • IRM 4.19.20, Liability Determination, Automated Correspondence Exam (ACE) Processing Overview

  • IRM 8.10.1, Appeals Program Level Reports

  • IRM 8.17.3-4, Settlement Computations - Overpayment with Frozen Refund, plus Earned Income Credit and Additional Child Tax Credit Adjustment

  • IRM 8.22.8, Earned Income Tax Credit

  • IRM 21.6.3, Individual Tax Returns - Credits:
    Credits Procedures
    Form 8863, Education Credits
    Form 8863, Adjusting the Account
    Child Tax Credit
    CTC - Adjusting the Account
    Refundable Credits
    Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC)
    EITC - Adjusting the Account
    EITC Recertification
    EITC Recertification Math Errors
    Additional Child Tax Credit (ACTC)
    ACTC Adjusting the Account
    American Opportunity Tax Credit

(11) Accurate processing of the Credit Recertification case supports the following Taxpayer Bill of Rights:

Employer Shared Responsibility Payment (ESRP) Cases

(1) In the fall of 2017, Small Business Self-Employed (SB/SE)’s ESRP compliance group issued letters to certain employers regarding their potential liability for an ESRP under IRC § 4980H. The ESRP is a new workstream for the IRS and is assessed on Master File Tax (MFT) 43.

(2) APS will take the following case closure actions:

  1. Make any necessary closing actions on ACDS.

    Note: SB/SE ESRP compliance group will make the ESRP assessment (if applicable) and will send the Employer a Letter 227N

    .

  2. Date stamp and mail the closing letter (Letter 5917) to the Employer and representative (if applicable), retain a copy of the letter for the case file.

  3. Forward the entire paper case file to the SB/SE ESRP compliance group via Form 3210.

    Note: APS will not send any electronic files or Appeals case feedback information to the SB/SE ESRP compliance group at case closure.

Employee Tax Compliance (ETC) Case Closing Procedures

(1) IRS employees are entitled to the same privacy and security measures as any other taxpayer regardless of whether they are in an active or inactive employment status. If you know the employee, take the case to your manager or lead for reassignment. If you do not know the employee, continue processing the case.

Example: The IRS-EMP-CD on TXMODA and on IMFOLT identifies an IRS Employee Tax account:

IRS Employee Code

Description

P

Primary taxpayer is the IRS employee

S

Secondary taxpayer is the IRS employee

B

Both taxpayers are IRS employees

(2) When the ATM enters an ACAP on the ACDS record, the Direct Ship table assigns the closure to the appropriate APS Team. Upon receipt of the ACAP’d case, the APS TE will:

  • Close the case off of ACDS

  • Mail the closing letter to the taxpayer and/or POA

  • Process the Appeals determination and make adjustment(s) as applicable

  • Update the AIMS status code to 21

  • Use IAT Tool Fill Forms to prepare Form 2275, Records Request, Charge and Recharge to identify the location of the case. See the Agency Address below.

  • Associate a copy of the Form 5403 and front page of the tax return with the Form 2275 and transmit the "Re-charge Package" to the appropriate Campus Files Function for association with the Form 5147 Transaction Record

  • Forward all ETC cases to Compliance at the following address:

  • Internal Revenue Services
    Attn: Technical Services
    31 Hopkins Plaza
    Baltimore, MD 21201

(3) See IRM 10.5.5, Employee UNAX Responsibilities for additional information.

Employment Tax Case Closing

(1) IRS Examination and Collection functions forward employment tax cases to Appeals.

(2) If the case originated in Collection, send a copy of the Form 5402 and the closing agreement, to the Employment Tax Examinations (ETE) Coordinator, Collection as indicated in the routing instructions.

(3) If the case originated in Examination, send a copy of the Form 5402 to the Employment Tax Analyst as indicated in the routing instructions.

FICA - Employee Share of FICA Tax Assessment (Form 1040)

(1) When an income tax case also contains an adjustment for the employee’s share of FICA tax, prepare two Form 5403s. The assessments are done separately because the 30-day interest free waiver period (agreement date) does not apply to the Employee Share of FICA tax. Prepare Form 5403 for the FICA tax assessment as follows:

  1. Check "AMCLSF"

  2. Item 08 - leave blank

  3. Item 12 - TC 300 amount should reflect only the amount of the Employee Share of FICA Tax to be assessed and is identified on Form 2504, Agreement to Assessment and Collection of Additional Tax and Acceptance of Overassessment

  4. Item 16 - no entry

  5. Item 800 - Enter the Appeals Results Amount in Item 800 if appropriate

  6. Item 801 - Enter the Counsel Results amount in Item 801 if appropriate

  7. Item A Note “Form 885-E included See 2nd Form 5403 for income tax deficiency”

(2) Prepare Form 5403, for income tax assessment:

  1. Check "AMCLSA"

  2. Item 08 - enter agreement date if the assessment is authorized by an agreement

  3. Item 12 - TC 300 amount = income tax assessment only (FICA tax assessment must not be duplicated on AMCLSA Form 5403)

  4. Item 800 - total assessment of fica tax, income tax and penalty

  5. Complete the Form 5403 with all other appropriate closing information provided via the Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet

  6. Item A - Note "See 1st Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record for Employee Share of FICA Tax assessment"

(3) If inputting both the Employee Share of FICA adjustment and the Income tax adjustment in the same cycle, use a PDC 1 on the second adjustment (closing) input since only one TC 30X can post per cycle. If the adjustment documents are input in different cycles, then the PDC is not required.

(4) If only the Employee Share of FICA tax is being assessed, prepare one Form 5403 and leave Item 08 blank.

(5) Form 2504, Agreement to Assessment or Collection of Additional Tax and Acceptance of Overassessment, reflecting taxpayer’s agreement to the FICA tax must be present in the administrative file. Since Employee Share of FICA tax is not an income tax it is not subject to deficiency procedures and cannot be included on a SND. When a SND is being issued, the ATE will notify APS to process the Employee Share of FICA as a partial assessment.

Federal Insurance Contribution Act (FICA) Form 941 (MFT 01) Adjustments

(1) Form 941, Employer’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return is filed by employers who withhold income taxes from wages or who must pay Social Security or Medicare tax. The type of tax reported on a Form 941 is also referred to as FICA tax and is posted to Master File on MFT 01. FICA tax audit examination adjustments are documented on one or more the following forms and included as applicable with the Employment Tax case closing package submitted to APS for processing and closing:

  • Form 4666, Summary of Employment Tax Examination - The entries summarize FICA taxes, Railroad Retirement Taxes (RRTA), Federal Unemployment Taxes (FUTA), income tax withholding, and backup withholding adjustments. Tax credit(s) and penalty(ies) are also summarized on this form.

  • Form 4667, Examination Changes - Federal Unemployment Tax - This form is used to calculate FUTA adjustments for a Form 940 examination. See IRM 8.20.7.30.4 below for additional MFT 10 FUTA procedures.

  • Form 4668, Employment Tax Examination Changes Report, This form is used to calculate FICA and income tax withholding adjustments for employment tax examinations of Form 941 and Form 943, Employer’s Annual Federal Tax Return for Agricultural Employees MFT 11.

  • Form 4669, Statement of Payments Received - This form is used by the payor to show that it is entitled to relief under IRC 3402(d), Tax Paid By Recipient, IRC 3102(f), Special Rules For Additional Tax, IRC 1463, Tax Paid By Recipient Of Income, or Regulations section 1.474-4.

  • Form 4670, Request for Relief of Payment of Certain Withholding Taxes, This form is used by the employer to request relief from the payment of income tax required to be withheld from wages when the employee has reported the wages and paid the tax.

(2) Individual Income employment tax and withholding adjustments are reported by the taxpayer on their Form 1040 Income Tax return and/or attachment:

  • Schedule H, Household Employment Tax Adjustments

  • Form 4137, Social Security and Medicare Tax on Unreported Tip Income

  • Form 8919, Uncollected Social Security and Medicare Tax on Wages

  • Form 8959, Additional Medicare Tax

(3) FICA tax adjustments (MFT 30 or MFT 01) are not subject to deficiency procedures under IRC 6211 - IRC 6215 which apply to Income, Estate and Gift taxes imposed by subtitles A and B and Excise taxes imposed by Chapters 41, 42, 43, and 44 nor under IRC 6212 which applies to the same tax types identified for IRC 6211. For this reason, the ATE will request APS process the individual taxpayer FICA tax adjustments types (Schedule H, Tip Income Tax, Employee Share of FICA) as interim action partial assessments).

Caution: Form 94X series accounts are systemically governed by mathematical validity checks for AIMS ADJ47 and Non-AIMS ADJ54 adjustments. See IRM 21.7.2, TC 29X / Item Reference Number (IRN) Valid Adjustment Formulas - Employment Taxes for details related to the validity checks.

(4) When assigned to process an Employment Tax MFT 01 non-docketed closing, the APS TE will prepare Form 5403 for each Quarter reflected on the Form 4668 by entering the appropriate tax, penalty, credit reference and item reference codes and amount(s) on Form 5403 for all increases or decreases in FICA-related adjustments (Social Security and Medicare Tax) reflected on Form 4668, Employment Tax Examination Changes Report. See IRM 8.20.7-1 Exhibit Table Form 5403, FICA Tax MFT 01 Item 12 and Item 15 Entries for details covering Tax/Pen/Int adjustments and Credit Reference Numbers (CRN) and Item Reference Numbers (IRN) codes, Form 4668, Schedule of Adjustments and specific details and explanations.

Reminder: #1 When Form 5403 Item 15 entries exceed the number allowable for a single CC: ADJ47 AIMS adjustment input, the APS TE must use a two-step process to accurately cycle the account adjustments. STEP 1 - when AIMS controls are open, the APS TE can either prepare a Form 8485 (Non-AIMS CC: ADJ54)) or a Form 5403 (Partial AIMS CC: AMCLSF) to process the overflow Item 15 entries in the current IRDS Cycle. STEP 2 the final Form 5403 (Full AIMS) closure must be cycled to post in a later cycle. The APS TE can use Form 5403 Item 43 Posting Delay Code (PDC) to systemically delay posting of the Final F-5403, or they can input the CC: ADJ47 AMCLSA in a later cycle. (See Reminder #2 and Caution below).

Reminder: #2 Entry of Item 43 PDC is considered a "systemic"” cycling procedure and allows input of both adjustment documents on the same day. Inputting the second adjustment document on a later date/subsequent cycle is considered a "manual" cycling procedure. The systemic cycling procedure using Item 43 PDC is preferred when there is no known risk of the first adjustment creating an Unpostable Condition. The manual cycling procedure where the APS TE monitors the posting of the first adjustment input and then once all adjustments post, then inputting the second adjustment document is preferred when the risk of an unpostable condition is not certain. Regardless of the cycling procedure used by the APS TE, the taxpayer’s case must be suspensed in PEAS and the taxpayer’s account must be monitored until all input transactions fully post.

Caution: *Only 1 TC 290/300 carrier transaction code can post in a single cycle. TC 308/309 (IRC 6205 Interest Free Adjustment tax assessment) are compatible with the TC 300 carrier transaction code and TC 298/299 (Non-AIMS IRC 6205 Interest Free Adjustment) are compatible with TC 290 carrier transaction code.

(5) See the table below for additional FICA Tax adjustment information and details:Employment Tax-Related Internal Revenue Manuals and Applicable Subsection Titles

IRM Number and Title:

Subsection Title:

IRM 4.23.8, Employment Tax - Determining Employment Tax Liability

  • Processing Interest-Free Employment Tax Cases

IRM 4.23.10, Employment Tax - Report Writing Guide for Employment Tax Examinations

  • Examination Procedures for IRC 3402(d) and IRC 3102(f)(3) Relief (includes case processing instructions)

  • Form 5344/Form 5599 Additional Entries for Completion of Employment Tax Closures (includes case processing instructions)

IRM 8.7.16, Technical and Procedural Guidelines, Appeals Employment Tax Procedures

  • Fact Sheet of Settlement Computations

  • Form 4668, Employment Tax Examination Changes Report

  • Computations for Unreported Tip Income Cases

  • Computations Involving Adjustments to Household Employment Taxes (Schedule H)

  • Employment Tax Reference Codes

  • Adjustment for Employee FICA Tax (Form 885-E)

  • Interest-Free Adjustment under Section 6205(a)

  • Closing Employment Tax Changes

IRM 20.2.10, Interest - Interest on Estate, Excise, Employment, and Foreign Taxes

  • Employment Taxes

  • Underpayment Adjustments on Employment Taxes

  • Combined Annual Wage Reporting (CAW) Assessments (IRC 6205 Interest-Free Adjustment)

  • Household Employment Taxes

  • Interest on Income Tax Withholding Assessments Abated under IRC 3402(d)

  • COBRA Benefits

IRM 21.7.2, Business Tax Returns and Non-Master File Accounts - Employment and Railroad Tax Returns

  • Item Reference Numbers (IRNs) and Credit Reference Numbers (CRNs) - Employment Taxes

  • TC 29X / Item Reference Number (IRN) Valid Adjustment Formulas - Employment Taxes (The validity checks identified in this section also apply to TC 30X Employment Tax adjustments.)

  • Interest-Free Adjustments (Employment Tax Returns)

  • Income Tax Withholding, Backup Withholding, and Additional Medicare Tax Adjustments

  • Social Security and Medicare Tax Adjustments

IRC § 6205 Interest-Free Adjustments Form 941

(1) IRC 6205 Interest-Free Adjustment cases are identified by the ATE on the Form 5402.

(2) Prepare Form 5403 following general closing instructions. In addition:

  1. Item 11 - Enter the date the signed Form 2504, Agreement to Assessment and Collection of Additional Tax and Acceptance of Overassessment is received by Appeals

  2. Item 12 - Use TC 308 (instead of TC 300) with the tax amount

(3) See the following references for additional information:

  • IRM 8.7.16, Interest-Free Adjustment under Section 6205(a)

  • IRM 20.2.10, Underpayment Adjustments on Employment Taxes

  • IRM 20.2.10, Underpayments of Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) and Railroad Retirement Tax Act (RRTA)

Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) Form 940 MFT 10 Adjustments

(1) Prepare Form 5403 as follows:

  1. Enter the appropriate reference code for all increases or decreases in FUTA tax or wages in Item 15. The reference code(s) reflect the state for which the tax/wages are being adjusted.

  2. The three digit reference code for the tax portion of the adjustment is comprised of a "T" followed by the two character state code, e.g. California is TCA; New Jersey is TNJ, etc. The total of the tax (T) reference code amount must equal the TC 300/301 tax adjustment. If the "T" reference code amount does not equal the tax amount or is not entered, the adjustment will reject.

  3. If the adjustment is due to an increase or decrease in wages, a wage reference code(s) is also required. The three digit reference code for the wage adjustment is comprised of a "W" followed by the two character state code.

  4. If adjustments are made to more than one state, the appropriate reference code(s) and the tax and/or wage adjustment amount(s) attributed to each state is required.

Estate Tax and Gift Tax Case Closing

(1) Estate Tax and Gift Tax returns are often worked together. Closing procedures for both Estate Tax (Form 706) and for Gift Tax (Form 709) are provided within this section.

(2) Appeals Technical Employees (ATE) will use the customized Form 5402 and provide special processing instructions to APS-CIT for processing and closing the following types of Estate and Gift Tax Cases:

  • IRC 6161, Extension of Time to Pay Estate Tax

  • IRC 6166, Election to Make Installment Payment

  • IRC 2032A, Notice of Special use Valuation Election

  • IRC 2057, Notice of Special use Valuation Election

(3) The APS TE will use Form 5403 to process all AIMS closings using the information provided by the ATE or TCS on the Form 5403 Worksheet.

Docketed Estate and Gift Tax Closings Which Include IRC § 6161

(1) Upon resolution of a Docketed Estate Tax or Docketed Gift Tax case on which IRC 6161 is applied, the APS TE will:

  • Process the tax and penalty adjustments as determined in the Stipulated or Entered Decision Document using Form 5403 CC: AMCLSA.

  • Enter a TC 340 0.00 in Item 12 of Form 5403 because the Interest on the account must be calculated and posted by the Estate and Gift Tax Unit located at the Covington Campus.

  • Close ACDS using the information provided on the Form 5402.

  • Make a copy of the adjustment authority and adjustment document to send to campus files for association with the Form 5147, Transaction Register.

  • Use IAT Tool Fill Forms to prepare Form 2275, Records Request, Charge and Recharge to re-charge the administrative file to the Estate and Gift Tax Unit. Associate a copy of the front page of the tax return and a copy of the Form 5403 and submit the Re-charge package to the appropriate Campus Files Function for association with the Form 5147.

Non-Docketed Estate Tax IRC § 6161 Closing (MFT 52)

(1) Non-Docketed Estate Tax IRC 6161 cases are submitted to APS for ACDS closing actions via a customized Form 5402. APS will update ACDS using the cc provided on the Form 5402:

  • 14 if unagreed (i.e. extension denied)

  • 15 if agreed (i.e. extension granted)

(2) APS will use IAT Tool Fill Forms to prepare Form 2275, Records Request, Charge and Recharge to re-charge the case to the Advisory Employee identified by the ATE.

(3) If the Estate Tax IRC 6161 case is related to an Estate Tax Deficiency case, there will be one WUNO for each type.

(4) APS will process the Estate Tax deficiency based upon the final disposition document, (agreement, default, entered tax court decision) but an Estate Tax IRC 6161 closing by itself requires no AIMS or IDRS update.

Non-Docketed Gift Tax IRC § 6161 Closing (MFT 51)

(1) Non-Docketed Gift Tax IRC 6161 cases are submitted to APS for ACDS closing actions via a customized Form 5402. APS will update ACDS using the cc provided on the Form 5402:

  • 14 if unagreed (i.e. extension denied)

  • 15 if agreed (i.e. extension granted)

(2) APS will use IAT Tool Fill Forms to prepare Form 2275, Records Request, Charge and Recharge to re-charge the case to the Advisory Employee identified by the ATE.

(3) If the Gift Tax IRC 6161 case is related to an Gift Tax Deficiency case, there will be one WUNO for each type.

(4) APS will process the Gift Tax deficiency based upon the final disposition document, (agreement, default, entered tax court decision) but a Gift Tax IRC 6161 closing by itself requires no AIMS or IDRS update.

Docketed and Non-Docketed Estate Tax IRC § 6166 Closing

(1) IRC 6166, Installment Election, only applies to the Form 706, Estate Tax Return MFT 52 account and when approved, will post as a TC 468 with a closing code 02 which sets the IDRS Status to 14. If the IRC 6166 was denied and is being appealed the TC 468 closing code will be 04. All STAT 14 modules must be manually maintained and billed, so the APS TE will process the Appeals determination, or the Entered Decision via the appropriate TCs and input a TC 340 0.00 to restrict the account from computer generated interest. The Organizational Mailbox for the 6166 Unit is FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY .

(2) the APS TE will use IAT Tool Fill Forms to prepare Form 2275, Records Request, Charge and Recharge to re-charge the case to the Advisory Employee identified by the ATE, see the address below.

SBSE Estate and Gift 6166
201 W. Rivercenter Blvd. Stop 824G
Covington, KY 41011

(1) For IRC 2057 and IRC 2032A cases, the ATE will prepare a customized Form 5402 which includes IRC 2057, and IRC 2032A closing procedure instructions for APS.

(2) To properly close estate tax cases, it is important to understand the definitions of net deficiency/overassessment and gross deficiency/overassessment:

  1. Net deficiency/overassessment - the amount determined when the maximum amount of state or foreign death taxes is allowed as a credit in the settlement computation.

  2. Gross deficiency/overassessment - the amount determined when the settlement computation only allows the amount of state or foreign death taxes that have been paid.

(3) When closing a net deficiency estate tax case, show the "net" deficiency in Item 12 of Form 5403 if either of the following two situations exists:

  1. substantiation of payment of state or foreign death taxes is not required; or

  2. substantiation of payment of state or foreign death taxes is required, but the waiver provides for an additional assessment in event substantiation is not timely submitted, and ample time remains for assessment of the unsubstantiated credit.

(4) For estate cases that do not involve state or foreign death tax credits, enter the "gross" deficiency/overassessment in Item 12, Form 5403.

(5) In docketed cases, whether settled or tried, if required substantiation of state or foreign death tax has not been submitted, make the assessment for gross deficiency or gross overpayment and follow the same credit procedure as in agreed nondocketed cases. The petitioner may obtain credit for state inheritance taxes after the decision is entered in the United States Tax Court case if a claim is submitted to the Service within the statutory period.

(6) Enter the "net" deficiency or overassessment in Item 800/801, Form 5403.

(7) Appeals will expedite the closing of a certain "agreed and unpaid deficiency" or overpayment case, if the case meets the "large dollar" criteria described in IRM 8.2.1, Expedite Processing for Certain Large Dollar Cases.

Note: This guidance does not apply to a deficiency and/or overpayment case that requires Joint Committee. See IRM 8.7.9, Cases Requiring JC Review

.

(8) To close the case, APS will:

  • Update and close ACDS according to Form 5402 instructions.

  • Prepare and process Form 5403 as appropriate and input via CC: AMCLSA.

  • Use IAT Tool Fill Forms to prepare Form 2275, Records Request, Charge and Recharge to re-charge the case to the Advisory Employee identified by the ATE.

  • Make a copy of the closing document and the front page of the return for association with the Form 2275 and send to Campus Files for association with the Form 5147, "Transaction Record" generated by the CC: AMCLSA adjustment.

  • Prepare Form 3210/E3210 to send the administrative file to the Estate and Gift Examiner identified on the Form 5402.

(9) Estate and Gift will process the case pursuant to IRM 4.25.11, IRC 2032A Special Use Valuation Election, and IRM 5.5.8.4, Special Valuation Estate Tax Lien Under IRC 6324B.

Restricted Interest in Estate Tax Cases

(1) Interest may be limited to specific time periods or rates, or it may be statutorily prohibited; this gives rise to the term "restricted interest." Restricted interest is subject to the same variables (time, rate, amount) as "normal" interest. The primary difference between normal and restricted interest is that the computer may not be able to identify all conditions involved in a restricted interest situation and therefore restricted interest computations may have to be performed manually.

(2) See IRM 8.7.4, Technical and Procedural Guidelines, Appeals Estate and Gift Tax Cases, Exhibit 8.7.4-2 Restricted Interest Provisions for Estate Tax for additional information.

(3) If the case involves any of the Code Sections listed in IRM 8.7.4-2, the TCS or ATE will prepare Form 1366, Tax Analysis Worksheet for Overassessment of Estate Tax Involving Restricted Interest, as part of the settlement computation for use by APS in computing the restricted interest.

(4) The TCS or ATE will also notate that restricted interest applies on the Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet. This alerts APS to look for the Form 1366.

(5) The ATE is responsible for ensuring that the Form 1366 is attached to the Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet and that both documents are attached to the inside left flap of the administrative file folder when the case is closed.

(6) See IRM 20.2.1.5, Normal and Restricted Interest, for further information concerning restricted interest computations.

(7) See IRM 20.2.10, Interest on Estate Tax Returns, Combination Adjustments, for further information concerning Form 1366.

Gift Tax Case Closing

(1) The special purpose agreement form for gift tax cases is Form 870-AD or a Form 890. Form 890 is only used when the only issue is the amount of the exemption and there is no tax due.

(2) The detailed instructions for preparing Form 5403 are found in Exhibit 8.20.7-1, Form 5403 - Appeals Closing Record (Instructions).

(3) Appeals will expedite the closing of a certain "agreed and unpaid deficiency" or overpayment case, if the case meets the "large dollar" criteria. For additional information, see IRM 8.2.1, Expedite Processing for Certain Large Dollar Cases.

Note: This guidance does not apply to a deficiency and/or overpayment case that requires Joint Committee. See IRM 8.7.9, Cases Requiring JC Review

.

Gift Tax MFT 51 / MFT 54 Item 422 and Item 425 Entries

(1) The ATE or TCS who prepares the tax computations and the Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet will identify the correct Item Reference Number and adjustment amount when there are updates required to the Applicable Credit via Item 422 and/or the Deceased Spousal Unused Exclusion (DSUE) Item 425.

Excise Tax IRC § 4251 - Direct Assessment

(1) Excise tax imposed by IRC § 4251 is assessed directly against the user of communications facilities and services if the tax is not paid to the collecting agency. Although liable for the tax, the user is not required to file an Excise Tax Return, nor is the tax assessed against an MFT 03 account.

(2) Process the assessment as a Non-Master File (NMF) assessment in the name of the person against whom the direct assessment is to be made using Form 1331, Notice of Adjustment.

(3) If there is an overassessment of a NMF direct assessment, process the overassessment on Form 1331, Notice of Adjustment.

(4) If NMF AIMS controls are open, use Form 5403, to close AIMS via CC: AMCLSA.

(5) Apply these procedures to other direct assessments. See IRM 4.24.6, Direct Assessment Procedures Under IRC 4251, 4261, and 4271 for more information regarding direct assessments.

(6) Letter 4451, Employment Tax Closing Letter Unagreed Non WC, will be used for unagreed cases. Letter 913, Closing Letter - Agreed Cases, will be used for agreed cases. APS will date and mail all copies of the closing letter addressed to the taxpayer.

(7) The Telephone Excise Tax Refund (TETR) Form 8913, applied to the 2006 tax period only. The TETR Credit Reference Numbers (253 and 254) are retained in this IRM for historical purposes only and to provide an explanation of these codes for use in analyzing a 2006 tax period. See Exhibit 8.20.7-13, Table of the Most Common Credit Reference Numbers (CRN) and Item Reference Numbers (IRN) for additional information.

Excise Tax - Preparing Form 1331

(1) This form is a three-part assembly, and depending upon local arrangements, may be prepared in part by APS and in part by the Campus on NMF overassessments. The form is not required for an overassessment for which a restricted interest worksheet is prepared. Form 1331-C, Notice of Adjustment (Wage or Excise Tax) is used for NMF excise tax cases.

(2) For excise tax cases involving restricted interest, the ATE will use the Form 5402 and the Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet to provide notification to APS of the interest restriction. The ATE will Include the type of tax and IRC § or applicable regulation authorizing the restriction of interest in the "Special Handling Instructions" section of the Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet.

Dyed Fuel and Refusal Penalty Case Closing

(1) APS will update and close ACDS according to the Form 5402 instructions provided by the ATE.

(2) See IRM 8.20.7.16, Civil Penalty MFT 13 (BMF) MFT 55 (IMF) Closing Procedures for guidance on how to establish the MFT 13 and MFT 55 CVPN account.

(3) APS will not transmit the Form 5402 back to the originating function for this case type because this action is completed by the ATM per IRM 8.7.10, Routing Form 5402 and ACM Feedback to Excise for Excise Tax Cases.

(4) The APS TE will take the following actions to process a Dyed Fuel and Refusal Penalty case assigned to them on PEAS:

  1. Review closing documents for special instructions.

  2. Review and update ACDS with the closing information according to the Form 5402.

  3. Input the Civil Penalty Account adjustments via IDRS CC: REQ54 according to the Form 8278, Assessment and Abatement of Miscellaneous Civil Penalties.

  4. See IRM 8.20.7.32.2 (5) below for the specific penalty reference number associated with each Dyed Fuel or Refusal Penalty IRC.

  5. Enter your IDRS number in Item 12a "Terminal operator".

  6. Enter the amount of the penalty sustained in ACDS RevisedPen field.

  7. Enter ACKCLS in ACDS ACTION field and close ACDS.

  8. Suspense the case and monitor the account for posting of the adjustment(s).

  9. Transmit the closed file per the ATE instructions or to campus files function as appropriate using Form 3210/E3210.

(5) Each Dyed Fuel Penalty IRC is assessed via a unique penalty reference number (PRN) as identified on Form 8278 in block 9 C Excise:Dyed Fuel and Refusal Penalty IRC § and the Associated Penalty Reference Number

Dyed Fuel and Refusal Penalty IRC §

Penalty Reference Number (PRN)

IRC 6675

661

IRC 6715

656

IRC 6715(a)(1)

665

IRC 6715(a)(2)

665

IRC 6717

655

IRC 6718

657

IRC 6719

670

IRC 6720(A)

673

IRC 6725

667

(6) When processing more than one Penalty Reference Code per CVPN module, use a sequential posting delay code (PDC) for the Blocking Series 53X adjustment(s).

(7) Since the taxpayer has availed themselves of their pre-assessment appeal rights, APS must also input a TC 290 0.00 with Blocking Series 96X to set the Appeals Refusal Abatement Indicator on each of the CVPN modules being closed as the last account adjustment.

MFT 40 Ultimate Purchaser Claims

(1) See IRM 21.7.8, MFT 40, Ultimate Purchaser Claims for processing procedures on an MFT 40 account.

Fast Track Mediation (FTM) Case Closing Procedure

(1) APS will update and close ACDS according to the instructions provided by the ATE on Form 5402.

(2) Use one of the following CLOSINGCDs:

  • 14 - Case fully resolved

  • 15 - Case not resolved

  • 16 - Case partially resolved

  • 20 - Withdrawals

FTM Offer In Compromise WUNO Closing Procedure

(1) Use one of the following CLOSINGCDs:

  • 14 - Case fully resolved

  • 15 - Case not resolved

  • 16 - Case partially resolved

  • 20 - Withdrawal

(2) Collection already received a copy of the Form 13370, Fast Track Mediator's Report at the conclusion of the FTM session, so APS does not need to send anything to Collection as part of closing the FTM OIC WUNO.

FTM Trust Fund Recovery Penalty (TFRP) WUNO Closing Procedure

(1) APS will update and close ACDS according to the instructions provided by the ATE on Form 5402.

(2) Use one of the following CLOSINGCDs:

  • 14 - Case fully resolved

  • 15 - Case not resolved

  • 16 - Case partially resolved

  • 20 - Withdrawals

(3) Collection already received a copy of the Form 13370, Fast Track Mediator's Report, so APS does not need to forward anything to Collection as part of closing the FTM TFRP WUNO.

Fast Track Settlement (FTS) SB/SE Cases

(1) The Appeals Technical Employee will prepare the "SB/SE FTS Closing Package".

FTS SB/SE Closing Package

(1) The "SB/SE FTS Closing Package" includes the following documents:

  • Form 5402 - signed by the FTS Appeals Official

  • Form 14000, Fast Track Session Report (signed by all parties)

  • ACM - Required on a hazards settlement

  • Special Appeals Agreement Forms (AD) or Form 906/866 Closing Agreement (if required)

  • Letter 1595, Draft Closing Agreement Request for Taxpayer Signature Transmittal Letter to transmit a copy of executed Closing Agreement to the taxpayer

FTS SB/SE Closing Procedure

(1) The Proposed and Revised Adjustment dollars are provided by the ATE on the FTS Session Report or the Form 5402.

Note: Appeals does not receive an administrative file in an SB/SE FTS case, however APS must take the appropriate action to close the case off of ACDS. APS does not process account adjustments based on the agreement reached during the FTS session.

(2) The Appeals Official (ATE) will:

  1. Prepare a Form 5402 and include the following entries:

    1. Proposed and the Revised FTS Adjustment dollars

    2. Item 11 remarks: SB/SE Fast Track Settlement Case

    3. CLOSINGCDs for SB/SE FTS cases are as follows:

      • 14 - Fully resolved

      • 15 - Not Resolved - Including taxpayer withdrawal

      • 16 - Partially Resolved

      • 20 - Withdrawn for procedural reasons (further development, bankruptcy)

  2. Submit a copy of the Form 5402, Form 14000, Fast Track Session Report, and the Case Activity Record to APS for ACDS closing ONLY. If a hazards settlement, the Appeals Official will also provide APS with any Special Agreement Forms and a copy of the ACM.

  3. Forward the "SB/SE FTS Closing Package" to the SB/SE Examiner/Group Manager using F-3210/E3210.

  4. Send a copy of the Form 14000, Draft Closing Agreement Request for Taxpayer Signature Transmittal Letter and a copy of the Form 5402, and the ACM if required, to the SB/SE FTS Program Manager.

Fast Track Settlement Tax Exempt / Government Entity (TE/GE) Case Closing Procedure

(1) Although Appeals does not receive an administrative file in a TE/GE FTS case, APS must take appropriate action to close the case off of ACDS using the information provided by the ATE on Form 5402.

Note: APS does not process account adjustments based on the agreement reached during the Fast Track Settlement session.

Closing Procedure for Terminated, Withdrawn, or Unresolved TE/GE FTS Cases

(1) TE/GE FTS cases that are terminated, withdrawn, or fully unresolved will be closed on ACDS and returned to TE/GE for appropriate action.

(2) The FTS ATE will prepare a "TE/GE FTS Closing Package," which contains the following documents:

  1. Form 14000, Fast Track Settlement Report signed by all parties.

  2. Two copies of Letter 5203, Unagreed Fast Track Settlement Closing Letter one copy addressed to the taxpayer and the other copy to TE/GE.

(3) The FTS ATE will route the original "TE/GE FTS Closing Package" to TE/GE through the Appeals Team Manager (ATM).

(4) The FTS ATE will send a copy of the Form 14000, Fast Track Session Report and Form 5402 to the TE/GE FTS Program Manager.

(5) The ATM will send a copy of the "TE/GE FTS Closing Package" to APS for ACDS closing ONLY.

(6) APS will update and close ACDS using the following information provided on the Form 5402:

  • Proposed FTS Adjustment dollars which will be the same amount on both the Form 5402, and the Form 14000.

  • Item 11 remarks: TE/GE Fast Track Settlement Case

  • Closing codes:

    • 15 - Unresolved or voluntary withdrawal

    • 20 - Withdrawn or terminated for procedural reasons

Closing Procedure for Fully or Partially Resolved TE/GE FTS Cases

(1) For TE/GE FTS cases that are fully or partially resolved, the FTS Appeals Official will prepare a "TE/GE FTS Closing Package", which contains the following documents:

  1. Form 14000, Fast Track Session Report signed by all parties.

  2. Two copies of Letter 5202, Agreed Fast Track Settlement Closing Letter one addressed to the taxpayer and the other to TE/GE.

  3. A Form 5402 with the following entries:

    • Proposed and the Revised FTS Adjustment dollars

    • Item 11 remarks: TE/GE Fast Track Settlement Case

    • Closing codes:

      • 14 - Fully resolved

      • 16 - Partially Resolved

  4. A brief Appeals Case Memorandum (ACM), if the issues were resolved based on hazards of litigation (whether factual or legal).

  5. Closing Agreement(s), if applicable.

    • If the FTS ATE resolves the issues using mediation techniques only, TE/GE will secure the appropriate agreement form.

    • If the FTS ATE settles the issues using Appeals settlement authority and/or the settlement is based on hazards of litigation, the FTS ATE will secure the appropriate special agreement documents, such as Form 870-AD, Offer to Waive Restrictions on Assessment and Collection of Tax Deficiency and to Accept Overassessment, Form 866, Agreement as to Final Determination of Tax Liability, or Form 906, Closing Agreement on Final Determination Covering Specific Matters.

    • On Joint Committee Cases, Appeals does not execute any closing agreement until the settlement is cleared by Joint Committee. In those cases, the FTS Appeals Official will prepare a Form 5402 which states, "This case may not be closed until Joint Committee approval is received. Upon receipt of the Joint Committee letter, Appeals will execute a closing agreement and the case may then proceed through TE/GE closing procedures."

(2) The FTS Appeals Official will route the original "TE/GE FTS Closing Package" to TE/GE through the Appeals Team Manager (ATM).

(3) The FTS ATE will send a copy of the Form 14000, Fast Track Session Report and Form 5402 to the TE/GE FTS Program Manager.

(4) The ATM will send a copy of the "TE/GE FTS Closing Package" to APS to close the case off of ACDS.

(5) APS will update and close ACDS using the following information provided on the Form 5402:

  • Proposed and the Revised FTS Adjustment dollars

  • Item 11 remarks: TE/GE Fast Track Settlement Case

  • Closing codes:

    • 14 - Fully resolved

    • 16 - Partially Resolved

Foreign Bank and Financial Account (FBAR) Penalty Case Closing Procedure

(1) There are three types of closing for an FBAR penalty case. Determine the type of case and follow those instructions outlined in the following sections:

  • Premature Referral

  • Pre-Assessment

  • Post-Assessment

(2) ACDS CLOSINGCDs for FBAR cases:

Determination Made

CLOSINGCD

Agreed or No Change - valid only for pre-assessment case

03

Unagreed or Partially Sustained valid only for pre-assessment case

13

Sustained in Full valid only for post-assessment case

14

Not Sustained valid only for post-assessment case

15

Partially Sustained valid only for post-assessment case

16

Premature Referral valid for either pre-assessment or post-assessment

20

FBAR Closing - Premature Referral

(1) When Appeals receives the income tax case or international penalty case along with the FBAR case, and the ATE determines it is a premature referral, special procedures must be followed.

(2) See the table below for information on closing the premature referral:

If Premature Referral- jurisdiction is released on the

Then

Combined FBAR case with related case

  • close combined cases

  • return to the originating Compliance office, generally the Technical Services

  • ATE prepares Form 5402, to notify the Enterprise Computing Center (ECC) FBAR Penalty Coordinator jurisdiction is released

FBAR case only is being returned as a premature referral

  • return to the originating group

  • ATE prepares Form 5402, to notify the ECC FBAR Penalty Coordinator jurisdiction is released

(3) ACDS field entries for closing the premature referral. Case level entries are:

  • CLOSINGCD: 20 - Premature Referral (Jurisdiction Released)

  • Date Closed: Date case sent to the Technical Services

  • ACAPDATE: Date ATM signed Form 5402

  • Action: ACKCLS

  • TODATE: Date case sent to Technical Services

  • FROMDATE: Date the receipted Form 3210/E3210 is received

(4) No entries are required at the return level.

(5) Transmit the Form 5402 and (ACM) via secure email to Enterprise Computing Center (ECC):

  • Email Address - *SBSE BSA Compliance-FBAR Penalty Coordinator

(6) Transmit the FBAR file using Form 3210/E3210 to Technical Services at the address below:

Internal Revenue Service
Attn: FBAR Penalty Coordinator
985 Michigan Avenue
Detroit, MI 48226

FBAR Closing - Pre-Assessment Case

(1) The ATE will prepare the closing letter and Form 5402.

(2) There are two types of Agreed Pre-Assessed FBAR cases:

  • Agreed with signed waiver Form 13449, Agreement to Assessment and Collection of Penalties Under 31 USC 5321(a)(5) and 5321(a)(6).

  • No Change case - FBAR is not sustained and signed Form 13449 is not required.

(3) An unagreed case is when the FBAR penalty is fully or partially sustained for which a Form 13449 is not required.

(4) The ATE will date and mail the letter prior to the submitting the case to APS for closing actions.

(5) ACDS Closing entries:

  • CLOSINGCDs: see IRM 8.20.7.36 (2)

  • Date Closed : Date Case sent to ECC

  • ACAPDATE: Date the ATM approves the case and signs Form 5402

  • ACTION: ACKCLS

  • TODATE: Date case was sent to the FBAR Penalty Coordinator at ECC

  • FROMDATE: Date the receipted Form 3210/E3210 was acknowledged by ECC

  • Revised Penalty - Def/OA:

  • Pre-Assessment CLOSINGCD (cc)

    Dollar entry for each tax period

    Agreed with waiver (cc 03)

    enter total amount of penalty agreed to

    No Change (cc 03)

    enter zero (0)

    Unagreed (cc 13)

    total amount of the penalty imposed

(6) The FBAR administrative file is prepared by the ATE and will contain the following additional documents when submitted to APS for closing:

  • Form 13449, Agreement to Assessment and Collection of Penalties under 31 USC 5321(a)(5) and 5321(a)(6) and itemized attachment

  • Form 5402 and settlement memorandum

  • FBAR penalty computation, if any changes were made

  • Appeals closing letter - dated

  • Original and copy of any delinquent FBAR(s) secured by Appeals

(7) APS sends the FBAR file by UPS Ground with Form 3210/E3210 to:

Internal Revenue Service
Enterprise Computing Center
Attn: FBAR Penalty Coordinator
985 Michigan Ave
Detroit, MI 48232

FBAR Closing - Post-Assessment Case

(1) Post-assessment FBAR cases are priority cases and require expedite handling.

  • Assignment to ACAPDate = 120 days

  • ACAPDate to Date Closed = 10 days

Note: Pay special attention to those cases where the FBAR assessment if more than 180 days old.

(2) The ATE will prepare the closing letter and Form 5402

(3) The ATE will mail the closing letter prior to submitting the case to APS for closing.

(4) ACDS field entries for closing post-assessment FBAR cases:

  • ACDS cc’s:

  • ACDS CLOSINGCD

    cc Definition

    14

    sustained in full

    15

    not sustained

    16

    partially sustained

  • Date Closed: Date case sent to the FBAR Penalty Coordinator at ECC

  • ACAPDATE: Date the ATM approves the case and signsForm 5402

  • Action: ACKCLS

  • TODATE: Date the case was sent to the FBAR Penalty Coordinator at ECC

  • FROMDATE: Date receipted copy of Form 3210/E3210 received from ECC

  • Revised Penalty amounts:

    Post-assessment CLOSINGCD (cc)

    Dollar entry for each tax period

    Sustained in full (cc 14)

    enter total amount of penalty agreed to

    Not Sustained (cc 15)

    enter zero (0)

    Partially Sustained (cc 16)

    revised penalty amount

(5) The FBAR administrative file is prepared by the ATE and will contain the following additional documents when submitted to APS for closing:

  • Form 13449, Agreement to Assessment and Collection of Penalties under 31 USC 5321(a)(5) and 5321(a)(6).

  • Form 5402 and settlement memorandum

  • FBAR penalty computation, if any changes were made

  • Appeals closing letter - dated

  • Form 13448, Penalty Assessment Certification Summary (Title 31 "FBAR)"

(6) Transmit the Form 5402 and (ACM) via encrypted email to Enterprise Computing Center (ECC):

  • Email Address - *SBSE BSA Compliance-FBAR Penalty Coordinator

(7) APS sends the FBAR file by UPS Ground with Form 3210/E3210 to:

Internal Revenue Service
Enterprise Computing Center
Attn: FBAR Penalty Coordinator
985 Michigan Ave
Detroit, MI 48232

Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) Case Closing

(1) All FOIA cases are closed on ACDS by the Fresno APS Team.

(2) After the ATE makes a determination on the Administrative Appeal, the ATM reviews the determination, signs, dates and mails the Closing Letter and distributes all copies as appropriate.

(3) Upon receipt of the completed FOIA case, APS closes the case on ACDS according to the Form 5402.

ID Theft Liability Adjustments

(1) Holtsville APS is responsible for all processing and adjustments on ID Theft cases in Appeals jurisdiction. These cases are identified on ACDS with a feature code "ID" and a TC 971 AC 522 on ENMOD.

(2) Prior to submitting the ID Theft case to Brookhaven APS, the ATE must:

  • Ensure the taxpayer's address in IDRS is correct. Failure to verify and update IDRS to the taxpayer's correct address may result in the ID thief getting the taxpayer's mail from the IRS, including the Identity Protection Personal Identification Number (IP PIN) needed to file in future years.

  • The ATE will prepare and sign Form 3870, Request for Adjustment if needed and as appropriate to accomplish correction of the taxpayer's account.

(3) Unless the ATE specifies otherwise, APS will:

  • Utilize the ID Theft streamlined process

  • Utilize the IDT 48/58 procedures (see Note below)

  • Assume the ATE verified the good taxpayer via their request for an Appeals hearing, Form 14039, Identity Theft Affidavit and the proof of ID provided

  • Assume the ATE verified the taxpayer's correct address in IDRS on receipt of the case and at closing

Note: For additional information about IDT 48/58, see IRM References below:
IRM 2.4.61, IDRS TERMINAL INPUT - Command Code IDT48/IDT58/RPM48/RPM58/CSO48/CSO58
IRM 25.23.10.5.2, Refund Related IDT

(4) APS will resolve any problems with the adjustment requests with the ATE initiator. If the ATE initiator is not responsive or the issue remains unresolved, raise the issue to the PTM / ATM level.

(5) The ATE information within the subsections below is included for APS reference to verify the type of "ATE-prepared" documents and instructions that are required for each type of ID Theft case.

ID Theft Income Related Adjustment

(1) When it is confirmed that an ID thief used the taxpayer's SSN to earn income, the ATE must provide instructions to APS, (see Step Process Table below for reference) for adjusting the account to reflect the taxpayer's correct account information and to remove the "bad" transactions:ID Theft Income Related Adjustment Step Process Table

Step

Process

1

The ATE will:

  • Prepare Form 3870 and write "ID theft adjustment" at the top. Identify the bad transaction(s) that must come off of the account.

Example: "Reverse the TC 290/300 assessed including interest and penalties."

2

The ATE will prepare Form 4844 for APS to input TC 971 AC 501 after the account is adjusted.

3

The completed case will be forwarded to Holtsville APS for processing after it has been ACAP'd.

ID Theft Return Related Adjustment -Taxpayer Didn't File

(1) When it is confirmed that an ID thief used the taxpayer's SSN to file a fraudulent return AND the taxpayer had no filing requirement, the ATE must instruct APS to adjust the liability to make the taxpayer whole:ID Theft Return Related Adjustment Step Process Table - No Return Filed

Step

Process

1

The ATE will:

  • Prepare Form 3870 and write "ID theft adjustment-treat this fraudulent return as a nullity" at the top.

  • Identify the bad transaction(s) that must come off of the account.

  • Address any refunds, prepayment credits or payments on the account.

Example: The bad taxpayer got a fraudulent refund or the fraudulent refund is frozen on the account or was offset to another year that the good taxpayer owes for. In all those instances, direct APS to reverse the fraudulent refund.

Example: The good taxpayer had refunds or payments applied to the liability. Those credits must be returned. Direct APS whether to move the good taxpayer’s credits and where to move the good taxpayer's credits

2

The ATE will prepare Form 4844 for APS to input TC 971 AC 501 after the account is fully adjusted.

3

The completed case will be forwarded to Holtsville APS for processing.

ID Theft Return Related Adjustment - Multiple Returns Filed

(1) When it is confirmed that an ID thief used the taxpayer's SSN to file a fraudulent return and the taxpayer also filed, the ATE must instruct APS to adjust the liability to make the taxpayer whole:ID Theft Return Related Adjustment Step Process Table - Multiple Returns Filed

Step

Process

1

The ATE will:

  • Prepare Form 3870 and write "ID theft adjustment-treat this fraudulent return as a nullity" at the top.

  • Identify the bad transaction(s) that must come off of the account.

  • Address any refunds, prepayment credits or payments on the account.

Example: The bad taxpayer got a fraudulent refund or the fraudulent refund is frozen on the account or was offset to another year that the good taxpayer owes for. In all those instances, direct APS to reverse the fraudulent refund.

Example: The good taxpayer had refunds or payments applied to the liability. Those credits must be returned. Direct APS whether to move the good taxpayer’s credits and where to move the good taxpayer's credits.

2

The ATE will:

  • Prepare Form 4844 for APS to input TC 971 AC 501 after the account is fully abated/adjusted.

3

The ATE will:

  • Attach a copy of the good taxpayer's "duplicate" TC 976 return (electronic or paper) or the taxpayer's original return if not posted as a "duplicate" TC 976 return.

4

The completed case will be forwarded to Holtsville APS for processing.

Identity Theft - Additional References

(1) The links provided below provide additional references and information for processing IDT Cases:

  • IRM 2.4.61, IDRS Terminal Input, Command Code IDT48/IDT58

  • IRM 3.28.4, Special Processing Procedures - Identity Theft Returns for Submission Processing

  • IRM 21.4.5, Refund Inquiries, Erroneous Refunds

  • IRM 25.23, Identity Protection and Victim Assistance

Individual Retirement Account (IRA) Closing Procedure

(1) Examination of Form 1040, Individual Income Tax Return, for 1975 and subsequent tax periods may require adjustments to the IRA Master File (IRA MF) in addition to the normal adjustment to the Individual MF (IMF) account.

(2) Separately post the following adjustments to the IRA MFT 29:

  1. 6% tax when the taxpayer contributes more than the maximum amount to the retirement fund

  2. 50% tax when the taxpayer does not take enough money out of the retirement fund (distributions are required at a certain age)

Note: DO NOT separately post the 10% tax on early distribution (taxpayer took money from the retirement fund before the proper age was reached). This tax is included in the deficiency and is posted to the MFT 30 account as a portion of the TC 30X adjustment amount.

(3) See IRM 4.4.14, MFT 29 Account Exists and IRM 4.4.14, MFT 29 Account Does Not Exist for additional information.

(4) When joint filers each have separate IRA accounts and both are adjusted, prepare two Form 5403s for the IRA accounts. Check AMCLSI Box on the top of each form. Process these forms before processing the joint MFT 30 Form 5403.

  1. Item 1 - If the IRA adjustment is to the account of the spouse with the secondary SSN on Form 1040, line through the primary SSN.

  2. Item 2 - Enter MFT 30. After completion of CC: AMCLSI, MFT 29 is generated systemically to the IRA record for transfer to MF. MFT 29 is never reflected on the terminal screen.

  3. Item 4 - Enter the name control.

  4. Item 01 - If the IRA adjustment is to the account of the spouse with the secondary SSN on Form 1040, enter the SSN of the spouse. If the IRA adjustment is to the primary SSN, leave this item blank.

  5. Item 12 - Enter the "excess contribution tax" in the plus or minus field, whichever is applicable. Valid TC’s are 300, 301, 340, 341, 342, 770, and 772.

  6. Item 15 - Enter the reference number and amounts, either increase+ or decrease-. The dollar amount entered for reference number 160 or 162 must be the same dollar amount as the Item 12 TC 30X amount.

  7. IRAF Reference Numbers and Definitions

    Ref. No.

    Definition

    160

    Increase or decrease 6% tax on excess contributions

    162

    Increase or decrease 50% tax on under distribution

  8. Items 800 through 811 - Omit entries. The Item 800 and Item 811 entries are included in the MFT 30 Form 5403 Items 800/811.

  9. Item A - Enter "IRA adjustment" and cross reference the IMF account with the name and TIN of the related Form 1040.

(5) Prepare Form 5403 for income tax adjustments in the usual manner. Include the IRA adjustments in results (Items 800/801).

(6) Additional IRM Reference for IRA Accounts and IRA Adjustments:

  • IRM 4.4.14, AIMS/Processing Handbook, Individual Retirement Account (IRA), Education Savings Accounts and Medical Savings Account Adjustments

  • IRM 21.6.5, Individual Tax Returns, Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRA), Coverdell Education Savings Accounts (ESA), Archer Medical Savings Accounts (MSA) and Health Savings Accounts (HSA)

Innocent Spouse Case Closing Overview

(1) This section contains instructions for the processing of innocent spouse cases after the request is determined to be disallowed, partially disallowed, nonqualifying, or allowed in full and the modules are not mirrored. For instructions on processing mirrored modules see IRM 25.15.15, Mirror Modules for Requests for Relief from Joint and Several Liability.

(2) Allocation of liability could apply to either allowed or partially allowed requests. A partial allowance occurs when the taxpayer does not qualify for full relief but is entitled to some relief. Partial allowance does not include a situation where a taxpayer is eligible for full relief under IRC § 6015(c), but is not allowed a refund of payments/offsets made against the liability. Relief under IRC 6015(c) is available only for unpaid liabilities resulting from understatements of liability. This determination is made by the ATE.

(3) Assessments against only one spouse of a joint return were made:

  1. Prior to January, 2001, on the separate Non-Master File (NMF) MFT 20 account.

    Note: If NMF was used to assess one spouse, NMF is used to assess the other spouse.

  2. Effective January 2001, on the separate MF MFT 31 account.

  3. See IRM 8.20.7.44 , MFT 31 Separate Assessment Module Overview for additional information.

Innocent Spouse/CDP Case Closing

(1) All Innocent Spouse cases along with related CDP cases are routed to the Florence APS for closure and should remain together.

Reminder: The CDP must be for the Requesting Spouse (RS). See IRM 25.15.12, CDP/EH and Innocent Spouse Cases for additional information.

(2) APS will follow the steps below:

  1. Close the CDP and IS workunits on ACDS.

  2. Update the Innocent Spouse Tracking System (ISTS). See IRM 25.15.14, Innocent Spouse Tracking Systems Inventory Validation Instructions for procedures.

  3. Input all required IS and CDP adjustments/transactions. See IRM 8.20.7.20, Collection Due Process (CDP) Overview of Back-End Processing, for additional information on CDP transactions.

  4. When all adjustments/account transfers have been completed and posted to IDRS close IS and CDP workunits on PEAS.

  5. The administrative files should be filed according to standard procedures.

Note: A MFT 31 account does not automatically mean the case is an INNSP case. If a previous determination was made and the case is only in Appeals as a CDP case, do not send the case to Florence Campus APS for processing.

Innocent Spouse Routing for Closure

(1) Florence Campus APS closes and processes innocent spouse cases in Appeals. This includes closing ACDS, processing account adjustments, and updating ISTS. Florence Campus APS processes these types of cases when:

  1. Form 870-IS, Waiver of Collection Restrictions in Innocent Spouse Cases is received

  2. Taxpayer now accepts Compliance's preliminary determination and asks Appeals to close out their case

  3. Request for relief is unprocessable or does not meet the basic requirements

  4. There is an invalid joint election

  5. The final determination letter defaults

  6. The U.S. Tax Court enters a decision

  7. A Circuit Court enters a decision regarding a Tax Court decision

(2) If a final determination letter was issued, and by the 121st day, no notification is received that the Requesting Spouse (RS) has petitioned the Tax Court, APS purges the case within seven (7) calendar days and closes the case as a defaulted determination letter.

(3) If a petition with the Tax Court is filed in response to the final determination letter, the issuing APS office updates ACDS and sends the administrative file to Counsel for "Answer" and trial preparation no later than two days after notification is received the case is docketed.

Innocent Spouse APS Statute Responsibility

(1) APS is responsible for verifying and monitoring the statute dates on all tax periods and returns under their jurisdiction. Correct statute dates must be promptly determined and updated on ACDS and IDRS (AIMS) following the requirements in IRM 8.21.2, Updating Statutes on ACDS and AIMS and the procedures contained in the Pipeline Training Course Material.

(2) Information for determining and updating statutes on post-assessed cases can be found in Exhibit 8.20.7-4, Innocent Spouse - ACDS Statute Date/Code Table.

(3) For pre-assessed cases, statute dates should be computed and updated in the following order when sufficient time remains on the statute to allow for normal processing through IDRS:

  1. Normal statute (never shorten the normal 3 year statute)

  2. Normal or extended statute plus 150 days

  3. Decision/Dismissal entered date plus 150 days

  4. Tack-on time (computations must be signed and approved by manager)

    Note: A notice of deficiency must have been issued in order for the additional 150 days or tack-on time to apply. If no SND has been issued, the normal 3 year statute applies.

(4) ACDS is programmed to enter a statute date equal to 150 days from the decision entered date; this date is a conservative action that aids in the statute monitoring process. APS is responsible for reviewing and determining the actual ASED and updating as follows.

(5) Decision entered on a petitioned Tax Court case:

  • Enter a date 150 days from what the normal or extended statute date was before the notice of deficiency was issued or 150 days from the decision entered date, whichever is later.

  • Delete the statute code DOCKT.

    Caution: If less than 60 days remain on the statute, compute the statute date using tack-on procedures. If the TACKON ASED is within 60 days from the current date, follow Quick Assessment procedures in IRM 8.20.7.7.1, Quick Assessment Requirements.

  • If using a tack-on statute date, also input ACDS Statute CODE "FINAL".

  • See IRM 8.21.2, Updating Statutes on ACDS and AIMS and Exhibit 8.20.7-4, Innocent Spouse - ACDS Statute Date/Code Table.

Innocent Spouse Preliminary Closing Procedures

(1) Upon receipt of an administrative file for closing, the innocent spouse case is assigned to an APS employee on PEAS. That employee is responsible for closing ACDS, processing account adjustments, and update of appropriate systems including IDRS and the Innocent Spouse Tracking System (ISTS).

(2) First, the assigned employee reviews the closing instructions. The instructions must address:

  1. Transaction codes: which transactions are to be transferred to MFT 31 or state the Entire Account must be transferred. Entire Account means the TC 150 and all subsequent transactions must be transferred to MFT 31.

  2. Payments: which payments must be transferred to MFT 31 and which payments must be refunded. Allocation of any payments and credits must be identified. If this information is not available on the closing instructions, reject the case back to the ATE.
    See IRM 25.15.9, Payment and Credit Disposition, for additional information.
    See IRM 25.15.9, Credit Transfers, for instructions on credit transfers.
    See IRM 25.15.9, Manual Refunds, for instructions on manual refunds.

  3. Freeze codes: "-L" (AIMS), "-Z", and "Z-" (are both Criminal Investigation (CI) freezes). The ATE must have contacted CI and documented the conversation and if account adjustments are needed, CI must have agreed to allow the account to be mirrored (which means that CI temporarily removes the CI freeze), or the case must be rejected to the ATE.

  4. If CI will not allow the account to be mirrored, the ATE should close the case as a premature referral and return it to CCISO for suspense.

(3) The assigned Florence APS employee reviews the file to:

  1. Verify the appropriate closing documents are in the administrative file, i.e., agreement form, a final determination letter, or an entered decision. Verify any current Power of Attorney(s) (POA(s)).

  2. Verify Transaction Code (TC) 971, Action Code (AC) 065 is posted correctly. See IRM 25.15.2, Innocent Spouse Indicator Transaction Code (TC) 971/972, for TC 971 AC 065 instructions.

  3. Verify TC 130 is posted correctly on Command Code (CC) ENMOD. See IRM 25.15.2, TC 130 Entire Account Frozen From Refunding, for additional information on TC 130 and TC 131.

    Note: If TC 130 is incorrect and must be re-input, input TC 131. Then input new TC 130 using a posting delay code of 1 cycle.

  4. Check for freeze codes (-A, -L, -Y, -Z, Z-) which could change prior closing instructions. See IRM 25.15.9, Overview: Accounts Processing of Innocent Spouse Cases (3).

  5. Identify and review the account for transactions involving levies, liens, OICs, IAs, missing payments, and collection statute expiration dates. Any problems with these transactions must be coordinated with the ATE for resolution.

  6. Identify whether any payments and credits must be allocated. If this information is not available on the closing instructions, reject back to the ATE.

  7. Resolve account problems. (See IRM 25.15.9, Overview: Accounts Processing of Innocent Spouse Cases and IRM 25.15.9, Account Problems, for guidance in resolving account problems.)

(4) APS will use procedures in IRM 25.15.9, Account Processing of Requests for Relief from Joint and Several Liability, for a reference when closing out innocent spouse cases. For Innocent Spouse and Collection Due Process/Equivalent Hearing "combo" cases, the ATE working the innocent spouse portion of the case will make the mirroring request using the Appeals Intake Form or Intake List links which are accessible from the http://appeals.web.irs.gov/tech_services/innocentspouse/default.htm under the RESOURCES section. The ATE does not need to hold their case once they’ve submitted the mirroring request to CCISO but can forward the case to APS for closing action if all other ATE and ATM actions have been completed. The ATE will include a note in the Form 5402 Remarks: section to document the mirroring request has been submitted.

Caution: The APS TE assigned to process the case for closing is responsible for verifying the mirrored accounts have been established by CCISO prior to closing the Appeals case. See IRM 25.15.9, Partially Allowed Claims - Mirrored and Not Mirrored for additional mirroring verification and processing guidance.

(5) Refer to IRM 25.15.9, Overview: Accounts Processing of Innocent Spouse Cases, for a number of additional IRM resources to use when processing Innocent Spouse cases.

(6) Refer to IRM 25.15.7, Form 12412, Operations Assistance Request (OAR), for instructions on Form 12412, Operations Assistance Request (OAR).

Innocent Spouse ACDS Closing

(1) Close the key case account on ACDS following general closing instructions and follow the additional instructions described below:

  • CLOSINGCD - Enter the appropriate cc for the innocent spouse determination which includes 03, 04, 05, 08, 10, 11, 12, 17, 18, 19 or 21 (See general closing instructions for cc description and the link to the ACDS CLOSINGCD Definitions / Business Rules posted on the ACDS page on the Appeals web site at http://appeals.web.irs.gov/BusinessSystemPlanning/acds.htm.)

  • Revised Tax Def/-OA - Figure 8.20.7-2, Revised Dollars

  • Revised Pen Def/-OA - Figure 8.20.7-2, Revised Dollars

  • APPEALS AMTCLM - Leave blank

  • APPEALS AMTDIS - Leave blank

(2) Close the non-key cases on ACDS:

  1. CLOSINGCD - 45

  2. Revised Tax Def/OA - Leave blank

  3. Revised Pen Def/OA - Leave blank

  4. APPEALS AMTCLM - Leave blank

  5. APPEALS AMTDIS - Leave blank

Innocent Spouse Unprocessable Requests for Relief and Requests Not Meeting Basic Requirements (No Consideration)

(1) When the ATE determines the request for relief is unprocessable or does not meet the basic requirements, APS will:

  1. Input TC 290 0.00. If relief is nonqualifying for multiple years, input one TC 290 on the latest nonqualifying year. Enter the following on the TC 290 adjustment document:
    ✓ Blocking Series (BS) 00 (with original return) or 05 (without original return) or 99 (if tax period is more than 10 years earlier and the original return has been destroyed)
    ✓ Reason code (RC) = 97
    ✓ Source Documents (SD) = Y
    ✓ Source Code (SC) = 2
    ✓ Hold Code (HC) = 3

  2. Assemble the file. See IRM 25.15.9, Case File Assembly, for case assembly instructions.

  3. Reverse TC 971 AC 065 if one is on the account, by inputting TC 972 AC 065. See IRM 25.15.2, Innocent Spouse Indicator Transaction Code (TC) 971/972, for additional information.

  4. Reverse TC 130, if appropriate. See IRM 25.15.2, TC 130 Entire Account Frozen From Refunding, IRM 5.1.12, Use TC 131 to Release a TC 130 Freeze and IRM 8.20.7.61 (3) Table Form 3177 Entries for Posting TC 130/131 for additional information.

  5. Update ISTS to Stage 29 including the appropriate activity code and Stage 30, Activity NOACCTP. See IRM 25.15.14, Innocent Spouse Tracking System Inventory Validation Instructions for information on the ISTS.

  6. Transmit the administrative file to Campus Files, using Form 3210/E3210.

Innocent Spouse Invalid Joint Election

(1) A return may contain an invalid joint election if the filing status is joint but the return was processed without a signature or if the taxpayer states he/she did not sign the return and there is no indication of intent to file a joint return. The following situations could be determined to be an invalid joint election:

  • An original or amended joint return was filed and processed with only one signature.

  • The return was signed, however, it was established that the signature was forged and there was no tacit consent.

  • The return was signed under duress.

(2) A return may contain an invalid joint election if the taxpayer filed a joint return, but had no legal right to file jointly. This situation occurs when the taxpayers were not married the year the joint return was filed. If the taxpayer seeks to invalidate the joint election the taxpayer must submit verification for the ATE’s consideration. .

(3) When it is determined the secondary taxpayer is not liable because of an invalid joint election, APS will:

  1. Correct the entity to remove the secondary taxpayer's name, taxpayer identification number, and change the filing status to 1, 3, 4, or 6 as applicable. To remove the secondary taxpayer's taxpayer identification number (TIN), input 000-00-0001 in the SPOUSES-TIN field on ENREQ if filing status is changed to 6. Filing Status 6 applies to forgery cases only.

  2. Process any adjustment, if needed, such as a credit transfer or manual refund.

  3. Input TC 290 0.00 with the following entries:
    BS = 00 (with original return) or 05 (without original return) or 99 (if tax period is more than 10 years earlier and the original return has been destroyed
    RC = 03/97 (unless the ATE specifies another reason code)
    SC = 2
    HC = 3

  4. Reverse TC 971 AC 065 if one is on the account, by inputting TC 972 AC 065. Do not extend the Collection Statute Expiration Date (CSED) since IRC § 6015 was not applicable. See IRM 25.15.2, Innocent Spouse Indicator Transaction Code (TC) 971/972 for additional information.

  5. Reverse TC 130, if appropriate using TC 131 procedures. Do not reverse the TC 130 on the Entity if there are other innocent spouse years open.

  6. Update ISTS to Stage 29, Activity INVA and Stage 30, Activity ACCTCORR.

  7. Close the IDRS control base using CC: ACTON.

  8. Transmit the administrative file to Campus Files, using Form 3210/E3210.

(4) When it is determined the primary taxpayer is not liable because of an invalid joint election, APS will:

  1. Update ISTS to Stage 29 with activity "INVA" and then to Stage 27.

  2. Request a transfer to secondary spouse’s MFT 31 account.

  3. Transfer any credits and/or issue refunds as instructed by the ATE. IRM 25.15.9, Credit Transfers and IRM 25.15.9, Manual Refunds, for additional instructions.

  4. Prepare Form 12810, Transfer Request Checklist. See IRM 25.15.9, Form 12810, Account Transfer Request Checklist, Liability Transfer - Preparation of Form, for detailed instructions.

  5. Update ISTS to Stage 28.

  6. Document PEAS activity record with actions taken and suspense the case on PEAS.

(5) Refunds due a taxpayer for payments made with respect to a tax liability stemming from invalid joint elections are available if the claim was received within 3 years of the date the return was filed, or 2 years from the payment date, whichever is later, and a married filing separate (MFS) return was filed, or the taxpayer was not required to file a return. The amount of the refund will be limited to payments made within the applicable look back period in IRC 6511(b) .

Innocent Spouse Relief Allowed in Full

(1) Instructions are provided for closing a fully allowed innocent spouse case when the tax was assessed on the joint account (either from the tax on the return not being paid or from an additional assessment).

(2) Claims are considered fully allowed when the RS is granted full relief from all the items giving rise to a deficiency or to the entire underpayment reported on the joint return, regardless of whether the RS has made payments towards the liability. This includes in which the RS is granted relief, but is not entitled to a refund. For example, in an election under IRC § 6015(c), or when a refund is barred by IRC § 6511. The important thing to remember is that "relief" relates to whether the RS remains liable for any of the deficiency or underpayment, not whether the RS is eligible for a refund.

(3) APS will:

  1. Review the case and account information to make sure the transaction codes (TC 971 AC 065, TC 971 AC 104 and TC 130) are posted correctly whether the case is partially allowed or fully allowed. If not, make the appropriate changes. See IRM 25.15.2, Innocent Spouse Indicator Transaction Code (TC) 971/972, for additional instructions.

    Note: If TC 971 AC 104 has been input with an incorrect date - do not make a correction to correct the date. A programming problem has been identified and an attempt to re-input the TC 971 AC 104 will unpost. If this does occur and the MFT 31 account was established with the first input, the transfer can still be done. If TC 971 AC 104 has been input in error - a TC 972 AC 104 must be input on both MFT 30 and MFT 31 accounts to reverse the TC 971 AC 104.

  2. If the account is mirrored input the TC 290 0.00 to MFT 31 of RS. See IRM 25.15.15, Mirror Modules for Requests for Relief from Joint and Several Liability, for additional required transactions.

  3. If the account can be mirrored see IRM 8.20.7.44.2 , MFT 31 Mirrored Accounts, for mirroring instructions. Once the account is mirrored input the TC 290 0.00 to MFT 31 of RS. See IRM 25.15.15, Mirror Modules for Requests for Relief from Joint and Several Liability, for additional required transactions.

  4. If the account cannot be mirrored input TC 290 0.00 on MFT 30 (BS 00 or 05, RC 98, SD Y , SC 2, and HC 3) on the primary MF account, for each year the request was allowed. On the joint account, use command code REQ77/FRM77 to input TC 971, AC 103, XREF TIN = non-requesting spouse TIN (this will create an MFT 31 account). Prepare and process Form 12810, Account Transfer Request Checklist, to the campus (this will move the liability to the non-requesting spouse's account). After the liability has been transferred, if a TC 470 is on the account, use command code REQ77/FRM77 to input TC 472 to start collection activity. Do not reverse the IDRS transaction codes until the TC 402 posts.

  5. Research to determine if the TC 130 is still needed on the account. Do not remove if there are other innocent spouse years open. Check ISTS to ensure all innocent spouse years are in stage 30. Do not remove TC 130 if input by another campus unless the DLN of the TC 971 AC 065 and the TC 130 DLN are for the same center and posting cycle of the TC 130 is one cycle later than the posting cycle of the TC 971 AC 065.

    Note: Do not remove if a "2" is in the ninth digit of the TC 130 DLN. This means the TC 130 was input by NMF and they will reverse it when required.

  6. Mail the appropriate closing letters.

  7. Update ISTS, see IRM 25.15.14, Innocent Spouse Tracking System Inventory Validation Instructions and the http://appeals.web.irs.gov/tech_services/innocentspouse/default.htm, Latest ISTS Reference Guide on the Appeals Innocent Spouse web page in the RESOURCES section.

  8. Close ACDS and PEAS.

  9. Transmit the administrative file to Campus Files, using Form 3210/E3210.

Innocent Spouse Relief Denied in Full

(1) Instructions are provided for closing a fully denied innocent spouse case.

(2) APS will:

  1. Adjust the account(s) as required.

  2. If the account is mirrored input the TC 290 0.00 to MFT 31 of RS.

  3. If the account can be mirrored see IRM 8.20.7.44.2 , MFT 31 Mirrored Accounts, for mirroring instructions. Once account is mirrored input the TC 290 0.00 to MFT 31 of RS.

  4. If the account cannot be mirrored input the TC 290 0.00 to MFT 30 (BS 00, 05, 98 or 99, SD Y, RC 97, SC 2, and HC 3) on the primary MF account, for each year the request was disallowed.

  5. Input TC 972 AC 065. See IRM 8.20.7.40.14 , Innocent Spouse Inputting TC 972 and IRM 25.15.2, Innocent Spouse Indicator Transaction Code (TC) 971/972 for additional guidance.

  6. Research to determine if the TC 130 is still needed on the account. Do not remove if there are other Innocent Spouse years open. Check ISTS to ensure all Innocent Spouse years are in Stage 30. Do not remove TC 130 if input by another campus unless the DLN of the TC 971 AC 065 and the TC 130 DLN are for the same center and posting cycle of the TC 130 is one cycle later than the posting cycle of the TC 971 AC 065.

    Note: Do not remove if a "2" is in the ninth digit of the TC 130 DLN. This means the TC 130 was input by NMF and they will reverse it when required.

  7. Mail the appropriate closing letters.

  8. Update ISTS, see IRM 25.15.14, Innocent Spouse Tracking System Inventory Validation Instructions and the http://appeals.web.irs.gov/tech_services/innocentspouse/default.htm, Latest ISTS Reference Guide on the Appeals Innocent Spouse web page in the RESOURCES section.

  9. Close ACDS and PEAS.

  10. Transmit the administrative file to Campus Files, using Form 3210/E3210.

(3) See IRM 8.20.7.40.20 , Innocent Spouse Case File Assembly for additional information.

Innocent Spouse Relief Partially Allowed

(1) Partial relief occurs when the RS remains liable for some portion of the deficiency or underpayment, regardless of whether the RS is eligible for a refund of any payments the RS made towards the liability.

(2) A claim is considered to be a partial if any part of a tax assessment (including EITC reversal, withholding credit, accuracy-related penalty, etc.) is allocated between the spouses' mirrored accounts before considering any payments by the RS.

(3) APS will:

  1. Adjust the account(s) as required.

  2. If the account is mirrored input the TC 290 0.00 to MFT 31 of RS. See IRM 25.15.15, Mirror Modules for Requests for Relief from Joint and Several Liability, for additional required transactions.

  3. If the account can be mirrored see IRM 8.20.7.44.2 , MFT 31 Mirrored Accounts, and IRM 25.15.15, Mirror Modules for Requests for Relief from Joint and Several Liability for mirroring instructions.

  4. If the account cannot be mirrored input the TC 290 0.00 to MFT 30 (BS 00, 05, 98 or 99, SD Y, RC 97 and 98, SC 2, and HC 3) on the primary MF account, for each year the request was partially disallowed. Input TC 971 AC 103 to establish MFT 31 for the NRS. Prepare Form 12810, Transfer Request Checklist and route to the Account Transfer Team. See IRM 25.15.9, Routing Form 12810, Account Transfer Request Checklist, to Account Transfer Team, for additional information.

  5. Input TC 972 AC 065 after all adjustment transactions are posted to both the MFT 30 and MFT 31 accounts. See IRM 8.20.7.40.14Innocent Spouse Inputting TC 972 and IRM 25.15.2, Innocent Spouse Indicator Transaction Code (TC) 971/972 for additional instructions.

  6. Research to determine if the TC 130 is still needed on the account. Do not remove if there are other innocent spouse years open. Check ISTS to ensure all Innocent Spouse years are in stage 30. Do not remove TC 130 if input by another campus unless the DLN of the TC 971 AC 065 and the TC 130 DLN are for the same center and posting cycle of the TC 130 is one cycle later than the posting cycle of the TC 971 AC 065.

    Note: Do not remove if a "2" is in the ninth digit of the TC 130 DLN. This means the TC 130 was input by NMF and they will reverse it when required.

  7. Mail the appropriate closing letters.

  8. Update ISTS. See IRM 25.15.14, Innocent Spouse Tracking System Inventory Validation Instructions and http://appeals.web.irs.gov/tech_services/innocentspouse/default.htm, Latest ISTS Reference Guide on the Appeals Innocent Spouse web page in the RESOURCES section.

  9. Close ACDS and PEAS.

  10. Transmit the administrative file to Campus Files, using Form 3210/E3210.

(4) See IRM 8.20.7.40.20 , Innocent Spouse Case File Assembly for additional information.

Innocent Spouse Pre-Assessment Cases

(1) The following instructions are provided for when the assessment has NOT been made and innocent spouse is allowed in part or in full.

(2) If Innocent Spouse relief is granted on a pre-assessment case, APS will process the case using normal procedures for making an assessment to MFT 31. Pay particular attention to the other information section of the Form 5278, Statement - Income Tax Changes and Form 5402 for instructions on how the tax is to be assessed to the taxpayers. Examples of situations that can occur (not all-inclusive):

  • An assessment against the NRS only

  • An assessment against the NRS and an assessment against the joint account.

  • An assessment against the NRS and an assessment against the RS

  • An assessment against the NRS and an overassessment against the RS

Innocent Spouse AIMS Closings

(1) If Appeals denies relief and no account adjustment is needed, and the case is on AIMS, APS prepares/inputs a Form 5403 TC 300 $0.00 for the joint account when:

  1. the determination letter defaults

  2. the taxpayer asks Appeals to close out their request for innocent spouse consideration

  3. the Tax Court determines that innocent spouse does not apply

(2) If an account adjustment is needed, and the case is on AIMS, APS will:

  1. Close ACDS.

  2. Use command code REQ77/FRM77 to input TC 971, AC 103, XREF-TIN = TIN of non-requesting spouse (this will establish the MFT 31 account).

  3. Process Form 5403 for each account with AMCLSS.

  4. Process Form 5403 with AMCLSA after MFT 31 assessment posts.

  5. After the MFT 31 assessment posts, use command code REQ77/FRM77 to input TC 472 on the MFT 31 account (this will resume collection).

  6. Mail the appropriate closing letters.

  7. Update ISTS. See IRM 25.15.14, Innocent Spouse Tracking System Inventory Validation Instructions and http://appeals.web.irs.gov/tech_services/innocentspouse/default.htm, Latest ISTS Reference Guide on the Appeals Innocent Spouse web page in the RESOURCES section.

  8. Process Form 3177 using REQ77/FRM77 to release the "L–" innocent spouse freeze on the account with TC 972.
    See IRM 8.20.7.40.14 , Innocent Spouse Inputting TC 972. This section provides procedures for determining the correct transaction date.

  9. Transmit the administrative file to Campus Files, using Form 3210/E3210.

(3) See IRM 8.20.7.40.20, Innocent Spouse Case File Assembly for additional information.

(4) When the case is open on AIMS, close the case through AIMS using Form 5403.
✓ Prepare a Form 5403 for the MFT 30 joint account. See Table #1 below.
✓ Prepare a second Form 5403 for the non-requesting spouse MFT 31 account (CC: AMCLSS). See Table #2 below.
✓ If both spouse's are granted innocent spouse relief, prepare a third Form 5403 for the other spouse MFT 31 account (CC: AMCLSS). See Table #3 below.
✓ Once TC 300 for the MFT 30 account posts and released the MF -L freeze, see IRM 25.15.15, Mirror Modules for Requests for Relief from Joint and Several Liability, for the mirroring process.

(5) Additional Form 5403 instructions are provided in the tables below: Table #1 Form 5403 Instructions - Joint Account

Item

Entry

Command Code

✓ AMCLSA

TIN

TIN of Joint account

MFT

30

Item 12

TC 300 = amount for which both spouse's are liable.

Item 14

MFT 30 ASED

Item 800 or Item 801 Amount

Appeals Results/Counsel Results

Item A

Note: "TPW or TPH is innocent spouse – Transfer liability of $__ to (culpable spouse's) MFT 31 account."

Table #2 Form 5403 Instructions - Non-Requesting Spouse

Item

Entry

Check AMCLSS

✓ AMCLSS
At the top of Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record.

TIN

TIN of Non-Requesting Spouse

MFT

30

Item 12

TC 300 = tax to be assessed against the non-requesting spouse only.

Item 14

MFT 30 ASED

Item 800 or Item 801 Amount

Appeals Results/Counsel Results

Item 56

✓ PA if NRS is the primary TIN
✓ SA* if NRS is the secondary TIN Checking PA or SA will determine on which MFT 31 account the assessment is made.

Item 57*

*Enter the name control of secondary spouse when NRS is secondary spouse.

Table #3 Form 5403 Instructions - Requesting Spouse

Item

Entry

Command Code

✓ AMCLSS

TIN

TIN of Requesting Spouse (RS)

MFT

30

Item 12

TC 300 = amount for which both spouse's are liable

Item 14

MFT 30 ASED

Item 800 or Item 801 Amount

Appeals Results/Counsel Results

Item 56

✓ PA if RS is the primary TIN
✓ SA* if NRS is the secondary TIN Checking PA or SA will determine on which MFT 31 account the assessment is made.

Item 57*

*Enter the name control of secondary spouse when RS is secondary spouse.

Item A

Note: "TPW or TPH is innocent spouse – Transfer liability of $__ to (culpable spouse's) MFT 31 account."

Form 5403 Item 13 Disposal Codes for Innocent Spouse Cases

Description

MFT 30 Disposal Code

Allowed in full

  • 03

No change

  • 01

Disallowed in full
Agreement or no response to 30-day letter

  • 01

Change to Tax and/or Penalty

  • 03

Defaulted on final determination letter

  • 12

Petitioned with Entered Decision

  • Fully Disallowed - 03

  • Partially Disallowed - 03

  • Fully Allowed - 03

Change to Reference Codes Only

  • 01

Innocent Spouse NMF Account Processing

(1) Accounts were assessed on NMF prior to January 2001. The following instructions are provided for tax assessed on NMF and innocent spouse relief is allowed for all or part of the tax.

(2) Prepare Form 5403 to abate the tax/penalty on the innocent spouse:

  1. TIN = innocent spouse TIN with an "N"

  2. MFT = 20

  3. TC 301 = amount of tax to be abated

  4. Note in ITEM A: "TPW (or TPH) is granted innocent spouse relief for this liability"

(3) Attach a copy of the NMF transcript to the Form 5403.

(4) Prepare a Form 1331, Notice of Adjustment, and forward it with the Form 5403 to the Florence Campus Accounting Branch, Stop 21, to process the abatement.

(5) Mail the appropriate closing letter to the requesting spouse. Mail a separate letter to the non-requesting spouse.

(6) Process Form 3177, Notice of Action for Entry on MF using REQ77/FRM77 to release the "L–" innocent spouse freeze on the account with TC 972. See IRM 8.20.7.40.14 , Innocent Spouse Inputting TC 972. This section provides information on determining the correct transaction date.

Caution: Do not reverse the TC 971 or input a reversal of any other IDRS transaction codes until the TC 402 posts.

(7) Update ISTS.

(8) Close ACDS.

Innocent Spouse Inputting TC 972

(1) When a Form 8857, Request for Innocent Spouse Relief, is received, a TC 971 AC 065 is input in the account to represent the beginning of the CSED suspension period. See IRM 25.15.2, Innocent Spouse Indicator Transaction Code (TC) 971/972, for TC 971 AC 065 instructions. A TC 972 AC 065 must be input before the AIMS or IDRS closing. The TC 972 AC 065 represents the ending date of the CSED suspension period.

(2) The RS's CSED is suspended for the period during which the Service is prohibited from collecting pursuant to IRC § 6015(e)(1)(B) plus 60 days. The prohibition on collection runs from the time the claim is filed under IRC § 6015 until the earlier of:

  • the date the Service signs Form 870-IS, Waiver of Collection Restriction in Innocent Spouse Cases on behalf of the Commissioner

  • the 90/150 day period for filing a petition with Tax Court expires

  • if a Tax Court petition is filed, until the Tax Court decision becomes final*

    Reminder: *
    ⇒ An Entered Decision which includes the waiver paragraph becomes final as of the Entered Date.
    ⇒ An Entered Decision which does NOT include the waiver paragraph becomes final as of the 100th day from the Entered Decision Date.
    ⇒ The 100 days = 90 day period during which the IRS or the taxpayer can appeal the decision to a higher court + 10 days.

(3) Although the Service is not permitted to collect against the RS while the claim is pending, collection actions against the NRS during this period are not prohibited and should continue.

(4) Because of the amendment of IRC § 6015(e) and the revision to Form 8857, Request for Innocent Spouse Relief, treat any claim for relief filed on or after December 20, 2006, as suspending the CSED from the date the claim was received, no matter which revision of Form 8857, Request for Innocent Spouse Relief is used by the RS.

(5) For claims for relief filed before December 20, 2006, for which the RS only requested relief under IRC § 6015(f), the prohibition on collection and suspension of the CSED start on December 20, 2006, and not on the date the claim for relief was received.

(6) If the claim for relief was filed before December 20, 2006, and also included an election under (b) or (c), then the prohibition on collection and suspension of the CSED do begin on the date the claim for relief was received.

(7) The TC 972 AC 065 transaction date for IRC § 6015 claim is determined by one of the following:

  1. Notice of Final Determination date + 150 days (for cases in which the RS didn't petition the Tax Court)

  2. Tax Court Decision + 150 days (for cases in which the RS did petition the Tax Court)

    Note: See IRM 25.15.2, Innocent Spouse Indicator Transaction Code (TC) 971/972, for further information, especially for situations where the RS filed a Notice of Appeal for the Tax Court decision.

  3. The date the ATM signed (executed) Form 870-IS, Waiver of Collection Restrictions in Innocent Spouse Cases plus 60 days

(8) When the CSED is not being extended, the TC 972 AC 065 transaction date is the same transaction date used for the TC 971 AC 065.

(9) See IRM 25.15.2, Innocent Spouse Indicator Transaction Code (TC) 971/972, for more information on the tolling of the CSED during the pendency of innocent spouse cases.

Innocent Spouse Form 12810 Procedures

(1) Form 12810, Account Transfer Request Checklist, is used to request transfer of part or all of a tax assessment to MFT 31 or NMF 20. See IRM 25.15.12, Form 12810 Procedures, and IRM 25.15.12, Special Processing Instructions for additional information.

(2) Once the Form 12810, Account Transfer request is submitted to the Credit and Account Transfer Unit, the APS TE will monitor for TC 400 and TC 402 posting. Once posted, the case is ready for final closure.

Innocent Spouse Collection Statute Expiration Date (CSED) Expired

(1) The CSED is suspended upon receipt of Form 8857, Request for Innocent Spouse Relief so if the CSED was open when the claim was received, the claim must be evaluated by the ATE.

(2) If the CSED expired for the RS prior to the filing of Form 8857, Request for Innocent Spouse Relief, the ATE will return the case to CCISO as a premature referral.

(3) (3) The most common conditions that could affect the CSED are:

  • TC 290 (Additional tax assessment)

  • TC 300 (Additional tax assessment by Compliance)

  • TC 340 (Restricted Interest)

  • TC 480 (OIC)

  • TC 520 (Bankruptcy)

  • TC 550 (Waiver to extend to CSED)

  • TC 971 AC 065 (Innocent Spouse Claim)

  • CDP Hearing Request

  • Combat Zone - multiple deployments

  • Pending Installment Agreements

(4) Refer to IRM 25.15.9, Collection Statute Expiration Date (CSED), for guidance on determining the last CSED.

(5) For additional information on CSED Determination see the following IRM sections:

  • IRM 5.1.19, Integrated Data Retrieval System (IDRS) Transaction Codes (TC) That Suspend Or Extend A CSED

  • IRM 5.1.19, Case Actions That Can Suspend And/Or Extend A CSED

  • IRM 5.19.10, Collection Statute Expiration Date (CSED) Verification and Correction

  • IRM 5.19.10, Transaction Codes with a Ten-Year CSED

  • IRM 5.19.10, Transaction Codes and Case Actions that Suspend or Extend the CSED

  • IRM 5.19.10, CSED Fields on Integrated Data Retrieval System (IDRS)

  • IRM 5.19.10, Determining the Correct CSED

  • IRM 5.19.10, MFT 31 Issues

  • IRM 5.19.10, Correcting an Existing CSED, No TC 550 on Account

Innocent Spouse Special Processing Instructions

(1) IRM 25.15.9, Account Processing of Requests for Relief from Joint and Several Liability contains processing instructions for cases needing special processing consideration. This list is not all inclusive.

  • Bankruptcy: Freeze -V and/or -W

  • Barred Statute One Signature (BSOS)

  • Disaster: -O Freeze

  • Interest Considerations

  • Manual Refunds

  • Non-Restricting TC 340

  • Offer in Compromise (OIC): -Y Freeze

  • Penalty Considerations

  • IRM 25.15.9-1, Value Codes for TC 971 AC 131

Innocent Spouse Validation Reports

(1) Validation reports may be generated from either the ACDS AMATCH sub-system or ISTS.

(2) APS is responsible for working the validation reports.

(3) The ACDS AMATCH sub-system matches ACDS information against data received from the Innocent Spouse Tracking System (ISTS) to ensure cases are received and in the proper status on ISTS.

(4) The following ACDS/ISTS AMATCH report listings are available:

  • On ISTS Not on ACDS Open

  • On ACDS Open Not on ISTS

  • ISTS Stage 07 List

  • Mismatched Data

(5) Validation reports generated from ISTS may be periodically sent to Appeals to be worked. IRM 25.15.14, Validating the Inventory Validation Listing (IVL) - Appeals, contains the procedures to follow when an ISTS inventory listing is received that must be validated:

  • Stage 07 - Transferred

  • Stage 15 - Claim is open in Appeals and assigned to an ATE

  • Stage 16 - Appeals issued SND SNTYPE = 090A and STATUS = E/TSN

  • Stage 19 - Taxpayer filed a Petition with USTC

  • Stage 20 - Decision is entered DATECLSD = MM/DD/YYYY and ACDS CLOSINGCD = 21 or lower

Innocent Spouse Reconsideration Closing Procedures

(1) When the reconsideration determination is no change to the prior determination and a final determination letter is not issued, APS will follow normal closing procedures and also associate the claim with previous Transaction Code (TC) 290, using Form 9856, Attachment Alert.

Innocent Spouse Case File Assembly

(1) When forwarding the case to Files, assemble it in the following manner:

  1. Form 11272, Associable IDRS Input Document Label

  2. If not mirrored, use controlling DLN document

  3. If mirrored, refile all previous adjustment documents including original return

    Note: Do not staple the original return to your case file.

  4. Form 8857, Request for Innocent Spouse Relief, with original correspondence or statement "Original Form 8857 and workpapers Are With The YYYYMM Tax Year" as applicable

  5. ISTSR Input Record

  6. History Sheet

  7. Account Management Services (AMS) workpapers

(2) Other documentation the IS case file assembly may include:

  • IRPTRL Prints

  • Divorce Decree

  • Questionnaires

  • Form 12508, Innocent Spouse Information Request

  • AMS Prints

  • Allocation Worksheet(s)

  • Phone logs

  • Form 3465, Adjustment Request

    Note: Do not include any Form 8453, U.S. Individual Income Tax Transmittal for an IRS e-file Return. These documents must be filed separately.

    Exception: If the Requesting Spouse (RS) claims forgery, include a copy of Form 8453 in case file.

    Note: If IRS employee, leave the case in the white folder and place in a security envelope. Write in red "Employee Case" on the envelope. Seal the envelope and place the envelope in the folder for files with the other closures for that day.

Installment Agreements (IA)

(1) Installment Agreements are arrangements where the Service allows taxpayers to pay liabilities over time. When an ATE receives an I/A on their assigned case, they will take appropriate action(s) and notify their designated APS Office if a specific account action is required.

Installment Agreement (IA) APS General Information

(1) APS will input IDRS-monitored IMF and BMF agreements upon notification by the ATE. For a description, format, "History Item" entries and response for the Command Codes relating to Installment Agreements, see:

  1. IRM 2.4.30, IDRS Terminal Input, Command Codes IAGRE, IAORG, IAPND, IAREV, IADFL ,and IADIS

  2. IRM Exhibit 2.4.30 (1 through 9)

  3. Command Code

    IRM Reference

    CC: IAGRE Input Request

    IRM 2.4.30-1

    CC: IAGRE Response

    IRM 2.4.30-2

    CC: IAORG

    IRM 2.4.30-3

    CC: IAPND

    IRM 2.4.30-4

    CC: IAREV

    IRM 2.4.30-5

    CC: IADFL

    IRM 2.4.30-6

    CC: IADIS Input Request

    IRM 2.4.30-7

    CC: IADIS Output Request for Active or Defaulted Modules

    IRM 2.4.30-8

    CC: IADIS Output Request for Deferred Modules

    IRM 2.4.30-9

  4. SERP Job Aids http://serp.enterprise.irs.gov/databases/portals/am/bmf/installment-agreement-streamlined.html

(2) All installment agreements require a paper document, either Form 433-D, Installment Agreement or Form 2159, Payroll Deduction Agreement.

(3) Payroll Deduction Installment Agreements (PDIA) or Direct Debit Installment Agreements (DDIA) require a taxpayer signature.

(4) Direct Debit Installment Agreements (DDIAs) allow the Service to debit a taxpayer’s checking account for the agreed upon installment amount and also require a taxpayer signature. DDIAs that are input using only IDRS will be processed by APS. See (5) below for exception.

(5) DDIAs requiring special processing or account mirroring for Field Collection sourced cases are processed in the CSCO sites. EEFax the installment agreement along with the routing and account number (usually a voided check) to a DDIA coordinator for input. The DDIA Coordinator information is located via, http://serp.enterprise.irs.gov/databases/who-where.dr/ddia-liaisons.html. For ACS sourced cases that require special processing or account mirroring, affix the original DDIA documents to a copy of the Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo and batch and mail once per week to the originating ACSS location. Identify the cases with a DDIA attached on the Form 3210/E3210.

Note: There is a legal requirement for any DDIA to have the taxpayer’s signature. The IRS can accept an original signature, electronic signature or faxed signature.

Reminder: Ensure that the taxpayer’s account correctly reflects that an Installment Agreement is pending. Review each TXMOD to confirm that a TC 971 AC 043 is present. If no TC 971/043 is reflected on the account, contact the ATE for the appropriate date to use and input a TC 971/043 via REQ77 with that date. Monitor the account to verify posting of the TC then close PEAS.

(6) In January 2019, a new field was added to IA CCs (IAGRE, IAORG, IAREV, etc.) on IDRS to record the ability of qualifying low-income taxpayers to make electronic payments through a debit instrument by entering into a DDIA. The new field shows whether the taxpayer is Unable to Make Electronic Payments (UTMEP).

(7) Complete the UTMEP Field as follows:

  1. "Y" – if Form 5402 "Remarks" notes "Unable to enter a DDIA".

  2. "N" – if Form 5402 "Remarks "notes "Able to enter a DDIA".

  3. BLANK – if Form 5402 "Remarks" does not have a notation.

(8) Installment Agreements not compatible with IDRS-monitoring are designated as Manually Monitored Installment Agreements (MMIAs). The ATE will identify an MMIA on the CDP Form 5402 by selecting MMIA from the Installment Agreement drop down menu.

Note: Installment Agreement requests for only one spouse on a joint liability must be mirrored and are considered to be an MMIA. APS is not responsible for mirroring accounts in these situations.

Reminder: To ensure that the taxpayer's account correctly reflects that an Installment Agreement is pending, input a TC 971 AC 043 via CC: REQ77. Monitor the account to verify posting of the TC then close PEAS.

(9) Centralized Case Processing (CCP) will only accept MMIAs for processing from Revenue Officers or ACS. As a result, APS will not input an MMIA to status 60. APS will send a copy of the Form 5402 and the administrative file to the Revenue Officer identified by the ATE for submission to CCP. For ACS cases, APS will return a copy of the Form 5402 and Form 433-D, Installment Agreement to ACS for processing.

(10) There are four types of status codes for Installment Agreements:

  1. Status 60 – Active agreement

  2. Status 61 – Suspended agreement

  3. Status 63 – Deferred agreement

    Note: Status 63 is used to cross reference TINs where collection activity has been deferred until modules under related accounts have been satisfied. These IAs are common on business taxpayers where the officer has a related Trust Fund Recovery Penalty (TFRP) assessment.

  4. Status 64 – Defaulted agreement

(11) When the ATE denies the taxpayer an IA, reverse TC 971 AC 043 with TC 972 AC 043. The date of the 972 AC 043 will be the date the closing letter was sent to the taxpayer or representative.

(12) For additional information pertaining to IDRS inputs for all types of Installment Agreements see the applicable section in IRM 5.19.1, Liability Collection, Balance Due:

  • Account Statuses Affecting IAs

  • User Fee Modules (MFT 13 and MFT 55)

  • Innocent Spouse — IA Request

  • Front End Mirror Assessments Process for IA and CNC Closures

  • Back End Mirror Assessments Process for IA Closures

  • Input of IA

  • IA Originator Codes

  • DDIA

  • Input of PDIA

  • MMIAs

  • Withdrawal of IA Requests

  • PPIA

  • Front End Mirror Assessments Process for Installment Agreements (IA) and Currently Not Collectible Hardship Closures (CNC)

  • Manually Monitored Installment Agreements

Installment Agreement in a CDP Case - APS Processing Information

(1) Use the following procedures when closing a CDP case with an installment agreement:

  1. Close the case on ACDS

  2. Suspend the case on PEAS with Suspense Reason Code S09 – Monitoring On-Line Adjustment

  3. Add a PEAS follow-up date equal to the expected TC 521 posting date

  4. Once the TC 521 posts, input Command Code IAGRE with the terms of the Form 433-D (Posting issues may arise if the I/A is input prior to the TC 521)

    Note: The TC 971 AC 063 will post systemically as a result of input of CC: IAGRE.

  5. Input the Installment Agreement CC: IAGRE

Note: Entities with a "-A" MF freeze code the tax module will now update to Status 60 without the reversal of the "-A" freeze code.

(2) If an OIC was also submitted through CDP and rejected, then the TC 480 must also be reversed via TC 481 and must also post before an Installment Agreement can be input.

(3) If both a CDP TC 521 and an OIC TC 480 reversal is required:

  • Input both reversals

  • Suspend the case in PEAS and monitor the account for posting of the reversals

  • Input the Installment Agreement CC: IAGRE

  • Suspend the case in PEAS and monitor the account for posting of the Installment Agreement input

IRC § 7430 Docketed Case - ACDS Update Request

(1) When appropriate, the ATE will request that APS enter "7430 qualified offer" in the notes section of the ACDS Record.

IRC § 7430 Administrative Cost Case Closing

(1) The ATE forwards the IRC § 7430 Administrative Cost Closing Package to the Appeals Policy Program Analyst, who then forwards the approved claim to the Treasury Judgement Fund for processing a payment of the award.

(2) The ATE will provide the closing package to APS for ACDS closing.

(3) APS will update ACDS per the ATE closing instruction:

  1. CLOSINGCD
    14 - if the request was disallowed
    15 - if the request was allowed
    16 - if the request was partially allowed

  2. DATECLSD
    If allowed - enter the date agreement (Form 9333) is signed by the Area Director, Appeals Team Manager or Appeals Team Case Leader
    If disallowed - enter the date of the letter to the taxpayer

  3. ACTION – ACKCLS

  4. TODATE – Enter the date mailed to Collection, Campus and Appraisal Services for payment or the date a partial or full disallowance letter is issued

  5. FROMDATE – Enter the date receipt is acknowledged

  6. APPEALS AMTDIS – Enter the amount disallowed (If the full amount of the claim is allowed, no entry is made on the return information screen)

Joint Committee (JC) Cases

(1) Cases with adjustments exceeding a designated threshold must be submitted to the Joint Committee for review and approval. Once the JC approves the adjustment(s), the ATE will forward the case to APS for processing of the adjustment(s) and closing of the case.

Non-Docketed JC Case Closing Procedures

(1) Assign to an APS employee on PEAS.

(2) ACDS will be closed following general closing instructions and will include final processing of adjustments and update of appropriate systems.

(3) On each Form 5402, verify the following remark is entered: "Joint Committee’s clearance letter dated MM-DD-YYYY)."

(4) Date and mail the (Letter 1537, Joint Committee No Exception.

(5) Prepare Form 5403 to close to AIMS:

  1. Item 12 - process adjustment(s) cleared by the JCT

  2. Caution: If a partial account adjustment (assessment/abatement) was previously processed, only process the remaining assessment/abatement as authorized.

  3. All partial assessments/abatements will be incorporated in the Item 800/801 amount

  4. All other items on the Form 5403 are completed using general closing procedures

MFT 31 Separate Assessment Module Overview

(1) MFT 31 contains split spousal assessments meeting one or more of the following conditions:

  • Collection action is prohibited against only one spouse

  • Each spouse is liable for different amounts

  • Extensions or suspensions result in different Collection Statute Expiration Dates (CSED) or Assessment Statute Expiration Dates (ASED) for each spouse

(2) See IRM 21.6.8, Split Spousal Assessments (MFT 31), for detailed information about MFT 31 accounts.

(3) Check NMF, as well as MFT 30 and MFT 31 to verify information relating to joint accounts.

MFT 31 Conditions

(1) MFT 31 is an individual (IMF) MFT account code and is used for assessments against an individual taxpayer on a joint module and is generated by one or more of the following:

  • TC 971 AC 100 - Bankruptcy - either spouse is discharged or dismissed from bankruptcy.

  • TC 971 AC 101 - Offer in Compromise (OIC) - either spouse makes an offer on a liability.

  • TC 971 AC 102 - Criminal Restitution - an assessment of criminal restitution ordered payable to the IRS has been made* (see Caution below).

  • TC 971 AC 103 - Tax Court - only one spouse files a petition to the tax court on a MFJ account, (Field Exam, Correspondence Exam, Automated Underreporter (AUR), Automated SFR, RICS, AQC, or Appeals issued the SND).

  • TC 971 AC 104 - Innocent Spouse - an assessment is made against a joint module but one spouse is relieved of the liability fully or partially. Innocent Spouse MFT 31 accounts may also be Mirrored which is initiated via entry of a TC 971 AC 145 on the MFT 30 MFJ account. (TC 971 AC 145 generates a TC 400 without updating the control DLN on the MFT 30).

  • TC 971 AC 105 - Exam or Appeals agreed/unagreed cases - when only one spouse agrees to the tax deficiency or SND, while the other spouse does not agree on the same date (see Reminder below).

  • TC 971 AC 106 - Taxpayer Assistance Order- either spouse files Form 911, Request for Taxpayer Advocate Service Assistance (And Application for Taxpayer Assistance Order).

  • TC 971 AC 107 - Installment Agreement - either spouse requests an installment agreement.

  • TC 971 AC 108 - One spouse requests a Collection Due Process hearing.

  • TC 971 AC 109 - Currently Not Collectible (CNC) - account qualifies for CNC based on either spouse's financial status.

  • Caution: * APS does not have authority to assess, abate, or otherwise adjust an MFT 31 Restitution Based Assessment (RBA). See IRM 21.6.8.7.1, Exam/Appeals/AUR MFT 31 Modules 3. and Table to resolve RBA account issues.

    Reminder: IRC 6601(c), Suspension of Interest in Certain Income, Estate, and Gift and Certain Excise Tax Cases applies to each taxpayer separately on a Married Filing Joint Income Tax account once the MFT 30 MFJ Statutory Notice of Deficiency is issued to each taxpayer. When the MFJ taxpayers jointly agree, jointly petition, or jointly default, the tax, penalty, and interest is assessed on the MFT 30 account. When the joint taxpayers each take a separate action in response to the SND, MFT 31 split account processing must be used to timely and accurately process the adjustments based upon the respective spouse’s separate action. When one of the taxpayers signs the SND Waiver and the other taxpayer does not sign the same waiver, but instead signs a separate waiver received on a later date, or defaults, or files a single signature Petition to the USTC, each taxpayer is jointly liable for the same tax and penalty amount, but are individually liable for different underpayment interest amounts applied in accordance with IRC 6601. The final tax and penalty amount applicable to the MFT 30 MFJ account must be paid only once, but when each of the joint taxpayer’s action causes a separate and different underpayment interest application for their spousal accounts, the lesser interest amount results in a lower balance due for one spouse and a higher balance due for the other spouse on their MFT 31 account based upon the underpayment interest suspension allowed by law and the variation between each adjustment’s 23C date or payment application date.

(2) There are three types of MFT 31 accounts:

  • Split/Transfer - MFT 31 accounts created or in process prior to January 2005 or a qualifying NMF MFT 20 account (CSED expired after January 1, 2005).

  • Mirrored - Bankruptcy by only one spouse, innocent spouse claim, agreement to tax adjustment by only one spouse, OIC filed by only one spouse, joint OIC defaulted by one spouse, Form 911 filed by only one spouse, one spouse requests an installment agreement or one spouse qualifies for CNC.

  • Exam / Appeals / AUR - one spouse appeals (non-docketed case) or petitions (docketed case) the tax court (not Mirrored).

(3) The TC 971 action code utilized to create the MFT 31 account will identify the triggering event. See IRM 21.6.8, What is MFT 31, (3) for a list of triggering events.

(4) When the MFT 31 account is generated by input of a TC 971 AC 10X (non-mirroring process), if a TC 460 is posted to the taxpayer’s MFT 30 account, and, the MFT 31 assessment will include a return related penalty (TC 160 or TC 240 with a PRN), then the TC 460 must be separately posted to the MFT 31 account(s) in order to ensure correct computer generation of Return Related Penalty interest from the Extended Return Due Date (ERDD) instead of the earlier Return Due Date (RDD). The APS TE will follow the TC 460 input process as described below and whenever needed to ensure accurate penalty interest computation:MFT 31 TC 460 Input Requirements and Instructions

Steps:

Actions:

Notes:

1.

  • Identify the TC 460 is posted on MFT 30


Will a Return Related Penalty be assessed on MFT 31?

  • TC 160 IRC 6651(a)(1) Failure to File

  • TC 240 with an IRC 6662 PRC

  • If Return Related Penalties are not applicable to the account, then TC 460 on MFT 31 is not required.

  • If TC 460 is not posted to the MFT 30 account then TC 460 procedures are not followed for MFT 31

2.

  • Verify that the MFT 31 account is active

  • If the TC 971 AC 10X has not fully generated the MFT 31 account, then input of CC: FRM77 to post a TC 460 cannot be initiated until the MFT 31 account is fully active.

3.

Use CC: FRM77 to input the following entries:

  • SSN

  • MFT 31

  • Tax Period

  • Name Control

  • TC>460

  • Posting Delay Code (PDC)>3

  • Extension-DT>MMDDYYYY

  • DLN-CD>10

  • Remark: "TC 460 Filing Extension from MFT 30 account"

  • Transmit and verify "REQUEST COMPLETED" appears on the screen

  • Once the TC 460 in input, use PEAS Suspense (S09) and monitor the MFT 31 account(s) for posting.


Posting Delay Code:
A PDC of 3 can be associated with the TC 460 input to allow 3 cycles for the MFT 31 account to be activated (normally 2 cycles) and the TC 460 to post in the next cycle.

4.

  • Monitor the MFT 31 account(s) for posting of the TC 460.

  • Once the TC 460 posts to the MFT 31 account, then the MFT 31 adjustments can be input and the Return Related Penalty interest will generate from the ERDD instead of the earlier RDD.

5.

  • Process the MFT 31 account adjustment(s)

  • Monitor the MFT 31 account(s) for posting of the adjustment(s)

  • Once the MFT 31 account adjustment(s) are input, use PEAS Suspense (S09)

  • Once the MFT 31 account adjustment(s) post, remove the case from PEAS Suspense and proceed to Step 6.

6.

  • Complete the case closing actions and input the MFT 30 CC: AMCLSA to update the MFT 30 account and close AIMS controls.

  • Update the PEAS CAR to identify the action(s) taken.

  • Place the case in PEAS Suspense (S09) to monitor the MFT 30 account.

  • Once the MFT 30 account adjustment(s) have posted, complete all other closing activities and close PEAS.

MFT 31 Mirrored Accounts

(1) Master File programming for the MFT 31 generated by input of a TC 971 AC 145 allows for the systemic "mirroring" of the MFT 30 married filing joint (MFJ) account when certain events occur resulting in one or both spouses being fully or partially liable for the same tax and/or penalty. The mirroring process is only employed on Innocent Spouse MFT 31 modules and allows for the correct computation of each taxpayer’s Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED), Collection Statute Expiration Date (CSED) and interest law application based upon the action/inaction of each spouse.

(2) The mirroring process creates two MFT 31 accounts; one for each spouse’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN). It provides a greater ability to systemically handle separate treatment of spouses; while maintaining a necessary cross-referencing capability.

(3) Mirroring allows collection activity to continue for the non-requesting spouse (NRS) or non-petitioning spouse whenever appropriate.

(4) See IRM 21.6.8.6.1, Mirrored Modules, or IRM 25.15.15, Mirror Modules for Requests for Relief from Joint and Several Liability, for the details of how the mirroring process occurs.

(5) When one spouse on a Married Filing Joint (MFJ) account is deceased or if one spouse has an invalid SSN, specialized procedures must be used to allow creation of an MFT 31 account for the deceased spouse or spouse with an invalid SSN.

(6) When the MFJ entity has secondary spouse invalid SSN, see IRM 5.19.7 , Validating the Secondary SSN and take the actions necessary to validate the secondary SSN.

(7) When one spouse is deceased and the Mail Filing Requirement (MFR) is set to 08 on their entity, take the following STEPS to temporarily “lift” the MFR 08 and allow Master File programming to create the MFT 31 account for the deceased TP:

  1. Use CC: FRM77 to input a TC 012 on the deceased TP’s entity

  2. Suspense and monitor until the MFR 08 is changed to MFR 05 (Follow the cycle chart to determine when TC 012 will post)

  3. Once MFR 05 is reflected on the deceased TP’s entity, then use CC: FRM77 to post a TC 971 AC 103 using the deceased TP’s SSN on the MFT 30 account

  4. Suspense and monitor until the MFT 31 account for the deceased TP is fully posted (Follow the cycle chart to determine when the MFT 31 account will be fully posted)

  5. Prepare the MFT 31 Form 5403 assessment document for the deceased TP’s Non-Petitioning Spouse assessment

  6. Use CC: AMCLSS to input the NPS MFT 31 assessment

  7. Use CC: FRM77 to input a TC 020 on the deceased TP’s Entity which will reinstate the MFR 08

  8. Suspense and monitor until the MFT 31 account adjustment(s) and the Entity MFR 08 post

Caution: The STEP by STEP process defined above is a new procedure approved for Appeals APS TE’s to avoid the more costly and time-consuming NMF processing requirements employed prior to development of these procedures. Stringent adherence to each step is mandatory to control, monitor and accomplish the MFT 31 account creation previously restricted when an MFR 08 was present on the deceased taxpayer’s entity.

(8) Some situations require additional actions prior to mirroring:

  • Modules with a credit balance. See IRM 25.15.15, Resolving Credit Balances

  • Modules with an unresolved unpostable condition. See IRM 25.15.15, Resolving Mirroring Unpostable Transaction Codes

  • Note: Credit balances and unpostables will not prevent the creation of an MFT 31 account using TC 971 AC 103 as these accounts are not mirrored.

(9) The mirroring process occurs through a series of transactions:

  1. Two TC 971s are input on the MFT 30 account. Each TC 971 contains a XREF-TIN field entry, one with the primary TIN and the second with the secondary TIN.

  2. The TC 971 action code of 100, 101, 104, or 106 on the MFT 30 account indicates the account is mirrored on MFT 31. The action code (AC) identifies the reason.

  3. A TC 971 AC 145 input on the MFT 30 account triggers the mirroring process, generates a TC 400 on the MFT 30 account, and copies all transactions on the MFT 30 account to the two MFT 31 accounts. An "M-" Freeze is generated on all three accounts. Credits are generated to all three accounts, making them appear to be in zero balance.

    Caution: The account is not full paid. Any balance due is re-established when the M- freeze is released.

  4. TC 971 AC 110 is generated to both MFT 31 modules and allows a systemic cross-referencing for payments unless the payment has a Designated Payment Code (DPC) of 31.

  5. A pending TC 971 AC 10X on the MFT 30 joint account indicates an MFT 31 account(s) is being created.

(10) See IRM 25.15.15, First Read, for procedures on Innocent Spouse mirrored modules.

MFT 31 Exam/Appeals/AUR Modules

(1) Exam/Appeals/AUR MFT 31 modules are created when only one spouse petitions Tax Court with regard to a proposed tax adjustment or agrees to a tax adjustment.

(2) The modules are systemically established but not mirrored.

(3) Exam/Appeals/AUR MFT 31 accounts are established using similar procedures as for mirrored accounts, except the account is not mirrored because only one TC 971 AC 102 or 103 is input. The non-petitioning spouse's TIN is input as the TC 971 cross-reference TIN.

Manual Refund Processing

(1) See IRM 21.4.4, Refund Inquiries, Manual Refunds, for guidance on processing manual refunds.

(2) Always refer to the source IRM 21.4.4, for the current and controlling guidance for case and/or account conditions which require a manual refund process, and please also note the specific policy and procedural changes listed below:

  • IRM 21.4.4, What Is A Manual Refund? (2) Note which states that as of January 1, 2016, digital signatures are required on Form 3753 and Form 5792. See IRM 3.17.79, Employees Authorized to Sign Requests for Refunds (19)(b).

  • IRM 21.4.4, Why Would a Manual Refund Be Needed? (3((g), which changes the dollar limitation for a manual refund to $100 million or more. If no other case condition or account condition requires the refund be issued manually, a refund for < $100 million can be released as a computer generated refund TC 846. A refund for ≥ $100 million must be processed via manual refund procedures.

  • IRM 21.4.4, Refund Statute Expiration Date (3) Note which states that if the RSED is expired, a notation must be included in the Remarks section of the manual refund Form 3753, or Form 5792. Notations must be clear and can include "Timely Filed, No RSED Issue" or "RSED allowable".

  • IRM 21.4.4, Preparation of Manual Refund Forms (2), (3) d), (6) e), (6) k) Note, and (7) f) Note, specifying the requirement for electronic signatures.

  • IRM 21.4.4, Other Manual Refund Requirements (2) d), states: "Each refund reviewed must have the "Interest Approved" signature and date". "Accounting will reject any manual refund requested by Accounts Management in excess of $1 million that has not been reviewed by the *Technical Unit." For Appeals, *Technical Unit translates to the designated interest reviewer.

  • IRM 21.4.4-2 Exhibit, Manual Refund Checklists is updated to include the items listed above.

  • IRM 21.4.4-3 Exhibit, Accounting Function - Manual Refund Team Contact Information provides EEFax numbers for each respective Manual Refund Team.

Non-Docketed Case Closing

(1) APS is responsible for processing ACDS, AIMS, and IDRS closing actions on all Non-Docketed cases within Appeals jurisdiction.

(2) The term Non-Docketed encompasses all cases on which the taxpayer requests an Appeals Hearing (protest) prior to the petition of a Statutory Notice of Deficiency (SND). When Appeals issues an SND, the taxpayer(s) can agree, default, or file a petition. An agreed or defaulted SND is considered a Non-Docketed closing because AIMS controls remain in AIMS Status 80 in Appeals Jurisdiction. Once the taxpayer files a petition to the United States Tax Court (USTC), the case becomes Docketed, and AIMS controls are updated to AIMS Status 82 Counsel Jurisdiction.

Note: Audit Reconsideration cases are included in the Non-Docketed cases category because if the assessment for which the taxpayer is now submitted an Audit Reconsideration, was authorized by agreement or default of a Compliance-issued or Appeals-issued SND, the taxpayer did not timely petition the USTC prior to the SND default date.

Agreed Pre 90-Day Case Processing Procedures

(1) This section contains general ACDS closing guidance for cases on which an SND has not been issued to the taxpayer by any IRS Office, or Appeals has issued an SND, and the taxpayer(s) have signed the waiver of agreement, or have defaulted on the Appeals-Issued SND.

Closing the Case on ACDS

(1) To close all tax periods included in the WUNO on PEAS, select "Update Case."

(2) Select the WUNO/tax period(s) to be closed.

(3) Update ACDS using general closing instructions. In addition input the following:

  1. CLOSINGCD (see IRM 8.20.7.46.1.1 (5) table below)

  2. ACTION - ACKCLS

  3. STATDATE - enter current or newly computed statute date

    Note: See IRM Exhibit 8.20.7-1 Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record (Instructions) ITEM 14-STATUTE EXTENDED TO DATE (MMDDYYYY FORMAT) and IRM 8.21.2 Account and Processing Support (APS) Statute Responsibility for additional guidance.

  4. RevsdTax/Pen/Claim - enter the amounts from the notice of deficiency or notice of determination for Claim cases

(4) Prepare Form 5403 for assessment.

(5) Update the following fields if they are active (not greyed out)

  1. CLOSINGCD -

  2. Pre-90 (non-docketed) CLOSINGCDs

    CLOSINGCD

    Description

    03

    Agreed Pre-Ninety
    Rev. Rul. 2005-59 treats an agreed SFR tax assessment as a tax deficiency (not original tax) so the agreement date is input with the assessment transaction(s).

    04

    Agreed Notice of Deficiency
    Rev. Rul. 2005-59 treats an agreed SFR tax assessment as a tax deficiency (not original tax) so the agreement date is input with the assessment transaction(s).

    05

    Defaulted SND or Determination letter

    14

    Campus Claim Fully Disallowed/Penalty Appeal Fully Sustained

    15

    Campus Claim Fully Allowed/Penalty Appeal Fully Abated

    16

    Campus Claim Partially Allowed/Penalty Appeal Partially Abated

    20

    Premature Referral

    30

    Transfer

    40

    Re-assignment

    45

    Reference return closing (ACDS TYPE = REF)

    98

    Reject Corrected and closed

    99

    Case removed (erroneously established on ACDS)

  3. DATECLSD – Date case is closed

  4. ACTION – ACKCLS

  5. TODATE – Date case is closed

  6. FROMDATE – Enter the same date as the TODATE on all cases being fully processed by APS and sent to Campus Files. The FROMDATE on all cases being sent to another function (Compliance, AOIC, Exam, Collection, etc...) is the date of the acknowledged Form 3210/E3210. This includes premature referrals going back to the originator.

  7. STATDATE – statute date

  8. CODE – statute code

  9. RevsdTax – revised tax

  10. Revsdpen – revised penalty

  11. DD AMTDIS – amount of claim disallowed (claim received from Examination)

  12. APPEALS AMTDIS – amount of claim disallowed (claim received from a Campus or directly from a taxpayer)

  13. Select Submit Return

  14. After the TE updates the case for Closing, if a change was made to one or more of the AIVP validation fields, Closing Validation will be required. The TE will be prompted to confirm that all original and updated data fields match the source documents. If the ACDS data is correct, the TE will select Validate from the screen menu and submit. ACDS is updated in "real time".

(6) Place case in PEAS Suspense and monitor all non-AIMS adjustments until fully posted. Once all transactions post, close PEAS using Closing Code 03.

(7) APS will transmit the closed administrative file to the appropriate Campus Files using Form 3210/E3210.

Delinquent Return Included in an Appeals Case

(1) If a delinquent return is received by Appeals after a Substitute for Return (SFR) TC 150 has posted, the ATE must determine the Return Received Date and the disposition of the delinquent return as well as any impact to the existing case before Appeals. Since an SFR TC 150 was posted, the case will have been opened on AIMS by Compliance prior to transmitting the Non-Docketed case to Appeals.

(2) APS does not process original delinquent returns, however, the ATE may have accepted and date stamped an Original Delinquent Return and submitted it to the Submission Processing (SP) Function for processing during the time the Appeals case was open for consideration. Receipt of a Delinquent Return starts the ASED date as of the IRS/Appeals/Counsel Return Received Date.

(3) Upon receiving a case for closing on which an Original Delinquent Return was received by Appeals and processed by the respective SP Function, always analyze a current transcript to ensure all tax and credits shown on the delinquent return along with any applicable penalties (as directed by the ATE) have been assessed and considered as Tax Per Return or as Previously Adjusted within the Appeals tax computation.

(4) The ATE is responsible for ensuring that the final Appeals decision and determination accurately reflect the correct and final tax and penalty amounts to be processed by APS.

(5) If entity changes are necessary, the ATE will prepare Form 2363, Master File Entity Change and input the changes (name, TIN, address, filing status, etc.) to correct the taxpayer’s entity information.

(6) General closing instructions apply to the case. Prepare Form 5403 using Exhibit 8.20.7-1.

(7) When the case is being closed non-docketed, Form 5403 will be completed as follows:

  1. Item 08 - Enter agreement date only if an additional agreed tax deficiency is to be assessed in Item 12

  2. Item 09 - Use Priority Code 9 to allow Master File to calculate Failure to Pay Penalty from the Return Due Date.

  3. Item 12 - Enter the tax and penalty amount(s) per the Appeals Settlement. (Do not duplicate a previous assessment of tax and/or penalty)

  4. Item 14 - Delinquent return received date + 3 years, if Appeals also issued an SND and the taxpayer has agreed, or defaulted, then update the ASED based upon Agreed, of Defaulted SND ASED computation procedures. See IRM 8.21.2:
    Agreement Received during 90(150)-Day Notice Period
    Defaulted Statutory Notice of Deficiency Cases
    Statutory Notice of Deficiency Issued on a Tax Period Extended with Form 872-A, Special Consent to Extend the Time to Assess Tax

  5. Item 800/801 - Include the amount of tax on the return sent to the SP Function for Delinquent Return Processing as well as any additional adjustments reflected in Item 12 and Item 15

(8) If the case is being closed docketed, prepare the Form 5403 using general guidelines and in addition enter the following:

  1. Item 08 - Enter decision entered date only if an additional tax "deficiency" is to be assessed in Item 12 and the Waiver Paragraph is included on the Entered Decision Document.

    Reminder: A TC 150 0.00 "SFR" account, for which the taxpayer has signed either a waiver of agreement or an Entered Decision which includes the waiver paragraph, entry of the agreement date is required because the assessment is considered a "Tax Deficiency" authorized per a signed agreement. IRC 6601(c) Suspension of Interest in Certain Income, Estate, Gift, and Certain Excise Tax Cases will apply to the unpaid account adjustment(s) whenever the 23C date for the assessment is earlier than the waiver + 30 day date. Conversely, if the taxpayer files a delinquent tax return, the assessment(s) processed based solely upon the delinquent return are not associated with a waiver date because those adjustments are considered "Original Tax". "Original Tax" does not qualify for IRC 6601(c) underpayment interest suspension because it is not considered a deficiency under IRC 6211.

  2. Item 12 - enter the additional tax and penalty assessment amount per the Entered Decision.

  3. Item 14 - compute using tack–on time (normal statute date is delinquent return received date + 3 years).

  4. Item 800/801 - Include the amount of tax on the return sent to the SP Campus as well as any additional adjustments reflected in Item 12 and Item 15.

  5. Item A - Enter "Original delinquent return processed and assessed ____(23C Date)" to clarify that the first assessment is for Original Tax (based on SP Campus’ processing of an original delinquent return), and the second assessment is for an Agreed Deficiency when the Entered Decision Document contains the IRC 6213 waiver paragraph..

(9) Close ACDS following general closing instructions.

(10) If conversion of filing status from separate to joint is required on MF, follow instructions outlined in IRM 8.20.7.21, Conversion of Tax Return Cases.

Substitute for Return (SFR) Cases Processed in Appeals

(1) When SFR returns are prepared by the originating Business Operations Division (BOD), the Master File account will include a TC 150 0.00 SFR and AIMS controls will have been established prior to transmitting the docketed (Disposal Code 11) or non-docketed (Disposal Code 07) case to Appeals.

(2) If entity changes are necessary, The ATE will notify APS. APS prepares Form 2363, Master File Entity Change and inputs the changes (name, TIN, address, filing status, etc.) as requested by the ATE.

(3) Prepare Form 5403 following instructions provided in Exhibit 8.20.7-1, Form 5403 Appeals Closing Record (Instructions).

(4) In a non-docketed SFR case, the ATE may secure a signed agreement when the taxpayer has neither submitted nor filed a delinquent return. Rev. Rul. 2005-59 revoked Rev. Rul. 74-203 which had allowed the signed agreement to be accepted in lieu of a return (original tax). As a result of the revocation, an agreed assessment on an SFR account requires the agreement date be input with the tax deficiency assessment transaction because the taxpayer agreement authorizes the IRS to assess a tax deficiency. If the agreed and unpaid tax deficiency is not posted with a 23C date on or prior to the waiver + 30 day date, IRC § 6601(c) underpayment interest is suspended until the account is full paid or the 23C date, whichever is earlier.

(5) Prepare Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record for an Agreed SFR assessment following general procedures and with the following special instructions:

  1. Item 08 - enter the agreement date

  2. Item 14 - LEAVE BLANK unless the ATE or Counsel Attorney provides specific language that the SFR Agreement constitutes a return under a specific IRC. *See Caution below.

    Caution: An SFR account must have a TC 150 0.00 SFR posted before the docketed or non-docketed case can be transmitted to Appeals. Docketed and Non-Docketed SFR cases must have an Open AIMS record to comply with Appeals Policy and Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED) protection guidance. The SFR account may NOT have the ASED field populated UNLESS one of the following transaction codes have already been posted:
    ✓ TC 599 cc 89 indicates the SFR TC 150 0.00 SFR account is updated and the Taxpayer Delinquency Investigation (TDI) is resolved because a signed Delinquent Return has been secured. Since the signed return was secured, there is a live ASED that will be 3 years from the Return Received Date. Posting of a TC 599 cc 89 sets the ASED.
    ✓ TC 971 AC 282 indicates that a signed Delinquent Return has been received. The posting of a TC 971 AC 282 will set the ASED field to 3 years from the Return Received Date but will NOT set the duplicate return freeze.

  3. Item 14 continued - When processing an authorized (agreed, defaulted SND, Entered Tax Court Decision) account adjustment on an SFR account and the ASED field is BLANK, do not enter an MM-DD-YYYY Statute Date in Item 14. Unless and until the taxpayer files a return, there is no ASED applicable to the account. The SFR AIMS adjustment will not reject at closing for the missing ITEM 14 Statute Date. The AIMS ASED MM-"EE"-YYYY will not update based upon the Form 5403 Item 14 entry being left blank. For additional references applicable to an SFR account’s ASED field, see IRM 8.20.7.46.3 (9) below.

  4. Item 811 - 04 (will also be CLOSINGCD on ACDS)

(6) On docketed SFR cases, the married taxpayer(s) may elect "joint" status; however, this election must be made by filing a return. SFR for single taxpayers may elect Head of Household Filing Status (FS); however this election can only be made by filing a return.
✓ An SFR FS 1 (single) can be converted to FS 4 (head of household) by the taxpayer filing a return electing the HOH FS.
✓ An SFR FS 3 (married filing separate) can be converted to FS 2 (married filing joint) by the Joint taxpayers filing a return electing MFJ FS.

  • For processing instructions for Separate to Joint see IRM 8.20.7.21.4, Separate to Joint Conversion

  • For cases which include an Original Delinquent Return see IRM 8.20.7.46.2, Delinquent Return Included in an Appeals Case.

Reminder: A tax assessment posted based on an Original Delinquent Return is considered "original tax" and not a tax "deficiency" thus an agreement date is NOT associated with that original tax assessment transaction. An agreed SFR tax assessment (no tax return filed) must have the agreement date associated with the tax "deficiency" assessment transaction because per Rev. Rul. 2005-59, the interest on the tax "deficiency" is calculated under IRC § 6601(c) and if the TC 300 is not posted with a 23C date prior to the waiver + 30 date, underpayment interest is suspended until the account is full paid, or until the 23C date, whichever is earlier.

Note: As long as the taxpayer’s account is not already restricted, and does not require interest to be restricted, the current IDRS programming routine will automatically calculate the underpayment interest correctly on an Appeals tax deficiency assessment.

(7) Prepare Form 5403 for a docketed SFR case following Exhibit 8.20.7-1. In addition:

  1. Item 08 - Enter date decision was entered if the waiver paragraph is included on the decision document.

  2. Item 14 = Leave Blank unless the taxpayer has filed a signed Delinquent Return.

(8) Close ACDS following general closing instructions.

(9) The following IRM reference links are provided to allow the reader quick access to the Servicewide policy and procedure governing the setting of the Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED) on Master File (MF). The previous IRM 8.20.7 guidance to enter a date in Item 14 regardless of whether or not a return had been secured was incorrect and if followed, potentially caused the ASED on MF to set in error and in absence of a signed return.

  • IRM 1.2.12, Policy Statement 3-15 (Formerly P-2-89)- Reconsideration of an Unpaid Assessment

  • IRM 2.3.47, On Line Entity (OLE) Description (4)

  • IRM 4.4.9, Delinquent Return Secured - No TC 150 Posted

  • IRM 4.4.9, Substitute for Return

  • IRM 4.4.9, Delinquent Return Received After SFR TC 150 Posted at Master File

  • IRM 4.4.12, Item 14: Statute Extended to

  • IRM 4.8.9, Delinquent Return Secured

  • IRM 4.12.1:
    No Return Secured - Agreed Closure IRC 6020(a)
    IRC 6020(a)
    IRC 6020(b)
    Substitute for Return
    References - Substitute and Delinquent Returns

  • IRM 5.1.15, Substitute For Return (SFR) Reconsiderations

Non-Filer Barred Refund Statute Expiration Date (RSED) Overpayment Cases

(1) IMPORTANT: When the ATE, Counsel, or the USTC determines with finality that an overpayment is due to the taxpayer and the RSED has expired, the APS TE must analyze a current transcript of account to verify if all or a portion of the overpayment is not needed to full pay the tax, penalty or underpayment interest on the respective tax module. Any remaining overpayment must be moved to the "Excess Collections File". Barred Refunds, can only be used to full pay the tax period to which they apply and cannot be offset to another tax period as a credit and may not be released for refund to the taxpayer.

Note: An amount that had appear to be a Barred Refund can always be applied to full pay the amount determined to be due on the module even though it is barred from being applied to another period or type of tax.

(2) It is also important to remember the distinction between docketed/non-docketed non-filer returns:

  1. A docketed case for tax year ending before August 5, 1997 has an RSED of 2 years prior to the notice of deficiency.

  2. A docketed case for tax year ending after August 5, 1997 has an RSED of 3 years prior to the notice of deficiency.

  3. A non-docketed case has an RSED of 3 years prior to the notice of deficiency.

(3) The following IRM 25.6.1 sections provide additional information for barred refund case processing:

  • Time When Payments and Credits are Considered to be Made

  • Excess Collection File (XSF) and Unidentified Remittance File (URF)

  • Transferring Credit To XSF

  • Researching The XSF

  • Transferring Credits From the XSF

  • Substitute For Return (SFR)

(4) If the RSED has expired and is identified as such by the ATE or Counsel Attorney, no refund can be issued to the taxpayer even though the tax liability has been overpaid. On Form 5403 enter the following:

  1. Item 07 Hold Code = 4

  2. Note in Item A – "Expired RSED"

(5) If after a credit which is barred from refund and has been moved to excess collections, a deficiency is subsequently determined for the same taxpayer and the same tax period, the barred refund amount which had previously been transferred to excess collections can be requested back from excess collections in order to pay the balance due. The APS TE must calculate the balance due as of the credit availability date and only request the amount of the credit required to full pay the balance on the respective account.

Caution: Any credit barred from refund is also barred from offset/transfer to a different tax period's outstanding balance (OBL). If only a portion of the credit is needed to full pay the account balance, request only the amount needed and the remaining portion of the credit which is barred from refund will remain in the excess collection account.

(6) To request a transfer of a credit which had been moved in excess collections, the APS TE will prepare and submit Form 8758, Excess Collections File Addition. See IRM 3.17.220, Accounting and Data Control, Excess Collections File, and Excess Collections File for additional information.

(7) See IRM 4.13.5, Statute of Limitation (2) for additional information on determining the RSED.

Non-Master File (NMF) Processing

(1) NMF processing is required for several types of account adjustments:

  • Form 2438, Regulated Investment Company Undistributed Capital Gains Tax Return

  • Form 1296, Assessment Against Transferee or Fiduciary

  • Form CT-2, Employee Representative’s Quarterly Railroad Retirement Tax Return

  • IRC § 4251, Excise Tax Direct Assessment

(2) Additional forms are required for processing the NMF returns and documents below.

Form Number and Title
All pre-ADP from Document 6209

NMFT Code

Form 2438, Regulated Investment Company Undistributed Capital Gains Tax Return

38

Form 1296, Assessment Against Transferee or Fiduciary

MFT of Transferor

Form CT-2, Employee Representative’s Quarterly Railroad Retirement Tax Return

72

(3) For instructions applicable to Petitioning Spouse/Non-Petitioning Spouse NMF account see IRM 8.20.7.51.2, Non-Petitioning Spouse (NPS) Assessed on NMF.

(4) The APS TE will prepare a Form 2859, Request for Quick or Prompt Assessment, to include all tax, penalty, and interest assessments to be posted to the NMF account.

(5) The APS TE will prepare a Form 1331-B, Notice of Adjustment, when necessary to request an NMF Abatement of tax, penalty, and/or interest.

(6) Interest adjustments for a NMF account must be manually computed and will be posted with a TC 340. Allow at least 7 days for the NMF Team when determining the 23C Date for the underpayment "Interest To Date".

(7) The APS TE will also prepare a Form 3177, Notice of Action for Entry on Master File to post a:

  • TC 470 Taxpayer Claim Pending Prevents Collection notices and refunds from generating on the Master File (MFT 30) account until TC 29X or TC 30X (input without a Hold Code) posts and reverses TC 470 input without a Closing Code (cc). MF resumes balance due routine at the point the module was frozen by updating the next status and releasing the appropriate notice.

    Exception: If the last status was 58, 22, 24, or 25 and 18 cycles have passed since the 4th notice was issued, the 4th notice will be reissued. If less than 18 cycles, TDA/BAL DUE will be issued.
    TC 470 information taken from Document 6209 Section 11 - Collection, Part 8 - Status Indicators, G. TC 470 Closing Code Chart.

(8) To request an NMF assessment, the APS TE will fax the Form 2859, Form 3177 and DMI/ACT 490 Activity Summary to:
Kansas City CFO Account East
Kansas City RACS Team
Fax Number: 866-805-2235

(9) See IRM 8.20.7.7.1, Quick Assessment Requirements (7) for History Item entry requirements to identify when a Quick Assessment is pending but not yet posted. Inputting a History Item will open an IDRS Control Base on the MFT 30 account. Once the NMF assessment/adjustment is posted, APS can process the final AMCLSA on MFT 30 which will auto-close the IDRS Control Base.

(10) To request an NMF Abatement, the APS TE will fax the Form 1331-B, Notice of Adjustment and Form 3809, Miscellaneous Adjustment Voucher to 855-254-9596.

(11) APS must suspense the case in PEAS and monitor the entity update(s) and the NMF account adjustment(s) until fully posted.

(12) Upon receipt of the NMF Assessment DLN, affix the assessment/overassessment document to the front of the return.

(13) See IRM 4.4.22, AIMS/Processing Handbook, Non-Master File (NMF) Processing, for additional information.

Offer in Compromise (OIC) Non-CDP Cases

(1) This section provides procedures for closing out completed OIC cases. OICs worked as part of a CDP or EH case closing procedures are in IRM 8.20.7.20.19, CDP and EH Offer in Compromise (OIC) Processing Overview.

Caution: TC 480s that were input manually to IDRS will not systemically reverse when closing AOIC, the correct reversal code must be input manually.

(2) The following types of offers originate in the Collection function and are controlled on the Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) system:

  • Doubt as to Collectibility (DATC)

  • Effective Tax Administration (ETA) based upon both economic hardship and public policy/equity considerations

(3) Doubt as to Liability (DATL) offers involving Trust Fund Recovery Penalty (TFRP) or Personal Liability for Excise Tax (PLET) assessments are processed by the Collection function and are controlled on AOIC.

(4) DATL offers involving liabilities other than TFRP and PLET assessments originate in the Compliance function and are controlled on AOIC.

(5) APS is responsible for verifying and monitoring the Statute Date on all tax periods and returns under their jurisdiction in accordance with IRM 8.21.2 Account and Processing Support (APS) Statute Responsibility.

Year-End OIC Acceptance Processing (ACAPDATE in December)

(1) Appeals Technical Employees (ATE) who prepare an acceptance letter must ensure the Acceptance Letter lists the correct refund recoupment tax period.

(2) OIC Acceptance cases ACAP’d prior to December 1st must be processed by APS by December 31st. OIC Acceptance processing requirements for cases ACAP’d prior to December 1st include:

  • Dating and mailing the OIC Acceptance Letter

  • Updating IDRS

  • Updating AOIC

(3) OIC Acceptance cases ACAP’d between December 1st and December 31st will be prioritized by APS for expedited processing beginning the first business day in January and until all cases of this type are within normal aging parameters (30 days of ACAPDATE).

Collection Originated OIC Acceptance Procedures

(1) The workunit will be assigned to the Tax Examiner on PEAS for closing, with PEAS TYPE "CLS" and the appropriate SubTYPE for the case. Since APS is responsible for backend AOIC closing, PEAS SubTYPE "SP" applies to this type of closing.

(2) The following actions apply to an accepted OIC case:

  1. The ATE completes the case and submits it to the ATM for approval.

  2. The ATM signs the Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report, Letter 5490, Appeals OIC Acceptance Letter, or Letter 5521, Offer in Compromise Acceptance - Doubt as to Liability, dates and signs the Form 5402 and enters the ACAPDATE on ACDS.

  3. The ATM submits the case to APS for final closing.

(3) The OIC case file contains the following documents:

  • Original Letter 656, Offer in Compromise

  • Original Amended Form 656, Offer in Compromise if applicable

  • Original Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report

  • Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report

  • Collection rejection letter

  • Taxpayer's written request for appeal and envelope used for mailing the taxpayer's request for appeal

  • Form 5402

  • Appeals Case Memorandum, if applicable

  • Financial information, including Form 433-A and/or Form 433-B, bank statements, property records, and other information used to make the acceptability determination

  • Copy of the OIC acceptance letter

(4) If an offer is received from one spouse on a joint liability, the MOIC site is responsible for creating mirror assessments on the accepted OIC.

(5) Close the OIC workunit on ACDS following general closing instructions. In addition:

  1. CLOSINGCD = 15 (OIC Accepted)

  2. WUaccptOfrAmt = No entry

  3. RevsdTax = For the earliest tax period, enter the amount of the accepted offer (see Form 5402 or Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report under "Terms of this Offer"). Enter –0– (zero) for all other tax periods

  4. NOTE - "AOIC closed, PIF file to Appeals Folder MM-DD-YYYY". Appeals Gatekeeper reviews the PIF and then files the OIC PIF into the correct folder on the SBSE SharePoint site.

Note: Monitoring Offer in Compromise (MOIC) locations for accepted offers are located on SERP: http://serp.enterprise.irs.gov/databases/who-where.dr/oic-backend.html.

(6) All offers will be established by the Collection function on the AOIC database. APS is responsible for closing the AOIC database for offers worked to conclusion in Appeals. See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.

Reminder: APS AOIC closing action generates a TC 780 with the current date. The Acceptance Letter and the OIC PIF must be dated with the same date as the TC 780 to ensure the OIC PIF is controlled by SB/SE for the same date in their Public Inspection File system.

(7) Date the Letter 5490, Appeals OIC Acceptance Letter and mail to the taxpayer and/or POA as appropriate. Include the following documents as attachments:

  1. A copy of the Form 656or amended Form 656

  2. A copy of the collateral agreement Form 2261, Collateral Agreement - Future Income (Individual) if applicable (collateral agreements are not common)

(8) Convert the following dated documents into a pdf and attach them to the ACDS record:

  • Letter 5490, Appeals OIC Acceptance Letter

  • Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report

(9) APS uploads the following electronic documents (OIC Public Inspection File (PIF)) to the Appeals Library within the SBSE PIF SharePoint Site:

  • Dated Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report

Reminder: The upload of the OIC PIF documents into the Appeals Library within the SBSE PIF SharePoint Site completes the APS OIC PIF transmission process. APS will no longer prepare a Form 3210/E3210 for the OIC PIF document transmission.

(10) Once the OIC PIF documents are in the Appeals Library, the Appeals Gatekeeper performs a review and migration of the documents into the correct SBSE OIC PIF Folder:Appeals Gatekeeper Review Results and Actions

Review Results

Action

Result

Step #1 - If No Errors

Then Gatekeeper:

  • Moves the PIF from the Appeals Library into the appropriate folder

  • OIC PIF file is complete and accessible

Step #2a - If Form 7249 is not dated or is dated incorrectly

Then Gatekeeper:

  • Returns the PIF to APS for correction

  • APS makes the correction(s) and uploads the corrected PIF to the Appeals Library

  • If No Errors, see Step #1

Step #2b - If Form 7249 is missing a required signature (ATE, Approving Official or Counsel).

Then Gatekeeper:

  • Returns PIF to the ATE for correction

  • ATE secures signatures and returns the Form 7249 to the gatekeeper who uploads the corrected PIF to the Appeals Library

  • If No Errors, see Step #1

(11) APS will fax a copy of the Form 5402 and ACM to the Collection function analyst using the fax number provided on the Form 5402.

(12) APS will send the case file to the appropriate campus MOIC unit based on the state where the taxpayer resides. http://serp.enterprise.irs.gov/databases/who-where.dr/oic-backend.html.

(13) APS will close PEAS using cc 03 with a completion date equal to the date the above actions were completed.

AOIC Closing Procedures for Accepted Offer

(1) This section provides general information for closing an accepted OIC case on the AOIC system.

(2) The Non-CDP OIC case is comprised of two files:

  • Administrative OIC File

  • Public Inspection File (PIF)

(3) APS AOIC closing actions:

  • Date and mail AOIC Acceptance Closing Letter (Letter 5490 or Letter 5521)

  • Affix date on Form 7249 for PIF as reflected on the Acceptance Letter 5490/5521

(4) APS will create an electronic Public Inspection File:

  • Scan Public Inspection File document (Form 7249) to create an electronic PIF

  • Upload OIC PIF to Appeals Library on the SBSE SharePoint site

(5) See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.

Note: During the course of an offer investigation, if a TIPRA payment(s) (which includes the initial payment submitted with the offer, subsequent periodic installment payments, and/or the payment submitted with an amended offer) contributes to the full payment of a tax period, that period must remain part of the offer and must be listed on any subsequent amended Form 656 or addendum and the Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report. Even though the tax debt is fully paid, the payment or payments used to satisfy the tax debt are still part of the overall offer amount, so all satisfied periods must remain part of the offer.

(6) As soon as possible after closing the closed accepted offer on AOIC, validate and release it to the appropriate MOIC campus for monitoring. Validation and release on AOIC is required and may be performed by the APS employee or the PTM at the discretion of APS management. See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.

(7) Once the case is validated, control of the offer goes to MOIC, and the file must be sent to them as soon as possible. Use the destination list from the drop down menu to determine where the file must be sent.

Note: If there are related cases with different business operating division (BOD) codes (W&I and SBSE), the SB campus will monitor both offers.

(8) Prepare Form 3210/E3210 and mail to the appropriate MOIC campus. Be sure the file contains the original copies of:

  • Initial Form 656, Offer in Compromise

  • Amended Form 656, if applicable

  • Original Form 14640, Addendum to Form 656

  • Signed Acceptance Letter 5490, Appeals OIC Acceptance Letter, or Letter 5521, Offer in Compromise Acceptance - Doubt as to Liability (may be a signed copy)

  • Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report

  • Collateral agreement, if applicable

  • Form 3040, Authorization to Apply Offer in Compromise Deposit to Liability, or other written authorization if applicable

Collection Originated Withdrawn OIC Procedures

(1) The case file for a withdrawn Offer in Compromise should contain:

  • Form 5402

  • ACM

  • Withdrawal Letter 241, Offer in Compromise Withdrawal signed by the ATM

  • Collection/COIC rejection letter

  • Taxpayer's request for appeal and envelope with postmark

  • Form 3040, Authorization to Apply Offer in Compromise Deposit to Liability, or other written authorization, if applicable

(2) If an offer is received from one spouse on a joint liability, mirror assessment procedures apply. COIC or Collection is responsible for mirror assessment actions on a withdrawn OIC.

(3) Close ACDS following general closing instructions. In addition:

  1. CLOSINGCD = 16 (OIC withdrawn)

  2. WUaccptOfrAmt = No entry

  3. RevsdTax = For the earliest tax period, the entry is the same as proposed tax (which should be the amount of the total unpaid liability). RevsdTax for other periods = $0

  4. NOTE - "Withdrawn offer closed on AOIC and file sent to __(enter identifying code) drop point" (For Collection Field cases) or "Withdrawn offer closed on AOIC and file sent to __(enter identifying code) COIC" (For Collection Campus cases use Memphis or Brookhaven COIC). The notation will inform the reader where the case was shipped or how it was closed.

  5. Note: Field Collection sourced cases resolved in any manner other than an acceptance are returned to the Collection function by using the Collection Drop Points for Appeals listing located on the Appeals website under the APS tab and the section titled "APS Only Case Routing."

(4) Generally, all offers will be established by the Collection function on the AOIC database. APS is responsible for closing the AOIC database for offers worked to conclusion in Appeals. See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.

(5) Date and mail the Letter 241, Offer in Compromise Withdrawal and place a copy in the administrative file.

(6) Close PEAS using PEAS cc 03 with a completion date equal to the date the above actions were completed.

(7) The Collection function also processes Doubt as to Liability (DATL) offers when the tax debt involves a TFRP or PLET assessments. These cases are also loaded on AOIC.

AOIC Closing Procedures for a Withdrawn Offer

(1) This section provides general information for closing a withdrawn OIC case on the Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) system.

(2) See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.

Note: TIPRA 20% down payments are not refundable. An amount paid in excess of the 20% that is designated as an offer deposit is normally refunded unless the taxpayer provided written authorization allowing the IRS to apply the deposit to the existing tax liability. A Form 3040, Authorization to Apply Offer in Compromise Deposit to Liability is typically used, but any written authorization satisfies the requirement. The APS TE closing the case must include in the file, the Form 3040 or other written authorization and must also route the Form 3040 or written authorization to the appropriate MOIC campus that processed the payment via EEFax or to the MOIC Organizational Mailbox:

MOIC Campus

Organizational Mailbox

Brookhaven MOIC

*SBSE EEF BSC MOIC Deposit

Memphis MOIC

*SBSE EEF Memphis MOIC Deposit

(3) Print the first page of AOIC for the case and attach it to the front of the closed file. Route the case file back to the Area Office/COIC Offer Coordinators. They will maintain the closed offer and ship it to the FRC. Attaching the first page from AOIC will assist them in routing the case properly.

Note: Field Collection sourced cases that have been withdrawn are returned to the Collection function by using the Collection Drop Points for Appeals listing located on the Appeals website under the APS tab and the section titled "APS Only Case Routing."

Collection Originated Rejected OIC Procedures

(1) The file for a case where Appeals sustained the Collection function's rejection of the offer should contain:

  • Form 5402

  • ACM

  • Appeals rejection Letter 5197, Offer in Compromise Rejection signed by the ATM

  • Form 1271, Rejection or Withdrawal Memorandum prepared by the Collection function

  • Form 3040, Authorization to Apply Offer in Compromise Deposit to Liability, or other written authorization, if applicable

  • Collection/COIC rejection letter

  • Taxpayer's written request for appeal and envelope with postmark

  • Financial information

(2) If an offer is received from one spouse on a joint liability, mirror assessment procedures apply. COIC or field Collection is responsible for creating mirror assessments on a withdrawn OIC.

(3) Close the OIC workunit on ACDS following general closing instructions. In addition:

  1. CLOSINGCD = 14 (OIC rejection sustained)

  2. WUaccptOfrAmt = No entry

  3. RevsdTax = For the earliest tax period, the entry is the same as the proposed tax (which should be the amount of the total unpaid liability). RevsdTax for other periods = $0

  4. NOTE - "Rejected offer closed on AOIC and file sent to __(enter identifying code) "(For Collection Field cases, insert the Collection Drop Point location) or "Rejected offer closed on AOIC and file sent to __(enter identifying code) COIC" (For Collection Campus cases, insert Brookhaven or Memphis COIC). The notation will inform the reader where the case was shipped or how it was closed.

    Note: Field Collection sourced cases resolved in any manner other than an acceptance are returned to the Collection function by using the Collection Drop Points for Appeals listing located on the Appeals website under the APS tab and the section titled "APS Only Case Routing."

(4) Generally, all offers will be established by the Collection function on the AOIC database. APS is responsible for closing the AOIC database for offers worked to conclusion in Appeals. See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.

(5) Date and mail the Appeals OIC rejection Letter 5197, Offer in Compromise Rejection to the taxpayer and/or POA concurrent with closing the case on ACDS. Retain a copy of the letter in the administrative file.

(6) If an offer deposit was made and it was input onto AOIC, direct the disposition of the payment by selecting the appropriate option on AOIC.

Note: TIPRA 20% down payments are not refundable. An amount paid in excess of the 20% that is designated as an offer deposit is normally refunded unless the taxpayer provided written authorization allowing the IRS to apply the deposit to the existing tax liability. A Form 3040, Authorization to Apply Offer in Compromise Deposit to Liability is typically used, but any written authorization satisfies the requirement. The APS TE closing the case must include in the file, the Form 3040 or other written authorization and must also route the Form 3040 or written authorization to the appropriate MOIC campus that processed the payment via EEFax or to the MOIC Organizational Mailbox:

MOIC Campus

Organizational Mailbox

Brookhaven MOIC

*SBSE EEF BSC MOIC Deposit

Memphis MOIC

*SBSE EEF Memphis MOIC Deposit

(7) Close PEAS using PEAS closing code 03 with a completion date equal to the date the above actions were completed.

(8) The Collection function also works Doubt as to Liability (DATL) offers when the tax debt involves a TFRP or PLET assessments. These cases are also loaded on AOIC.

AOIC Closing Procedures for Rejected Offers

(1) This section provides general information for closing a rejected OIC case on the Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) system.

(2) See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.

(3) TIPRA 20% down payments are not refundable. An amount paid in excess of the 20% that is designated as an offer deposit is normally refunded unless the taxpayer provided written authorization allowing the IRS to apply the deposit to the existing tax liability. A Form 3040, Authorization to Apply Offer in Compromise Deposit to Liability is typically used, but any written authorization satisfies the requirement. The APS TE closing the case must include in the file, the Form 3040 or other written authorization and must also route the Form 3040 or written authorization to the appropriate MOIC campus that processed the payment via EEFax or to the MOIC Organizational Mailbox:

MOIC Campus

Organizational Mailbox

Brookhaven MOIC

*SBSE EEF BSC MOIC Deposit

Memphis MOIC

*SBSE EEF Memphis MOIC Deposit

(4) Close PEAS using PEAS cc 03 with a completion date equal to the date the above actions were completed.

OIC Premature Referrals

(1) Hearing officers may determine that an OIC case must be returned to the originating function as a premature referral. Some of the reasons for this can be:

  • The taxpayers' request for an Appeals hearing was not timely

  • The taxpayer did not request Appeals consideration

  • The offer was never rejected by the IRS

(2) Close the OIC workunit on ACDS following general closing instructions. In addition:

  1. CLOSINGCD = 20 (OIC Premature Referral)

  2. WUaccptOfrAmt = No entry

  3. RevsdTax = For the earliest tax period, the entry is the same as the proposed tax (which should be the amount of the total unpaid liability). RevsdTax for other periods = $0

  4. NOTE - "Premature referral, offer reassigned to Area Office XX on AOIC and file sent to the XXXXXXXX office Drop Point" (For Collection Field cases, insert the Collection Drop Point location) or "Premature referral, offer reassigned to Area Office XX on AOIC and file sent to XXXXX COIC" (For Collection Campus cases, insert Brookhaven or Memphis COIC). The notation will inform the reader where the case was shipped or how it was closed.

    Note: Collection Field sourced cases resolved in any manner other than an acceptance are returned to the Collection function by using the Collection Drop Points for Appeals listing located on the Appeals website under the APS tab and the section titled "APS Only Case Routing".

(3) Close PEAS using PEAS closing code 03 with a completion date equal to the date the above actions were completed.

AOIC Closing Procedures for Premature Referrals

(1) When returning an OIC as a premature referral, the AOIC database is not closed but updated to reflect the Area office assignment number for premature referrals. To return an offer to the originating Area office on AOIC, See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures - Premature Referrals.

Note: Currently for Area 21 cases, there is no mechanism in AOIC to send cases back to the Collection function as premature referrals. Instances for sending a CDP/OIC back as a premature referral should be rare. Should a situation arise where this would need to be done, raise the event through the management chain for resolution.

Examination or Specialty Originated DATL OIC Cases

(1) DATL offers originating in Compliance will now be controlled on the Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) system as well as ETA offers based upon public policy/equity consideration.

(2) DATL offers may have open AIMS Controls and will require an AIMS Closing action upon conclusion of the Appeals case.

(3) DATL offers may require Non-AIMS account adjustments as determined by the ATE per Form 3870.

(4) The workunit will be assigned to the APS Tax Examiner on PEAS for closing with PEAS TYPE "CLS" and the appropriate SubTYPE for the case.

(5) These DATL offers will be identified on ACDS by using feature code "LI".

(6) To determine if a TC 480 was manually entered access the Transaction Summary Screen on AOIC. If the TRAN CODE and XMT Date are blank, the TC 480 was manually entered on IDRS.

(7) The AOIC system will reverse the TC 480s systemically upon closure. When closing a rejected or withdrawn non-AOIC DATL case, manually input on IDRS the following, as needed:

  1. Manually input TC 481 using the date the case is closed/ Appeals rejection letter date

  2. Manually input TC 482 using the withdrawal date that is indicated on the closing letter

Caution: AOIC will not reverse a manually input TC 480. If AOIC was not used to input the TC 480, it must be reversed on IDRS manually.

Non-Examination or Specialty Originated DATL OIC Cases

(1) The Collection function handles DATL offers involving TFRP and PLET liabilities.

(2) These DATL offers will be identified on ACDS by using feature code "LI".

Note: For DATL offers, TFRP and PLET liabilities should be loaded onto AOIC, so follow the AOIC closing procedures for accepted ( IRM 8.20.7.49.2.1 ), withdrawn ( IRM 8.20.7.49.3.1 ) and rejected ( IRM 8.20.7.49.4.1 cases.

If the offer is not loaded to AOIC follow the manual closing instructions below.

(3) When closing a rejected or withdrawn non-AOIC DATL case, manually input on IDRS the following, as needed:

  1. Manually input TC 481 using the date the case is closed/Appeals rejection letter date

  2. Manually input TC 482 using the withdrawal date that is indicated on the closing letter

  3. Caution: AOIC will not reverse a manually input TC 480. If AOIC was not used to input the TC 480, it must be reversed on IDRS manually.

Examination or Specialty Originated OIC Acceptance Procedures

(1) The OIC case file will contain the following documents:

  • Original Form 656, Offer in Compromise

  • Amended Form 656, Offer in Compromise if applicable

  • Original Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report

    Note: Counsel review is required when the total unpaid liability (including all assessed and accrued penalties and interest) for all related offers on the same taxpayer is $50,000 or more.

  • Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report

  • Form 5402

  • Appeals Case Memorandum (ACM), if applicable

  • Examination rejection letter

  • Taxpayer's written request for appeal and envelope with postmark (if applicable)

  • Acceptance Letter 5521, signed by the ATM

(2) If the case is controlled on AIMS, close the AIMS controls using AIMS closing code 33.

Note: If it is determined that a DATL offer acceptance is appropriate, the agreement between the taxpayer an the Internal Revenue Service settles the tax debt for less than the full amount owed and adjustments to tax are generally not done.

(3) Close the OIC workunit on ACDS following general closing instructions. In addition:

  1. CLOSINGCD = 15 (OIC Accepted)

  2. WUaccptOfrAmt = No entry

  3. RevsdTax = For the earliest tax period, enter the amount of the accepted offer (see Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo or the "Terms of this Offer" section on Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Report). For all other tax periods, enter -0- (zero).

(4) The following closing actions should occur on the date the case is closed on ACDS:

  1. Date and mail the acceptance letter to the taxpayer and/or POA and include copies of the Form 656 or amended Form 656 and any collateral agreements as attachments.

  2. Copy the acceptance letter with attachments for the administrative file.

  3. Upload the dated Form 7249, Offer Acceptance Reportto the Appeals Folder on the SBSE OIC PIF SharePoint site.

  4. Ensure the OIC file contains the information in (1) above (except TDS or AOIC transcript).

  5. Close PEAS (cc 03) with a completion date = to the date all closing actions were completed.

  6. Forward the closed file to MOIC in Memphis or Brookhaven.

  7. Forward any OIC payments to the campus OIC unit. After the case is closed, the taxpayer should send payments directly to the campus OIC unit.

Examination or Specialty Originated Withdrawn OIC Procedures

(1) When the ATE and the taxpayer reach an agreement on the correct tax liability, a "compromise" is not required and the taxpayer will generally withdraw the OIC. The tax is adjusted to the correct amount via Form 3870, Request for Adjustment.

(2) The case file for a withdrawn OIC should contain:

  1. Form 5402

  2. ACM, if information not already contained in Form 5402

  3. Withdrawal Letter 241, Offer in Compromise Withdrawal signed by the ATM

  4. Form 3040, Authorization to Apply Offer in Compromise Deposit to Liability, or other written authorization to apply the deposit, if applicable

  5. Compliance rejection letter

  6. Taxpayer's written request for appeal and envelope with postmark

  7. Form 3870, Request for Adjustment, if applicable

(3) Close ACDS following general closing instructions. In addition:

  1. CLOSINGCD = 16 (OIC withdrawn)

  2. WUaccptOfrAmt = No entry

  3. RevsdTax for earliest tax period = Should be the same as proposed tax. The "total assessed balance" from IMFOLI or BMFOLI may also be used. RevsdTax for other periods = $0

(4) The ATE will indicate if adjustment actions are required. If yes, input the appropriate adjustments to IDRS.

(5) For a case that is not on AOIC, manually input TC 482 using the same date as the withdrawal date that is indicated in the closing letter.

Note: The legal withdrawal date is the IRS received date if the taxpayer's withdrawal letter was mailed certified or hand delivered, in which case the date should be indicated by the ATE in the body of the Letter 241. If the request to withdraw was received by any other method, the withdrawal date is the date the Letter 241 is mailed to the taxpayer.

(6) If an offer deposit was made and it was input onto AOIC, direct the disposition of the payment by selecting the appropriate option on ACDS.

Note: TIPRA 20% down payments are not refundable. An amount paid in excess of the 20% that is designated as an offer deposit is normally refunded unless the taxpayer provided written authorization allowing the IRS to apply the deposit to the existing tax liability. The APS TE closing the case must include in the file, the Form 3040 or other written authorization and must also route the Form 3040 or written authorization to the appropriate MOIC campus that processed the payment via EEFax or to the MOIC Organizational Mailbox:

MOIC Campus

Organizational Mailbox

Brookhaven MOIC

*SBSE EEF BSC MOIC Deposit

Memphis MOIC

*SBSE EEF Memphis MOIC Deposit

(7) Date and mail the Withdrawal Letter 241 to the taxpayer and/or POA. Keep a copy in the administrative file.

(8) Return the case to the originating Compliance office.

(9) Close PEAS using PEAS cc 03 with a completion date equal to the date the above actions were completed.

Note: When Compliance has worked the offer to conclusion before it was sent to Appeals, APS will return the case file to the originating Compliance function upon completion of all closing actions. If Appeals determined the liability and is the first evaluator of the offer, APS will send the case file to "files" upon the completion of all closing actions.

Examination or Specialty Originated Rejected OIC Procedures

(1) A case is processed as Appeals sustaining rejection of the offer when the taxpayer does not agree with the conclusion of the ATE and does not otherwise withdraw the offer.

(2) The case file for a rejected Offer in Compromise should contain:

  1. Form 5402

  2. Appeals rejection Letter 5197 signed by the ATM

  3. ACM

  4. Form 1271, Rejection and Withdrawal Memorandum

    Note: The Form 1271 in the file will be prepared by Exam.

  5. Form 3040, Authorization to Apply Offer in Compromise Deposit to Liability, or other written authorization to apply the deposit, if applicable

  6. Compliance rejection letter

  7. Taxpayer's written request for appeal and envelope with postmark

  8. Form 3870, Request for Adjustment, if applicable

(3) Close ACDS following general closing instructions. In addition:

  1. CLOSINGCD = 14 (OIC rejected)

  2. WUaccptOfrAmt = No entry

  3. RevsdTax for earliest tax period = same as proposed tax (which should be the amount of the total unpaid liability). RevsdTax for other periods = 0

(4) For a case that is not on AOIC, manually input TC 481 using the same date the case is closed/Appeals rejection letter date.

(5) The ATE will indicate if adjustment actions are required. If yes, input the appropriate adjustments to IDRS using Non-AIMS adjustment procedures.

(6) If an offer deposit was made and it was input onto AOIC, direct the disposition of the payment by selecting the appropriate option on ACDS.

Note: TIPRA 20% down payments are not refundable. An amount paid in excess of the 20% that is designated as an offer deposit is normally refunded unless the taxpayer provided written authorization allowing the IRS to apply the deposit to the existing tax liability. The APS TE closing the case must include in the file, the Form 3040 or other written authorization and must also route the Form 3040 or written authorization to the appropriate MOIC campus that processed the payment via EEFax or to the MOIC Organizational Mailbox:

MOIC Campus

Organizational Mailbox

Brookhaven MOIC

*SBSE EEF BSC MOIC Deposit

Memphis MOIC

*SBSE EEF Memphis MOIC Deposit

(7) Date and mail the Appeals OIC Rejection Letter 5197, Offer in Compromise Rejection to the taxpayer and/or POA and place a copy in the administrative file.

(8) Return the case to the originating Compliance office.

(9) Close PEAS using PEAS cc 03 with a completion date equal to the date the above actions were completed.

Note: When Compliance has worked the offer to conclusion before it was sent to Appeals, APS will return the case file to the originating Compliance function upon completion of all closing actions. If Appeals determined the liability and is the first evaluator of the offer, APS will send the case file to "files" upon the completion of all closing actions.

AOIC Closing Procedures for a Potential Default Case

(1) When an OIC case is returned to Appeals as a potential default, take the following AOIC closing actions when the case is ready to be closed.

(2) In AOIC Remarks enter the Appeals’ action (e.g. Offer to be defaulted).

(3) See Exhibit 8.20.7-17, Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures for step by step instructions.

(4) Close ACDS following regular OIC Closing procedures above.

Penalty Appeal (PENAP) Case Closing Procedures

(1) When APS receives the PENAP case for closing from the ATM, APS will:

  1. Assign the case to an APS employee on Processing Employee Automated System (PEAS).

  2. Determine if there is an Open Control Base on IDRS. (IDRS # 66###). If a control base is opened under an Appeals IDRS number, the TE must close the control base as part of their case processing actions. The Control Base can be closed using one of the two following methods:
    Use CC: ACTON to close the control base
    Use CC: ACTON to assign the control base to your IDRS Number

    Note: When you input the ADJ54 adjustment(s), IDRS will close the control base.

    Note: Also see IRM 2.3.12-2, ACTON Sample Inputs.

  3. Review closing documents for special instructions.

  4. Update and Close ACDS as appropriate.

  5. ACDS update and closing information is outlined below:

  6. Determination Made

    CLOSINGCD

    Sustained (penalties are not removed)

    14

    Abated (penalties are fully removed)

    15

    Partially Abated (only part of the penalties are removed)

    16

  7. Verify that the ACAPDATE is entered by the Appeals Team Manager (ATM) as a result of closing the case on the ATM module

  8. Enter in the field ACTION- ACKCLS

  9. Enter in RevisedPen, the amount of the sum of the penalties sustained for each tax period. This is taken from the Form 5402 or Form 8278, Assessment and Abatement of Miscellaneous Civil Penalties.

  10. Form

    What to enter in RevisedPen

    Form 5402

    use the total for each period in the AMT SUS (amount sustained column)

    Form 8278

    subtract the amount abated from the amount assessed

  11. Send feedback to Compliance when an address is provided in the Route To: field on the Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo.

(2) Multiple tax periods may be listed on Form 5402. If multiple tax periods are being adjusted for the same taxpayer, the workpapers will be associated with the latest period and that period will be input as a source document. All other related tax periods require the input of the literal "NSD" within the remarks field to satisfy Campus Files requirements. A TC 971 AC 057 to cross reference the tax period associated with the workpapers must also be input for each non-workpaper tax period.

Example: Form 5402, identifies penalty abatements for the following tax periods: 200412, 200512, 200612, 200712, 200812, 200912.

  • 200412 ADJ54 Remarks =" NSD" and a TC 971 AC 057 XREF 200912 is posted

  • 200512 ADJ54 Remarks =" NSD" and a TC 971 AC 057 XREF 200912 is posted

  • 200612 ADJ54 Remarks =" NSD" and a TC 971 AC 057 XREF 200912 is posted

  • 200712 ADJ54 Remarks = "NSD" and a TC 971 AC 057 XREF 200912 is posted

  • 200812 ADJ54 Remarks = "NSD" and a TC 971 AC 057 XREF 200912 is posted

  • 200912 will be input as a source document and sent to files

(3) For "Fully Abated," cc 15, input a TC 290 0.00 and the appropriate TC's for the penalty abatements, use the appropriate Blocking Series. A second adjustment with Blocking Series 96X is not required since all penalties will be abated.

Note: Review account for “-N” Freeze prior to initiating abatement transactions, if a “-N” Freeze exists see (6) below.

(4) For "Fully Sustained," cc 14, input a TC 290 0.00 and use Blocking Series 96X to set the "-N" freeze on the account.

(5) For "Partially Sustained," cc 16, input a TC 290 0.00 and the appropriate TC's for the partial penalty abatements. Use the appropriate Blocking Series to process the partial penalty abatement(s) identified on the Form 5402 and then as a second adjustment, use Blocking Series 96X to set the "-N" freeze on the account.

(6) The "-N" freeze can only be reversed by Appeals via the input of a TC 290 0.00 adjustment with a Blocking 97X.

Note: Once the "-N" freeze is on the account reflecting Appeals determination, penalties cannot be abated by any other function without Appeals involvement. If an ATE/ATM determines that additional penalty adjustments are appropriate, APS will input TC 290 $0.00 with Blocking Series 97X, and then input the additional penalty abatement amount from the Form 5402.

(7) Additional information on adjustment actions are found in IRM 20.1.2, Failure To File/Failure To Pay Penalties, and IRM 2.4.16, Command Codes REQ54 and ADJ54.

Petitioning/Non-Petitioning Spouse Case Closing Procedures

(1) Non-petitioning spouse assessments are normally posted using MFT 31 split account procedures. See IRM 8.20.7.44 , MFT 31 Separate Assessment Module Overview for additional guidance on MFT 31 accounts.

(2) Whenever a Non-Master File assessment process has already been used for one spouse, both spousal assessment must be posted using Non-Master File (NMF) procedures. NMF is subject to Manual Journalizing of debits and credits but MF is programmed to "Systemically Journalize" debits and credits. The Journalizing process must be consistently applied to both spouse’s accounts whenever they have a jointly owed debt. By ensuring both spouses’s accounts are controlled using the same journalizing methodology the Service ensures accurate and timely application of credits and accurate billing notice issuance. In addition, once Collection Activity Resumes, the spouse’s accounts must be linked to ensure accurate assignment of the jointly liable accounts to the Collection Revenue Officer. See the table below for the list of conditions which require that the NPS assessment must be processed using NMF. Whenever the PS/NPS assessment requires Non-Master File processing, see IRM 8.20.7.51.2, Non-Petitioning Spouse (NPS) Assessed on NMF for NMF processing guidance and detailed NMF account adjustment and closing instructions.

Non-Petitioning Spouse (NPS) is the...
Primary TP or Secondary TP

Condition Requiring NMF 20 Assessment

Primary Taxpayer (Deceased)

PTP Entity Mail Filing Requirement (MFR) = 8

Secondary Taxpayer (Deceased)

STP No Entity Established

Secondary Taxpayer (Deceased)

STP Invalid SSN* see Note below

Reminder: The previous practice of only posting the NPS to NMF 20 and then later posting the PS adjustment(s) to MFT 31 per the Entered Tax Court Decision resulted in post closure account IMBALANCES. This past practice resulted in multiple post-closure problems for the IRS Accounting Functions, the IRS NMF Unit, the IRS Collection Function as well as the taxpayers who did not receive accurate notices or received untimely notices.

Note: See IRM 5.19.7, Validating the Secondary SSN for step by step procedures to use whenever necessary in order to avoid NMF processing actions.

(3) When a petitioning spouse docketed case is received in APS for closing, the assigned APS TE must compare the tax and/or penalty amount(s) on the decision with the amount(s) previously assessed for the NPS on their MFT 31 account. See the examples and table below for an overview of the processing requirements for each of the three potential outcomes. Specific details are described in IRM 8.20.7.51.1 , Non-Petitioning Spouse (NPS) Assessed on MFT 31.

Example: #1 If the full amount of tax and/or penalty assessed against the NPS is also reflected on the Entered Decision, then the PS MFT 31 account must be assessed for the same amount(s). See Table row #1 below.

Example: #2 If a lesser amount of tax and/or penalty than what was assessed against the NPS is reflected on the Entered Decision, then the NPS MFT 31 account tax and/or penalty must be adjusted to reduce the assessed amounts to the amount(s) as determined by the Tax Court. See Table row #2 below.

Example: #3 If the Entered Decision completely eliminates the SND proposed tax deficiency and/or penalty, then the MFT 31 assessment for the PS must be reversed. See Table row #3 below.

Row#

PS Entered Decision Document includes:

NPS Account assessed based on SND:

Documents Prepared for PS MFT 31:

1.

Tax and Penalty same as the SND amount:

  • *If PS Entered Decision includes a waiver paragraph, include Item 08 Agreement Date with PS MFT 31 assessment.


MFT 30 MFJ Account:

  • After PS/NPS MFT 31 accounts are complete and accurate, then AIMS control for MFT 30 MFJ account can be closed.
    Prepare MFT 30 Form 5403 for closing:
    Item 08 - Leave Blank when the waiver does not apply to both taxpayers
    Item 12:
    ⇒ TC 300 0.00+
    ⇒ TC 160 0.00+ (if needed)
    Item 14:
    Enter PS ASED to update AIMS and MF.
    Item 15:
    Enter IRNs and adjustments per Form 5403 Instructions

  • Follow Form 5403 general instructions for all other item entries.

NPS MFT 31 Account:

  • No Change to Tax and/or Penalty.

  • Verify or input TC 971 AC 110 to ensure systemic mirroring of payments.

  • Take action to manually mirror any previously posted payments which apply to the joint liability on the PS MFT 31 account.

  • Monitor account updates until fully posted.

  • If TC 470 is posted, reverse using a TC 472 to Resume Collection Activity on MFT 31.

PS MFT 31 Account:

  1. Form 3177 - TC 971 AC 103 input on MFT 30 (Input Cycle #1).

  2. Monitor MFT 31 until present on IMFOL.

  3. Form 5403* - PS MFT 31 Assessment (Input Cycle #2).
    Use Item 07 HC if needed.
    Enter Item 08 Agreement Date if applicable.
    Enter Item 14 ASED for PS.

  4. Monitor adjustment(s) until posted.

  5. Form 8485 - Manual Mirroring of Credits
    ✓ if NPS MFT 31 account includes credits applicable to MFJ liability (Input Cycle #3).
    Use HC if needed.
    ✓ Always cycle credits to post after assessment to avoid an erroneous refund.

  6. Release MFT 31 account freezes on final input document to Resume Collection Activity.

2.

Tax and/or Penalty Less than the SND amounts:

  • If PS Entered Decision includes a waiver paragraph, Include Item 08 Agreement Date with PS MFT 31 assessment.


MFT 30 MFJ Account:

  • After PS/NPS MFT 31 accounts are complete and accurate, then close AIMS control for MFT 30 MFJ account:
    Prepare MFT 30 Form 5403 for closing in the same manner as Row 1 above.

NPS MFT 31 Account:

  • Process abatement to match correct Tax and/or Penalty.

  • Verify or input TC 971 AC 110 to ensure systemic mirroring of payments.

  • Take action to manually mirror any previously posted payments which apply to the joint liability on the PS MFT 31 account.

  • Monitor adjustment(s) until fully posted.

  • If TC 470 is posted, reverse using a TC 472 to Resume Collection Activity on MFT 31.

PS MFT 31 Account:

  1. Form 3177 - TC 971 AC 103 input on MFT 30 (Input Cycle #1).

  2. Monitor MFT 31 until present on IMFOL.

  3. Form 5403* - PS MFT 31 Assessment (Input Cycle #2).
    Use Item 07 HC if needed.
    Enter Item 08 Agreement Date if applicable.
    Enter Item 14 ASED for PS.

  4. Monitor adjustment(s) until posted.

  5. Form 8485 - Manual Mirroring of Credits
    ✓ If NPS MFT 31 account includes credits applicable to MFJ liability (Input Cycle #3).
    Use HC if needed.
    ✓ Always cycle credits to post after assessment to avoid an erroneous refund.

  6. Release MFT 31 account freezes on final input document to Resume Collection Activity.

3.

Tax and/or Penalty = 0.00
MFT 30 MFJ Account:

  • After NPS MFT 31
    ⇒ account is abated,
    ⇒ credits are transferred to MFT 30,
    ⇒ TC 972 AC 103 is posted to remove MFT 31 from MF;
    Then input Form 5403 No-Change closing.
    Enter Item 14 ASED for PS.

NPS MFT 31 Account:

  • Process Form 5403 abatement to reduce SND Tax/Pen assessments to 0.00

  • Transfer any credits to MFT 30 MFJ account.

  • Monitor MFT 31 account adjustments until fully posted.

  • Reverse MFT 31 by posting TC 972 AC 103 XREF for NPS SSN on MFT 30 MFJ account.

PS MFT 31 Account:

  • When the Tax Court decision determines the tax and/or penalty amounts on the SND are not upheld, then there is no MFT 31 account created for the PS.

  • If an MFT 31 account has been erroneously created, post a TC 972 AC 103 XREF PS SSN to MFT 30 MFJ account.

Non-Petitioning Spouse (NPS) Assessed on MFT 31

(1) If the non-petitioning spouse was assessed on MFT 31, and the Entered Decision does not entirely eliminate the tax deficiency and/or penalty assessment, then the petitioning spouse must also be assessed on MFT 31.

(2) APS will process the adjustments in the following manner:

  1. Establish MFT 31 account for petitioning spouse. Input TC 971, AC 103, XREF TIN = petitioning spouse TIN on the MFT 30 MFJ account.

  2. MFT 31 account must appear on IMFOLI prior to any additional input for adjustments/updates to the MFT 31 account.

    Note: It can take up to 3 cycles for the MFT 31 account to establish at MF. MFT 31 account adjustments/updates input prior to the MFT 31 account being active on IMFOLI will create an unpostable condition.

  3. Identify both MFT 31 accounts as having duplicate assessments. Input TC 971, AC 110 on both MFT 31 accounts.

  4. If a TC 640 Advanced Payment is posted to the MFT 30 account, a Master File "-F" freeze will also be present to freeze the module from generating a refund or offset. The TC 640 must be moved to one of the MFT 31 accounts and mirrored to the other. If a TC 640 is posted to the NPS MFT 31 account, then APS must manually mirror the credit to the PS MFT 31 account at closing.

  5. Manually “mirror” any payments posted prior to the TC 971 AC 110 date to the respective MFT 31 Account using guidance provided in IRM 21.6.8, "Missing Payments"

    Caution: Always ensure the payment posted to the MFT 30 account is accurately applied to the correct balance due module (MFT 31) before input of the TC 300 AMCLSA closing on MFT 30. If the TC 300 AMCLSA posts to the MFT 30 account and the TC 640 payment has not been properly applied to the correct balance due account, the TC 300 will release the MF "-F" freeze and result in an erroneous refund or offset as well as an incorrect notice to the taxpayer.

  6. Process the AMCLSS adjustment(s) on MFT 31.

  7. After MFT 31 assessments/adjustments post, process AMCLSA closing for joint account (see Caution above if a TC 640 payment is posted to MFT 30).

  8. If either MFT 31 account includes a TC 470, input TC 472 on both MFT 31 accounts to start collection activity. Monitor the TC 472 until posted.

(3) Prepare Form 5403 for the petitioning spouse:

  1. Check "AMCLSS"

  2. TIN - TIN of joint account:
    ✓ Item 56 PA to direct MF to post the Petitioning Spouse assessment to the Primary Taxpayer’s SSN
    ✓ Item 56 SA to direct MF to post the Petitioning Spouse assessment to the Secondary Taxpayer’s SSN. Item 57 STP Name Control is also required whenever Item 56 SA is checked.

  3. MFT - 30

  4. Item 08 - Agreement Date if the IRC § 6213 waiver paragraph is included on the Entered Decision Document

  5. Item 08 - Agreement Date is left blank if the IRC § 6213 waiver paragraph is not included on the Entered Decision Document

  6. Item 12 - tax and penalty on decision document

  7. Item 13 – enter disposal code 03

  8. Item 14 – enter statute date for petitioning spouse

  9. Item 15 – enter appropriate Credit Reference Numbers and amounts, do NOT enter Item Reference Numbers and amounts as these will be included on the MFT 30 AMCLSA closing in order to update the MFT 30 Return Level Fields. (See IRM 8.20.7.51.1 (8) for additional details about adjusting MFT 31 accounts)

  10. Item 800 through 811 – leave blank

  11. Item 42 – leave blank

(4) If the tax/penalty on the decision document equals the amount assessed on the MFT 31 account, the NPS MFT 31 account will not require an adjustment at closing, and Form 5403 is prepared to adjust the PS MFT 31 account for accurate interest law application based upon an agreement or entered decision without a waiver paragraph.

(5) If the tax/penalty on the decision document is less than the amount assessed on the MFT 31 account BECAUSE the petitioning spouse is found to be an innocent spouse, do NOT adjust the non-petitioning spouse account. Forward the case to the Florence APS team for processing and closing.

(6) If the tax/penalty on the decision document is less than the amount assessed on MFT 31, and there is NO innocent spouse issue, prepare Form 5403 for the non-petitioning spouse:

  1. Check "AMCLSS"

  2. TIN = TIN of joint account:
    ✓ Item 56 PA to direct MF to adjust the NPS MFT 31 account and the NPS is the PTP.
    ✓ Item 56 SA to direct MF to adjust the NPS MFT 31 account and the NPS is the STP. Item 57 STP Name Control is also required whenever Item 56 SA is checked.

  3. MFT = 30

  4. Item 12 entry:
    ⇒ TC is 301 is entered for the amount of tax abatement to reduce the SND tax amount assessed to the reduce Tax Court Decision tax amount. Circle the minus sign.
    ⇒ If any penalties were assessed based upon the SND, enter the correct TC to reverse the penalty amount(s) to the reduced Tax Court Decision amount. Circle the minus sign.

  5. Item 13 – enter disposal code 03

  6. Item 15 – enter appropriate Credit Reference Number(s) and amount(s), do NOT enter Item Reference Numbers or amounts. (See IRM 8.20.7.51.1 (8) for additional details about adjusting MFT 31 accounts)

  7. Item 800 through 811 – leave blank

(7) Prepare Form 5403 for the MFT 30 joint account but do not input the AIMS Closing until the MFT 31 account adjustments are fully posted:

  1. Check "AMCLSA"

  2. MFT = 30

  3. Item 12 = TC 300 0.00+ (If the Delinquent Return Indicator is set, also enter TC 160 0.00+.)

  4. Item 14 - Enter the correct ASED based upon the Docketed Case to update AIMS and post a TC 560 to the MFT 30 account.

  5. Item 15 – enter appropriate Item Reference Number(s) and adjustment amount(s) per the Form 5403 Instructions

  6. Note: CRNs and PRNs that were already in the AMCLSS adjustment should not be duplicated on the AMCLSA F5403.

  7. Items 800 through 810 – show statistical data for the entire workunit

  8. Item 811 – enter closing code based on the result of the docketed case: 08, 10, 11, 12 or 17

  9. Item 42 – Enter appropriate code (was tax owed, paid, not paid or partially paid)

  10. Item A - Cross-reference to the MFT 31 assessments of both petitioning and non-petitioning spouse


✓ If a Recertification Indicator/Code is present on CC: ENMOD, see IRM 8.20.7.27, EITC Recertification Program (Refundable Credits ACTC/CTC/AOTC/EIC) for additional information and procedures.

(8) Only MFT 31 account adjustments (debit and credit amounts attributable to the Individual Spouse can post to their MFT 31 account.

  • Each MFT 31 account must be carefully analyzed to correctly process adjustments to refundable credits.

  • See IRM 21.6.8, Adjusting Accounts for procedures to manage adjustments to refundable credits on MFT 31.

  • Whenever a reversal to a refundable credit(s) is required, but the credit(s) is not already posted to the MFT 31 account, ALWAYS include Priority Code 9 with the adjustment to avoid UPC 168 RC 0 Description #24.

Reminder: Social Security Administration data is not transmitted from MFT 31. Do not enter Item Reference Number adjustments for Self-Employment Tax, SE Income, or Medicare Income on the MFT 31 adjustment document. The Item Reference Number(s) and amount(s) are posted to the MFT 30 account.

Non-Petitioning Spouse (NPS) Assessed on NMF

(1) If the non-petitioning spouse was assessed on the NMF 20 account, the petitioning spouse assessment must also be processed on NMF 20.

(2) Prepare a Form 5403 for the MFT 30 joint account: (This Form 5403 is used to post adjustment(s) to any Item Reference Numbers applicable to the MFT 30 MFJ account and to also update the ASED (as appropriate) and close AIMS once the NMF account adjustments are fully posted.)

Note: DO NOT input the CC: AMCLSA for the MFT 30 MFJ account until all NMF account adjustments are posted.

  1. Check "AMCLSA"

  2. MFT = 30

  3. Item 12 TC 300 0.00+

  4. Item 12 - If the Delinquent Return Indicator is set then also input a TC 160 0.00+ to avoid an AIMS Reject

  5. Item 14 - Enter the correct ASED based upon the PS docketed case’s resolution

  6. Item 15 - Include entries as appropriate (DO NOT enter adjustments to Refundable Credit Reference Numbers - these are included on the NMF 20 account(s)).

  7. Items 800 through 810 – Show statistical data for the entire workunit

  8. Item 811 – Enter the Appeals Closing Code based on the result of the docketed case: 08, 10, 11, 12 or 17 see Exhibit 8.20.7-1, Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record (Instructions), Table #1 Item 811 CLOSINGCD for a detailed description of each Appeals Closing Code.

  9. Item 42 - Enter the appropriate ARDI code for an AGREED joint liability - is the account full paid, no payment received, partial payment received. The account status on the date the APS TE is preparing the Form 5403 is used to determine the ARDI Code. For an Unagreed Assessments e.g. a Defaulted SND, Item 42 entry is not required.

    Reminder: Each taxpayer will have their own NMF account for their joint income tax liability but the total liability must only be paid once. This means that a credit on one spouse’s NMF 20 account must be manually mirrored to the other spouse’s NMF 20 account. If the NPS NMF 20 account has enough credits to full pay the entire balance, then when those credits are mirrored to the other spouse’s NMF 20 account by the NMF Unit, the total liability may be full paid. If one spouse is liable for a greater amount than the other, e.g. in the instance of a Fraud Penalty or underpayment interest application, then one spouse’s account may be full paid while the other spouse’s account is not. The MFT 30 Item 42 entry must reflect the correct Account Receivable Dollar Inventory (ARDI) code based upon the largest liability owed by either of the taxpayers. See Exhibit 8.20.7-1, Form 5403 General Instructions, Table #1, Item 42, ARDI Indicator for detailed instructions on determining the correct ARDI to enter on the AIMS Closing Document.

  10. Item A - Enter cross-reference to NMF assessments for both petitioning and non-petitioning spouse.

(3) Do not input the CC: AMCLSA for the MFT 30 MFJ account until all NMF account adjustments are posted. When an NMF 20 account has a balance due, the ANMF transcript can be accessed and viewed using CC: TXMODA by entering the TIN followed by an "N" and NMFT = 20.

Reminder: All IRM Requirements applicable to Quick Assessments also apply when preparing a Form 2859 to assess the NPS and the PS on Non-Master File. See IRM 8.20.7.7.1, Quick Assessment Requirements for detailed procedures and instructions. Always document the MFT 30 account with the History Item "MAASMMDDYY" and "NPS = PTP or STP" when submitting the Non Petitioning Spouse NMF assessment. Always document the MFT 30 account with the History Item "MAASMMDDYY" and "PS = PTP/STP" when submitting the Petitioning Spouse NMF assessment.
Entry of the "HOLDDOC51" History Item is not necessary when processing the NPS/PS adjustments on NMF because all notices will be issued by ANMF and the AIMS controls on the MFT 30 MFJ Account will not be closed until all NMF adjustments are fully posted.

(4) Prepare a Form 2859, Request for Quick or Prompt Assessment for the NMFT 20 assessment for the Petitioning Spouse assessment following normal procedures and include the following additional information:

  • Write "Petitioning Spouse Assessment" at the top of the form

  • Include "Non-Petitioning Spouse XREF TIN " in the Remarks Field

  • Also include the reason the NPS had to be assessed using NMF procedures:
    ⇒ "NPS Invalid TIN"
    ⇒ "NPS Deceased - no entity"
    ⇒ "NPS Deceased - MFR = 8"

(5) If the tax/penalty on the decision document equals the amount already assessed on the Deceased NPS NMF account, prepare a Form 3177, Notice of Action for Entry on MF with TC 471" Resume Collection". This Form 3177 is faxed to the NMF unit on the same day the PS NMF documentation is faxed.

(6) If the tax/penalty on the decision document is less than the amount assessed on the NMF account BECAUSE the petitioning spouse is found to be an innocent spouse, do NOT adjust the non-petitioning spouse account. Forward the case to the Florence APS team for processing and closing. The APS TE who closes the case will send a Form 3177, Notice of Action for Entry on MF with TC 471 "Resume Collection" to the NMF unit for the non-petitioning spouse.

(7) If the tax/penalty on the decision document is less than the amount assessed on the NMF account, and there is NO innocent spouse issue, prepare a Form 1331-B , Notice of Adjustment for the non-petitioning spouse NMF 20 abatement action.

Reminder: Enter the following History Items on the MFT 30 MFJ account:
⇒ "NPS (PTP/STP) NMF 20" Identify if the NPS assessed on NMF is the Primary (PTP) or the Secondary (STP) taxpayer.
⇒ "F1331-B ABTMT"
⇒ "FAX MMDDYYYY"

(8) The NMF assessment/adjustment documentation must be completed per the table below:NMF 20 Documentation Requirements for Primary Taxpayer (PTP) and Secondary Taxpayer (STP)

ROW #

Spouse SND Action and Requirement for NMF 20:

Interim Action for NPS Assessment to NMF 20

Documentation Requirements:

1.

Non-Petitioning Spouse:

  • PTP Deceased MFR = 8

  • STP Invalid TIN

  • STP Deceased No Entity

Reminder: Verify with Counsel (using encrypted email) if the Surviving Spouse or the NPS Fiduciary will perfect the petition to include the NPS. This is an administrative cost saving measure taken to avoid unnecessary NMF account creation.

IF:

  1. NPS (PTP/STP) is added to the petition, then NMF procedures are not required because there is no longer an NPS go to Doc. Req. column →

  2. NPS is not added to the petition, then go to row 2 for PTP or row 3 for STP.

ACDS:

  • Convert email exchange with Counsel to a pdf and upload as an ACDS attachment.

  • Perfected Petition to include both TPs will also be attached to ACDS.

  • Correct ACDS to remove any MFT Spousal related records

  • Verify that ACDS Docketed WUNO does not include PS/NPS remarks.

2.

Non-Petitioning Spouse (PTP):

  • Deceased MFR = 8

PTP NMF Assessment:

  • Must be posted with a 23C date prior to PTP ASED


F-2859 must include notation:

  • "NPS Assessment"

  • "Decd. MFR = 8"

  • XREF PS TIN NNN-NN-NNNN

Verify ACDS includes Spousal Records for MFT 20
Update STATUTE date and Statute CODE entries as appropriate
Prepare:

  • Form 2859

  • Form 3177 with TC 130 and TC 470


Include:

  • Assessment Authorization (Defaulted SND

  • Manual Interest DMI 490 Report

3.

Non-Petitioning Spouse (PTP):

  • Invalid TIN

  • Deceased No Entity

STP NMF Assessment:

  • Must be posted with a 23C date prior to STP ASED


F-2859 must include notation:

  • "NPS Assessment"

  • "Invalid TIN"

  • "Decd. No Entity"

  • XREF PS TIN NNN-NN-NNNN

Verify ACDS includes Spousal Records for MFT 20
Update STATUTE date and Statute CODE entries as appropriate
Prepare:

  • Form 2859

  • Form 3177 with TC 130 and TC 470


Include:

  • Assessment Authorization (Defaulted SND

  • Manual Interest DMI 490 Report

Non-Petitioning Spouse (NPS) Previously Assessed and Final Settlement Closing Procedures

(1) Once the final resolution for the MFT 30 account is determined, the case is submitted to APS for final account processing actions.

(2) The APS TE is responsible for analyzing the NPS MFT 31 account, the MFT 30 MFJ account, and the PS MFT 31 account (if one has already been established), to determine the correct processing actions to take in order to provide the correct and final billing notice or refund (if appropriate) to both taxpayer’s.

(3) Important factors to know and understand:

  • The total amount of tax, penalty, and interest applicable to the MFT 30 MFJ account must only be paid once. This means that any payments/credits posted to the NPS MFT 31 account and attributable to the Joint Tax/Pen/Int deficiency, must be either systemically or manually mirrored (credited) to the MFT 31 account for the PS.

    Reminder: When the TC 971 AC 110 is posted to the NPS and/or PS MFT 31 accounts, all subsequent payments/credits will systemically mirror to the MFT 31 accounts for the same tax period. Any payments posted prior to the TC 971 AC 110 23C date will not systemically mirror, but instead must be manually credited via TC 290 procedures using CRN 337. See IRM 21.6.8 sections provided below for additional detailed guidance:
    Exam/Appeals/AUR MFT 31 Modules
    Inquiries
    Missing Payments
    Adjusting Accounts
    Refunds
    Transcripts
    DUPASMT Transcripts

(4) If the entered decision for the Petitioning Spouse, results in a lesser tax deficiency and/or penalty then APS must adjust the MFT 31 account for the NPS, and only assess the Entered Decision amount(s) on the MFT 31 for the PS. Any credits posted to the NPS MFT 31 are mirrored to the PS MFT 31 account.

Example: NPS MFT 31 was assessed as a Default SND for TC 300 5,000.00+, and TC 240 for 1,000.00+. The Entered Decision for the PS, does NOT contain a waiver paragraph, and determines a tax deficiency of $ 4,000.00 and an Accuracy Related Penalty of $ 800.00. The NPS MFT 31 must be adjusted with a TC 301 for 1,000.00- and a TC 240 for 200.00-. Any payments posted to the MFT 31 must be mirrored to the PS MFT 31 account unless a TC 971 AC 110 had already mirrored the payments systemically to the PS MFT 31 account. The tax assessment of $ 4,000.00+ and penalty assessment of $ 800.00+ will be assessed on the PS MFT 31 account but an agreement date will NOT be associated with the TC 300 assessment because the Entered Decision did not contain a waiver paragraph.

(5) Once all MFT 31 account adjustments are posted, then the MFT 30 account is closed CC: AMCLSA using TC 300 0.00 in Item 12 and all applicable Item Reference Number adjustments in Item 15 to ensure the Return Information is accurately reflected on TXMODA page 1.

(6) Listed below are examples of account conditions which illustrate how the PS MFT 31 account and the NPS MFT 31 account balance due amounts can differ:

  • NPS defaulted, PS Entered Decision includes the waiver paragraph. Underpayment interest suspension applies to the PS, but not to the NPS.

  • NPS agreed, PS Entered Decision includes the waiver paragraph but the waiver dates are different.

  • NPS was assessed a fraud penalty, PS was relieved of the fraud penalty.

Caution: The list above is not intended to be all inclusive and complex scenarios may require Technical Employee assistance to ensure the taxpayer’s and each of the taxpayers pay no more than the correct amount of tax. Involve your Lead TE and/or PTM as necessary. Follow IRM 8.20.7.2 (10) procedures to request TCS assistance when necessary.

(7) PS/NPS processing requires multiple account actions which must be controlled and monitored for accurate posting. The APS TE must also ensure Notice Suppression and Credit Freeze procedures are employed. The APS TE may need to use a Hold Code, Priority Code, and/or a Posting Delay Code for each account adjustment in order to avoid an unpostable condition, issuance of an erroneous billing notice, or release of an erroneous refund. The APS TE will utilize PEAS Suspense and PEAS Follow-up as appropriate to control all accounts requiring multiple actions. See IRM 8.20.7.63.2 , APS Online Input and Non-AIMS Adjustment Monitoring Procedures for additional information.

Closing ACDS on Non-Petitioning Spouse Case

(1) When closing a non-petitioning spouse case on ACDS, update and close both MFT 31 records as well as the key case MFT 30 record.

Example: Dan and Sandra Daisy filed a joint return. A statutory notice of deficiency for $5,000 tax was issued to both taxpayers. Dan filed a petition with Tax Court. Sandra signed and returned the SND Waiver of Agreement to the originating function on July 30, 2017. The originating function assessed the full amount of the SND deficiency on Sandra’s MFT 31 account (Agreement Date = 07302017), and forwarded the Dummy File to APS for association with the docketed case for Dan Daisy. The docketed case for Dan Daisy is now in APS for closing. The Decision document for Dan Daisy shows a deficiency of $2,000 tax, includes the waiver paragraph, and the Entered Decision date is September 20, 2017. There were NO innocent spouse issues in this case and no payments have been made to date. The deficiency for both Dan and Sandra Daisy should be $2,000.


Prepare three (3) Form 5403s as follows:
  • Assess Dan Daisy $2,000 on MFT 31 Agreement Date = 09202017.
    CC: AMCLSS
    Item 56 PA✓
    Monitor until posted
    Account is not restricted and IDRS will systemically post and update interest accruals
    Follow TC 290 CRN 337 procedures to manually mirror any credits posted to NPS MFT 31 account
    Post a TC 971 AC 110 to the PS MFT 31 account to systemically mirror payments to the NPS MFT 31 account

  • Adjust Sandra Daisy's MFT 31 account from $5,000.00 to $2,000.00 via TC 301 for $3,000.00-.
    CC: AMCLSS
    Item 56 SA ✓
    Item 57 DAIS
    Monitor until posted
    No agreement date is entered for abatements
    07302017 agreement date was already associated with MFT 31 TC 300 assessment and IDRS interest will systemically update
    Post a TC 971 AC 110 to the NPS MFT 31 account to systemically mirror payments to the PS MFT 31 account

  • Joint account for $0 CC: AMCLSA
    APS will update all Item 15 reference numbers as provided on Form 5403 Instruction Worksheet prepared by TCS
    APS will verify the payments posted prior to input of the TC 971 AC 110 are manually mirrored to the other MFT 31 account
    APS will verify the TC 971 AC 110 is posted to both MFT 31 account to ensure systemic mirroring of all future payments made by either spouse
    APS will verify the MFT 31 adjustments are posted and Master File Freezes are released to commence balance due notice routine for collection action

(2) Close the joint key case on ACDS using general closing procedures. In addition:

  1. CLOSINGCD – use the code for the docketed case: 08, 10, 11, 12, 17, or 21

  2. ACTION – ACKCLS

  3. REVSDTAX – Enter the correct joint liability amount as reflected in the Tax Court decision or Order

(3) Close the petitioning spouse case on ACDS:

  1. CLOSINGCD – 08, 10, 11, 12, 17 or 21

  2. ACTION – ACKCLS

  3. STATDATE – compute new statute with tack-on time.

  4. REVSDTAX and Pen – zero (the revised tax/penalty is reflected on the joint key case)

(4) Close the non-petitioning spouse case on ACDS:

  1. CLOSINGCD – 45

  2. ACTION – ACKCLS

  3. REVSDTAX and Pen – zero (the revised tax/penalty is reflected on the joint key case)

(5) When the APS TE completes a processing action and can take no further action on the case until adjustment verification is received, or the input transaction posts, they must properly notate the PEAS CAR, and place the case in PEAS Suspense for the appropriate timeframe. PEAS also has a Follow-up Date option which is recommended for the most efficient inventory management. The APS TE must determine the appropriate Follow-up Date based upon the reason they are placing the case in PEAS Suspense.

MFT 31 Spousal Assessments Additional References

(1) IRM 21.6.8, Individual Tax Returns - Split Spousal Assessments (MFT 31 / MFT 65) is the primary source of procedural guidance. See the following sections for additional information:

  • Split/Transfer Account Overview

  • Mirrored Account Overview

  • Exam/Appeals/AUR MFT 31 Account Overview

Premature Referrals or Improper Referrals

(1) When it is determined that a case was improperly or prematurely sent to Appeals, the case should be returned to the originating office (Compliance, Collection, EP, EO, etc.) for further consideration.

(2) ACDS is closed using the information provided by the ATE on Form 5402.

(3) Use Form 3210/E3210 whenever transmitting hard copy taxpayer data.

Jurisdiction Released on Premature or Improper Referrals

(1) If Appeals is releasing jurisdiction to the originating office, APS will close the ACDS WUNO using cc 20 and will return AIMS controls to the originating function using CC: AMSTUB as follows:

  • Compliance cases – update AIMS to status 21 using CC: AMSTUB.

  • EP/EO cases – if on AIMS, update to status 20. These cases are usually returned to the originating office.

  • Campus compliance cases are generally not returned to the Campus for further development. The ATE will identify the where the case will be sent to for corrective action.

  • Collection cases are not on AIMS and are returned to the originating office identified by the ATE on Form 5402.
    For CDP cases, if the TC 520 cc 76/77 is input include a note on the transmittal that "The CSED reflected in the TC 520 cc 76/77 may have been prematurely suspended and requires reversal and further review by Collection."

.

(2) Close ACDS following general closing procedures. In addition:

  1. CLOSINGCD = 20

  2. ACTION = ACKCLS

  3. No entries are required on the return level – use zeroes for the revised tax/penalty

(3) On cases where Appeals releases jurisdiction, Appeals is responsible for the statute of limitations ONLY until a copy of the Form 3210/E3210 is acknowledged. The Form 3210/E3210 must clearly identify the earliest ASED for each tax period being returned to the originating function.

Jurisdiction Not Released on Premature or Improper Referrals

(1) If the ATE determines that Appeals will retain jurisdiction of the case but send the file back to the originating office for further development, then jurisdiction is not released. ACDS is kept open and AIMS is usually not changed (if case is on AIMS).

(2) Generally, when cases are controlled on AIMS, the AIMS data base will remain in the current Appeals status while the originating office considers the Appeals request.

(3) Appeals is responsible for the statute of limitations on cases where Appeals retains jurisdiction.

(4) Update ACDS:

  1. ACTION = DDJRET

  2. TODATE = date case sent to originating office

Reference Returns

(1) Returns associated with protested or petitioned cases for information purposes only (no proposed dollar adjustment), are "reference" returns. These reference returns include:

  • Non-Taxable Form 1120-S, U.S. Income Tax Return for an S Corporation

  • Non-Taxable Form 1065, U.S. Return of Partnership Income

(2) Reference returns, when controlled on AIMS are in Status 80.

(3) Although reference returns controlled on AIMS are generally in status 80, there may be older inventory still in status 86 which may (other than return Form 1120-S and Form 1065) be closed using Form 5570, Appeals Short Closings. All non-taxable returns controlled on AIMS must also be closed off of AIMS using Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record in order to provide information in Item 802, "Appeals Adjustment Amount Non-Taxable", and Item 805, "Counsel Adjustment Amount Non-Taxable". The ATE provides closing instructions for all cases in the WUNO and Related WUNO(s) on the Form 5402.

(4) If Compliance closes the reference returns on AIMS prior to sending the case to Appeals, APS will request the AIMS database from Compliance.

(5) Close reference returns from ACDS using CLOSINGCD 45.

Shared Responsibility Payment (SRP) Closing Procedures

(1) SRP cases will come with docketed and non-docketed MFT 30 cases. These cases may be assessed or not assessed at time of closing. if not assessed, APS will establish MFT 35 on IDRS via ACTON. APS will verify MFT 35 is on TXMODA. If not established on TXMODA, pull AMDISA of MFT 30 and overlay with ACTON. Use the format below to establish a dummy module of TXMODA, where an immediate assessment can be made:

  • FORMAT:

  • ACTON_35_YYYYMM_NC

  • C#,,B,TPRQ

  • *,*

(2) When APS receives the case for closing, APS will:

  • Assign the case to an APS employee on Processing Employee Automated System (PEAS).

  • Review closing documents for special instructions.

  • Update and Close ACDS as appropriate.

  • ACDS update and closing information is outlined below:

Determination Made

CLOSINGCD

Fully Sustained

14

Not Sustained

15

Part Sustained

16

(3) Enter the Closing Code which will generate ACKCLS in the ACTION Field.

(4) Enter in "RevsdPen", the amount from the Form 5402 or Form 8278, Assessment and Abatement of Affordable Care Act (ACA) Assessable Payments.

Form

What to enter in RevisedPen

Form 5402

use the total for each period in the AMT SUS (amount sustained column)

Form 8278

subtract the amount abated from the amount assessed.

(5) For "Not Sustained", cc 15, input a TC 290 0.00 and the appropriate TCs for the SRP payment abatements, use the appropriate Blocking Series.

(6) For "Fully Sustained", cc 14, input a TC 290 0.00 and use Blocking Series 05X.

(7) For "Partially Sustained", cc 16, input a TC 290 0.00 and the appropriate TCs for the partial SRP payment abatements. Use the appropriate Blocking Series to process the partial SRP payment abatement(s) identified on the Form 5402.

(8) Additional information on adjustment actions are found in IRM 2.4.16, Command Codes REQ54 and ADJ54.

(9) Multiple tax periods may be listed on Form 5402 for MFT 35. On each tax period input TC 971 AC 057 to cross reference to MFT 30 via REQ77.

Statutory Notice of Deficiency (SND) 90-Day/150-Day Case Closing

(1) This section provides closing instructions for the following:

  • Agreed 90/150 Day SND

  • Defaulted 90/150 Day SND

  • Defaulted 90/150 Day SND involving a Claim

APS Procedures to Close Agreed Appeals-Issued SND 90-Day/150-Day Cases

(1) If the taxpayer agrees to the Appeals-Issued SND during the 90-day (150-day) period, upon receipt of the signed waiver of agreement, the APS TE must use the table below to ensure timely and accurate processing of the agreed deficiency.Processing Agreed "Appeals-Issued" Statutory Notice of Deficiency (SND)

IF

AND

THEN

SEE

Form 872-A was controlling the ASED until the Appeals SND was issued

the taxpayer signs and submits a signed waiver for the Appeals Issued SND

add 60 days to the waiver received date and update ACDS with the revised ASED. The deficiency must be processed using Quick Assessment (MAAS) procedures. There is no Tack-On Time available in this scenario.

IRM 8.21.2Updating Statutes on ACDS and AIMS (2) g
IRM 8.20.7.7.1, Quick Assessment Requirements

The original or extended ASED (Form 872, Consent to Extend the Time to Assess Tax) was controlling the ASED when the Appeals SND was issued

the taxpayer signs and submits a signed waiver for the Appeals Issued SND

adding 60 days to the waiver received date to calculate the ASED will require a Quick Assessment so Tack-On Time must be considered and applied whenever possible to bypass the requirement for processing a MAAS.

IRM 8.21.2, Adding Tack-On Time to Statutes

The revised ASED does not expire within 60 days,

the agreed deficiency is ≥ $100,000 and is unpaid,

the assessment must be processed using Quick Assessment procedures.

IRM 8.20.7.7, Expedite Processing for Certain Large Dollar Cases > $100,000 and IRM 4.4.25, Situations Requiring Quick Assessments

Reminder: Managerial review is mandatory for each tax period with an adjustment greater than $100,000.

The revised ASED does not expire within 60 days,

the agreed deficiency is < $100,000 and unpaid

the assessment can be processed via CC: AMCLSA, however, every effort must be made to input the assessment during an IDRS Cycle in which the 23C date will be earlier than the waiver + 30 day date to avoid deficiency interest suspension under IRC § 6601 (c).

IRM 20.2.7

  • IRC 6601(c), Suspension of Interest on Deficiencies

  • IRC 6601(c) Suspension Period Calculation

The revised ASED does not expire within 60 days

the agreed deficiency is full paid, regardless of the amount of the deficiency,

the assessment can be processed via CC: AMCLSA under general processing time frames

  • Priority #1 - process the assessment timely and accurately

  • Priority #2 - process the assessment in the most efficient manner

(2) Once the revised ASED is calculated and the payment status identified to determine the correct processing requirements, update ACDS as follows:

  • Determine the revised Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED), see IRM 8.21.2, Updating Statutes on ACDS and AIMS.

  • If the revised ASED ≤ 60 days, determine if TACK-ON Time is available to avoid the need to process a Quick Assessment, see IRM 8.21.2, Adding Tack-On Time to Statutes.

  • Identify the current payment status = Paid, Partially Paid, Unpaid.

  • Identify if "expedite processing" is required for an unpaid deficiency >$100,000.00.

  • Identify if quick assessment procedures are required to ensure the 23C date of the unpaid deficiency >$100,000.00 is prior to the waiver plus 30 day date.

(3) Determine the revised ASED and consider the payment status to ensure timely and accurate processing of the agreed adjustments.

(4) Compare the agreement form with the copy of the notice of deficiency to ensure the amounts of deficiency and overassessment, if any, are the same. If they differ, notify your PTM, or the ATM, for resolution of the discrepancy.

Note: For jointly filed returns, both spouses must sign the waiver.

(5) Compute the new statute as follows:

Example: Revised Statute = the later of the Agreement received date + 60 days, or the original statute date + 60 days. If the statute was previously opened under Form 872-A, the revised ASED is 60 days from the Agreement received date.

Reminder: When the Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED) is open under a Form 872-A, Special Consent to Extend the Time to Assess Tax, the issuance of a Statutory Notice of Deficiency (SND) is the legal action which closes the open ended consent. Once the SND is issued, the ASED is suspensed until the next legal action occurs:
• An agreement to the SND is received, or
• A petition if filed, or
• The SND defaults.

(6) Update ACDS as follows:

  • STATDATE - Revised Statute Date (60 days from the agreement received date, or normal ASED, whichever is later.)

    Reminder: When the Revised Statute Date is within 60 days, and the assessment must be processed as a quick assessment, the APS TE must further analyze the ASED to determine if TACK-ON time is available on the respective account.

  • CLOSINGCD - 04

  • ACTION - ACKCLS

  • STATDATE - Revised Statute Date (Default ASED) (See IRM Exhibit 8.20.7-1).

  • RevsdTax/Pen/Claim - enter the amounts from the SND.

(7) Ensure the correct updated ASED is entered in Item 14 of Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record which when input via AIMS CC: AMCLSA will update the ASED on both AIMS and IDRS (TC 560). See IRM 8.21.2, Agreement Received During 90(150)-day Notice Period for guidance.

(8) APS will expedite the processing of the case when the ATE has annotated Form 5402 with language similar to the following to indicate the new statute date:

"Agreed SND, must to be assessed within 60 days of the agreement received date of MM-DD-YYYY."

Note: If 60 days or less remain on the updated ASED, the agreed assessment must be processed following Quick Assessment procedures, using Form 2859, Request for Quick or Prompt Assessment.

(9) Prepare Form 5403 using procedures provided in Exhibit 8.20.7-1.

(10) Close the case on ACDS and open in PEAS using general closing instructions. Use FROMDATE = current date MM-DD-YYYY.

(11) Close the case on PEAS upon input of the account adjustments unless mandatory monitoring actions are necessary such as when a Quick Assessment is processed or when multiple account actions/adjustments must be input.

(12) When the APS TE completes a processing action which requires mandatory monitoring, and can take no further action on the case until adjustment verification is received, they must properly notate the PEAS CAR, and place the case in PEAS Suspense for the appropriate timeframe. PEAS also has a Follow-up Date option which is recommended for the most efficient inventory management. The APS TE must determine the appropriate Follow-up Date based upon the reason they are placing the case in PEAS Suspense.

Defaulted Statutory Notice of Deficiency (SND) 90/150-day Cases

(1) Upon the SND Default Date (90/150) plus 30 days (120/180), a case that does not appear on the Docket List is considered defaulted.

(2) When the 120 or 180-day period expires in these cases, assess the deficiency using default procedures if the taxpayer has not filed a petition with the United States Tax Court. A defaulted case is a case where a party fails to timely file a valid petition as required under IRC § 6213(a).

(3) Update ACDS using general closing instructions. In addition input the following:

  1. CLOSINGCD - 05

  2. ACTION - ACKCLS

  3. STATDATE - Revised Statute Date (Default ASED) (See Exhibit 8.20.7-1)

  4. RevsdTax/Pen/Claim - enter the amounts from the notice of deficiency

  5. SN Defaulted - Y indicates that a 90 day letter was issued

(4) Prepare Form 5403 for assessment. If the revised ASED is <60 days the assessment must be processed using a Form 2859, Request for Quick or Prompt Assessment. When a Quick Assessment is processed, the Form 5403 is used to update applicable Item Reference Number (IRN) amounts on the taxpayer's account as well as to post the corrected ASED, and close the AIMS Controls via posting of the TC 421.

(5) Close the case on PEAS upon input of the account adjustments unless mandatory monitoring actions are necessary such as when a Quick Assessment is processed or multiple account adjustment actions are required.

(6) When the APS TE completes a processing action which requires mandatory monitoring, and can take no further action on the case until adjustment verification is received, they must properly notate the PEAS CAR, and place the case in PEAS Suspense for the appropriate timeframe. PEAS also has a Follow-up Date option which is recommended for the most efficient inventory management. The APS TE must determine the appropriate Follow-up Date based upon the reason they are placing the case in PEAS Suspense.

Statutory Notice of Deficiency (SND) Disposition of Agreed or Defaulted SND Cases Involving Claims

(1) If, in response to a statutory notice of deficiency, the taxpayer submits an agreement or fails to file a petition within the time provided, the notice of claim disallowance prepared by the ATE and included within the suspensed case, must be issued before the SND tax periods are assessed, unless the taxpayer submits Form 2297, Waiver of Statutory Notification of Claim Disallowance.

Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) Investor Case Closings

(1) This section provides instructions when closing TEFRA Cases, including:

  • TEFRAP - TEFRA Penalty Only Case

  • TEFRAI - TEFRA Investor Only Case

(2) The http://appeals.web.irs.gov/isppub/tefra.htmTechnical Guidance - TEFRA web page provides the following reference topics which may be of interest and benefit to APS:

  • Customized Form 5402 for TEFRA Key Cases

  • Determining What Actions Are Needed Before the One-Year Statute Date Expires

  • Commonly Used Acronyms

  • Instructions for Form 8339

  • Instructions for Form 8344

(3) If a TEFRA audit remains open, the assessments to the non-TEFRA issues must be done as partials AIMS adjustments CC: AMCLSF. ACDS is closed when all cases within the WUNO are ready for final closing actions.

Case Routing

(1) The ATE will determine the proper routing of the investor case file by researching the Partnership Control System (PCS). The ATE will note the proper routing in the remarks of the Form 5402 for APS. After closing, APS will forward cases with an open TEFRA linkage to the appropriate destination as follows:

  1. CIC corporation, Joint Committee, or other corporate specialty case files should be sent to the appropriate Compliance Technical Services (CTS) unit based on the location of the originating Examination group.

  2. All other case files should be sent to the key case Campus TEFRA Function (CTF).

    Note: Instructions for determining the key case CTF are available on the Appeals Technical Guidance - TEFRA web page.

TEFRA Interest Rules

(1) Underpayment interest laws, rules and procedures which apply to partnerships:Table of Underpayment Interest Rules Applicable to Partnerships

Legal Statute and Title

Details and Resources

IRC 6601(c), Suspension of Interest in Certain Income, Estate, Gift, and Certain Excise Tax Cases

  • MFT 02 Form 1120

  • MFT 05 Form 1041

  • MFT 30 Form 1040

  • MFT 51 Form 709

  • MFT 52 Form 706


  • Appeals Technical Employees (ATE) and APS share responsibility for ensuring timely processing of Agreed and Unpaid Deficiencies >$100,000 in order to avoid and/or reduce the underpayment interest suspension timeframe and costs to the government and U.S. Treasury Revenue Base.

  • Applies to partnership tax years beginning AFTER August 5, 1997.

  • When adjustments are authorized via a signed waiver of agreement, the applicable Agreement Date must be associated with the TC 30X tax assessment amount.

  • For agreed and unpaid tax assessments > $100,000, Expedite Processing procedures must be followed to avoid and/or minimize the underpayment interest suspension time period.

  • ATE identifies the necessity for Expedite Processing upon receipt of the executed agreement without corresponding payment, and takes appropriate action(s) to accurately document Form 5402 with applicable agreement date(s) and provide APS with the case adjustment documentation and assessment authority in a timely manner to allow for processing actions prior to the waiver + 30 day date.

  • All interest-related forms and schedules must be available to APS for accurate account adjustment and timely processing action(s).


IRM References:

  • IRM 8.19.1, Special Interest Features for TEFRA Partners (1) for additional information.

  • IRM 8.21.6, Assessing the Tax from TEFRA Issues

  • IRM 20.2.5, Waiver Date Processing Regarding TMT Interest and Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (TEFRA)

  • IRM 8.20.7.10.11.1, Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record, Item 08 Entry When There Are Two Agreements

  • Exhibit 8.20.7-12, "Interest-Related" IRC §, Rev. Proc., Rev. Rul. and IRM References

IRC 6404(g), Suspension of Interest and Certain Penalties Where Secretary Fails to Contact Taxpayer

  • MFT 30 Form 1040 ONLY

  • Applies to tax years ending AFTER July 22, 1998.

  • The ATE identifies if IRC 6404(g) interest applies on an MFT 30 account, and documents the applicability 6404(g) Applies - Yes, or No on the Form 5402.

  • Whenever 6404(g) applies, the ATE/TCS prepares the 6404(g) Worksheet and associates it with the case when submitted to APS for processing of an adjustment.


IRM References:

  • IRM 8.19.1, Special Interest Features for TEFRA Partners (2) for additional information.

  • IRM 20.2.7, IRC 6404(g) Interest Suspension

  • IRM 8.20.7.10.11.2, Interest Related Account Features and Awareness

  • IRM 8.20.7.10.11.3, APS Responsibility for Identifying and Securing "Interest-Related" Forms and Schedules

  • Exhibit 8.20.7-12, "Interest-Related" IRC §, Rev. Proc., Rev. Rul. and IRM References

IRC 6621 (c), Increase in Underpayment Rate for Large Corporate Underpayments (LCU)

  • Form 1120 which also includes a "C-CORP>1" indicator at the top of the TXMODA page 1.

  • Any other BMF taxable entity with a Form 1120, U.S. Corporation Income Tax Return filing requirement (Except Form 1120-S) will include a "C-CORP>1" indicator at the top of the TXMODA page 1.

  • The ATE/TCS identifies if IRC 6621(c) LCU interest applies by documenting the EARLIEST notice issuance date of a computational adjustment for a tax deficiency on the Form 5403 Instructions Worksheet.


IRM References:

Rev. Rul. 99-40, Use of Money

  • Page 2 of AMDISA indicates if the module contains a TC 836.

  • TC 971 AC 653 posted to an account identifies if Rev. Rul. was previously considered.

  • When Rev. Rul. 99-40 is applicable, and the TC 971 AC 653 is not already posted to the account, the APS TE must use CC: REQ77 to input TC 971 AC 653.

  • ATE/TCS will identify when Rev. Rul 99-40 applies to an account.

  • Whenever Rev. Rul. 99-40 applies, the ATE/TCS will prepare a Sequa Spreadsheet for each applicable tax period and associate it with the case prior to closing the case to APS.


IRM References:

  • IRM 20.2.5, Revenue Ruling 99-40 (Modifies and Supersedes Revenue-Ruling 88-98) Use of Money

  • IRM 8.20.7.10.11.2, Interest Related Account Features and Awareness

  • IRM 8.20.7.10.11.3, APS Responsibility for Identifying and Securing "Interest-Related" Forms and Schedules

  • Exhibit 8.20.7-12, "Interest-Related" IRC §, Rev. Proc., Rev. Rul. and IRM References

  • Additional Underpayment Interest Rules and Interest Suspensions apply

  • IRM 20.2.1, Notice Requirements

  • IRM 20.2.5, Interest on Penalties and Additions to Tax

  • IRM 20.2.5, Notice and Demand and Underpayment Interest

  • IRM 20.2.5, Application of IRC 7503 for Interest Computations

  • IRM 20.2.5, Non-Restricting Transaction Code (TC) 340

  • IRM 20.2.5, Special Rules for determining Due Date of Payments

  • IRM 20.2.7, IRC 7508A, Presidentially Declared Disaster or Terroristic or Military Actions
    Systemically identified with a TC 971 and AC 086, 087, or 688

  • IRM 20.2.9, Interest on Carryback of Net Operating Loss

  • IRM 20.2.9, Combination of Adjustments -- Form 2285, Concurrent Determinations of Deficiencies

  • IRM 20.2.9-2, Form 2285

Note: The ATE will include a comment in the remarks of the Form 5402 to alert APS to enter the applicable agreement date in Item 08 of Form 5403. Entry of the agreement date will allow Master File programming to recognize the IRC § 6601(c) waiver for systemic interest programming application. The comment will include the amount of deficiency from each TEFRA linkage to be assessed, the name of the TEFRA key case, and the date the settlement agreement is accepted on behalf of the Commissioner. If multiple TEFRA linkages will be assessed, there must be an IRC § 6601(c) comment for each TEFRA linkage to which IRC § 6601(c) suspension of interest applies.

(2) Overpayment interest laws, rules and procedures which apply to partnerships:Table of Overpayment Interest Rules Applicable to Partnerships

Legal Statute and Title

Details and Resources

IRC 6611, Interest on Overpayments

  • Appeals Technical Employees (ATE) and APS share responsibility for ensuring accurate and timely processing of overpayments and refunds in order to avoid and/or reduce the overpayment interest costs to the government and protection of the U.S. Treasury Revenue Base.

  • Appeals will expedite the closing of "large dollar" examination-sourced overpayment cases.

  • The expedite procedures apply to the following Appeals employees:
    ⇒ Appeals Technical Employee (ATE)
    ⇒ Appeals Team Case Leader (ATCL)
    ⇒ Appeals Team Manager (ATM)
    ⇒ Account and Processing Support (APS)

  • See IRM 8.7.7, Expedite Closing of Large Dollar Examined-Sourced Overpayment Cases (1) - (5) for details applicable to each employee type identified above.


Additional IRM References:

ACDS Processing

(1) The ATE will verify the TYPE TEFRAP for TEFRA penalty only cases and for affected item only cases.

  1. The investor case may be either docketed or non-docketed.

  2. Since the investor will have resolved the partnership issues, the statute for a non-docketed investor case is the one-year assessment date or as extended depending on the type of event that started the one-year assessment statute expiration date.

  3. ASED Extension Form Number

    Form Title

    Form 872-F

    Consent to Extend the Time to Assess Tax Attributable to Items of a Partnership That Have Converted Under Section 6231(b) of the Internal Revenue Code

    Form 872

    Consent to Extend the Time to Assess Tax

    Form 872-A

    Special Consent to Extend the Time to Assess Tax

  4. The ASED for a docketed case is the same as any other deficiency determined under IRC § 6503, IRC § 7481, and IRC § 7483. The issuance of an affected item notice of deficiency during the one year period will suspend the period for assessment under IRC § 6503 in the same manner as a normal notice of deficiency.

(2) For partnership tax years ending after August 5, 1997, penalties are assessed when the tax from the partnership items is assessed. Any partner who objects to the penalty must pay the account balance and file a claim for refund.

Closing the Investor Case

(1) If the investor defaults on a statutory notice of deficiency for penalties/other affected items or is an agreed non-docketed/docketed closing, APS will prepare the case for final closing as instructed by the ATE on the Customized Form 5402, the Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet, and any applicable interest-related forms or worksheets.

(2) APS will update the Partnership Control System (PCS) as instructed by the ATE on Form 8339, PCS Change, and/or Form 8344, PCS Change - Multiple Investor Records using CC: TSCHG.

(3) Review CC AMDIS to verify the PICF Code

Note: if there is a PICF 1 and 5 related closings forward the PICF 1 (TEFRA key case) to Laguna Niguel APS, close the PICF 5 Case locally.

(4) Review CC TSUMY to verify related key linkage status. If TSUMYI indicates the key linkage has a one-year statute date of 11111111 for TEFRA Cases the assessment(s) have already been made.

(5) If all linkages have been closed on TSUMYI or TSUMYP, full closure can be completed by the local APS

  • If the PICF is 5, use CC TSCLS to update the PICF to 7 prior to the input of AMCLSA

  • If the PICF is 6, use CC TSCLS to update the PICF to 8 prior to the input of AMCLSA

Close ACDS using normal procedures

(6) If key linkage is open on in AIMS status 33,34,80 or 82 follow the procedures below:

  • Process the assessment as a partial closing using CC AMCLSF or Quick Assessment depending on the statute

  • Close ACDS using normal procedures

  • Suspend PEAS until the assessment has posted

  • Once the Assessment has posted update AIMS to Status 34 (for PICF 5) or Status 33 (For PICF 6) (CTF Status) via CC AMSTUB

  • Close the Admin File to CTF
  • Pull TSINQ(P) to verify the CTF unit you will be mailing the admin file

  • Mail administrative file to CTF Unit via Form 3210, in remarks indicate “Partial assessment has been made. AIMS has been updated to Status 33 or 34”.

  • Close PEAS following normal procedures

Closing the CIC Corporation, Joint Committee or Other Corporate Specialty Investor Case

(1) If the investor defaults on a statutory notice of deficiency for penalties or other affected items, APS will prepare the case for final closing as instructed by the ATE on the Customized Form 5402, the Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet, and any applicable interest-related forms or worksheets.

(2) APS will update the Partnership Control System (PCS) as instructed by the ATE on Form 8339, PCS Change, and/or Form 8344, PCS Change - Multiple Investor Records using CC: TSCHG.

(3) Upon receipt of the case closing package from the ATE, the APS TE will process the ACDS/AIMS/PCS updates as instructed by the ATE:Account/System Update and Closing Instructions for APS Action:

Account or System

Required Fields and Entries

Additional Information and Resources

  • ACDS

Agreed TEFRA Partnership Case:

  • CLOSINGCD - 03/04/08/10

  • DATECLSD - F-5402 ACAPDATE

  • ACTION - ACKCLS

  • TODATE - MMDDYYYY

  • RevsdTax - Enter amount from F-5402*

  • RevsdPen - Enter amount from F-5402 (if applicable)*

  • Verify each return level STATDATE and Statute CODE is accurate based upon the case condition at time of closing.

*

Reminder: If F-5402 does not provide RevsdTax and/or RevsdPen amounts request the information from the ATT

  • AIMS

Agreed TEFRA Partnership Case:

  • PICF other than 4 or 5, can be closed on AIMS via CC: AMCLSA

  • PICF of 4 or 5 must be processed using CC: AMCLSF Partial Assessment procedures.



APS will follow the case closing instructions provided by the ATE and Exhibit 8.20.7-1, Appeals Closing Record (Instructions) for an AIMS partial or full closing as appropriate.

  • Item 08 - Agreement Date:
    ⇒ Enter the MMDDYYYY Agreement Date on agreed (MFT 02/05/30/51/52) tax increase adjustments
    ⇒ Leave Blank for 1120S and any other MFT adjustment
    ⇒ Leave Blank for No-Change
    ⇒ Leave Blank for a TC 301/309 Tax Abatement adjustment
    ⇒ Leave Blank for an adjustment based on a Default FPAA or Entered Decision which does not also contain a 6213 Waiver Paragraph.

  • Item 13 Disposal Code:
    ⇒ 03 = Agreed
    ⇒ 01 = No Change
    ⇒ 12 = Other than Agreed or No-Change

  • Item 14 Statute Extended to Date
    ⇒ MMDDYYYY entry will update the ASED reflected on the IDRS account if it is different from the ASED currently reflected.
    ⇒ Posts TC 560 to account.

  • Item 811 Closing Code:

    ⇒ 03 = Agreed pre-FPAA or No-Change
    ⇒ 04 = Agreed FPAA
    ⇒ 05 = Defaulted FPAA
    ⇒ 08 = Agreed Appeals Settled
    ⇒ 10 = Agreed Counsel Settled
    ⇒ 11 = Dismissed LOJ
    ⇒ 12 = Dismissed LOP
    ⇒ 13 = Unagreed TEFRA key case returned to CTF to issue FPAA
    ⇒ 14 = Claim Fully Disallowed
    ⇒ 15 = Claim Fully Allowed
    ⇒ 16 = Claim Partially Allowed
    ⇒ 17 = Tried with Appeals Time
    ⇒ 18 = Closed to DOJ Claim
    ⇒ 14 = Closed to DOJ Bankruptcy
    ⇒ 20 = Premature Referral
    ⇒ 45 = Reference Return

AIMS Freezes

  • The CTF will release the AIMS "H" freeze once a One-Year-Date (OYD) is entered on all key case partners.

  • Ogden and Brookhaven CTFs track carry-over or carry-back returns related to the linked loss year return. The carry-over or carry-back returns are not linked in PCS but instead are controlled and tracked via AIMS Freeze Code 6. Once the tracked return is received in the appropriate EGC, the Ogden or Brookhaven Campus PCS Coordinator will release the freeze.


IRM References:

  • IRM 4.31.3, Pass-Through Entity Handbook - TEFRA Examinations - CTF Procedures
    ▸ H Freeze Release
    ▸ Freeze Code 6
    ▸ Processing of Adjustments
    ▸ No Change Partner Returns
    ▸ Special Processing for Tax Changes over $10 Million
    ▸ Key Case Administrative File Suspense

  • PCS

  • CC: TSCLS is input prior to CC: AMCLSA if all of the linkages have been set to a closed status via CC: TSCHG.

  • Updates PICF Code from 5 to 7

  • Updated PICF Code from 6 to 8

  • IRM 2.2.7, Partnership Control System, PCS Command Code TSCLS

(4) There will be two audit statements in the file, one for the non-TEFRA adjustments and the other for the TEFRA adjustments. If there is one combined statement, there should be a statement identifying the deficiency attributable to the TEFRA issues for each partnership for each tax year. APS will:

  1. Update ACDS to reflect the revised tax and penalties attributable to the non-TEFRA adjustments

  2. Use the Form 8339, PCS Change provided by the ATE to reflect the revised tax attributable to the TEFRA adjustments and to close the linkage with a statute date of "11111111"

(5) If the non-TEFRA issues case is transferred to associate area counsel jurisdiction before all TEFRA partnership issues are resolved, APS will return the case to the ATE to take additional action. The ATE will ensure Counsel is aware of the transfer of statute responsibility for the TEFRA adjustments prior to returning the case to APS for transfer to Associate Area Counsel.

Closing Package

(1) APS is responsible for the following items when the ATE prepares the closing package for mailing:

  1. Ensure all documents listed on the Form 3210 are attached,

  2. Send the completed package to the Campus TEFRA Function (CTF) and/or examiner

  3. Monitor the return of the acknowledged Form 3210

(2) APS is not responsible for the completeness of the closing package when the Appeals TEFRA Team (ATT) ATE transmits the closing package electronically. If the closing package is transmitted electronically, Form 14298, Appeals Notice Package Check Sheet is used in place of E3210.

(3) The ATT ATE will indicate on the Form 5402 the date the closing package was transmitted electronically.

(4) Using instructions and information from the closing package that is prepared by the ATE, the key case CTF and/or the examiner will mail agreements to investors that they are holding in suspense. If the key case was linked on PCS, the key case CTF will release the "H" freeze on the key case once the results of the examination of the key case have been associated with the last investor and the last investor one-year assessment date field is updated to 22222222.

Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) Defaulted Cases (No Petition Filed)

(1) Laguna Niguel APS will monitor the docket lists. If a petition has not been identified within 180 days, Laguna Niguel APS will forward the administrative file to the ATT ATE for preparation of the default package along with the appropriate Form 3210, or Form 14298, Appeals Notice Package Check Sheet.

(2) Notification of a default may also come from the key case CTF if they issued the FPAA to the TMP.

Note: A petition must be filed within 150 days of when the FPAA is mailed to the TMP. The 180 days mentioned above allows an additional 30 days before defaulting the case.

(3) APS will electronically transmit the default closing package to the key case CTF by 195 days after the FPAA is mailed to the TMP, unless the FPAA is petitioned

(4) APS prepares Form 14298 to electronically transmit the default closing package to CTF. The documents required for the default closing (the FPAA package) are saved on the shared server used for electronic transmission.

Note: The ATT should ensure that any instructions to the key case CTF issuing affected-item notices of deficiency are included on Form 14298 used to transmit the FPAA package. APS should ensure the instructions are on the Form 14298 used to transmit the default closing package.

(5) APS will enter the one-year statute date on ACDS. in computing the one-year statute date on ACDS, one day should be subtracted from the date that the FPAA defaulted.

Note: If the FPAA was mailed to the TMP on August 31, 2009, the one-year statute date should be computed as follows: August 31, 2009 +150 days - January 28, 2010 +1 year = January 28, 2011 - 1 day = January 27, 2011.

Closing the Case after FPAA Defaults

(1) All TEFRA key cases must be closed by Laguna Niguel APS.

(2) After Laguna Niguel ATT ATE has prepared the default package, they will forward the case to Laguna Niguel APS for closing.

(3) Enter "TEFRA Key Case Closing" in the Form 5403 Special Handling Instructions section.

Caution: The revised tax is not actually assessed against the partnership and should not be entered on Form 5403.

(4) After the key case CTF has input the one-year assessment date on PCS for all direct partners and has released the AIMS "H" freeze, Laguna Niguel APS will close the case from AIMS unless it has a PICF code of 4 or 5.

(5) If the case has a PICF Code of 4 or 5, it is a partner in another TEFRA partnership and has to be sent to the key case CTF. Instructions for identifying the key case CTF are outlined on the Appeals Technical Guidance - TEFRA web page. Instructions for sending the case to the key case CTF are as follows:

  1. Prepare Form 5403 following partial procedures. In item A, Special Handling Instructions, write "TEFRA Linkage – After Partial Closing, Forward to CTF".

  2. Update the AIMS database to status 34.

  3. Update the PBC to 295 (for the Brookhaven CTF) or 398 (for the Ogden CTF).

  4. Forward the administrative file via Form 3210 to the appropriate CTF. Ensure that a copy of the input ("Request Completed" Form 5403 is attached to the face of the return. The CTF will place the file in suspense awaiting the outcome of the TEFRA examination.

(6) Laguna Niguel APS ensures that copies of the following documents are in the administrative file before it is closed:

  • Appeals Form 4605-A, Examination Changes - Partnerships, Fiduciaries, Small Business Corps. & Domestic Intl. Sales Corp. (Unagreed and Excepted Agreed)

  • Appeals Form 886-Z, TEFRA Partners' Shares of Income

  • Appeals Case Memorandum

  • Affected item Appeals Case Memorandum (if applicable)

  • Form 5402

  • All agreement forms or closing agreements for partners who agreed

  • Form 5403

  • Partnership statute extensions

(7) APS closes the case from ACDS as follows:

  • Closing code 05 and date closed

  • ACTION-ACKCLS & TODATE

  • RevsdTax-Enter revised tax from Form 5402 (also enter PropdTax if not previously entered); if the Form 5402 does not contain the revised tax, have the ATT ATE compute the amount using IRM 8.19.10-1, Formula for Assigning Dollar Value to Partnership Case for ACDS

Petition to the U.S. Court of Federal Claims or a U.S. District Court

(1) Laguna Niguel APS responsibilities when the taxpayer files a petition to the U.S. Court of Federal Claims or a U.S. District Court (Bankruptcy):

  • Identify petitioned case on the Electronic Docket List (EDL)

  • Preparing the administrative file and Closing Package

  • Closing the TEFRA case on ACDS

  • Preparing the Key Case administrative file for closing

(2) For additional information, see IRM 8.19.12, Final Partnership Administrative Adjustment.

Authorization to Send Administrative File

(1) Petitions to the U.S. Court of Federal Claims or a U. S. District Court may be listed on the Electronic Docket List (EDL).

(2) If there is no listing on the EDL, a copy of the first page of the petition will be accepted by APS as authorization to close these cases from ACDS.

Preparing Administrative File and Closing Package

(1) If a valid petition is filed with one of these courts, APS will give the file to the ATT ATE. the ATT ATE will prepare and electronically transmit the closing package to the key case CTF in order that the partners may be assessed whether or not the deposit was paid. The ATT ATE is responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the Form 14298, including the one-year statute date.

(2) Filing a petition with the U.S. Court of Federal Claims or with a U. S. District Court does not trigger the one-year assessment date. However, for control purposes the ATT ATE will enter a one-year assessment date on the Form 14298, Appeals Notice Package Check Sheet when the closing package is transmitted electronically, instructing the CTF to enter a one-year assessment date on PCS. The ATT ATE will use a one-year assessment date that is 60 days after the date that the closing package is mailed to the CTF.

(3) The ATT ATE will return the case to APS to suspense until the “H” Freeze is released.

(4) After the ATT has prepared the closing package, APS will verify that the documents listed on the transmittal are included in the closing package.

Closing the TEFRA Case

(1) Once the CTF has acknowledged transmittal and the “H” freeze has been released, APS will forward the administrative file to Associate Area Counsel via Form 2828, Transmittal Memorandum. Associate area counsel will forward the file to the Department of Justice. APS will close the case from ACDS as follows:

  • ACTION - ACKCLS

  • Statute CODE - DOCKT

  • For cases petitioned to the U.S. Court of Federal Claims, input Docket Number 99999-99C and cc 18

  • For cases petitioned to a U. S. District Court, input Docket Number 99999-99D and cc 19

  • Closing date - Enter the date ACDS is closed

  • NOTE: Enter "Department of Justice-Petitioned U.S. Court of Federal Claims or U. S. District Court" as applicable to match the respective cc 18/19

  • Action - ACKCLS

  • TODATE - Date closed

  • STATDATE - remove any date to leave this field BLANK

  • RevsdTax - Enter revised tax from Form 5402 (also enter PropdTax if not previously entered); if the Form 5402 does not contain the revised tax, request the ATT ATE compute the amount.

    Caution: The revised tax is not actually assessed against the partnership and should not be entered on Form 5403.

  • Enter "TEFRA Key Case Closing" in the Form 5403 Special Handling Instructions.

(2) After the key case CTF has input the one-year assessment date on PCS for all direct partners and has released the AIMS "H" freeze, APS will close the case from AIMS unless it has a PICF Code of 4 or 5.

(3) If the case has a PICF Code of 4 or 5, it is a partner in another TEFRA partnership and must be updated on AIMS to the key case CTF (even though the file is sent to associate area counsel). Instructions for identifying the key case CTF are found on the Appeals TEFRA website. Instructions for updating the case to the key case CTF are as follows:

  1. Prepare Form 5403 following partial procedures to keep AIMS controls open. In item A, Special Handling Instructions, enter "TEFRA Linkage – After Closing, Forward to CTF."

  2. Update the AIMS database to status 34 and update the PBC to 295 (for the Brookhaven CTF) or 398 (for the Ogden CTF).

    Note: If the case will be updated on AIMS to the key case CTF, APS must contact the TEFRA Coordinator at the key case CTF to explain why this was done.

(4) Refer to IRM 8.19.13, Docketed and Department of Justice Cases for procedures to follow when the case is resolved by the Department of Justice and is returned to Appeals through Associate Area Counsel.

Preparation of Key Case Administrative File

(1) Ensure that the following documents are prepared and are in the file before closing the case:

  1. E3210 addressed to key case CTF

  2. Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record

  3. Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo

  4. Appeals Form 4605-A, Examination Changes - Partnerships, Fiduciaries, Small Business Corps. & Domestic Intl. Sales Corp. (Unagreed and Excepted Agreed)

  5. Appeals Form 886-Z, TEFRA Partners' Shares of Income

  6. Appeals Case Memorandum (ACM)

  7. Form 2828, Transmittal Memorandum

  8. Copies of all FPAAs that were issued

  9. Copy of Electronic Docket Listing (EDL) or first page of petition/complaint

  10. Form 2275, Records Request, Charge and Recharge

  11. Affected item Appeals Case Memorandum (if applicable)

(2) Refer to Figure 8.20.7–2 and Figure 8.20.7–3 for the number and distribution of copies. * These documents should be clearly marked "Information Only-Do Not Mail to Taxpayer."

(3) Use IAT Tool Fill Forms to prepare Form 2275.

Tried Cases or Counsel Settlement

(1) When the decision becomes final (90 days after the Tax Court entered the decision unless an appeal is filed), Laguna Niguel APS will:

  1. Update the statute on ACDS to reflect the one-year assessment date. In computing the one-year assessment date, one day should be subtracted from the date that is one year from when the decision became final.

    Example: If the decision was entered by the Tax Court on August 31, 2009, the one-year assessment date should be computed as follows: August 31, 2009 + 90 days = November 29, 2009 + 1 year = November 29, 2010 - 1 day = November 28, 2010.

  2. Return the case to the ATT to prepare and transmit a closing package to the CTF. The ATT ATE will use Form 14298, Appeals Notice Package Check Sheet when electronically transmitting the closing package to CTF.

(2) The ATT AO will ensure that all required documents are included in the closing package. The ATT AO is ultimately responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the Form 14298, including the one-year statute date. The ATT AO will electronically transmit the closing package to the CTF using the secure server. After the CTF acknowledges receipt of the package, the ATT AO will return the file to Laguna Niguel APS.

(3) For more information see IRM 8.19.13, Docketed and Department of Justice Cases.

Tax Court Decision Appealed

(1) If the Tax Court decision is appealed, Associate Area Counsel will return the Case to Appeals. The ATT ATE will assist, if necessary, in preparing the cases for closing. After notification of the appeal is received, Laguna Niguel APS will:

  1. Update ACDS with ACTION = APPEALED and TODATE.

  2. Update the remarks section of ACDS.

  3. Return the case to the ATE to prepare and transmit a closing package to the CTF. The ATT ATE will use Form 14298, Appeals Notice Package Check Sheet when electronically transmitting the closing package to CTF.

(2) The ATT AO will ensure that all required documents are included in the closing package. The ATT AO is ultimately responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the Form 14298, including the one-year statute date. The ATT AO will electronically transmit the closing package to the CTF using the secure server. After the CTF acknowledges receipt of the package, the ATT AO will return the file to Laguna Niguel APS.

(3) After mailing the closing package to the key case CTF, Laguna Niguel APS will return the file to Associate Area Counsel unless the Form 9724, TEFRA Cases Only (Memorandum) provides other instructions for where the file should be sent.

Caution: The case should not be closed from AIMS or from ACDS at this time.

(4) For more information see IRM 8.19.13, Docketed and Department of Justice Cases.

Final Decision from Appeal of Tax Court Decision

(1) When the decision becomes final (90 days after the Tax Court entered the decision), Laguna Niguel APS will:

  1. Update the statute on ACDS to reflect the one-year assessment date. In computing the one-year assessment date, one day should be subtracted from the date that is one year from when the decision became final.

    Example: If the decision was entered by the Tax Court on August 31, 2009, the one-year assessment date should be computed as follows: August 31, 2009 + 90 days = November 29, 2009 + 1 year = November 29, 2010 - 1 day = November 28, 2010.

  2. Return the case to the ATT ATE to prepare and electronically transmit a closing package to the CTF using the secure server. Form 14298, Appeals Notice Package Check Sheet is the cover sheet the ATT uses to electronically transmit documents to the CTF.

(2) The ATT AO will ensure that all required documents are included in the closing package. The ATT AO is ultimately responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the Form 14298, including the one-year statute date. The ATT AO will electronically transmit the closing package to the CTF using the secure server. After the CTF acknowledges receipt of the package, the ATT AO will return the file to Laguna Niguel APS.

(3) For more information see IRM 8.19.13, Docketed and Department of Justice Cases.

Closing Docketed TEFRA Cases

(1) All TEFRA key cases must be closed through Laguna Niguel APS. Local APS enters the following in the ACDS fields:

  • ACTION: Area location - LGN (example: ship AUS-LGN)

  • TODATE: Date local APS ships the administrative file to Laguna Niguel APS

  • Local APS ships the administrative file to Laguna Niguel APS

  • ACDS database for ATE and AIMS remain open (not closed or transferred)

(2) Laguna Niguel APS, upon receipt of the administrative file, enters the following in the ACDS fields:

  • FROMDATE: Date received in Laguna Niguel APS

  • LACTION: LGN-ATT

  • LTODATE: Date given to ATT Secretary/Screener/ATM

  • Forwards the administrative file to the ATT

(3) See Exhibit 8.20.7-1, Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record (Instructions) for instructions on completing Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record, and also enter "TEFRA Key Case Closing" in the Special Handling section.

Caution: The revised tax is not actually assessed against the partnership and should not be entered on Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record.

(4) After the key case CTF has input the one-year assessment date on PCS for all direct partners and has released the AIMS “H” freeze, APS will close the case from AIMS unless it has a PICF Code of 4 or 5. The case should not be sent to the key case CTF unless it has a PICF Code of 4 or 5.

(5) If the case has a PICF Code of 4 or 5, it is a partner in another TEFRA partnership and has to be sent to the key case CTF. Instructions for identifying the key case CTF may be found on the Appeals TEFRA website. Instructions for sending the case to the key case CTF are as follows:

  1. Prepare Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record following partial procedures. In item A, Special Handling Instructions, write "TEFRA Linkage – After Partial Closing, Forward to CTF."

  2. Update the AIMS database to status 34 and update the PBC to 295 (for the Brookhaven CTF) or 398 (for the Ogden CTF).

  3. Forward the administrative file using an Form 3210 to the appropriate CTF. Ensure that a copy of the input Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record is attached to the face of the return. The CTF will place the file in suspense awaiting the outcome of the TEFRA examination.

(6) Laguna Niguel APS will ensure that copies of the following documents are in the administrative file before it is closed:

  1. Appeals Form 4605-A, Examination Changes - Partnerships, Fiduciaries, Small Business Corps. & Domestic Intl. Sales Corp. (Unagreed and Excepted Agreed)

  2. Appeals Form 886-Z, TEFRA Partners' Shares of Income

  3. Appeals Case Memorandum

  4. Affected item Appeals case Memorandum (if applicable)

  5. Form 5402, Appeals Transmittal and Case Memo

  6. Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record

  7. All agreement forms or closing agreements for partners who agreed (Tax Court Rules 248(b) or 248(c))

  8. FPAA issued to the TMP

  9. Certified mailing list

  10. Tax Court petition

  11. Dated/entered decision (or motion and decision) for each Court

  12. Counsel settlement memorandum (if applicable)

  13. Stipulation signed by the TMP (Tax Court Rule 248(a) only)

  14. Form 9724, TEFRA Cases Only (Memorandum) (Counsel memorandum), if applicable

  15. Acknowledged Form 3210

(7) To close ACDS, Laguna Niguel APS will input the appropriate CLOSINGCD:

  • 08 - docketed Appeals settlement

  • 10 - Counsel settled

  • 11 - dismissed for lack of jurisdiction

  • 12 - dismissed for lack of prosecution

  • 17 - tried case

(8) Laguna Niguel APS will also input the following on ACDS:

  • ACTION ACKCLS & TODATE

  • RevsdTax - Enter revised tax from Form 5402 (also enter PropdTax if not previously entered); if the Form 5402 does not contain the revised tax, request the ATT ATE compute the amount.

Department of Justice TEFRA Cases

(1) When a decision is final for a case for which an FPAA was issued by Appeals and which was petitioned to a U. S. District Court or the U. S. Court of Federal Claims (or a case appealed from these courts), the Department of Justice may return the case to Appeals through Counsel if assistance is needed to complete the processing of the partnership items of the partners and to process the penalties and other affected items. The cases should be sent to Laguna Niguel APS. The ATT will assist, if necessary, in preparing the cases for closing.

(2) When the decision becomes final (60 days after the Court entered the decision), Laguna Niguel APS will:

  1. Create a new workunit on ACDS using the information from the previously closed workunit.

  2. Update the statute on ACDS to reflect the one-year assessment date. In computing the one-year assessment date, one day should be subtracted from the date that is one year from when the decision became final.

    Example: If the decision was entered by the U. S. Court of Federal Claims on August 31, 2009, the one-year assessment date should be computed as follows: August 31, 2009 + 60 days = October 30, 2009 + 1 year = October 30, 2010 - 1 day = October 29, 2010.

  3. Return the case to the ATT ATE to prepare and electronically transmit a closing package to the CTF using the secure server. Form 14298 , Appeals Notice Package Check Sheet is the cover sheet the ATT uses to electronically transmit documents to the CTF.

(3) The case should not be on AIMS as AIMS should have been closed once the petition was filed in accordance with the procedures in IRM 8.19.12.13.3 , Closing the Case. Accordingly, if the file is returned by the Department of Justice, it can simply be closed to files.

(4) For more information see IRM 8.19.13, Docketed and Department of Justice Cases.

Closing the Case

(1) All TEFRA key cases must be closed through Laguna Niguel APS.

(2) The ATM signs the Letter 913, Closing Letter - Agreed Cases and Form 5402 and forwards the administrative file to local APS. The AC-FR and ACAP codes are not input at this time.

Reminder: When the ATE has not used the ATT, the following remarks will be entered on the Form 5402: For procedural closing review – ATT not utilized, one-year assessment date posted and H freeze has been released.

(3) After the key case CTF has received signed agreement forms from all direct partners, has input a one-year assessment date on PCS for all direct partners, and the CTF has released the AIMS “H” freeze, local APS will:

  • Place a copy of the dated letter in the administrative file

  • Mail the Letter 913, Closing Letter - Agreed Cases to the TMP and POA (if applicable

  • Mail the closing package to the CTF

  • Transmit the administrative file to Laguna Niguel APS

  • Not update the ACDS database for ATE and the AIMS controls remain open (not closed or transferred)

(4) Local APS enters the following in the ACDS fields:

  • ACTION: Area location – LGN (example: ship AUS-LGN)

  • TODATE: Date local APS ships the administrative file to Laguna Niguel APS.

(5) Laguna Niguel APS, upon receipt of the administrative file, enters the following in the ACDS fields:

  • FROMDATE: Date received in Laguna Niguel APS

  • LACTION: LGN-ATT

  • LTODATE: Date given to ATT Secretary/Screener/ATM

  • Forwards the administrative file to the ATT

(6) The ATT performs a procedural review. The ATT ATM will notify the field when it is time to enter AC-FR and ACAP. When it is verified those codes have been entered, the ATT will forward the administrative file to Laguna Niguel APS.

(7) Laguna Niguel APS closes the case from ACDS as follows.

  • Closing code 03 and date closed

  • ACTION - ACKCLS & TODATE

  • RevsdTax - Enter revised tax from Form 5402 (also enter PropdTax if not previously entered); if the Form 5402 does not contain the revised tax, request the TEFRA Team compute the amount.

    Caution: The revised tax is not actually assessed against the partnership and should not be entered on Form 5403.

  • See Exhibit 8.20.7-1, Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record (Instructions) for instructions on completing Form 5403 and in addition, enter "TEFRA Key Case Closing" in the Special Handling section.

(8) Laguna Niguel APS will close the case from AIMS unless it has a PICF Code of 4 or 5. The case should not be sent to the key case CTF unless it has a PICF Code of 4 or 5.

(9) If the case has a PICF Code of 4 or 5, it is a partner in another TEFRA partnership and has to be sent to the key case CTF. Verify there are no other open TEFRA linkages. Instructions for sending the case to the key case CTF are as follows:

  1. Prepare Form 5403 following partial procedures. In item A, Special Handling Instructions, write "TEFRA Linkage – After Partial Closing, Forward to CTF. "

  2. Update the AIMS database to status 34 and update the PBC to 295 (for the Brookhaven CTF) or 398 (for the Ogden CTF).

  3. Ensure that a copy of the input Form 5403 is attached to the face of the return. The CTF will place the file in suspense awaiting the outcome of the TEFRA examination.

  4. Forward the administrative file to the appropriate CTF.

(10) Laguna Niguel APS ensures that copies of the following documents are in the administrative file before it is closed:

  1. Appeals Form 4605-A, Examination Changes - Partnerships, Fiduciaries, Small Business Corps. & Domestic Intl. Sales Corp. (Unagreed and Excepted Agreed)

  2. Appeals Form 886-Z, TEFRA Partners' Shares of Income

  3. Appeals Case Memorandum (and Counsel Settlement Memorandum, if applicable)

  4. Affected Item Appeals Case Memorandum (if applicable)

  5. Form 5402

  6. All agreement forms or closing agreements for partners who agreed

  7. Closing letter to the TMP (Letter 913, Closing Letter - Agreed Cases)

  8. Form 5403 (original)

  9. Partnership statute extensions

Tax Exempt and Government Entity (TEGE) Cases

(1) TE/GE cases are processed by the Boston APS Team.

(2) See IRM 4.5.1, TE/GE AIMS Manual, TE/GE AIMS Processing for additional guidance.

Employee Plans Exempt Organizations (EP/EO) Examination Taxable Returns

(1) Both EP and EO examinations involve imposing various taxes due to the plan (EP) or organization (EO) engaging in financial transactions.

  1. Examination cases are generally non-docketed, but it is possible to have excise tax and unrelated business income tax issues in docketed status.

  2. Examination cases are on AIMS, some accounts are Master File (MF) and others are Non-Master File (NMF). NMF is used for inventory control purposes.

EP and EO General Case Closing Procedures

(1) When closing EP and EO cases, in addition to the general closing procedures, there are several specialized procedures that must be followed and are explained in this subsection.

(2) The ATE submits an agreed case to APS with the Form 5402 and ACDS closing instructions. APS will process the agreement for each applicable account and use PEAS Suspense to control and monitor the account until the adjustments post. APS will forward the administrative file to the controlling Campus Files Function for association with the Form 5147, IDRS Transaction Record.

(3) Cases where final adverse letters pursuant to IRC § 7476, or a notice of deficiency is issued are closed when the earliest of the following events occurs:

  • agreement to the notice of deficiency is received

  • default the notice of deficiency when 120 days have elapsed from the date the notice or letter was issued

  • a tax court decision is entered

(4) Upon receipt of an agreement to a notice of deficiency, APS will process the agreement for each applicable account and use PEAS Suspense to control and monitor the account until the adjustments post. APS will forward the administrative file to the controlling Campus Files Function for association with the Form 5147, IDRS Transaction Record.

(5) Upon default of a notice of deficiency, APS will notate the Form 5402 with the Default Date in Remarks. APS will process the default assessment for each applicable account and use PEAS Suspense to control and monitor the account until the adjustments post. APS will forward the administrative file to the controlling Campus Files Function for association with the Form 5147, IDRS Transaction Record.

(6) If the ATE identifies on Form 5402 that issues remain unresolved on a case after Appeals consideration, close the case using the ACDS cc identified by the ATE and transmit the case to the originating TE/GE office for their action.

(7) Ensure that the Form 5402, and the Appeals notification or determination letter sent to the employer or sponsor is included in the administrative file before closing the case.

EP and EO Determination Case Closing Procedures

(1) Determination cases are not on AIMS and Form 5403 is not prepared. Close ACDS using the information provided by the ATE on the Form 5402 and transmit the case to EP or EO. (APS does not make adjustments to the account.)

(2) Ensure the application form is fastened on top of the documents in the administrative file.

(3) ACDS is closed using one of the following cc’s:

  1. 03 - Agreed/Approved

  2. 05 - Adverse determination letter is defaulted

  3. 17 - Tried case with an entered decision

(4) Send the EP determination file to:

Internal Revenue Service
Employee Plans
550 Main St. Room 7008
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-3222

(5) Send the EO determination file to:

Internal Revenue Service
Exempt Organizations
550 Main St. Room 7008
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-3222

(6) When it is determined the taxpayer should have filed taxable returns but did not, the ATE annotates on Form 5402 that one of the following forms (with a copy of the revocation letter) must be forwarded to Examination:

  • Form 5666, EP Information Report (EP cases)

  • Form 5349, Examination Information Report (EO cases)

(7) Upon receipt of the administrative file from Appeals, Examination will initiate the deficiency procedures as appropriate.

(8) APS will mail a copy of the final adverse letter to the appropriate state official as identified on the APS Disclosure Spreadsheet.

EP and EO Revocation Case Closing Procedures

(1) Revocation cases include returns which are on AIMS and require the following actions:

  1. Prepare Form 5403 and enter Item 12 tax amount 0.00. Input Form 5403 using AIMS CC: AMCLSA to close AIMS controls.

  2. If the revocation is sustained, or if there is a change in the exempt status (EO) or plan status (EP), forward a completed Form 2363-A, Request for IDRS Input for BMF/EO Entity Change to:

Internal Revenue Service
TEGE
1100 Commerce Street
M/S 4920
Dallas, TX 75242–1027

EP and EO Examination Cases

(1) EP and EO examination cases are closed the same way as other examination cases. The assessment if needed, is made on the taxable return MF account:

  • Form 990-T, Exempt Organization Business Income Tax Return

  • Form 5330, Return of Excise Taxes Related to Employee Benefit Plans

  • Form 4720, Return of Certain Excise Taxes on Charities and Other Persons Under Chapters 41 and 42 of the IRC §

  • Form 1120, U.S. Corporation Income Tax Return

  • Form 1041, U.S. Income Tax Return for Estates and Trusts

  • Form 940, Employer's Annual Federal Unemployment (FUTA) Tax Return

  • Form 941, Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return

  • Form 730, Monthly Tax Return for Wagers

The non-taxable returns are closed on Form 5403, Item 12 TC 300 = 0.00
  • Form 990, Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax

  • Form 990-PF, Return of Private Foundation or Section 4947(a)(1) Trust Treated as Private Foundation

  • Form 5500, Annual Return/Report of Employee Benefit Plan

(2) All taxable returns, with the EXCEPTION of Form 5330, Return of Excise Taxes Related to Employee Benefit Plans and Form 990-BL, Information and Initial Excise Tax Return for Black Lung Benefit Trusts and Certain Related Person, are assessed on the MF account NMF AIMS is for inventory control purposes only it is not where the assessment is made.

(3) If NMF AIMS controls are established, close the NMF AIMS controls by preparing a Form 5403 with Item 12 TC 300 = 0.00. Note in Item A: "AIMS closing only."

(4) NMF assessments for Form 990-BL, Information and Initial Excise Tax Return for Black Lung Benefit Trusts and Certain Related Person and Form 5330, Return of Excise Taxes Related to Employee Benefit Plans are processed at the Cincinnati Campus. Prepare Form 5403 for the NMF account with the tax assessment.

Note: If no assessment needs to be made, close the NMF AIMS and do not prepare a Form 5403 for the MF account.

(5) APS does not process original returns. If the ATE receives an original return during the hearing, the ATE must forward the unprocessed original return to the appropriate Campus Function for processing. When a return has not been previously filed, there will not be a TC 150 posted with a Return Received Date on the module to start the running of the ASED. Once the original return has posted, APS is responsible for making adjustments to the account according to the ATE's determination.

(6) If the AIMS control for the taxable return is on the MF account, prepare Form 5403 using Exhibit 8.20.7-1, Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record (Instructions), Form 5403 Instructions for TE/GE Entries Item 702 - Item 731 for detailed guidance.

(7) Complete the case following general closing instructions.

(8) See Exhibit IRM 8.7.8–1, List of Employee Plans and Exempt Organizations Areas for additional information.

Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) Cases

(1) See Service Level Agreement Between the National Taxpayer Advocate and the National Chief, Appeals for Appeals guidance on receiving and responding to TAS Operation Assistance Requests (OAR). The TAS and Appeals Service Level Agreement web page links provide all Appeals employees with information and instructions for resolving a TAS case.

Termination and Jeopardy Assessment Case Processing

(1) These cases will not be controlled on AIMS unless the taxpayer files a return with Compliance for the full taxable year. If the taxpayer does file, Compliance will establish the full year return on AIMS.

(2) Appeals findings will result in one of the following actions:

  • Compliance action sustained in full

  • Compliance action sustained in part

  • Jeopardy or Termination assessment not warranted (the collection of the tax was not in jeopardy)

  • Taxpayer agreement with the action taken

(3) If Appeals sustains the Compliance action in full (taxpayer does not agree):

  1. Close ACDS following general closing instructions CLOSINGCD = 20.

  2. Return the file to originating Compliance Function, identified by the ATE on Form 5402.

(4) If Appeals sustains the Compliance action in part (taxpayer does not agree):

  1. The ATE will request, via Form 5402 that the Compliance Function make the appropriate abatement.

  2. Close ACDS following general closing instructions. CLOSINGCD = 13.

  3. Return the file to originating Compliance Function, identified by the ATE on the Form 5402.

(5) If Appeals finds that the jeopardy or termination assessment was not warranted:

  1. The ATE will request via Form 5402, that Compliance abate the entire assessment, release liens and any levies, as appropriate, and effect appropriate refund or credit.

  2. Close ACDS following general closing instructions. CLOSINGCD = 03.

  3. Return the file to originating Compliance Function, identified by the ATE on the Form 5402.

(6) If Appeals reaches agreement with the taxpayer:

  1. The ATE will request via Form 5402, that Compliance abate any excessive tax assessed.

  2. Close ACDS following general closing instructions. CLOSINGCD = 03.

  3. Return the file to originating Compliance Function, identified by the ATE on the Form 5402.

(7) If the taxpayer files a civil suit at any time prior to the conclusion of the administrative appeal, Collection (Advisory) will request the entire file, including Form 5402. The Appeals Hearing will be suspended.

(8) Retain a copy of the file to issue a statutory notice of deficiency within the required period for issuance, which, for a termination assessment, is 60 days after the later of the date the taxpayer files a return for the full taxable year or the due date of the return as extended. The 60-day period does not commence until a return for the taxpayer’s annual accounting period is filed. For a jeopardy assessment, the statutory notice of deficiency must be issued within 60 days after the assessment is made. Send a copy of any report prepared by the ATE to Counsel within 24 hours. On ACDS, enter:

  1. ACTION = DDJRET

  2. TODATE = the date the case file was sent to special procedures function, Collection Division

(9) Send the following to the Compliance Area Director identified by the ATE:

  1. Copies of reports of reconsideration by Appeals

  2. Copies of any statutory notices issued by Appeals on cases under Appeals jurisdiction

(10) The ATE will coordinate requests for abatements with Compliance prior to notifying APS to returning the case files. APS will prepare Form 5403, marking the "Source Document Only" box at the top of the page.

  1. In Item 12 enter TC 301 and the amount to be abated

  2. Make no entry in Item 800-811

  3. In Item A, enter the following: "Abate excessive portion of jeopardy assessment. Full year return has not been filed. Do not process through terminal"

  4. Prepare Form 1331, Notice of Adjustment

(11) Prepare Form 5403 for any full year returns established on AIMS. In Item 12 enter TC 300/301 for the amount of the NET deficiency/overassessment. Consider the amount previously assessed (including the termination assessment) and the tax liability on any tax return filed for the full year.

(12) Show the following computation in Item A or as an attachment, cross-referenced in Item A. Include a transcript of account in the administrative file.

  1. Termination Assessment (adjusted for any overassessment allowed) $___

  2. Liability per full year return (assessed or unassessed) $____

  3. Total of 1 and 2 $____

  4. Correct liability $____

  5. Item 12 amount (+ or –) $_____

Notice of Deficiency Involving Termination Assessment under IRC § 6851 (Termination of Taxable Period)

(1) See IRM 8.17.4, Notice of Deficiency Involving Termination Assessment under IRC § 6851 (Termination of Taxable Period) for Tax Computation Specialist (TCS) case preparation for APS.

(2) If any part of the termination assessment is determined by the ATE, to be in excess of the statutory deficiency, then a Form 5403, reflecting the overassessment to be abated will be processed by Account and Processing Support (APS) when the case is closed. If all or any part of such excess has been paid, no refund is allowed until the case is closed.

Jeopardy Assessment Notice of Deficiency

(1) See IRM 8.17.4, Notice of Deficiency on Jeopardy Assessment Case for Tax Computation Specialist (TCS) case preparation for APS.

(2) If the ATE determines that the deficiency for any year is either greater or less than the corresponding jeopardy assessment, the notice should reflect such determined deficiency. If any part of the jeopardy assessment is determined to be in excess of the statutory deficiency, Form 5403, reflecting the overassessment to be abated should be processed by APS. If all or any part of such excess has been paid, no refund is allowed until the case is closed.

Transferee/Transferor Case Closing

(1) If the transferee is on AIMS, prepare Form 5403 for the transferor following IRM Exhibit 8.20.7-1. Also make the following entries:

  1. Item 12 - Enter TC 300 and the tax assessment to be made against the transferor

  2. If no tax assessment is to be made against the transferor, enter TC 300 0.00

  3. Complete Items 800 through 811 as appropriate

  4. Item A - enter the cross reference information for the transferee, when applicable, and enter "Total transferee liability exceeds transferor liability"

(2) If the transferee(s) is/are not on AIMS, Form 5403 is not prepared, instead, assess each transferee on NMF using the information provided on Form 1296, Assessment Against Transferee or Fiduciary. See IRM 8.7.5, Form 1296, Assessment Against Transferee or Fiduciary for additional information.

(3) Forward the Form 1296, Assessment Against Transferee or Fiduciary, and Form 5403 (when also prepared) for the transferor to the appropriate Campus function.

Reminder: When the Master File and Non-Master File account both include the tax/penalty/interest assessment(s) APS must also prepare Form 3177, Notice of Entry for Action on Master File to input a TC 130, "Entire Account Frozen from Refunding" on the Master File Entity/ies. The APS TE must monitor the TC 130 until posted.Form 3177 Entries for Posting TC 130/131

Fields:

Details:

Identifying information fields on row 1 and 2

Complete entries for the input action:

  • Row 1 is used to identify the requestor and the date of the request

  • Row 2 is used to identify the taxpayer and their TIN

TRC 130 Account frozen from refunding

  • Section Enter 2-digit Service Center Number e.g. 17 for Florence (Covington), 28 for Philadelphia.

  • MFT Enter MFT for the TIN MF Entity e.g. 02, 05, 30, 52.

  • Taxable Period Enter the earliest tax period with an NMF liability for documentation purposes only. The TXPD is not input via CC: FRM77.


References:

To Reverse a TC 130, enter TC 131 in the bottom blank space

Complete the Form 3177 entries in the same manner provided above for the applicable Taxpayer Entity.
References:

  • IRM 5.1.12, Use TC 131 to Release a TC 130 Freeze

(4) Update ACDS using general closing instructions. In addition make the following entries:

  1. RevsdTax for the transferor case - enter the amount of tax to be assessed against transferor. If no tax is to be assessed against transferor, enter $ 0.00 (same as Form 5403).

  2. RevsdTax for the transferee cases - enter the amount from Form 1296, Assessment Against Transferee or Fiduciary (amount of unpaid tax liability). If no tax is due (Form 1296 is not prepared) enter $ 0.00.

Note: The ATE or TCS who prepared the tax computation, also prepares the Form 1296, Assessment Against Transferee or Fiduciary.

(5) See the following IRMs for additional information:

  • IRM 8.7.5, Technical and Procedural Guidelines, Transferee and Transferor Liabilities

  • IRM 4.4.17, Transferee/Transferor Cases

  • IRM 4.5.3-1 Exhibit, Form 3177, Notice of Action for Entry on Master File (Reference: IRM 4.5.3.12.6.1)

  • IRM 5.19.1, NMF Adjustment File (3) If... Then... Table last row 3.

  • IRM 5.19.1, Deceased Taxpayer - Balance Due Actions (8)

  • IRM 5.19.1, Credit Offset (TC 130) and BMF TC 130 Procedures

  • IRM 25.6.22, Special Situations and Transferee Liability

  • IRM 20.2.11, Transferee Interest and Assessments

, for additional information.

Jurisdiction of Tax Court

(1) Tax Court has jurisdiction to redetermine the deficiency determined by the Service. In a case commenced in the Court by a transferee or fiduciary, jurisdiction depends upon the issuance by the Commissioner of a notice of liability to the transferee or fiduciary.

(2) The ATE or Counsel may prepare the settlement documents on cases involving transferee or fiduciary liability.

Trust Fund Recovery Penalty (TFRP) Cases

(1) APS will return the original TFRP case file to the Technical Services Advisory Control Point Monitor (CPM) address listed in the "To" box on the customized Form 5402.

(2) APS will update ACDS for the reference files associated with each responsible individual:

  • CLOSINGCD = 45

  • Because there are no returns associated with reference files, there is no revised penalty amount

  • Reference files are returned, via Form 3210/E3210, to the originating Advisory office

(3) TFRP cases are subject to the guidance included in IRM 8.21.2, Appeals Statute Responsibility, and IRM 8.2.11, Expedite Processing for Certain Large Dollar Cases.

Reminder: Only Collection has the authority to make assessments or adjustments to trust fund recovery penalties.

TFRP Closing Actions -TBOR2 (pre-assessment) Appeals

(1) In closing TBOR2 (pre-assessment) appeals, the ATE working the case will complete the customized Form 5402, for each responsible individual and Form 3210/E3210. The revised findings penalty section will reflect the trust fund recovery penalty to be assessed. Update ACDS following the closing instructions provided below:

ACDS CLOSINGCD 03, 13, or 20

Action

STATDATE =

the Form 5402, or Form 866 approval date plus 30 days, or the normal statute, whichever is later

REVSDPEN =

the amount of the trust fund recovery penalty to be assessed for each tax period

Note: Post-Appeals Mediations of TBOR2 TFRP appeals are closed out by the ATE or Mediator (Team Member) prior to submitting the remaining TBOR2 TFRP case for normal closure. APS employees follow the TBOR2 closing procedures described in this section.

(2) The following expedite closing procedures apply to TFRP TBOR2 cases in which the ASED will expire 30 days after the ATM’s approval signature on Form 5402, or Form 866, Agreement as to Final Determination of Tax Liability.

Note: ACDS is programmed to remove the TBOR2 statute code when the ACAPDATE is entered by the ATM and to add 30 days to the ACAPDATE to set the ACDS Statute Date. This date is entered in the Earliest Statute Date field and covers all periods. An e-mail will be sent notifying the selected PTM that a TBOR2 case has been approved by the ATM and is being forwarded to Account and Processing Support for the PTM to assign. This notification includes the WUNO and revised statute date of the approved case. The ATM should ensure that the approval signature dates on Form 5402 and Form 866, match the Appeals Closing Approval (ACAPDATE).

Note: If local agreement does not specify that the ATM will complete steps 1 and 2, or the case arrives in APS for processing without these steps completed, then APS is responsible for ensuring these steps are taken.

APS Tax Examiner (TE) assigned to process the case will:

Step

Action

1)

Upon assignment of the case or the assessment documents, immediately transmit Form 5402 and Form 2749, via secure email or EEFax, to the Control Point Monitor in Advisory at the fax number listed in the "To" box on Form 5402.

2)

Date and mail the closing letter to the taxpayer/power of attorney.

3)

Mail the entire case file back to the Technical Services Advisory Control Point Monitor within 15 days of the ACAPDATE. The Form 3210/E3210 must be marked: "ASED - Expedite".

Note: If the Technical Services Advisory, Control Point Monitor is co-located in the same building with APS, do not mail the case, instead, hand-deliver the entire case file.

Note: Whenever possible, APS will transmit the complete collection file to Advisory, however, the expedited procedures may result in separation of the items being returned to Advisory.

TFRP TBOR2 Cases for Appeals Quality Measurement System (AQMS) Review

(1) If the TFRP TBOR2 case is selected by AQMS for review:

  1. The ATM* or APS will include the following statement on a fax transmittal to CPM Advisory: "The TFRP case was systemically selected for review by Appeals Quality Measurement System (AQMS). AQMS will complete its review expeditiously, (normally within 30 days), and mail the TFRP case to the attention of the Control Point Monitor (CPM) in the applicable Technical Services Advisory office."

  2. The ATM* or APS employee will immediately transmit Form 5402 and Form 2749, Request for Trust Fund Recovery Penalty Assessment(s), to the CPM reflected on Form 5402, using secure email or EEFax. Always Request a Delivery Receipt and a Read Receipt to confirm delivery and opening of the email by the recipient. Document the following facts on Appeals' copy of Form 3210/E3210.
    *Documentation Requirements:
    ✓ Name of the employee/manager who transmitted and also confirmed delivery and opening of the email or the employee/manager who made follow-up call
    ✓ Name and location of Advisory employee to whom the email was delivered and opened the email or the employee who received the follow-up call, and
    ✓ Date of Delivery Receipt and Read Receipt or date of the follow-up phone call.

  3. The ATM or APS TE will associate the email, *Documented Form-3210/E3210, attachments, and receipt confirmation with the TFRP TBOR2 case file and send it via Form 3210/E3210 to AQMS.

    Exception: When the ASED is within 30 days of expiration and if APS and the ATM are not co-located, the ATM is responsible for steps a), b) and c). See IRM 8.25.2, TBOR2 Expedite Closing Actions for the Appeals Team Manager for additional guidance.

  4. APS will prepare Form 3210/E3210 for the AQMS Reviewer to use when shipping the case to the applicable Collection contact/office. APS will enter their own return address information and sign the Form 3210/E3210, as the Releasing Official. Send all 4 parts of the Form 3210/E3210 (2 prints), to the AQMS Reviewer.

  5. At the conclusion of the review, AQMS will mail the TFRP TBOR2 case, via ground mail, to the applicable Technical Services Advisory Office. AQMS will inform Advisory via Form 3210/E3210, that the assessment documents were previously faxed to the CPM by Appeals and the case file was delayed due to Appeals' Quality Review random selection process. The AQMS Reviewer will also return the originator copy of Form 3210/E3210, back to the APS originating office to close out the transmittal monitoring process.

  6. APS will enter the FROMDATE on ACDS for the TFRP closure upon receipt of the acknowledged Form 3210/E3210, from Collection.

TFRP Closing Actions-Jeopardy Assessment Reconsiderations

(1) TFRP cases are not controlled on AIMS.

(2) Appeals findings will result in one of the following actions:

  • Compliance determination is sustained in full

  • Compliance determination is sustained in part

  • Jeopardy assessment not warranted (the collection of the tax was not in jeopardy)

  • Taxpayer agrees with the action taken

(3) If Appeals sustains the Compliance determination in full (taxpayer does not agree):

  1. Close ACDS following general closing instructions. CLOSINGCD = 20

  2. Return the file to originating Control Point Monitor (CPM) Advisory Unit

(4) If Appeals sustains the Compliance determination in part (taxpayer does not agree):

  1. On Form 5402 the ATE will request that the Compliance Function make the appropriate abatement.

  2. Close ACDS following general closing instructions. CLOSINGCD = 13.

  3. Return the file to CPM Advisory Unit.

(5) If Appeals finds that the jeopardy assessment was not warranted:

  1. On Form 5402, the ATE will request that the CPM Advisory Unit abate the entire assessment, release liens and any levies, as appropriate, and effect appropriate refund or credit.

  2. Close ACDS following general closing instructions. CLOSINGCD = 03.

  3. Return the file to CPM Advisory Unit.

(6) If Appeals reaches agreement with the taxpayer:

  1. On Form 5402 the ATE will request the CPM Advisory Unit abate any excessive tax assessed.

  2. Close ACDS following general closing instructions. CLOSINGCD = 03.

  3. Return the case to the CPM Advisory Unit.

TFRP Closing Actions-Claims and Claim Reconsiderations

(1) Normal claim closing actions apply to TFRP claim cases.

(2) APS employees will date and mail the closing letter prepared by the ATE:

  • For claims not previously considered, the following letters are prepared by the ATE and sent via certified mail:
    Letter 1363, Appeals Partial Disallowance of Claim - Certified Letter,
    Letter 1364, Appeals Full Disallowance of Claim - Certified Letter, or
    Letter 2682, Appeals Full Claim Allowance.

  • For claim reconsiderations, the following letters are prepared by the ATE and sent via certified mail:
    Letter 2681, Appeals Full Disallowance After Previous Claim Disallowance
    Letter 2682, Appeals Full Claim Allowance, or
    Letter 2683, Appeals Partial Disallowance After Previous Claim Disallowance, which can be sent by regular mail.

(3) These cases are not held for suspense.

(4) The following are the ACDS entries required at closing:

ACDS Field

Enter

CLOSINGCD

  • 14 - Full Disallowance;

  • 15 - Full Allowance; or

  • 16 - Partial Allowance

RevsdTax

Enter the negative amount approved for abatement/refund.

Example: A full disallowance would be $–0–.

APPEALS AMTDIS

Enter the amount of the claim disallowed by Appeals.

TFRP Claim and Claim Reconsideration Cases for AQMS Review

(1) APS will follow procedures in IRM 8.20.7.62.1.1 , TFRP TBOR2 Cases for Appeals Quality Measurement System (AQMS) Review, if a TFRP Claim or Claim Reconsideration case is selected by AQMS for review.

(2) AQMS will complete its review expeditiously (normally within 30 days) and mail the TFRP case, via ground mail, to the attention of the CPM in the applicable Advisory office.

Unpostables

(1) Unpostable (UP) transactions occur when the input transaction fails to bypass one or more validity checks programmed into IDRS for the purpose of ensuring MF account accuracy.

(2) Unpostables must be avoided to ensure the Assessment Statute Expiration Date (ASED) is protected, and to ensure the taxpayer receives a timely and accurate resolution to their Appeals or United States Tax Court case.

(3) APS Unpostables are categorized into two general categories for monitoring and corrective actions:

  • AIMS Unpostables (UP) - corrected by the APS Unpostable Team

  • Online Input/Non-AIMS Unpostables (UP) - corrected by the APS TE who input the adjustment


Caution: APS TEs who have mandatory monitoring requirements for specific work types, must coordinate correction of any AIMS UP with the APS Unpostable Team.

Exception: APS Complex Interest Team (CIT) TE's must monitor and correct all of their AIMS and Online Input/Non-AIMS adjustments.

(4) On a weekly basis, the APS Unpostable Team performs monitoring and correction of all APS generated AIMS Unpostables.

(5) On a monthly basis, the APS Area Managers will provide the CCA 42-43 - IDRS Overage Report (Non-AIMS UP's) to each Processing Team Manager (PTM) for assignment and correction of the online input/Non-AIMS UPs.

(6) The APS Unpostable Team actions do not relieve or replace the APS TE responsibility for monitoring the transaction(s) input on their assigned inventory.

(7) Online Input/Non-AIMS step-by-step monitoring process is provided in IRM 8.20.7.63.2 , APS Online Input and Non-AIMS Adjustment Monitoring Procedures.

Online Research Resources for Unpostables

(1) The following references are used to identify, research, and correct Unpostables:

APS Online Input and Non-AIMS Adjustment Monitoring Procedures

(1) An online input transaction is made using the following command codes:

  • FRM77/REQ77
    TC 13X
    TC 47X
    TC 48X
    TC 52X
    TC 53X
    TC 55X
    TC 56X
    TC 97X

  • ADD24/34/48

  • DRT24/48

  • ENMOD
    INCHG
    BNCHG

(2) If the online input transaction fails one or more IDRS validity checks, it becomes unpostable and an IDRS Control Base "NLUN" will be opened under the input employee's IDRS Number. The APS TE must close this control base using CC: ACTON.

(3) A Non-AIMS adjustment is processed using CC: ADJ54/REQ54.

(4) When the APS TE processes a Non-AIMS adjustment, the IDRS control base will default to "C" which closes the IDRS Control Base assigned to their IDRS Number.

(5) APS TE's are required to place the PEAS case in Suspense for Monitoring.

Reminder: Monitoring all online input transactions and Non-AIMS adjustments until fully posted, is mandatory and required. See IRM 8.21.2, Account and Processing Support, (APS) Statute Responsibility, for additional information.

(6) When the transaction(s) post, remove the PEAS case from Suspense and close the PEAS record.

(7) If the online input transaction, or Non-AIMS adjustment goes Unpostable (UP), the APS TE must:

  • Use CC: TXMODA and CC: UPTIN to research the cause of the UP.

  • Verify that an IDRS Control Base, Category = "NLUN" is opened and assigned to their IDRS number.

  • Check CC: UPTIN to verify that the UP has been Auto Voided (closed) so it does not erroneously appear on future General Unpostable Framework (GUF) Report(s).

  • Research and perfect the adjustment to resolve all potential unpostable conditions.

  • Reinput the corrected online input or corrected Non-AIMS adjustment to resolve the UP and use CC: ACTON to close the "NLUN" IDRS Control Base when necessary.

    Reminder: If the IDRS "NLUN" Control Base is not closed by the APS TE timely, it will generate to the CCA 42-43 IDRS Overaged Report, which is sent to the appropriate APS Area Managers for distribution to the respective PTM and APS TE for resolution. See IRM 8.20.7.63 Unpostables and the Exception and Reminder below for additional information.

  • Place the case in PEAS Suspense for Monitoring.

  • Refile corrected source documents as appropriate.

  • Close PEAS when the adjustment has posted.

Exception: When the APS Area Manager distributes the Non-AIMS Adjustment UP Report to the PTM, if the PEAS Case has been closed prematurely, the PTM must reopen the PEAS Case and use PEAS Feature Code PC to identify it as a "Post Closure" case.

Reminder: For statute protection purposes, cases must be reopened and assigned on PEAS within 2 business days of the APS Area Manager receiving the report.

APS Unpostable Team - AIMS Unpostable Procedures

(1) The APS Unpostable Team works the following GUF Reports on a weekly basis:

  • New Unpostable Report and Summary GUF 11-40

  • UP Employee Assignment/Aged Listing GUF 55-40

  • Unpostables Nullified Distribution Listing GUF 55-47

  • CCP, Exam & Appeals UP Inventory GUF 55-50

The reports are generated using Control-D (SYSM and SYSL) and imported into a file which is then sorted and all cases identified are imported and assigned on PEAS to each APS UP Tax Examiner (TE) for research and correction of the UP. For statute protection purposes, all unpostables must be assigned on PEAS within 3 business days of the report date.

(2) The APS UP PTM enters Feature Code PC to identify the case as a "Post Closure" case.

(3) The APS UP TE will:

  • Research IDRS CC: TXMODA and CC: UPTIN

  • Identify the status of the UP

  • Identify corrective action(s) required to resolve the UP condition

  • Reinput the adjustment(s) to bypass the UP condition and complete the adjustment(s) to the taxpayer's account

  • Monitor the adjustment(s) until posted

  • Refile corrected source documents as applicable

  • Apply direct time for the action(s) taken

  • Close PEAS

(4) The APS Unpostable Team TE does not correct APS-CIT Unpostables, however, the APS UP Team PTM does notify the CIT TE via encrypted email of their UP case and reassigns the UP on UPTIN to the APS-CIT TE.

(5) The APS UP TE will keep the UP case open on PEAS and contact the originating APS TE when coordination of the account correction is appropriate.

Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record (Instructions)

(1) The APS TE assigned to close the Docketed or Non-Docketed Case on AIMS is responsible for analyzing the current AIMS and IDRS transcript (AMDISA and TXMODA) to identify the following account status and condition(s):

  • Verify the TIN, TXPD, and Name Control match the account adjustment authority, case documents and case closing instruction(s).

  • Identify and address all AIMS Freeze Codes (AMDISA page 1) and Master File Freeze Codes (TXMODA page 1) . See http://serp.enterprise.irs.gov/databases/irm.dr/current/6209/section-12-5-14.html for AIMS Freeze Codes and Definitions, and see http://serp.enterprise.irs.gov/databases/irm.dr/current/6209/section-8a-4.html for MF Freeze Codes and Definitions.

  • Note: The TC 520 "-W" Freeze is systemically generated when Examination AIMS Controls are transferred using CC: AMCLSE to Status 81 "Appeals Not Assigned", and the "-W" Freeze is systemically reversed when the TC 300 adjustment is input using CC: AMCLSA.

  • Always verify the ASED and whenever applicable also verify the RSED on the account to ensure accurate processing steps and processing actions are taken to resolve the account without error, unpostable conditions, or unanticipated delay.

  • Determine if and when a Hold Code is required to avoid issuance of an erroneous notice or refund to the taxpayer.

  • Determine if and when a Priority Code is required to bypass an unpostable condition.

  • Determine if special processing is required to ensure the final account condition will result in the accurate billing notice or accurate refund will be released to the taxpayer in a timely manner. See IRM 8.20.7.14.3, Final Disposition of the Taxpayer’s Account Balance.

  • Identify when interest must be restricted and when interest restriction is necessary, use a Non-Restricting TC 340 whenever possible.

  • Identify when the necessary interest related form(s) and/or worksheet(s) are present and when they are missing which requires the APS TE to follow-up with the appropriate Technical Employee to secure them. See IRM 8.20.7.10.11.2, Interest Related Account Features and Awareness and also see IRM 8.20.7.10.11.3, APS Responsibility for Identifying and Securing "Interest-Related" Forms and Schedules.

  • Monitor posting of AIMS adjustments when also processing a credit transfer, quick assessment, manual refund, or multiple adjustment inputs which include a Posting Delay Code.

Form 5403 Coding and Editing General Instructions

Item Number and Field Title

General Instructions

Adjustment Type:

  • TSCLS

  • AMCLSA

  • AMCLSS

  • AMCLSF

  • AMCLSI

  • Source Doc. Only

  • AMCLSU

Check the box for the Adjustment Input Type:

  • PICF Case Closure

  • Full AIMS Closure

  • Spousal MFT 31 Adjustment

  • Partial AIMS Adjustment*

  • Partial AIMS Adjustment for IRAF Account

  • 2nd adj. doc. for Item 15 overflow*

  • Re-input Adjustment After Unpostable


References:

Sequence Number

Enter the 4 digit sequence number for the input transaction. Range 0000 - 0999

  • The last 6 digits of a DLN is the adjustment serial number and the last 4 digits of the serial number identify the sequence number assigned when the input is "Request Completed".

  • The maximum number of records within a block is 1000 and they are serially numbered from 0000 thru 0999.


Reference:

1. TIN

  • SSN

  • EIN

Enter or verify the TIN if already pre-populated

  • Invalid TIN requires an "*" after last digit

  • NMF TIN requires an "N" after the last digit

  • Estate Tax TIN requires a "V" after the last digit

  • Estate Tax Invalid TIN requires a "W" after the last digit


Reference:

2. MFT

Enter or verify the MFT if already pre-populated
Reference:

3. Tax Period

Enter or verify the TXPD if already pre-populated
References:

  • IRM 2.3.8, Consistency of MFT with Tax Period

  • See (2) for IMF Consistency

  • See (3) for BMF Consistency

  • See (3) item ab. "MFT 00 or 52 - Tax period must be 000000"

4. Name Control

Enter or verify the Name Control if already pre-populated
Reference:

15a. Override Code

An Override Code is used to resolve several validity checks on ADJ47/ADJ54*:


Reference:

  • IRM 2.8.7, Audit Information Management System (AIMS) - AIMS Command Code AMCLS

2a. Plan No.

Enter the 3 digit Plan Number

  • MFT 74 and MFT 76 require a valid Plan Number entry of 001 - 999


References:

  • IRM 2.8.7-1 Exhibit, Input Processing k) and l)

  • IRM 2.8.7, Error Processing (3) Error Messages

Block Number

Enter the correct Blocking Series (BS) for the Adjustment Type and Return Type

  • 70X - AIMS Closing of an:
    ⇒ Original return
    ⇒ Print of an Electronically Filed (ELF) return
    ⇒ RTVUE or Accounts Management System print of the ELF return (see TC 150 DLN File Location Code)
    ⇒ SFR/Dummy return - used for all but a TEFRA closing

  • 75X - AIMS TEFRA Closing of an:
    ⇒ Original return
    ⇒ Print of an Electronically Filed (ELF) return
    ⇒ RTVUE or Accounts Management System print of the ELF return (see TC 150 DLN File Location Code)
    ⇒ SFR/Dummy return - used for all but a TEFRA closing

  • 79X - AIMS Closing of a Photocopy of a return or print of an ELF return stamped with "PHOTOCOPY" used for all but a TEFRA closing

  • 76X - AIMS TEFRA Closing of a Photocopy of a return or print of an electronically filed return stamped with "PHOTOCOPY"

  • 78X - AIMS Partial Adjustment (CC: AMCLSF does not close AIMS)

Note: When an ELF return is printed, it represents the original return unless it is stamped "PHOTOCOPY."

Reminder: The graphic print of an ELF return displays in the official Form 1040 format. The Graphic Electronic Print (GEL) displays all of the data on the ELF but not in the official Form 1040 format. IMF ELF prints will include the following "Electronic Return -- Do Not Process" in the bottom margin. If a correction was made to the ELF, the word "Shadow" will be in the top right hand corner of the printed ELF return.


Reference:

01 - Individual Retirement Account IRA MFT 29

CC: AMCLSI ONLY

  • If the IRA adjustment is to the secondary SSN on the MFT 30 MFJ account, enter the secondary TP SSN.

  • If the IRA adjustment is to the primary SSN, do not make an entry in Item 01.

  • Individual Retirement Account File (IRAF) entity is established when a Form 5329 is posted with or without a Form 1040 via input of a TC 971 AC 144 to the MFT 30 account. The IRAF MFT 29 TC 150 DLN is the same as the TC 971 AC 144 DLN, except the document code is 11 and the Julian date is always 866.


References:

  • IRM 4.4.14, AIMS Procedures and Processing Instructions, Individual Retirement Account (IRA), Education Savings Accounts and Medical Savings Account Adjustments

  • IRM 21.6.5, Individual Retirement Account File (IRAF) Overview

02 - Penalty Reason Code

Enter the appropriate Penalty Reason Code when applicable

  • See IRM 8.20.7.10.10, Penalty Reason Code Entered in Item 02, of Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record for a detailed explanation.


References:

  • IRM 20.1.1, Fair and Consistent Approach to Penalty Administration (1) b. Accuracy

  • IRM 20.1.1, Managerial Approval for Penalty Assessments

  • IRM 20.1.1, Criteria for Relief From Penalties (3) c. Reminder

  • IRM 20.1.1, Subsequent Requests for Penalty Relief

  • IRM 20.1.1, Taxpayer Entitled to Relief (4) Note

  • IRM 20.1.1, Deficiency Procedures

  • IRM 20.1.1, Master File Indicators

  • IRM 20.1.1, Master File Penalty Reason Codes

  • IRM 20.1.1-2 Exhibit Penalty Reason Code Chart

03 - Letter Day

Entered for a BMF C-Corporation taxpayer with an unpaid deficiency ≥ $ 100,000 only.

  • When applicable, Items 03, 04 and 05 must all be entered.

  • Enter the date of the FIRST (earliest) 30 or 90/150 day letter. Entry of this date causes the taxpayer’s account to reflect a MF Status 30. Accuracy of this date is critical to ensure accurate underpayment interest law (IRC 6621(c) is applied until the account is full paid.


References:

  • IRM 4.4.12, Item 03: Letter Date (Large Corporate Taxpayer C-Corporations Only)

  • IRM 20.2.5, Interest , Interest on Underpayments, Large Corporate Underpayment (LCU) Introduction

04 - Letter Amount

Entered for a BMF C-Corporation taxpayer with an unpaid deficiency ≥ $ 100,000 only.

  • When applicable, Items 03, 04 and 05 must all be entered

  • Amount entered must equal the tax amount on the earliest 30 or 90/150 day letter sent to the C-Corporation taxpayer


References:

  • IRM 4.4.12, Item 04: Letter Amount

  • IRM 20.2.5, Interest , Interest on Underpayments, Large Corporate Underpayment (LCU) Introduction

05 - 2% Interest Date

Entered for a BMF C-Corporation taxpayer with an unpaid deficiency ≥ $ 100,000 only.

  • When applicable, Items 03, 04 and 05 must all be entered

  • Entry must be 30 calendar days later than the date entered in Item 03 and serves as the trigger date for the LCU interest accrual.

  • Entry in this item requires a TC 340 for interest and an entry in Item 06a


References:

  • IRM 4.4.12, Item 05: 2% Interest Date

  • IRM 20.2.5, Interest , Interest on Underpayments, Large Corporate Underpayment (LCU) Introduction

06a. - Debit Interest To Date

Enter the date underpayment interest is computed to.

  • Entry is required whenever Item 05 is also entered

  • Entry is required when using "Non-Restricting TC 340" Procedures

  • Entry is required when MF "-I" is present on TXMODA and TC 34X is included in Item 12


References:

  • IRM 4.4.12, Item 06: Debit Interest To Date

  • IRM 20.2.5, Interest , Interest on Underpayments, Large Corporate Underpayment (LCU) Introduction

  • IRM 20.2.5, Non-Restricting Transaction Code (TC) 340

06b. - Credit Interest To Date

Enter the date overpayment interest is computed to.

  • Entry is required when a TC 770 is included in Item 12

  • TC 770 is required when MF "I-" freeze is present on TXMODA


References:

06c. - Compute Interest Amount

Enter the module balance for which MF will compute additional underpayment interest on as of the date entered in Item 06a.

  • Entry is required whenever a TC 34X Restricted Interest adjustment TC is entered in Item 12

  • Entry is required whenever a Non-Restricting TC 340 process is used

  • The amount entered will be the balance due as of the "DB-INT-TO-DT" field and is determined by the manually interest computation balance.


References:

07 - Hold Code

When appropriate, enter the applicable Hold Code to prevent or delay the issuance of a refund and/or notice. Identify the reason the HC is needed in the space to the right of the HC entry.

  • The TE adjusting the taxpayer’s account is responsible for determining if a Hold Code is needed or not and if needed, identifying the appropriate Hold Code for the account adjustment.

  • Do NOT use a Hold Code unless one is needed.

  • Hold Code 1 holds credit (not the notice) and sets the MF "-K" Freeze.

  • Use Hold Code 2 on all AMCLSA Closings whenever a Quick Assessment (Doc. Cd. 51 TC 370) has not yet posted to avoid an erroneous balance due notice and/or erroneous refund of a credit already posted to the account. Sets the MF "-K" freeze.

  • Hold Code 3 prevents the issuance of the adjustment notice for the adjustment transaction on which it is entered. Does not prevent the issuance of any other notice. Does NOT set a MF freeze.

  • Use Hold Code 4 on all AMCLSF Partial Adjustments. (Notice will not be issued at any time for the adjustment on which it is entered.) Sets the MF "-K" freeze.


References:

08 - Agreement Date

Enter the Agreement Date for an Agreed Income (MFT 02/05/30/31), Gift (MFT 51), or Estate (MFT 52) Tax Account Adjustment when applicable.

  • Entry of an Agreement Date is required when the Tax Adjustment 30X is entered for an increase based upon the taxpayer’s agreement to the tax deficiency under IRC 6213(d), Restrictions Applicable to Deficiencies; Petition to Tax Court.

  • Only enter an agreement date when adjusting an agreed deficiency amount on an Income, Gift, or Estate (I/G/E) Tax account.

  • Entry of an Agreement Date is necessary when a Non-filer TC 150 SFR taxpayer signs a Form 870 or Form 870-AD for the first (original) tax assessment regardless of whether they have or have not also filed a Delinquent Return. See IRM 20.2.5, Types of Deficiencies that do not Receive an IRC 6601(c) Suspension of Interest (2).

  • Form 870 Agreement Date = IRS Received Date.

  • Form 870-AD Agreement Date = Date Accepted For Commissioner Signature Date.

  • Form 870-PT, Agreement Date = Date Accepted For Commissioner Signature Date.

  • Form 866 Agreement Date = Date Accepted For Commissioner Signature Date.

  • Form 906 Agreement Date = Date Accepted For Commissioner Signature Date.

  • Entered Tax Court Decision Agreement Date = Entered Decision Date IF the 6213 Waiver Paragraph is also included on the Entered Decision.

  • Do NOT enter an Agreement Date when an Entered Decision does not ALSO include the 6213 Waiver Paragraph.

  • Do NOT enter an Agreement Date on an Employment Tax 941/940 account adjustment, even if the taxpayer signed an agreement. IRC 6601(c) Interest Suspension does NOT apply to Employment Tax

  • Do NOT enter an Agreement Date on a No-Change closing or a Defaulted SND closing.

  • Always include the Agreement Date on the Form 2859 Q/A for an Agreed I/G/E account and then also include the SAME Agreement Date on the TC 300 0.00 AMCLSA input. This is NOT a No-Change closing but an AIMS closing of an agreed deficiency case.

  • Entry and input of an Agreement Date on an unpaid or underpaid (I/G/E) account triggers an underpayment interest suspension whenever the 23C date of the assessment is not within the waiver + 30 day timeframe.

  • Agreed and Unpaid Assessments > $ 100,000 must be processed using Quick Assessment procedures to assign a 23C Date that is earlier than the Wavier + 30 Day Date to prevent an underpayment interest suspension whenever possible. See IRM 8.20.7.7, Expedite Processing for Certain Large Dollar Cases > $100,000IRM 8.20.7.7.1, Quick Assessment Requirements for additional information.

  • See IRM 8.20.7.10.11.1, Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record, Item 08 Entry When There Are Two Agreements when there is more than one agreement date for the I/G/E account being adjusted.


References:

09 - Priority Code

Enter the appropriate Priority Code (PC) when needed.

  • PC 1 bypasses UPC 160 RC 4
    ✓ Use when account includes a MF "-A" TC 97X freeze.

  • PC 2 bypasses UPC 143
    ✓ Use when CC: AMCLSA includes BS 79X and the posting schedule of a Quick Assessment may also cause a Settlement Amount discrepancy between the Item 10 entry and MF calculated Settlement Amount > $10.00.

  • PC 3 bypasses UPC 160 RC 4
    ✓ Use when account includes a MF "-A" TC 97X AND Item 12 TC 30X includes an IRS Initiated overpayment subject to the 45 day back off period.
    ✓ Use when an SFR account includes a MF "-A" freeze and FTP Penalty must be assessed from the original return due date.
    CAUTION: PC 3 causes MF programming to ignore the agreement date entry. If the SFR assessment is authorized by a signed waiver of agreement, then Non-Restricting TC 340 procedures may be necessary to ensure IRC 6601(c) interest suspension is correctly applied to the underpayment.

  • PC 4 bypasses UPC 160 RC 4
    ✓ Use when processing a partial assessment on an account with a MF "-A" freeze.

  • PC 5 is used to force assessment of FTP accruals*
    ✓ Use to force post "unrestricted" FTP penalty or interest accruals.
    ✓ If a Hold Code is also input, FTP accruals will not post even though PC 5 is included with the adjustment input.

  • PC 6 is used when the ATE imposes a 2 year or 10 year ban for EIC Recertification per Form 5402 Instructions.
    ✓ Use when a TC 30X with a CRN 765 (EIC Recapture) and reference code 680 (2 year ban) or TC 320 (10 year ban) for the appropriate tax year.

  • PC 7 is used when the ATE imposes a 2 year or 10 year ban for EIC Recertification and a MF "-A" freeze is also present on TXMODA. Bypasses UPC 160 RC 4.
    ✓ Use when a TC 30X with a CRN 765 (EIC Recapture) and reference code 680 (2 year ban) or TC 320 (10 year ban) for the appropriate tax year and the account also contains a MF "-A" freeze.

  • PC 8 bypasses UPC 158 RC 0, UPC 160 RC 4, UPC 180, UPC 328
    ✓ Use when an Estimated Tax Indicator (TC 17X) is present on the account and CRN 806/807 adjustment is input without a TC 17X adjustment.
    ✓ A TC 30X with a PC 8 releases the TDI/DEL RET Refund Freeze.

  • PC 9 bypasses UPC 189 and form MFT 31, UPC 168

Caution: * If a Hold Code is also input with the adjustment, FTP accruals will not post. Use CC: REQ54 (Non-AIMS) TC 290 0.00 adjustment with PC 5 and PDC (1-6) to cycle the PC 5 to force assessment of FTP accruals.


References:

10 - Settlement Amount

Enter the Settlement Amount when using Blocking Series 79X

  • When using DC 01 for a No-Change TC 300 0.00 then entry of a Settlement Amount is not required.

  • When using a DC 03 BS 79X to Close AIMS and post Item 15 Reference Items after a Q/A is processed enter the Settlement Amount and ALSO enter Priority Code 2 or 3 to bypass UPC 143 RC 0. This will allow the adjustment to post regardless of when the Q/A TC 300 posts. Using PC 2 or 3 is a best practice whenever a Settlement Amount entry is required and ensures bypass of an unpostable condition.

  • Compute the Settlement Amount by netting all tax adjustment TC amounts + and - (150/29X/30X). Include the TC 30X amount entered on Form 2859 even though it may not be posted yet. PC 2 or 3 will bypass UPC 143 RC 0.

  • If after netting all tax adjustment amounts, + and - the balance = 0.00, then enter 1.00 in the Settlement Amount. Always include PC 2 or 3 to bypass UPC 143 RC 0.

  • If the adjustment requires a PC 8 or PC 9, then you must verify that the Settlement Amount entered is accurate because you will not be able to use a PC 2 or 3, only one PC can be entered on an adjustment.


Reference:

  • Exhibit IRM 2.8.7-10, Error Processing

11 - Interest Comp. Date

Enter the Interest Computation Start Date for the Carryback Tax Adjustment TC 304/305/308/309

Example: AMCLSA for a 201312 MFT 02 includes a TC 300 for General Adjustment Tax Increase of 50,000.00+ and a TC 308 Additional Tax Assessment for a Carryback Recapture originating from 201512 for 50,000.00+. Item 11 Date is 03152016. As long as the account is not already restricted for underpayment interest MF programming will compute underpayment interest on the TC 300 amount from the 201312 Return Due Date and on the TC 308 amount from the 201512 Return Due Date entered in Item 11.

Caution: The TE must ensure that the AMCLS entries will accurately post the correct TCs and dollar amounts as well as correct Interest Computation Date(s) when the interest is not restricted to ensure an accurate billing notice or refund will be issued to the taxpayer. IRM 20.2, Interest serves as the primary source of Interest Related Guidance for all IRS Employees.


References:

12 -

  • Tax Adj. TC & Amt. +/-

  • Penalty Adj. TC & Amt. +/-

  • Interest Adj. TC & Amt. +/-

Enter or Verify if Pre-populated, all Tax, Penalty, and Interest Transaction Codes applicable to the Tax Period and based upon the Authority to Make the Account Adjustment(s)
Tax Adjustment(s)

  • General Adjustment Tax Assessment - TC 300+

  • General Adjustment Tax Abatement - TC 301-

  • Carryback Recapture - TC 308 (Per Form 2285)+

  • Carryback Allowance - TC 309 (Per Form 2285)-

  • If there are more than 2 Carryback TC 30Xs required per Form 2285, and the ASED is not in jeopardy, use Partial Adjustment procedures to post the tax adjustment transactions.
    Always use the appropriate Hold Code to suppress issuance of an incorrect notice or erroneous refund. Monitor all adjustments until they are fully posted.
    Input the tax assessment TCs first and then input the tax abatement transactions last to avoid UPC 316 RC 1.


Reference:


Penalty Adjustment(s)

  • IRC 6651(a)(1) Failure to File Penalty increase - TC 160+

  • IRC 6651(a)(1) Failure to File Penalty decrease - TC 161-

  • Bypass Del. Ret. Ind. no adjustment - TC 160 for 0.00+

  • IRC 6654 Failure to Pay Estimated Tax increase - TC 170+

  • IRC 6654 Failure to Pay Estimated Tax decrease - TC 171-

  • IRC 6651(a)(2) Failure to Pay Tax shown on return increase - TC 270+

  • IRC 6651(a)(2) Failure to Pay Tax shown on return decrease - TC 271-

  • IRC 6651(f) Fraudulent Failure to File Penalty when imposed or adjusted, is entered in Item 15 with a Penalty Reference Number 686. See Item 15 for instructions.


References:


Interest Adjustment(s)

  • Restricted Underpayment Interest Assessment - TC 340+

  • Restricted Underpayment Interest Abatement - TC 341-

  • Restricted Overpayment Interest Assessment - TC 770+

  • Restricted Overpayment Interest Abatement - TC 771-

  • Correction of TC 770 Interest in Error - TC 772+

  • Netted Interest Increase - TC 772+

  • Netted Interest Decrease - TC 772-

  • Reminder: Normal "unrestricted" Interest TCs are not entered in Item 12. MF programming uses the adjustment document input information to trigger the interest programming routine to correctly assess or abate unrestricted interest applicable to the tax module.


References:

  • IRM 20.2.4, Overpayment Interest

  • IRM 20.2.5, Interest on Underpayments

  • IRM Abatement and Suspension of Debit Interest

  • IRM 20.2.9, Interest on Carryback of Net Operating Loss

  • IRM 20.2.10, Interest on Estate, Excise, Employment, and Foreign Taxes

  • IRM 20.2.11, Miscellaneous Interest Provisions

  • IRM 20.2.14, Netting of Overpayment and Underpayment Interest

13 - Disposal Code

Enter the correct Disposal Code (DC) or Verify if the DC is Pre-populated

  • DC 01 - No Change With IRN Adjustments (not CRN or penalty adjustments) in Item 15

  • DC 03 - Agreed Income/Gift/Estate (I/G/E) case requires an Item 08 Entry when tax adjustment is an increase +

  • DC 03 - tax/penalty abatements - (no agreement date entered in Item 08)

  • DC 03 - Agreed but IRC 6213 Waiver does not apply e.g., Employment Tax (MFT 01/10), or an I/G/E Entered Decision w/o a Waiver Paragraph

  • DC 12 - Other, applies to any other manner of AIMS closing e.g. Defaulted SND


Reference:

14 - Statute Extended to Date

Enter the Correct ASED MM/DD/YYYY if different from the ASED on AIMS or IDRS

  • An entry in Item 14 will post a TC 560 Statute Date on IDRS if it is a different date than the ASED Date on page 1 of the current TXMODA.

  • Caution: Any ASED entry in Item 14 must be the correct ASED to update the MF ASED field based on a Delinquent Return Received Date, or the ASED extension authority (Form 872, Form 872-A, etc...)

    Exception: When processing an adjustment to an SFR TC 150 0.00 account, and a signed return has NOT been secured, the ASED field on MF will be blank and Item 14 field will be left blank. See IRM 8.20.7.46.3 and IRM 8.20.7.46.3 (9) for additional details.


References:

  • Alpha Codes

  • Master File Statute

  • No Change Cases

  • Claims

  • Form 872

  • Form 872-A

  • TC 560


Statute of Limitations IRMs

  • IRM 8.21.1, General Statute Responsibility

  • IRM 8.21.2, Account and Processing Support (APS) Statute Responsibility

  • IRM 8.21.6, Statute Information on TEFRA Cases

  • IRM 25.6.1, Statute of Limitations - Statute of Limitations Process and Procedures

  • IRM 25.6.22, Statute of Limitations - Extension of Assessment Statute of Limitations by Consent

  • IRM 25.6.23, Statute of Limitations - Examination Process - Assessment Statute of Limitations Controls

  • IRM 25.6.23-3 Exhibit, Instructions for Updating the Statute on AIMS

15 - Credit and Item Reference Adj. Number and Amt. +/-

Enter the Applicable Item and Credit Reference Number(s) and Adjustment Amount(s) +/- or Validate if Pre-populated.

Reminder: When IRC 6651(f) Fraudulent Failure to File Penalty is assessed or adjusted the APS TE will enter the Penalty Reference Number 686 with a + to assess or - to adjust/abate in Item 15. Fraudulent Failure to File Penalty may be imposed on any MFT tax period due after 12/31/1989. See IRM 20.1.2, Fraudulent Failure to File - IRC 6651(f).


For additional Item 15 Item and Credit Reference number information see:

  • IRM 8.20.7.7.2, Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record Preparation for AIMS Closure

  • IRM 8.20.7.10, Form 5403 Instructions to APS Worksheet

  • IRM 8.20.7.30 , Employment Tax Case Closing

  • IRM 8.20.7.31 , Estate and Gift Tax Case Closing

  • Exhibit 8.20.7-13, Table of the Most Common Credit Reference Numbers (CRN) and Item Reference Numbers (IRN) Applicable to an Income Tax (MFT 30/05/02) Account


References:

  • http://serp.enterprise.irs.gov/databases/irm.dr/current/6209/section-8c-3.html, Item Adjustment Codes & Credit Reference Numbers

  • IRM 21.2.4, Systems and Research Programs - Master File Accounts Maintenance

  • IRM 21.5.2, Account Resolution - Adjustment Guidelines

  • IRM 21.5.5, Account Resolution - Unpostables

  • IRM 21.5.6, Account Resolution - Freeze Codes

  • IRM 21.6.1, Individual Tax Returns - Filing Status and Exemption Adjustments

  • IRM 21.6.2, Individual Tax Returns - Adjusting TIN-Related Problems

  • IRM 21.6.3, Individual Tax Returns - Credits

  • IRM 21.6.4, Individual Tax Returns - Tax Computation / Accounting Period Changes

  • IRM 21.6.7, Individual Tax Returns, Adjusting Individual Tax Accounts

  • IRM 21.6.8, Individual Tax Returns - Split Spousal Assessments (MFT 31 / MFT 65)

  • IRM 21.7.4, Business Tax Returns and Non-Master File Accounts, Income Taxes/Information Returns

  • IRM 21.7.8, Business Tax Returns and Non-Master File Accounts - Excise Taxes

  • IRM 21.7.9, Business Tax Returns and Non-Master File Accounts - BMF Duplicate Filing Conditions

  • IRM 21.7.12, Business Tax Returns and Non-Master File Accounts - Non-Master File (NMF) Adjustments

16 - Appeals Code

Enter or verify if already populated the 3 digit Appeals Office Code

  • For a Non-Docketed Closing the first digit is "1"

  • For a Docketed Closing the first digit is "2"

  • The 2nd and 3rd digits are based upon the Appeals Office Code (AOC) identified on page 1 of AMDISA


Reference:

  • A complete list of AOCs is available in ACDS from the Utilities menu Area/POD/AOC Lookup

20 - Claim Rejection Date

Entered for a CLAIM ACDS cc 14/16 ONLY MMDDYYYY FORMAT
When closing a Fully or Partially Disallowed Claim (cc 14/16)

  • Enter the date the Notice of Claim Disallowance was issued/mailed to the taxpayer (see list below) or;

  • Enter the IRS Received date of the signed Form 2297, Waiver of Statutory Notice of Claims Disallowance


Appeals Letters of Partial or Full Claim Disallowance:

  • Letter 1363, Appeals Partial Disallowance of Claim - Certified Letter

  • Letter 1364, Appeals Full Disallowance of Claim - Certified Letter

  • Letter 2681, ,Appeals Full Disallowance After Previous Claim Disallowance

  • Letter 2683, Appeals Partial Disallowance After Previous Claim Disallowance

36 - Hash Total

Calculated and entered by APS TE

  • The term "Hash Total" applies to the sum of several unrelated item numbers entered on the Form 5403 and serves to verify the numeric accuracy of all applicable entries added together. The number entered and input must match the AIMS programming calculation exactly as there is no tolerance for error in the AIMS programming.

  • This entry is required for all AMCLS adjustments.

  • Dollar amounts are added together without regard to the decimal or digits after the decimal (cents).

    Example: TC 300 for 777.00+ is included as 777+, not 77700+ TC 301 for 777.00- is included as 777-, not 77700-.

  • IAT includes an AIMS Closure Tool and also a Hash Calculator


References:

39 - Disclosure Code

Disclosure Analysis, Disclosure Code Selection and Disclosure Code Entry is performed by APS TE
References:

42 - ARDI Indicator

Entry is required on all AGREED cases except non-taxable entities.

  • ARDI Code is entered by APS TE.

  • Enter a one-digit code for an agreed deficiency under the Accounts Receivable Dollar Inventory (ARDI) project.

  • When closing multiple years and an overassessment from one year will be used to offset an assessment from another year, consider the overassessment as payment secured. Full Paid or Partially Paid depends on the amount of the overassessment.

  • Valid ARDI Codes are as follows:
    Code - Definition
    1 - Fully Paid
    2 - No Payment (a change case where a payment was not received)
    3 - Partial Payment
    4 - Installment Agreements With Payment
    5 - Installment Agreement Without a Payment
    7 - Appeals - Returned
    0, 6, 8, and 9 - ARDI Codes reserved for future use


References:

43 - Posting Delay Code (PDC)

APS TE Enters the PDC whenever appropriate and only when needed to allow same day input of a second adjustment document but to delay the second adjustment posting by 1 or more cycles for accurate processing and notice issuance.

  • Valid entry single digit 1 thru 6 with 1 = delay posting 1 cycle and 6 = delay posting 6 cycles.

  • ALWAYS be aware of how a PDC is associated with the 23C date of the delayed processing cycle to:
    ⇒ Avoid a barred ASED
    ⇒ Avoid a tax increase NOT submitted within 60 days of the ASED which then requires a Quick Assessment process
    ⇒ Avoid an incorrect manual TC 34X/77X interest amount and Interest To Date entry on the delayed adjustment.


References:

51 - 53 IMF Reason Code

The APS TE is responsible for identifying, verifying, and entering the correct IMF Reason Code(s) whenever entry is required.

Reminder: The IMF Reason Code entered determines the specific information printed on the account adjustment notice sent to the taxpayer.

  • IMF Reason Code is a three-digit numeric code that indicates the reason a particular adjustment is being made or why a particular reference number is being used.

  • There are several reason codes valid on master file, however, only the reasons codes identified in the references below are valid on an AIMS adjustment.

  • When more than 1 IMF Reason Code is required, enter them in numeric order beginning in Item 51 then Item 52 and last Item 53.

  • The IMF Reason Code required for a specific reference number must be input on the same adjustment as the specific reference number.

  • For AMCLS Form 5403 Item 15 overflows*, always associate the applicable IMF Reason Code on the same adjustment document. Adherence to this process avoids AIMS Error Rejects and ensures the notice issued to the taxpayer clearly identifies the reason for the specific Item 15 adjustment.

  • IRM Exhibit 8.20.7-13 table includes a cross-walk for each IMF Reason Code with its respective Item or Credit Reference Number.



References:

56 - SSN-IND

  • PA - Primary TP

  • SA - Secondary TP

The APS TE identifies which MFT 31 Account is being adjusted by checking this box and entering the correct entry on the AMCLS input screen.

  • When Item 56 SA is selected, APS must also enter Item 57 SA Name Control


References:

57 - SA Name Control

When Item 56 = SA, APS enters the Secondary Spouse Name Control in Item 57

422 - Applicable Credit Adj. Amt +/-
This item is on page 2 of Form 5403

APS will enter the dollar amount provided by the Estate and Gift TCS on the Form 5403 Instructions Worksheet.
References:

  • IRM 2.8.7, Error Processing, see INVALID APPLICABLE-CREDIT-ADJ-AMT #422

  • IRM 2.8.7-7, Item Number DescriptionITEM NUMBER 422 APPLICABLE-CREDIT-ADJ-AMT Description

  • IRM 4.4.12, Item 422: Applicable Credit Adjustment Amount

425 - DSUE Amount
This item is on page 2 of Form 5403

APS will enter the dollar amount provided by the Estate and Gift TCS on the Form 5403 Instructions Worksheet.
References:

  • IRM 2.8.7, Error ProcessingINVALID DSUE-AMT #425

  • IRM 2.8.7-7, Item Number DescriptionITEM NUMBER 425 DSUE-AMT Description

  • IRM 4.4.12, Item 425: DSUE Amount

  • IRM 21.7.5, Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization, and Job Creation Act of 2010, PL 111-312 (Sections 301 - 304) (TRUIRJCA) (4)

800 Appeals Results

Enter total tax and penalty for all Appeals closures EXCEPT closing code 10 (Counsel Settled) and 17 (Tried).
This dollar amount represents the total of tax/penalty dollars for which Appeals secured settlement/agreement or an Appeals-issued SND defaulted.

  • If closure is a no-change enter 0+ (Fully Sustained IRS proposed tax/penalty)

  • If Appeals did not secure an agreement or if the Appeals-issued SND was petitioned, enter 0+

  • Only enter the total dollar amount +/- do not include cents


ITEM 800 entry is required for the following Appeals closing codes:

  • 03

  • 04

  • 05

  • 08

  • 11 - Appeals issued the SND

  • 12 - Appeals issued the SND


The Item 800 total includes:

  • All Item 12 tax and penalty amount(s) netted together +/-

  • Includes IRC 6662 Accuracy Related Penalty adjustment +/- entered in Item 15

  • Interest entries are not included in the calculation

  • All AMCLSF (partials) tax and penalty amount(s) netted together +/- when Appeals settled part of the tax/pen dispute and the unagreed portion was settled by Counsel (cc 10) or Trial (cc 17).

  • All Quick Assessment tax and penalty amount(s) netted together +/-

  • Includes Refundable Credit Adjustments** entered in Item 15 +/-. See Exhibit 8.20.7-13, Table of the Most Common Credit Reference Numbers (CRN) and Item Reference Numbers (IRN) Applicable to an Income Tax (MFT 30/05/02) Account

    Note: A Refundable Credit Number increase (+) is considered a decrease to the APPEALS RESULTS because it reduces a balance due amount. A Refundable Credit Number decrease (-) is considered an increase to the APPEALS RESULTS because it increases a balance due amount.


**

  • CRN 250 +/-

  • CRN 252 +/-

  • CRN 255 +/-

  • CRN 256 +/-

  • CRN 257 +/-

  • CRN 258 +/-

  • CRN 259 +/-

  • CRN 260 +/-

  • CRN 261 +/-

  • CRN 262 +/-

  • CRN 313 +/-

  • CRN 334/793 +/-

  • CRN 335 +/-

  • CRN 336 +/-

  • CRN 338 +/-

  • CRN 362 +/-

  • CRN 431 +/-

  • CRN 450 +/-

  • CRN 764 +

  • CRN 765 -

  • CRN 806 +

  • CRN 807 -

Example:
TC 300 12,000.00 +
TC 160 3,000.00 +
CRN 765 500.00 -
CRN 806 600.00 +
Item 800= 15100 +

801 Counsel Results

Enter total tax and penalty for all Counsel Settled closing code 10 and Tried closing code 17 closures.
This dollar amount represents the total of tax/penalty dollars for which Counsel or Tax Court secured settlement/agreement or an entered tax court decision.

  • Follow the same calculation instructions provided above for Item 800 amount.

802 Appeals Adjustment Amount Non-Taxable

Complete this entry ONLY when closing AIMS for a Non-Taxable return:

  • MFT 06 (Form 1065 Partnership Return)

  • MFT 02 (Form 1120S U.S. Small Business Corporation Income Tax Return)

  • If Disposal Code = 01 then Item 802 is left blank

  • If Disposal Code = 12 then Item 802 is entered

  • Item 800 = 0+

  • If the sum of the adjustments = zero, then enter 1+

  • Compute the Item 802 amount by adding Line 2 and Line 5 a. (1) and Line 5 b. (1) on the Form 4605-A, Examination Changes-Partnerships, Fiduciaries, Small Business Corporations, Domestic International Sales Corporation.

  • This entry is equivalent to Form 5344, Examination Closing Record Item 34 Adjustment Amount

Example:
Line 2 =   10,000 +
Line 5 a.(1)= 6,000 +


Line 5 b.(1)= 7,000 -
802 Amt. =  9000 +
Reference:

803 Appeals Grade

Enter the last digit of the ATE’s grade per Form 5402

  • Entry can be 1 - 5 ONLY

  • Leave blank when an ATE was not assigned

804 Appeals Time

Enter total hours spent by the ATE as provided on Form 5402

  • If WUNO contained only 1 tax period, enter the total time in Hour and Quarter hour fraction (0, 3, 5, 7) per Form 5402.

  • If WUNO contained more than 1 tax period, divide total WUNO time by the number of tax periods and then enter equivalent hours and quarter hour on each tax period.

  • If total hours quarter hour calculation is not evenly divisible then apply the extra time to the latest tax period.

Example: 25.7 hours for a WUNO with 3 tax periods:
25.7 ÷ 3 = 8.5
TXPD 1 Item 804 entry = 85
TXPD 2 Item 804 entry = 85
TXPD 3 Item 804 entry = 87

805 Counsel Adjustment Amount Non-Taxable

Complete this entry ONLY when closing AIMS for aNon-Taxable return closing code 10, Counsel Settled or closing code 17 Tried:

  • MFT 06 (Form 1065 Partnership Return)

  • MFT 02 (Form 1120S U.S. Small Business Corporation Income Tax Return)

  • If Disposal Code = 01 then Item 805 is left blank

  • If Disposal Code = 12 then Item 805 is entered

  • Item 801 = 0+

  • If the sum of the adjustments = zero, then enter 1+

  • Compute the Item 805 amount by adding Line 2 and Line 5 a. (1) and Line 5 b. (1) on the Form 4605-A, Examination Changes-Partnerships, Fiduciaries, Small Business Corporations, Domestic International Sales Corporation.

  • This entry is equivalent to Form 5344, Examination Closing Record Item 34 Adjustment Amount

Example:
Line 2 =    10,000 +
Line 5 a.(1)=  6,000 +


Line 5 b.(1)= 7,000 -
802 Amt. =   9000 +
Reference:

806 Counsel Grade

Enter the last digit of the Counsel Attorney’s grade per Form 1734

  • Entry can be 0-9 ONLY

  • Leave blank when an Attorney was not assigned

807 Counsel Time

Enter total hours spent by the Counsel Attorney as provided on Form 1734

  • If WUNO contained only 1 tax period, enter the total time in Hour and Quarter hour fraction (0, 3, 5, 7) per Form 5402.

  • If WUNO contained more than 1 tax period, divide total WUNO time by the number of tax periods and then enter equivalent hours and quarter hour on each tax period.

  • If total hours quarter hour calculation is not evenly divisible then apply the extra time to the latest tax period.

Example: 25.7 hours for a WUNO with 3 tax periods:
25.7 ÷ 3 = 8.5
TXPD 1 Item 804 entry = 85
TXPD 2 Item 804 entry = 85
TXPD 3 Item 804 entry = 87

*808 Exam Claim Disallowed Amount

Enter the Exam Claim Disallowed from AMDISA page 3

  • This entry is only applicable to a Claim WUNO open on AIMS

  • Enter the Exam Claim Disallowed Amount in whole dollars only (must match AMDISA EXAM-CLAIM-AMT-DISALLOWED)

  • When Item 12 reflects a TC 300 for an amount ≥ 0.00+, then this entry must equal the full Exam Claim Amount Disallowed.

  • When Item 12 reflects a TC 301 for any amount other than 0.00+, this amount is the net difference between the Exam Claim Amount Disallowed and the TC 301 amount allowed.

Example:
AMDISA pg. 3 EXAM-CLAIM-AMT-DISALLOWED - $9,700-
Item 12 TC 301 = 5,000.00-


Item 808 = 4700-

Reminder: *The Claim related fields (Items 808, 809, and 810 reflect Revenue Base Protection data which is originally identified by Compliance.)


References:

*809 Appeals/Counsel Claim Amount

If the claim was filed directly with the ATE or Counsel Attorney while under Appeals’ or Counsel’s jurisdiction, enter the whole dollar amount of the claim.

  • Compliance will not have identified the Claim-related RBP entries at the time the case was closed into Appeals AIMS Status 81 and the Claim-related data will not be reflected on AMDISA page 3.

  • See *808 row above for RBP information and references.

*810 Appeals/Counsel Disallowed Amount

Enter the disallowed amount in whole dollars.

  • Item 20 - CLAIM REJECTION DATE is also required.

  • Disallowed claim amount is identified on the Notice of Claim Disallowance, and/or the Form 2297, Waiver of Statutory Notice of Claims Disallowance.

  • For a fully allowed claim enter 0+

  • See *808 row above for RBP information and references.

811 CLOSINGCD

Enter the applicable two digit Appeals cc.
CLOSINGCD - Description

  • 03 - Agreed Pre-90 (SND)

  • 04 - Agreed SND or Non-Filer*

  • 05 - Defaulted SND

  • 08 - Agreed Docketed (Appeals Settled)

  • 08 - Dismissed from Court and ATE has time on case and SNTYPE = 090S/150S/090D/150D

  • 10 - Agreed Docketed (Counsel Settled)

  • 10 - Dismissed from Court and ATE has NO time on case and SNTYPE = 090S/150S/090D/150D

  • 11 - Dismissed Lack of Jurisdiction, and SNTYPE = 090A

  • 12 - Dismissed Lack of Prosecution, and SNTYPE = 090A

  • 13 - Unagreed Pre-90 Employment/Excise/Employee Share of FICA (ESOF) Tax (MFT 01/03/10 or ESOF for MFT 30)
    This cc does not apply to an Income, Gift, or Estate Tax deficiency (MFT 30/02/05/51/52)

  • 17 - Tried

  • 18 - TEFRA key/other DOJ case closed to Claims Court

  • 19 - TEFRA key/other DOJ - case closed to District Court or Bankruptcy Court

  • 20 - Premature Referral

  • 21 - No Appeals Hours

  • 33 - Erroneous AIMS Account

  • 45 - AIMS Reference Return ONLY (DC = 01)


*See IRM 20.2.5, Types of Deficiencies that do not Receive an IRC 6601(c) Suspension of Interest (2) for an explanation of when an SFR TC 150 Non-Filer who signs a Form 870/Form 870-AD does receive the IRC 6601(c) Interest suspension.
References:

  • ACDS Utilities CLOSINGCD Dictionary

  • ACDS Utilities CLOSINGCD Business Rules Dictionary

Note: To ensure the accuracy of AIMS, systemic checks have been incorporated into AIMS programming and validate the consistency between AIMS Status Codes and the AIMS Closing Code. See the Validity Crosswalk below:
AIMS ST 80 - cc’s, 04, 05, 13, 18, 19, 33, 45


AIMS ST 82 - cc’s, 08, 10, 11, 12, 18, 19, 33, 45
Appeals cc’s 14, 15, and 16 only apply to Non-AIMS cases e.g. SC disallowed claims, PENAPs, OIC cases which are not on AIMS.

A. - Special Handling Instructions

Identify all Special Handling Conditions by using the check boxes provided and/or checking Other and identifying the specific condition as applicable.
References:

  • Exhibit 8.20.7-12, Interest-Related Internal Revenue Codes (IRC §), Revenue Procedures (Rev. Proc), Revenue Rulings (Rev. Rul.), and Applicable Internal Revenue Manual (IRM) References

  • IRM 8.20.7.7.1, Quick Assessment Requirements

  • IRM 8.20.7.47 , Non-Filer Barred Refund Statute Expiration Date (RSED) Overpayment Cases

B. - Taxpayer’s Address

Enter taxpayer’s address when:

  • The account is NMF

  • Quick Assessment was required

  • Address changed and has been updated

  • Other Entity changes have been processed

C. - Prepared by

Enter your initials or name and date

D. - Reviewed by

If Form 5403 was reviewed by someone else, enter reviewer’s name or IDRS# and Date

  • If Form 5403 was not reviewed by someone else, enter your name and IDRS #

E. - Input Operator

Enter name and/or IDRS # of employee who input Form 5403 data using CC: AMCLS followed by the input date

Items 702 through 731

See Tables below for Form 5403 Instructions for TE/GE Entries Item 702 - Item 731

Item 702 - Enter the appropriate two-digit subsection code from the table below:

Code

Code Section

Code

Code Section

01

501(c)(1)

14

501(c)(14)

02

501(c)(2)

15

501(c)(15)

03

501(c)(3)

16

501(c)(16)

04

501(c)(4)

17

501(c)(17)

05

501(c)(5)

18

501(c)(18)

06

501(c)(6)

19

501(c)(19)

07

501(c)(7)

20

501(c)(20)

08

501(c)(8)

21

501(c)(21)

09

501(c)(9)

40

501(d)

10

501(c)(10)

50

501(e)

11

501(c)(11)

60

501(f)

12

501(c)(12)

80

521

13

501(c)(13)

90

NECT

ITEM 703 – When closing a 990–PF account, enter the appropriate one-digit code from the table below. In all other instances, leave blank.

Code

Asset Range

0

No Assets

1

Under $5,000

2

$5,000 — $9,999

3

$10,000 — $24,999

4

$25,000 — $99,999

5

$10,000 — $499,999

6

$500,000 — $999,999

7

$1,000,000 — $9,999,999

8

$10,000,000 — $49,999,999

9

$50,000,000 — Greater

Items 704, 705, 28, and Items 707-731

Item Number and Title:

Details:

704 Related

  • Enter 1 for 990-T account (MFT 34) related to a 990 (MFT 67) examination.

  • Enter 2 for 990-T account related to a 990-PF (MFT 44) examination.

  • Leave blank in all other instances.

705 Key TE/GE Office Code

  • Enter the Key TE/GE Office Code supplied on Form 5599, TE/GE Examined Closing Record, or if returned from the Campus, and information is not available, contact the Specialist who conducted the examination.


Reference:

28 Specialist Time

  • Enter the Specialist’s Time supplied on the Form 5599, or if returned from the Campus, and information is not available, contact the Specialist who conducted the examination.


Reference:

706 Liability Related

  • Enter the dollar amount of any additional tax deficiency determined from additional returns secured during the examination.

  • Do not include the deficiency from previously filed returns, this amount is recorded in Item 707 when appropriate.

  • Leave blank if no additional return(s) was/were secured, or if no additional deficiency was determined.

Note: Enter dollars only:
⇒ right justified
⇒ no decimal
⇒ no leading zeros
⇒ circle the + sign if an entry is made


Reference:

707 Liability Converted

  • Enter any additional tax deficiency determined from the conversion of Form(s) 990, 990-C , 990-PF to Form(s) 1041 or 1120.

  • Leave blank if no Forms were converted, the information is not available, or if no additional deficiency was determined.

Note: Enter dollars only:
⇒ right justified
⇒ no decimal
⇒ no leading zeros
⇒ circle the + sign if an entry is made

Reminder: When EO forms are converted to Form 1041 or Form 1120, use Form 5666, TE/GE Referral Information Report for EO Notification purposes.


Reference:

  • 708 Section 4911

  • 709 Section 4940

  • 710 Section 4941

  • 711 Section 4941 Additional

  • 712 Section 4942

  • 713 Section 4942 Additional

  • 714 Section 4943

  • 715 Section 4943 Additional

  • 716 Section 4944

  • 717 Section 4944 Additional

  • 718 Section 4945

  • 719 Section 4945 Additional

  • 720 990-T

  • 721 990-C

  • 722 Employment Tax

  • 723 Sec. 507 Termination Tax

  • 724 Legislative Activity

  • 725 Sec. 6684 Penalty

  • 726 Penalty (Other)

  • 727 Fair Market Value Property (Result of Corrections)

  • 728 Section 4958

  • 729 Section 4958 Additional

  • 730 Section 4955

  • 731 Section 4955 Additional


Analysis of Change in Tax Liability

  • In appropriate Items enter the amount of any change(s) in tax liability resulting from the examination.

  • For a non-tax issue or no-change closing leave Items 708 - 721 blank.

  • For 4720 examination, complete Items 710, 711, 716-719, and 725 as applicable, even if there is no-change in the private foundation’s/organization’s 4720 tax liability.

Note: Enter dollars only:
⇒ right justified
⇒ no decimal
⇒ no leading zeros
⇒ circle the + sign for an increase ("Additional" item numbers 711, 713, 715, 717, 719, 723, 724, 725, 727, 729, and 731)
⇒ enter and circle a + or a - in the blank space for changes in item numbers 708, 709, 710, 712, 714, 716, 718, 719, 720, 721, 722, 726, 728, and 730.


References:

  • IRM 4.5.2,
    Liability Converted (Item 707)
    Analysis of Change in Tax Liability (Items 708-739)
    Comments Section
    Reinputting Form 5599, CC TERUP/QRANC
    Assembly of Case Files for Terminal Input
    Preparation of the Examined Case Package
    MF Sorting and Blocking for Document Code 47

  • IRM 4.5.2-2, TE/GE Penalty Reason Codes

  • IRM 4.5.2-3, Priority Codes (Item 09, Form 5599)

  • IRM 4.5.2-4, Transaction Codes (TC) for Form 5599

  • IRM 4.5.2-5, Computation of Statute Dates

  • IRM 4.5.2-7, Claim Amount Examples

  • IRM 4.5.2-8, Claim Types

  • IRM 4.5.2-9, Disclosure Codes

Form 5403, FICA Tax MFT 01 Item 12 and Item 15 Entries

Form 5403 Items 12 and 15 Entries:

Entry and Input of Code Adjusts:

Additional Information for Accuracy and Awareness:

Item 12 Tax:

  • TC 300 +

  • TC 301 -

  • TC 308* +

  • TC 309* -

Note: To apply the instructions provided in this table to a Non-AIMS MFT 01 adjustment, use TC 29X series tax adjustment codes.

Tax:

  • Increase

  • Decrease

  • Increase*

  • Decrease*

* FICA Tax adjustments may also be characterized as "Interest-Free" Adjustments under IRC 6205, Special Rules Applicable to Certain Employment Taxes
✓ Entry of a TC 308 or TC 309 also requires entry of the correct Interest Computation Date in Item 11 to ensure the IDRS Interest Programming Routine generates an accurate interest assessment/abatement/adjustment.
✓ The ATE identifies when IRC 6205 applies to a Form 941 tax adjustment.

Item 12 Penalty(ies):

  • TC 160* +

  • TC 161 -

  • TC 270 +

  • TC 271 -

  • TC 180 +

  • TC 181 -

Penalty(ies) IRC and Type:

  • *IRC 6651(a)(1) Failure to File Pen.

  • IRC 6651(a)(2) Failure to Pay Pen.

  • IRC 6656, Failure to Deposit Pen.

*If the Quarterly Form 941 was not timely filed, a Delinquent Return Indicator (Del-Ret-Ind) may be present on AMDISA.
Once the Del-Ret-Ind is set, all subsequent AIMS assessment or abatement adjustments must also address the TC 160 in one of the ways:

  • TC 160 and $ amount +

  • TC 160 $ 0.00 +

  • TC 161 and $ amount -


Whenever one or more penalties apply to an account, the ATE must also identify the PRC APS must enter in Form 5403, Item 02 Penalty Reason Code. See IRM 8.20.7.10.10(10) for additional information.

Item 15 Entries for F-941 applicable to prior year returns Returns posted prior to 2005:

  • IRN 003 +/-

  • IRN 007 +/-

  • IRN 184 +/-

  • IRN 185 +/-

Item and Credit Reference Numbers applicable to prior year Form 941 returns:

  • Total Income Tax Withheld Adjustment

  • Total SS and Med. Tax Adjustment

  • Correction to Prior Quarter’s Withheld Income Tax Adjustment

  • Correction to Prior Quarter’s Withheld SS and Med. Tax Adjustment

  • IRN 111 replaced 003 for returns after 200412

  • IRN 112 replaced 007 for returns after 200412

  • IRN 109 replaced 184 for 2005 thru 200812 returns

  • IRN 110 replaced 185 for 2005 thru 200812 returns

Note: IRNs 184 and 185 ceased to be valid for Form 941 returns filed for tax periods after 200812 because employers were no longer permitted to make corrections on current tax returns for prior tax period errors via line item adjustments.


For more detailed explanations see IRM 21.7.2, IRN 184-109 - Income Tax Withholding Adjustments and IRN 185-110 - FICA Tax Adjustments.

Returns posted prior to 200812:

  • IRN 109 +/-

  • IRN 110 +/-

Item and Credit Reference Numbers applicable to prior year Form 941 returns:

  • Withheld Income Tax Adjustment

  • Withheld SS and Med. Tax Adjustment

IRNs 109 and 110 are only valid for returns filed after 12312004 and before 01012009. (200503 - 200812)
For a more detailed explanation see IRM 21.7.2:

  • IRN 184-109 - Income Tax Withholding Adjustments

  • IRN 185-110 - FICA Tax Adjustments

F-941 201006 Only

  • CRN 296 +/-

  • HIRE Act credit on exempt wages/tips

See IRM 21.7.2, Item Reference Numbers (IRNs) and Credit Reference Number (CRNs) - Employment Taxes (3) 3rd bullet and IRM 21.7.2, Adjusting the Account - HIRE for additional information.

AEITC eliminated for tax periods after 201012:

  • CRN 766 +

  • CRN 767 -

  • Advanced EIC Increase

  • Advanced EIC Decrease

  • Advanced EITC is not adjusted on Form 94X series or Schedule H filed after 201012

Item 15 Entries for F-941

  • IRN 004 +/-

  • IRN 005 +/-

  • IRN 072 +/-

  • IRN 073 +/-

  • IRN 079 +/-

  • IRN 105 +/-

  • IRN 106 +/-

  • IRN 107 +/-

  • IRN 108 +/-

  • IRN 109 +/-

  • IRN 110 +/-

  • IRN 111 +/-

  • IRN 112 +/-

  • IRN 113 +/-

  • IRN 114 +/-

  • IRN 115 +/-

  • IRN 116 +/-

  • IRN 117 +/-

  • CRN 290 +/-

  • CRN 299 +/-

The MFT 01 adjustment amount applicable to the IRNs listed below are identified on the Form 4668, Schedule of Adjustments - Adjustment to FICA Wages and Tax Line #:

  • #1 - 004 & 073

  • #2 - 079 IRC 3509(a)

  • #3 - 079 IRC 3509(b)

  • #4 - 005 & 073 IRC 3101 and IRC 3111

  • #5 - 074

  • #6 - 079 IRC 3101(b)(2) & IRC 3509(a)

  • #7 - 079 IRC 3101(b)(2) & IRC 3509(b)

  • #8 and #9 no IRN but entries affect Line #10 amount

  • #10 - 112

  • #11 - 114

  • #12 - 115

  • #13 - 116


Form 4668, Schedule of Adjustments (Continued) - Adjustment to Wages and Tax for Income Tax Withholding Line #:

  • #14 - 109

  • #15 - 079

  • #16 - 079

  • #17, #18, #19 no IRN but entries affect Line #20 amount

  • #20 - 111


Schedule of Adjustments (Continued) - Adjustment to Credits Against the Tax Line #:

  • #21 - 299

  • #22 - 766/767

  • #23 - 117

  • #24 - 296

  • #25 - no IRN but entry affects Line #26 amount

  • #26 - Net +/- in credits

Specifics for IRNs:

  • 004 SS & Med @ IRC 3101 rate

  • 005 Taxable SS Tips @ IRC 3101 rate

  • 072* (see below)

  • 073 SS & Med @ IRC 3111 rate

  • 074 Addl. Med wage/tip adj. @ IRC 3101(b)(2) rate

  • 079 SS @ IRC 3509(a) rate

  • 079 Med @ IRC 3509(a) rate

  • 079 SS @ IRC 3509(b) rate

  • 079 Med @ IRC 3509(b) rate

  • 079 Addl. Med wage/tip adj. @ IRC 3101(b)(2) & IRC 3509(a)

  • 079 Addl. Med wage/tip adj. @ IRC 3101(b)(2) & IRC 3509(b)

  • 105 Special additions to SS & Med. tax

  • 106 Current Qtr. fractions of cents

  • 107 Current Qtr. sick pay

  • 108 Current Qtr. adj. tips & group life ins.

  • 109 Inc. Tax WH amt. IRC 3402(d)

  • 110 Prior Qtr. SS & Med. tax

  • 111 Total Inc. Tax WH amt.

  • 112 Total SS/Med/Addl. Med Tax adj.

  • 113 Total adjustments

  • 114 SS & Med T ax adj. @ IRC 3121(q) (2011 and later)

  • 115 Exempt wages/tips @ IRC 3111(d) rate 2nd, 3rd, 4th Qtr. 2010 (HIRE exemption rate 6.2%)

  • 116 Tax adj. for tax exempt wages/tips at HIRE rate of 6.2%

  • 117 HIRE Act exempt wages/tips

  • 290 Work Opportunity Credit (periods after 201112 only)

  • 299 COBRA premium assistance credit (periods 2009 and later)


*IRN 072, Tips deemed to be wages under IRC 3121(q) should not be used for tax periods after 201012
See IRM References:

  • IRM 21.7.2, Item Reference Numbers (IRNs) and Credit Reference Numbers (CRNs) - Employment Taxes

  • IRM 21.7.2, TC 29X / Item Reference Number (IRN) Valid Adjustment Formulas - Employment Taxes

Sample AQMS Coversheet

(1)

This case has been selected for AQMS review.
Print this screen and attach to the case file.

Do not refile this case or related cases.
Please forward this case and all closed related cases to the:
Albany, NY AQMS Office
111 Main Street
Albany, NY 11223
Attn: Reviewer's Name
WUNO: 1234567890
Taxpayer: John Smith
Date Closed: July 20, 2017
Type of case: [  ] AIMS OR [  ] Non-AIMS
Admin File Attached [ ] ACDS Print [ ]
[ ] Case Activity Record is enclosed
[  ] All closed Related and Reference cases are being shipped to AQMS with this case
[  ] APS Contact: name, address and phone number is pre-populated

ACDS Attachments Required for the AQMS TE/TCS Reviewers

(1) Some cases require upload of the AQMS TE and/or AQMS TCS documentation as attachments to the ACDS record. For the AQMS TE and AQMS TCS documentation that is not already uploaded, the APS TE will follow procedures in IRM 8.20.7.2.4.1, Electronically Stored Documents in the Appeals Centralized Database System (ACDS) to upload the following documents which are applicable to the particular case:

ACDS Attachments Required for AQMS Review

[  ] TE Package

[  ] TCS Package

AQMS TE Package

Note: Whenever interest has been manually computed, these files must be uploaded as ACDS attachments following procedures in IRM 8.20.7.2.4.1, Electronically Stored Documents in the Appeals Centralized Database System (ACDS)



AQMS Tax Examiner ACDS attachments, must include any of the following whenever applicable to the AQMS-selected case:

  • First and second page of tax return (1120, 1040, 1120X, 1040X, 1045, 1139)

  • All Manual Interest Computations

  • Form 2285

  • Form 2859, with DLN entered

  • Form 2210/2220 (MAY/SEQUA)

  • Manual Refund Document (completed and approved)

  • Adjustment Documents (Form 5403, 8485, etc.)

  • Settlement computation (Appeal's and Exam's)

  • Prior Exam or Appeals tax computations used for partials

  • Copy of 30-day letter (corporations only)

  • Copy of 90/150-day letter (corporations only)

  • Waiver/Decision Document

  • 6404(g) Worksheet

  • Sequa Worksheet

  • Form 5403 Instructions to APS

AQMS TCS Package

Note: SBSE cases - A separate TCS package is not required, but staple the following documents to the left side of the administrative folder:

Note: The following documents must be uploaded as ACDS attachments by APS when they are applicable to the case and have not already been attached for a non-SBSE case selected for AQMS Review:

  • Form 3608, Request for TCS Service (with Schedule of Adjustments) prepared by ATE or Counsel, if TCS prepared settlement computation or the Statutory Notice of Deficiency

  • Form 5403 Instructions to APS (prepared by ATE or TCS)

  • 6404(g) worksheet (IMF cases only)

  • Sequa worksheet (whenever applicable)

Note: LB&I cases - For the AQMS Tax Computations Specialist package the following documents must be uploaded as ACDS attachments by APS if not already present:

  • First and second page of tax return (1120, 1040, 1120X, 1040X, 1045, 1139)

  • Appeals settlement computation

  • ACM (with schedule of attachments)

  • Form 3608, Request for TCS Services (with Schedule of Adjustments

  • Sequa worksheet (whenever applicable)

  • Form 5403 Instructions to APS

  • Copy of 30-day letter (corporations only)

Innocent Spouse - ACDS STATDATE/Statute CODE Tables

Non-Docketed Pre-Assessment:

ASED Jurisdiction:

Joint Return Key Case

Requesting Spouse Related Case

Non-Requesting Spouse Related Case

Proposed Deficiency/Appeals’ Responsibility

  • STATDATE -enter ASED

  • Statute CODE - Blank

  • STATDATE -enter ASED

  • Statute CODE - Blank

  • STATDATE -enter ASED

  • Statute CODE - Blank

Proposed Deficiency/Exam’s Responsibility

  • STATDATE -enter ASED

  • Statute CODE - EXAM

  • STATDATE -enter ASED

  • Statute CODE - EXAM

  • STATDATE -enter ASED

  • Statute CODE - EXAM

Non-Docketed Post-Assessment:

Both Spouses Assessed:

Joint Return Key Case

Requesting Spouse Related Case

Non-Requesting Spouse Related Case

Mirrored on MFT 31 Accounts

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE N/A

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE SUSP

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE ASESD

Jointly on MFT 30

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE ASESD

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE SUSP

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE ASESD

Docketed Pre-Assessment:

Both Spouses Petition SND:

Joint Return Key Case

Requesting Spouse Related Case

Non-Requesting Spouse Related Case

Same Docket Number

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE DOCKT

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE DOCKT

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE DOCKT

Separate Docket Number

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE DOCKT

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE DOCKT

  • See Note below

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE DOCKT

  • See Note below

(1)

Note: Each separate Docket Number must be controlled as a key case record on ACDS with a cross reference in the NOTE field to the other WUNO/Docket Number.

Requesting Spouse (RS) Petitions, Non-Requesting Spouse (NRS) is a Non-Petitioning Spouse (NPS):

Status of NRS NPS Assessment:

Joint Return Key Case

Requesting Spouse Related Case

Non-Requesting Spouse Related Case

NRS NPS not yet assessed

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE DOCKT

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE DOCKT

  • STATDATE - enter NPS ASED

  • Statute CODE - Blank

NRS NPS assessment is posted

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE DOCKT

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE DOCKT

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE - ASESD

  • NOTE - enter 23C date of NRS NPS assessment

  • See Note below

(2)

Note: Once APS has verified the posting of the Non-Requesting Spouse (NRS)/Non-Petitioning Spouse (NPS) assessment, the NRS/NPS ACDS record STATDATE, Statute CODE fields must be updated to accurately reflect the correct ASED information for the NRS/NPS and the 23C Date of the NRS/NPS assessment must be entered in the NOTE field.

Requesting Spouse (RS) Petitions Notice of Determination - Assessment Posted:

Assessment Posted:

Joint Return Key Case

Requesting Spouse Related Case

Non-Requesting Spouse Related Case

Jointly on MFT 30

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE DOCKT

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE ASESD

  • See Note Below

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE ASESD

  • See Note Below

Separately on MFT 31

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE DOCKT

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE ASESD

  • See Note Below

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE ASESD

  • See Note Below

(3)

Note: When a Requesting Spouse files a Petition of a Notice of Determination, and the assessment has already been processed for both taxpayers on a Married Filing Joint return on their MFT 30 or their separate MFT 31 accounts, Appeals is neither obligated, nor responsible for monitoring or controlling the Collection Statute thus the STATDATE will be blank and the Statute CODE will reflect ASESD.

Married Filing Separate (MFS) Returns ACDS STATDATE/Statute CODE Entries (For Married Taxpayers Who Filed Separate Returns in Community Property States (IRC § 66(c)):

Non-Docketed/Docketed & Assessment Status:

Requesting Spouse MFS MFT 30 Key Case

Non-Requesting Spouse MFS MFT 30 Related Case

Non-Docketed 66(c) Assessed

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE - SUSP

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE - ASESD

Non-Docketed 66(c) Not Assessed

  • STATDATE enter ASED

  • Statute CODE - Blank

  • STATDATE enter ASED

  • Statute CODE - Blank or EXAM

  • See NOTE below

Docketed 66(c) Assessed

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE - DOCKT

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE - ASESD

Docketed 66(c) Not Assessed

  • STATDATE - Blank

  • Statute CODE - DOCKT

  • STATDATE enter ASED

  • Statute CODE - Blank or EXAM

  • See NOTE below

(4)

Note: When the Non-Requesting Spouse (NRS) is not already assessed and AIMS control is in Appeals’ or Counsel’s Jurisdiction (AIMS Status 80/81/82) leave the ACDS Related WUNO Statute CODE Blank to ensure the NRS ASED will be included on the applicable ACDS and AIMS Statute Reports. When the NRS is not already assessed and the AIMS control is NOT open in Appeals or Counsel Jurisdiction, enter EXAM in the ACDS Statute CODE field to exempt the NRS ASED from being controlled and monitored for Appeals statute protection purposes. Appeals only controls and monitors ASEDs under Appeals’ or Counsel’s Jurisdiction in AIMS Status 80/81/82.

Sources of Information and IDRS References

(1) The following sources of information explain the IDRS requirements for back-end processing of collection alternatives:

Source

Description

Document 6209

IRS Processing Codes & Information – a reference guide on IDRS

IRM 2.3

IDRS Terminal Responses – Use and contents of IDRS – also provides instructions on command codes

IRM 2.4

IDRS Terminal Input – Instructions for input of Entity and Tax Account Transaction Codes

IRM 2.8

Audit Information Management System (AIMS) - Use and content of AIMS - also provides instructions on command codes

SERP

Reference Materials Overview, for additional information on SERP see SERP Job Aids

How to Determine the TC 521 Date

TC 521 Determination Checksheet

✓ Box

Type of Action Triggering TC 521 Date

ACDS cc

TC 521 Date

 

Expiration of NOD/TP did not petition Tax Court

05

TC 521 date is 30 days after NOD date

 

Form 12257 waiver secured

04

TC 521 is date ATM or ATE signed waiver

 

Form 12256 withdrawal secured

16

TC 521 is date Appeals received the withdrawal as indicated on Letter 4383

 

Expiration of NOD with spousal defense issues and taxpayer seeks review of only the IRC § 6015 determination. TP did not petition Tax Court.

05

TC 521 date is 90 days after NOD date

 

Expiration of NOD with abatement of interest issues and taxpayer seeks review of only the IRC § 6404(e) determination. TP did not petition Tax Court.

05

TC 521 date is 180 days after NOD date

 

Tax Court decision "Pursuant to the agreement of the parties" withoutan IRC § 6330(e) waiver paragraph. TP did not appeal to a higher court

10

TC 521 date is 90 days after decision entered

 

Tax Court decision "Pursuant to the agreement of the parties" with an IRC § 6330(e) waiver paragraph

10

TC 521 is date decision entered

 

Tax Court decision with wording "Pursuant to the determination of the Court" signed only by the judge

7

TC 521 date is 90 days after decision entered

 

Dismissed in Tax Court for lack of jurisdiction (cc 11), lack of prosecution (cc 12) or as moot (cc 11). TP did not appeal to a higher court.

11
12

TC 521 is date 90 days after decision entered

 

Disregarded Hearing Request (only frivolous issues raised)

13

TC 522 is used not TC 521

 

Premature Referrals

20

TC 522 is used not TC 521

 

Tax Court decision appealed to a higher court

*

Use ACDS cc most applicable to outcome of appeal court decision. http://irm.web.irs.gov/ccdm/link.asp?link=36.2.5 Chief Counsel Directives Manual (CCDM) 36.2.5

TC 521 Determination Checksheet

✓ Box

Method Used to Determine the TC 521 Date

 

Computed by using "Target Date" calculator from the ACDS utilities menu

 

Computed manually

 

TC 521 date provided by Counsel on Form 1734

 

TC 521 date provided by Counsel after APS requested date from attorney

 

The Tax Court website was researched and TC 521 date was computed using the "Target Date" calculator from the ACDS utilities menu. Caution: (APS should view the actual document on the Tax Court website to verify the date entered and not rely on the docket sheet date)

 

The Tax Court website was researched and TC 521 date was calculated manually Caution: (APS should view the actual document on the Tax Court website to verify the date entered and not rely on the docket sheet date)

 

Other (Write a brief description)

APS Instructions - Method and Example For Computing Interest Abatement

(1) Use the following method to compute the interest abatement amount, based on information provided by the ATE. The ATE will provide the" principal amount "and the "interest suspension period" to allow for this computation. The ATE might decide to abate interest for more than one suspension period and/or in regards to more than one "principal amount".

(2) The effective date for an assessment is the date from which interest is due. Generally, the same effective date (used for the assessment) is used to compute interest on the abatement. There are exceptions to this general rule. The effective date for credits is the date the credit is available for application (generally the transaction date). Credits dated prior to the return due date cannot have an effective date prior to the due date of the return.

Method for Computing Interest Abatement

Step #

Action

1

Using a current TXMODA, compute a running module balance to the latest interest assessment date using DMI/ACT. The "Deficiency Interest As Computed Amount" (on the 490 Report) should match the total amount of deficiency interest assessed on TXMODA.

Note: The 490 Report is the interest computation detail report.

2

Using a current TXMODA, compute a separate running module balance to the latest "interest assessment date" - using DMI/ACT. Include an" interest suspension period" for the "principal amount", using the dates provided by the ATE. The "Deficiency Interest As Computed Amount" (on the 490 Report) will be the total corrected amount of interest that should have been assessed. The difference between the "Deficiency Interest As Computed Amount" in Step 1 and Step 2 is the Total Interest Abatement Amount , and this sum will be reflected on the 490 report as the Deficiency Interest Adjustment Amount.

3

If this is an interim request, provide the following information to the ATE via fax: "DMI/ACT Interest Computation 490 Reports" (completed in Steps 1 and 2). Identify the "Interest Abatement Amount/Adjusted Deficiency Interest Amount" from the interest computation (completed in Step 2).

Note: If the ATE settles the case (based on this interest abatement amount), the ATE should enter this amount on Form 3870 (with TC 341 and the appropriate Reason code) to process the abatement.

4

When processing an Interest Abatement via Form 3870, use a current TXMODA - to determine if the account has been updated or restricted subsequent to the latest interest assessment date used in Step 2. If the account has not been updated or previously restricted, seeIRM 20.2.8 for non-restricting TC 34X procedures; and process the interest abatement. If the TXMODA indicates account activity subsequent to the interest computation date used in step 2, prepare an updated interest computation to determine the correct "Interest Abatement Amount/Adjusted Deficiency Interest Amount." Contact your Primary or Secondary CIT Interest Reviewer for assistance as necessary.

Note: APS should make this determination prior to processing Form 3870.

General Acronyms and Acronym Definitions Included in APS IRMs 8.20.5, 8.20.6, and 8.20.7

Acronym

Acronym Definition

AARS

Appeals Account Resolution Specialist

ABINT

Abatement of Interest

AC

  • ACDS Action Code

  • ACDS Feature Code for ACA

ACA

Affordable Care Act

ACDS

Appeals Centralized Database System

ACM

Appeals Case Memorandum

ACS

Automated Collection System

ACT/DMI

Automated Computation Tool (Decision Modeling Inc.)

ACTC

Additional Childcare Tax Credit

ACTC-RECERT-CD

ACTC Recertification Code

AEITC

Advanced Earned Income Credit

AGI

Adjusted Gross Income

AIVP

Appeals Inventory Validation Process

AMT

Alternative Minimum Tax

AOC

Appeals Office Code

AOIC

Automated Offer In Compromise

AOTC

American Opportunity Tax Credit

AOTC-RECERT-CD

AOTC Recertification Code

AP

  • Appeals

  • Adjustment Pending

APO

Army or Air Force Post Office

APS

Account and Processing Support

AQC

Automated Questionable Credit

ARDI

Accounts Receivables Dollar Inventory

ASED

Assessment Statute Expiration Date

ATCL

Appeals Team Case Leader

ATE

Appeals Technical Employee which includes:

  • Appeals Account Resolution Specialist

  • Appeals Officer

  • Appeals Team Case Leader

  • Hearing Officer

  • Settlement Officer

  • Tax Computation Specialist

ATM

Appeals Team Manager

ATT

Appeals TEFRA Team

AUR

Automated Underreporter

AWR

Appeals Work Request

BMF

Business Master File

BOD

Business Operating Division

BS

Blocking Series

C-CORP

Large Corporation Indicator

CAF

Centralized Authorization File

CAP

Collection Appeal Program

CAR

Case Activity Record

cc

Closing code associated with:

  • TC 47X (2 digit cc 90-99)

  • TC 52X (2 digit cc 70-89)

  • TC 53X (2 digit cc 01-39)

  • TC 59X (3 digits leading 0 and then 2 digit cc)

  • ACDS CLOSINGCD

  • PEAS Closing Code

CC

  • Command Code

CCDM

Chief Counsel Directives Manual

CCISO

Cincinnati Centralized Innocent Spouse Operation

CCP

Compliance Case Processing

CDI

Corporate Data Initiative

CDP

Collection Due Process

CDP/EH

Collection Due Process Equivalent Hearing

CDPTD

Collection Due Process Timeliness Determination

CFO

Chief Financial Officer

CG

Computer Generated

CI

Criminal Investigation

CNC

Currently Not Collectable

COBRA

Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act

CPM

Control Point Monitor

CRD
CORSP-DT
COR-RECD-DATE

Correspondence Received Date

CRN

Credit Reference Number

CSED

Collection Statute Expiration Date

CTC

Child Tax Credit

CTF

Campus TEFRA Function

CTS

Compliance Technical Services

CVPN

Civil Penalty

DATC

Doubt as to Collectability

DATL

Doubt as to Liability

DC

Disposal Code

DDIA

Direct Deposit Installment Agreement

DIMS

Docketed Information Management System

DKTNO

Docket Number

DLN

Document Locator Number

DO

District Office

DPC

Designated Payment Code

DPO

Diplomatic Post Office

E&G

Estate and Gift

E3210

Electronic 3210

EDL

Electronic Docket List

EEFax

Electronic Employee Fax number

EGC

Employee Group Code

EH

Equivalent Hearing

EIC

Earned Income Credit

EIN

Employer Identification Number

EITC

Earned Income Tax Credit (covers ACTC, AOTC, CTC, and EIC for Recertification procedures)

EMPL

Employment

EIC-RECERT-IND

EIC Recertification Indicator

EP/EO

Employee Plan Exempt Organization

EPSS

Electronic Products & Services Support

ES

Estate Tax

ESA

Coverdell Education Savings Accounts

ESOF

Employee Share of FICA

EX

Excise

FBAR

Foreign Bank and Financial Account

FE

Field Examination

FFC

Functional Fraud Coordinator

FLC

File Location Code

FOIA

Freedom of Information Act

FPAA

Final Partnership Administrative Adjustment

FPO

Fleet Post Office

FS

Filing Status

FTE

Flow Through Entity

FTHBC

First Time Homebuyer Credit

FTM

Fast Track Mediation

FTS

Fast Track Settlement

GUF

Generalized Unpostable File

HC

Hold Code

HIRE

Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act

HOH

Head of Household

HSA

Health Savings Accounts

IA

Installment Agreement

IAT

Integrated Automation Tool

IDT

Identify Theft

IGM

Interim Guidance Memorandum

IMF

Individual MF

IMS

Issue Management System

INNSP

Innocent Spouse

INTL

International

IRA

Individual Retirement Account

IRA MF

Individual Retirement Account Master File

IRC

Internal Revenue Code

IRM

Internal Revenue Manual

IRN

Item Reference Number

IRS

Internal Revenue Service

IRSN

Internal Revenue Service Number

ISTS

Innocent Spouse Tracking System

ITIN

IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number

LOJ

Lack of Jurisdiction

MAAS

Manual Assessment (Literal used to identify a Quick Assessment)

MCC

Martinsburg Computing Center

MF

Master File

MMIA

Manually Monitored Installment Agreement

MEF

Modernized E-File

MFJ

Married Filing Joint

MFS

Married Filing Separate

MFT

Master File Tax

MOIC

Monitoring Offer In Compromise

MR

Manual Refund

M/S

Mail Stop

MSA

Archer Medical Savings Accounts

NAP

National Account Profile

NF

Non-Filer

NMF

Non Master File

NLUN

Nullified Unpostable

NOD

Notice of Determination

NPS

Non-Petitioning Spouse

NPY

Non-Petitioned Year

NRN

Net Rate Netting

NRS

Non-Requesting Spouse

NRU

Non-Returns Unit

NSD

No Source Document

OAR

Operations Assistance Request

OBL

Outstanding Balance

OIC

Offer In Compromise

OMB

Organizational Mailbox

OYD

One Year Date

PAM

Post Appeals Mediation

PC

  • Post Closing

  • Priority Code

PCS

Partnership Control System

PDC

Posting Delay Code

PDIA

Payroll Deduction Installment Agreement

PEAS

Processing Employee Automated System

PENAP

Penalty Appeal

PER

Potential Error Report (AQMS)

PICF

Partnership Investor Control File

PIF

Public Inspection File

PII

Potentially Identifiable Information

POA

Power of Attorney

POD

Post of Duty

IP PIN

Identity Protection Personal Identification Number

PPIA

Partial Pay Installment Agreement

PLET

Personal Liability Excise Tax

PR

Premature Referral

PREPSTIP

Stipulation sent to Counsel for preparation

PRN

Penalty Reference Number

PS

Petitioning Spouse

PTM

APS Processing Team Manager

Q/A

Quick Assessment (Manual Assessment MAAS)

RAR

Revenue Agents Report

RBP

Revenue Base Protection

RDD

Return Due Date

REF

Reference

REP

Representative

Rev. Proc.

Revenue Procedure

Rev. Rul.

Revenue Ruling

RICS

Return Integrity and Compliance Services

RJ

Retained Jurisdiction

RFRTN

Reference Return

RRAP

Rapid Response Appeals Process

RRB

Railroad Retirement Board

RS

Requesting Spouse

RSD

Retained Source Document

RSED

Refund Statute Expiration Date

SB/SE

Small Business Self-Employed

SC

Source Code
(If not used for Source Code, may be used to indicate Service Center (Campus) e.g. SC Claim)

SD

Source Document

SEPR

Specialized Examination Program and Referrals

SFR

Substitute For Return

SND

Statutory Notice of Deficiency

SP

  • SharePoint

  • Special Processing

SSN

Social Security Number

ST

Status

STIPFF

Filing of Stipulation by Counsel

SUB

Substitute For Return (ACDS Statute Code)

SYSL

Control-D System Tennessee (Memphis) Computing Center (TCC):

  • Atlanta Campus - J7

  • Cincinnati Campus - A7

  • Fresno Campus - H9

  • Kansas City Campus - J9

  • Memphis Campus D9

SYSM

Control-D System Martinsburg Computing Center (MCC):

  • Andover Campus - J8

  • Austin Campus - A8

  • Brookhaven Campus - A9

  • Ogden Campus - B9

  • Philadelphia Campus - B8

TAS

Taxpayer Advocate Service

TBOR2

Taxpayer Bill of Rights 2

TC

Transaction Code

TCC

Tennessee (Memphis) Computing Center

TCS

Tax Computation Specialist

TDA/BAL DUE

Taxpayer Delinquent Account Balance Due

TE

APS Tax Examiner

TE/GE

Tax Exempt Government Entities

TEFRA

Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Administration

TETR

Telephone Excise Tax Refund

TFINV

TEFRA Investor

TFRP

Trust Fund Recovery Penalty

TG

Technical Guidance

TIN

Taxpayer Identification Number

TIPRA

Tax Increase Prevention and Reconciliation Act of 2005

TL

Team Leader

TLCATS

Tax Litigation Counsel Automated Tracking System

TM

Team Member

TMP

Tax Matters Partner

TR

Transfer

TSA

Technical Services Advisory

TXI

Taxable Income

TMT

Tax Motivated Transaction

UNC

Unclaimed Notice

UND

Undeliverable Notice

USC

United States Code

USTC

United States Tax Court

UP

Unpostable

VTS

Validation Tracking System

W&I

Wage and Investment

WH

Withholding

WHC

Withholding Compliance

WUNO

Workunit Number

Appeals Centralized Database System (ACDS) Acronyms and Codes Included in IRMs 8.20.5, 8.20.6, and 8.20.7

Acronym/Code

Acronym/Code Definition

ACAPDATE

Appeals Team Manager Approval Date

ACDS

Appeals Centralized Database System

ACTION

Type of Action taken on case

APPEALS AMTCLM

Amount of Claim Received While Under Appeals Jurisdiction

APPEALS AMTDIS

Amount of AMTCLM Disallowed by Appeals

AQMSSELECT

Six-digit Indicator automatically set when the case is selected for AQMS review

ASESD

Statute Code for a posted assessment which identifies a protected ASED

CAPIA

Collection Appeal Program Installment Agreement (ACDS CASES Type Code)

CAPLN

Collection Appeal Program Lien (ACDS CASES Type Code)

CAPLV

Collection Appeal Program Levy (ACDS CASES Type Code)

CAPSZ

Collection Appeal Program Seizure (ACDS CASES Type Code)

CARATS

Case Activity & Automated Timekeeping System

CLOSINGCD

Code representing type of case disposition

DATECLSD

ACDS Action Date

DCJUR

Case in Counsel Jurisdiction

DCOTHER

Case in Counsel for Review suspense

DDAMTCL

Amount of Claim Considered by Compliance Examination

DDAMTDIS

Amount of Claim Disallowed by Compliance Examination

DDJRET

Case in Compliance Appeals Retains Jurisdiction

DECENT

Decision Entered by the Tax Court

DKTNO

Docket Number

E/BNK

ACDS CARATS Status Code - Inactive - Taxpayer Bankruptcy

FEATRCD

Approved code to identify a special feature

FPA(A/S/D)

Final Notice of Appeals issued by (function)

FROMDATE

The date the action was completed

INTERIM

Interim assessment or abatement requested

LACTION

Local Action reserved for local definition

LFROMDATE

Date the local action was completed

LTODATE

Date the local action was taken

ORDENT

Order of Dismissal by Tax Court

PART

Identified case jurisdiction (1, 2, or 3)

PETNRCVD

Petition received and awaiting the administrative file

PREPSTIP

Stipulation sent to Counsel for preparation

RevsdPen

Appeals revised determination of penalty liability

RevsdTax

Appeals revised determination of tax liability

SHIPPED

Ship case between offices/PODs in the same Appeals Area

SNDATE

Date Notice of Deficiency or Notice of Determination was mailed

SNDC

Statutory Notice of Deficiency sent to Counsel for Concurrence

SNEXPDATE

Statutory Notice of Deficiency expiration date

SNTYPE

Source and Type of Notice of Deficiency or Notice of Determination mailed

TODATE

The date the action was taken

TRXXX

Case transferred from one Appeals Area to another Appeals Area

WUNO

Workunit Number

Audit Information Management System (AIMS) Acronyms and Command Codes (CC) Included in IRMs 8.20.5, 8.20.6 and 8.20.7

Acronym/CC

Acronym/CC Definition

AIMS

Audit Information Management System

AM424

AIMS CC used to request establishment of AIMS controls IRM 2.8.2

AMAXU

AIMS CC used to update the AIMS Database IRM 2.8.6

AMCLS

AIMS CC used to input account adjustments IRM 2.8.7

AMDIS

AIMS research CC IRM 2.8.3

AMSOC

AIMS CC used for short closing of the AIMS record IRM 2.8.5

AMSTU

AIMS CC used to update the AIMS Status Code IRM 2.8.4

Integrated Data Retrieval System (IDRS) and Corporate Files On-Line (CFOL) Acronyms and Command Codes (CC) Included in IRMs 8.20.5, 8.20.6, and 8.20.7

Acronym/CC

Acronym/CC Definition

ACTON

IDRS CC used to open, update and close an IDRS control base.
IRM 2.3.12

BMFOL

CFOL CC used to research a business taxpayer's account information.
IRM 2.3.59

CFINK

CFOL CC used to research Power of Attorney (POA) information on the Centralized Authorization File (CAF).
IRM 2.3.31

CFOL

Corporate Files On-Line.

ENMOD

IDRS CC used to research a taxpayer's entity information.
IRM 2.3.15

ESTAB

IDRS CC used to enter requests for original paper documents, copies, information, etc. The kind of request made depends on the request code input with CC ESTAB.
IRM 2.3.17, IRM 2.3.18, IRM 2.3.56, IRM 2.3.62, IRM 2.3.81, and IRM 2.3.82

IDRS

Integrated Data Retrieval System.

IMFOL

CFOL CC used to research an individual taxpayer's account information.
IRM 2.3.51

INOLES

CFOL CC used to research a taxpayer's entity information
IRM 2.3.47

ISTS(D/E/R)

ISTSR with Definer A displays a case with all its data fields, stages and comments.
IRM 2.3.76 and IRM 2.3.77

MFREQ

IDRS CC with definer C is used to bring the module data from Master File to IDRS upon display of Request Approved.
IRM 2.3.10

RECON

IDRS CC used to download the module data from CFOL to IDRS upon display of Request Approved.
IRM 2.3.10

REQ77/FRM77

IDRS CC used to input miscellaneous transaction codes to the tax module.
IRM 2.4.19

STAUP

IDRS CC used to update/suspend MF Status for modules that are or have been balance due modules. Command Code STAUP is valid for IMF, BMF, IRAF, and NMF.
IRM 2.4.28

TERUP

IDRS CC used to allow an employee to delete their erroneous entry on the day of input.
IRM 2.4.13

TSCHG

PCS CC used to effect changes to PICF data elements.
IRM 2.2.3

TSCLS

PCS CC used to close the partnership/partner linkage.
IRM 2.2.7

TSUMY

PCS CC used access a Partner record and all if It’s linkage records.
IRM 2.2.7

TXMODA

IDRS CC used to display a taxpayer's account, monitor account updates, and research pending, posted and unpostable transaction codes.
IRM 2.3.11

UPCAS

GUF CC used to add information to aid in the resolution of the unpostable condition

UPDIS

GUF CC used to display all open unpostable cases for a specific sequence number.
IRM 2.3.48

UPRES

GUF CC generated with the input of UPDIS and generates CC: UPCAS

UPTIN

GUF CC used to display all open and closed Unpostables for a specific TIN and will maintain the Unpostable on it’s file for display purposes for 90 days after it is closed.
IRM 2.3.37

XSINQ

IDRS CC used to research the Excess Collections File.
IRM 2.3.45

Interest-Related IRC §, Rev. Proc., Rev. Rul., and Applicable IRM References

Appeals Identifying Employee:

IRC §, Rev. Proc., Rev. Rul.

Interest IRM 20.2 Citation

  • ATE

  • IRC 6205, Special rules applicable to certain employment taxes

  • IRM 8.7.16, Interest-Free Adjustment under Section 6205(a) (7)

  • IRM 20.2.12, Underpayment Adjustments (6)

  • ATE

  • IRM 6404(a), Abatements

  • ATE

  • IRC § 6404(d), Assessment Attributable to Certain Mathematical Errors by Internal Revenue Service

  • ATE

  • IRC § 6404(e), Abatement of Interest Attributable to Unreasonable Errors and Delays by Internal Revenue Service

  • IRM 8.7.7, Introduction to Appeals Consideration of Claim and Overassessment Cases

  • IRM 8.7.7, Abatement of Interest

  • IRM 20.2.7, IRC § 6404(e)(1), Unreasonable Error or Delay in Performing a Ministerial or Managerial Act

  • ATE

  • APS

  • IRC § 6404(g), Suspension of Interest and Certain Penalties Where Secretary Fails to Contact Taxpayer

Reminder: Every MFT 30 tax period requires an IRC § 6404(g) applicability notation provided by the ATE. If IRC § 6404(g) applies, a 6404(g) work sheet is required. If IRC § 6404(g) does not apply, the ATE must enter that notation on the Form 5402. See IRM 20.2.7, Recording IRC § 6404(g) Notice Date (1) for specific requirement.

  • APS

  • IRC § 6601 (a), Interest on Underpayment, Nonpayment, or Extensions of Time for Payment, of Tax

  • APS

  • IRC § 6601(c), Suspension of Interest in Certain Income, Estate, Gift, and Certain Excise Tax Cases

  • IRM 20.2.7, IRC § 6601(c), Suspension of Interest on Deficiencies

  • ATE

  • TCS

  • IRC § 6601(d), Income Tax Reduced by Carryback or Adjustment for Certain Unused Deductions

  • IRM 8.17.6, Forms Needed for Restricted Interest Cases Due to Carrybacks

  • IRM 20.2.9, Interest, Interest on Carryback of Net Operating Loss

  • APS

  • IRM 20.2.5, Interest on Penalties and Additions to Tax

  • APS

  • IRM 20.2.5, Notice and Demand and Debit Interest

  • IRM 20.2.53, Debit Interest on Liabilities Paid by Credit/Offset

  • ATE

  • APS

  • IRC § 6603, Deposits Made to Suspend Running of Interest on Potential Underpayments, etc.

  • IRM 8.6.2, Using Form 5402 as an Alert

  • IRM 8.17.3, IRC § 6603 and Cash Bonds - Statement of Account Procedures

  • IRM 8.20.6, IRC § 6603 Deposits, Undesignated Remittances and Conversion of Cash Bonds Under Revenue Procedure 2005-18

  • IRM 20.2.4, IRC § 6603 Deposits

  • APS

  • APS

  • IRM 20.2.41, Overpayment Interest Overview (3) a.

  • IRM 20.2.4, Offsets

  • APS

  • ATE

  • Attorney

  • APS

  • IRM 8.20.6, Counsel Receives and Accepts Delinquent Return - Interim Adjustment Procedures

  • IRM 8.20.7.46.2, Delinquent Return Included in an Appeals Case

  • IRM 20.2.4, Delinquent Returns

  • ATE

  • APS

  • IRM 20.2.4, 45-Day Rule and IRS Initiated Adjustments

  • ATE

  • APS

  • ATE

  • APS

  • ATE

  • TCS

  • APS

  • IRC § 6621(c), Increase in Underpayment Rate for Large Corporate Underpayments

  • IRM 8.17.6, Annotating the Settlement Computation for Large Corporate Underpayment Rate

  • IRM 20.2.5, Large Corporate Underpayment (LCU)

  • IRM 20.2.5, Tax Motivated Transaction (TMT) Interest

  • ATE

  • APS

  • IRC § 6621(d), Elimination of Interest on Overlapping Periods of Tax Overpayments and Underpayments

  • IRM 8.7.19, Technical and Procedural Guidelines, Net Rate Netting Procedures for Appeals

  • IRM 8.20.5, Net Rate Netting (NRN) Claim/Request Case Carding

  • IRM 20.2.14, Interest, Netting of Overpayment and Underpayment Interest

  • APS

  • APS

  • ATE

  • APS

  • IRC § 7508, Time for Performing Certain Acts Postponed by Reason of Service in Combat Zone or Contingency Operation

  • IRM 2.9.1, Reasons for Examining an IMF Entity Module (22)

  • IRM 8.21.5, Accounts of Taxpayers Who Serve in a Combat Zone

  • IRM 8.22.5, Determining Timeliness - General Procedures (5)

  • IRM 8.22.6, Military Members and Military Spouse Deferments

  • IRM 20.2.5, Reasons to Manually Compute Interest

  • IRM 20.2.7, IRC § 7508, Combat Zone

  • IRM 21.5.6, -C Freeze

  • ATE

  • APS

  • IRC § 7508A, Authority to Postpone Certain Deadlines by Reason of Presidentially Declared Disaster or Terroristic or Military Actions

  • IRM 8.7.1, Disaster Relief Cases

  • IRM 8.7.4, Declarations of Disaster

  • IRM 8.22.8, Interest Abatement

  • IRM 20.2.5, Reasons to Manually Compute Interest

  • IRM 20.2.7, IRC § 7508A, Presidentially Declared Disaster or Terroristic or Military Actions

  • APS

  • IRM 20.2.14, Within Module Interest Netting under Revenue Procedure 94-60

  • APS

  • IRM 20.2.5, Revenue Ruling 99-40 (Modifies and Supersedes Revenue Ruling 88-98) Use of Money

  • ATE

  • APS

  • IRM 8.17.60, Rev. Rul. 99-40 and Credit Elects (May/Sequa)

  • IRM 8.17.6, Documenting Case File for Sequa

  • IRM 20.2.57, Revenue Ruling 99-40 (Modifies and Supersedes Revenue Ruling 88-98) Use of Money

  • APS-CIT

Rev. Rul. 99-43, Net Rate Interest Netting for tax periods due pre 1/1/1998

  • ATE

  • APS-CIT

  • IRM 8.7.19, Technical and Procedural Guidelines, Net Rate Netting Procedures for Appeals

  • IRM 20.2.14, Post-Enactment Date Interest Periods

Table of the Most Common Credit Reference Numbers (CRN) and Item Reference Numbers (IRN) Applicable to an Income Tax (MFT 30/05/02) Account

Item/Credit Reference Number (IRN/CRN)

MFT, Form and Definition

Type of Change to Tax Account

  • IRN 003/903

  • IRN 004/904

  • IRN 007/907

  • IRN 073/973

  • IRN 074/974

  • CRN 335/IRN 885

  • IRM 21.6.4

  • MFT 30

  • Schedule H, Household Employment Taxes

See IRM 8.20.7.10.7, Schedule H, Household Employment Tax Adjustments for specific guidance.

  • CRN 250

  • IRM 21.6.3, "Individuals cannot claim both the HCTC and the Premium Tax Credit (PTC CRN 262)."

  • MFT 30

  • Form 8885, Health Coverage Tax Credit (HCTC)

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 250

  • Refundable Credit

  • TC 971 AC 170 & 171 are computer generated

  • TC 971 AC 172 is manually input to identify TP is eligible for the HCTC Credit

  • TC 972 AC 172 is used to manually reverse the eligibility indicator

Related IRNs:

  • 863

  • 864

  • MFT 30

  • Form 1040, Payment Section - Excess Social Security and RRTA Tier I Tax Credits

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 252

  • Refundable Credit through tax year 2012

  • Non-Refundable for tax year 2013 and subsequent

  • MFT 30

  • Form 8913, Credit For Federal Telephone Excise Tax Paid

  • TETR Resources

  • TETR Tax Increase (+)

  • TETR Tax Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 253

  • Excise Tax on IMF 2006 ONLY

  • MFT 30

  • Form 8913, Credit For Federal Telephone Excise Tax Paid

  • TETR Resources

  • TETR Interest Increase (+)

  • TETR Interest Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 254

  • Excise Tax Interest on IMF 2006 ONLY

  • MFT 30

  • MFT 05

  • Form 8801, Credit for Prior Year Minimum Tax - Individuals, Estates, and Trusts

  • Form 1040

  • Form 1040 NR

  • Form 1041

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 255

  • Refundable Credit through tax year 2012

  • Non-Refundable for tax year 2013 and subsequent

  • MFT 30

  • Part 2 - Economic Stimulus Payment (ESP) 2008 Only

  • aka Recovery Rebate Credit

  • Credit Increase (+) when TC 766/CRN 338 is posted for less than the maximum amount

  • Credit Increase (+) when no prior TC 766/CRN 338 is posted

  • Credit Decrease (-) once CRN 338 is fully reversed and reversal of remainder of TC 766/CRN 256

  • Refundable Credit

  • TC 766/CRN 338 posts when original return includes ESP

  • Adjustment to increase ESP is posted with CRN 256

  • MFT 30

  • Part 3 -Additional ESP 2008 Only

  • aka Recovery Rebate Credit (RRC) for Qualifying Child(ren) 2008 ONLY

  • Credit Increase (+) when TC 766/CRN 338/CRN 256 posted amounts = maximum

  • Credit Increase (+) for qualifying child(ren)

  • Credit Decrease (-) used only after CRN 338/256 are fully reversed to reverse remainder of TC 766/CRN 257

  • Refundable Credit


FTHBC IRNs:

  • 875 (entity adj.)

  • 876 (entity adj.)

  • 877 (recap amt PTP)

  • 880 (entity adj.)

  • 975 (recap amt STP)

  • *IRN 880 is used only when necessary to adjust the year the home was purchased.

  • MFT 30

  • First Time Homebuyer Credit (FTHBC)

  • Form 5405, Repayment of the FTHBC (2010 and subsequent)

FTHBC IMF RCs:

  • 109

  • 110

  • 125

  • 126

  • 128

  • 129

IRN 880 IMF RCs:

  • 121 PRI

  • 122 SEC

  • 000 JNT

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 258

  • Refundable Credit

  • One of the following FTHBC IMF RC (as applicable) must also be entered in Item 51, 52 or 53

  • See IRM 21.6.3, or IRM 21.6.4 for FTHBC IMF RC and descriptions.

  • See IRM 21.6.3 for procedures to back out or reduce the FTHBC credit on an account.

  • *When adjusting the year the home was purchased enter IRN 880 with .YY in Item 15 .YY = the 2 digit year.

Example:
*".10" for 2010
*".11" for 2011

Reminder: When IRN 880 is used, also enter the applicable IMF RC in Item 51, 52 or 53:

  • MFT 30

  • Schedule M, Making Work Pay and Government Retiree Credit

CRN 259 IMF RCs:

  • 105 (2010)

  • 108

  • 111

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 259

  • Refundable Credit

  • Enter the appropriate IMF RC in Item 51, 52 or 53

  • See IRM 21.6.3 for additional IMF RC procedures.

  • MFT 30

  • Form 8863, Refundable American Opportunity Credit, Education Credits (AOTC)

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 260

  • Refundable Credit

  • Enter IMF RC 106 in Item 51, 52 or 53

  • AOTC is applied to offset tax assessment (TC 150/290/300)

  • If AGI changes, AOTC is subject to change

  • If CTC/ACTC changes also impose the EITC Ban, include IMF Reason Code 182 in Item 51, 52, or 53.


If the EITC (AOTC) 2 year ban is asserted IMF Reason Code 179 is input with the AOTC (CRN 260 -) reversal

  • MFT 30

  • Form 8839, Qualified Adoption Expenses

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 261

  • Refundable Credit

  • Enter IMF RC 061 in Item 51, 52 or 53


PTC IRNs:

  • IRN 865

  • IRN 866

  • IRN 867

  • IRN 868

  • IRN 869

  • IRN 870

  • MFT 30

  • Form 8962, Premium Tax Credit (PTC) (Line 26)

  • See IRM 21.6.3 for ACA Terminology

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 262

  • Refundable Credit


Enter applicable IMF RC in Item 51, 52 or 53

  • 151 - PTC (refundable credit issue)

  • 152 - Excess Advanced PTC Repayment (tax liability issue)

  • MFT 02 ONLY

  • Form 8827, Credit For Prior Year Minimum Tax- Corporations

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 313

  • CRN 313 adjusts the MFT 02 NET CREDITS CLAIMED field

  • Refundable Credit

  • MFT 02 ONLY

  • Form 1120, Schedule PH, Personal Holding Corporation Tax

  • Adjusts Personal Holding Company Tax Liability amount (+/-)

  • Requires TC 971 AC 691 input with the amount of the dividend deduction to identify the TC 340 as a RIC/REIT interest adjustment

  • Increase in PHC Tax requires TC 340 for underpayment interest assessment

  • Decrease in PHC Tax may require TC 770 0.00 to restrict allowance of overpayment interest

  • CRN 325

  • IRM 8.17.4-6 Exhibit Schedule 2 explanation of adjustments Line 7a and Line 7b

  • MFT 02

  • Environmental Tax

  • Adjusts Environmental Tax field in posted return section

  • Reported on Form 5278, Line 17a

  • Applicable to 199512 and prior MFT 02 returns

  • MFT 02

  • Form 8827, Credit for Prior Year Minimum Tax-Corporations

  • Subject to Sequestration which is a reduction to a refundable credit for corporations

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 334 (returns processed prior to 01/01/2015)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 793 (returns processed after 12/31/2014)

  • Refundable under specific conditions

  • If reversing a credit (TC 766) without an associated CRN or with a CRN 000, use TC 767 without a CRN

  • If reversing a credit (TC 766) with a CRN 334/793, use CRN 334/793 "-"to post the reversal TC 767 CRN 334/793

Reminder: *For 1120 Series Returns processed after December 31, 2014, the CRN 334 is changed to CRN 793.

Note: When processing and adjustment to this CRN, input a TC 971 AC 300 and input the credit adjustment dollar amount in the FREEZE-RELEASE-MEMO-AMT field. This is necessary to track this credit for the Chief Financial Officer (CFO). The transaction date auto-populates.


ADV EIC IRN is:

  • IRN 885

  • MFT 30

  • Schedule H - Advanced EIC

  • 2010 and prior years

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 335

  • Adjust AEIC field via IRN 885

  • MFT 30

  • Form 1040(A) Schedule 8812, Additional Child Tax Credit (ACTC)

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 336

  • CRN 336 amount cannot be 0.00

  • Child Tax Credit (CTC) is applied to offset tax assessment (TC 150/290/300)

  • If AGI changes, CTC/ACTC may also change

  • If CTC/ACTC changes also impose the EITC Ban, include IMF Reason Code 182 in Item 51, 52, or 53.

  • MFT 30

  • MFT 31

  • Manually Mirrored Credit Posted to Spousal Account

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Reversed (-)

  • TC 971 AC 110 automatically posts (mirrors) CRN 337 to linked spousal account for payments made on or after the TC 971 23C date

  • TC 972 AC 110 removes the systemic payment/credit mirroring process

  • Payments posted to one spouse’s account prior to the TC 971 AC 110 23C date must be manually posted using TC 290 0.00 with CRN 337

  • MFT 30

  • Part 1 - Economic Stimulus Payment (ESP)

  • TC 766/CRN 338 posts when original return includes ESP

  • Adjustment to CRN 338 is processed via CRN 256 and/or CRN 257

  • Refundable Credit

  • CRN 338 cannot be input for 0.00

  • MFT 30

  • MFT 05

  • MFT 02

  • Form 4136, Credit for Federal Tax Paid on Fuels

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 362*

  • *When a specific FTC CRN is posted and that same FTC is being reversed, use the applicable CRN whenever possible

  • ***When the specific FTC CRN is not provided, or cannot be identified, use CRN 362.

  • Refundable Credit

  • MFT 30

  • MFT 05

  • MFT 02

  • Form 6478, Credit for Alcohol Used as Fuel

  • Form 8849, Schedule 3, Repayment of Black Liquor Claims

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 431

  • Refundable Credit

  • CRN 450

  • IRM 20.1.2

  • (3) of IRM reference above explains requirements to input a TC 270 0.00 or not

  • MFT 30

  • MFT 05

  • MFT 02

  • Form 4136, Credit for Federal Tax Paid on Fuels

  • Beginning in 2016

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 450 (returns processed after 01/01/2016)

  • Refundable Credit

  • Input of a TC 270 0.00 is required if ALL conditions are met per IRM 20.1.2

  • MFT 30

  • Earned Income Credit (EIC) Increase

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Posts a TC 764

  • EIC included on an original return posts as a TC 768

  • Refundable Credit

  • Decreases a balance due or increases the refund amount

  • MFT 30

  • EIC Decrease

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts a TC 765 to reverse all or a portion of previously posted TC 764/768

  • An EIC decrease cannot exceed the total amount of EIC already posted to the account

  • Increases a balance due or reduces the refund amount


If the 2 year or 10 year EITC ban is imposed by Compliance, their TC 300 adjustment will include Priority Code 6 or 7.
⇒ PC 6 with a PRC 680 sets the 2 year ban.
⇒ PC 6 with a TC 320 sets the 10 year ban.
⇒ PC 7 is used when the account also includes a MF -A freeze.

  • CRN 766

  • CRN 767

  • MFT 30

  • MFT 02

  • MFT 05

Substantiated Credit Adjustment

  • 766 posts a credit which has been substantiated as allowable and applicable to the account

  • 767 posts a reversal of the substantiated credit in full of in part

  • CRN 793 (replaces CRN 334 for 1120 returns processed after 12/31/2014)

  • IRM 21.7.4

  • MFT 02

  • Form 8827, Credit for Prior Year Minimum Tax - Corporations

  • Subject to Sequestration which is a reduction to a refundable credit for corporations

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 334 (returns processed prior to 01/01/2015)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 793 (returns processed after 12/31/2014)

  • Refundable under specific conditions

  • Required entry TC 971 AC 300 and enter the dollar amount of the credit adjustment in the FREEZE-RELEASE-MEMO-AMT field. The transaction date auto-populates.

Note: The TC 971 AC 300 entry is necessary to track this credit for the Chief Financial Officer.

Reminder: *For 1120 Series Returns processed after December 31, 2014, the CRN is changed to CRN 793

  • MFT 30

  • MFT 05

  • W-2 Withholding Tax and/or Excess FICA Contribution Credit

  • MFT 05

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Posts a TC 806 at Master File

  • Refundable Credit

  • Decreases a balance due or increases the refund amount

  • MFT 30

  • MFT 05

  • W-2 Withholding Tax and/or Excess FICA Contribution Credit

  • MFT 05

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Posts a TC 807 at Master File to reverse all or a portion of previously posted Withholding (WH) TC 806

  • WH decrease cannot exceed the total amount of WH already posted to the account

  • Increases a balance due or reduces the refund amount

  • MFT 30

  • MFT 05

Form 8960, Net Investment Income Tax (NIIT)

  • Updates the NIIT Income amount
    (+ or -)

  • MFT 30

  • MFT 05

Form 8960, Net Investment Income Tax (NIIT)

  • Updates the NIIT Tax amount. (+ or -)

  • MFT 30 ONLY - enter IMF RC 137 in Item 51, 52 or 53

  • MFT 30

Form 8959, Additional Medicare Tax on Medicare Wages PLUS Additional Medicare Tax on SE Income

  • Updates the FICA Social Security Administration (SSA) AdMT amount field

  • Tax years 2013 and subsequent
    (+ or -)

  • Enter IMF RC 136 in Item 51, 52 or 53

  • MFT 30

Form 8959, Additional Medicare Tax on Railroad Retirement Board (RRB) Compensation

  • Updates the Railroad Retirement Tax Act (RRTA) AdMT amount field

  • Tax years 2013 and subsequent
    (+ or -)

  • Enter IMF RC 136 in Item 51, 52 or 53

  • MFT 30

Form 8962, Premium Tax Credit (PTC) (Line 25)

  • Updates the Excess Advanced Premium Tax Credit ADV PTC AMT field on TXMODA

  • IRN 866 - IRN 865 = CRN 262

  • MFT 30

Form 8962, Premium Tax Credit (PTC) (Line 24)

  • Updates the Total Premium Tax Credit PTC AMT field on TXMODA

  • IRN 866 - IRN 865 = CRN 262

  • MFT 30

Form 8962, Premium Tax Credit (PTC) Line 29

  • Updates the Excess PTC LIAB AMT field on TXMODA

  • MFT 30

Form 8962, Premium Tax Credit (PTC) Repayment Limitation. The difference between line 27 and line 28 if line 27 is greater than 28

  • Updates the PTC LIMITATION AMOUNT field on TXMODA

  • MFT 30

  • Form 1040 Shared Responsibility Payment Coverage Checkbox

  • IRN 869 input with .00 turns the SRP Coverage Checkbox OFF

  • IRN 869 input with .01 turns the SRP Coverage Checkbox ON

  • MFT 30

  • MFT 02

  • Form 8941, Credit for Small Employer Health Insurance Premiums

  • Credit Increase (+)

  • Credit Decrease (-)

  • Credit adjustment is incorporated into the tax adjustment

  • IRN 870 adjusts the SML-EMPLYR-HLTH-INS-CR-AMT field

  • Tax year 2011 and subsequent

  • Non-Refundable

  • MFT 30

  • Form 1040 Schedule SE, Self-Employment Tax

  • IRN is used to increase (+) or decrease (-) the P-F8919-SSA-WGS-CMP field on TXMODA

  • MFT 30

  • Form 1040 Schedule SE, Self-Employment Tax

  • IRN is used to increase (+) or decrease (-) the S-F8919-SSA-WGS-CMP field on TXMODA

  • IRN 875

  • IRM 21.6.4

  • See IRM 21.6.3 [.4.2.11.7 (3)] Note for IMF Reason Code descriptions.

  • See Document 6209 Section 8C - Master File Codes for complete list of FTHBC IMF Reason Codes and their description.

  • MFT 30

  • Form 5405, Repayment of First-Time Homebuyer Credit (FTHBC)

FTHBC IMF RCs:

  • 109

  • 110

  • 125

  • 126

  • 128

  • 129

2nd FTHBC IMF RCs:

  • 112

  • 113

  • 114

  • 115

  • 116

  • 117

  • 118

  • 127

  • IRN is used to adjust the FTHBC primary credit amount field in the entity

  • Indicates the primary FTHBC in the entity field was transferred to the spouse or used to correct the primary credit amount

  • Adjustments to the FTHBC CRN 258 will update the credit amount field

  • Input for the unpaid recapture amount

  • Requires entry of an FTHBC IMF RC in Item 51, 52 or 53

  • A second FTHBC IMF RC may also be entered in Item 51, 52 or 53

  • IRN 876

  • IRM 21.6.4

  • See IRM 21.6.4 [.4.18.4 (2)] for FTHBC IMF Reason Code descriptions

  • See Document 6209 Section 8C - Master File Codes for complete list of FTHBC IMF Reason Codes and their description

  • MFT 30

  • Form 5405, Repayment of First-Time Homebuyer Credit (FTHBC)

FTHBC IMF RCs:

  • 112

  • 113

  • 114

  • 115

  • 116

  • 117

  • 118

  • 120

  • 127

  • 133

  • IRN is used to adjust the primary total FTHBC recapture amount field in the entity

  • Used when a disposition has occurred and all or part of the FTHBC recapture amount is not required

  • Requires entry of an FTHBC IMF RC in Item 51, 52 or 53 to identify why recapture of the entire amount is not required. (See column 2 for the listing of applicable IMF RCs.

  • IRN 877

  • IRM 21.6.4

  • See IRM 21.6.4 [.4.18.4 (2)] for FTHBC IMF Reason Code descriptions

  • See Document 6209 Section 8C - Master File Codes for complete list of FTHBC IMF Reason Codes and their description

  • MFT 30

  • Form 5405, Repayment of First-Time Homebuyer Credit (FTHBC)

FTHBC IMF RCs:

  • 119

  • 120

  • 123

  • 132

  • 133

  • IRN is used to adjust the FTHBC repayment (recapture) amount in the posted return section of TXMODA and the total repayment field in the entity IMFOLF

  • Used to update the FTHBC recapture amount when a repayment has been made

  • Requires entry of an FTHBC IMF RC in Item 51, 52 or 53 to identify repayment reason on the entity. See column 2 for the list of IMF RCs.

  • MFT 30

  • Form 1040 Schedule SE, Self-Employment Tax

  • IRN is used to increase (+) or decrease (-) the Primary SE Income field amount

  • MFT 30

  • Form 1040 Schedule SE, Self-Employment Tax

  • IRN is used to increase (+) or decrease (-) the Secondary SE Income field amount

  • Item Reference Number (IRN) 880 is used only when necessary to adjust the year the home was purchased.

  • MFT 30

  • First Time Homebuyer Credit (FTHBC) - Year in which the home was purchased

  • Adjusts the year indicator in the entity

  • Enter the applicable FTHBC IMF RC in Item 51, 52 or 53

  • 121 PRI

  • 122 SEC

  • 000 JNT

  • When adjusting the year the home was purchased enter IRN 880 with .YY in Item 15. YY = the 2 digit year. Valid for years 08-12 ONLY.

Example:
.10 for 2010
.11 for 2011

  • MFT 30

  • MFT 02

  • MFT 05

  • Form 8907, Nonconven-tional Source Fuel Credit

  • IRN is used to record the credit

  • Increase (+)

  • Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 883

  • Credit adjustment is incorporated into the tax adjustment

  • MFT 30

  • MFT 02

  • MFT 05

  • Form 6478, Alcohol and Cellulosic Biofuel Fuels Credit (NOT Black Liquor Credit Claim CRN 431)

  • IRN is used to record the credit

  • Increase (+)

  • Decrease (-)

  • Posts as a TC 766/767 CRN 884

  • Credit adjustment is incorporated into the tax adjustment

  • IRN 885

  • IRM 4.13.7-10 Exhibit

  • MFT 30

Advanced EIC

  • IRN is used to record/adjust the credit in the AEIC> posted return section

  • Increase (+)

  • Decrease (-)

  • IRN 885 for AEIC on return/audit

  • CRN 335 is for AEIC adjustment due to Schedule H only

  • MFT 30

  • MFT 02

  • MFT 05

Form 1040/1120/1041 Taxable Income (TXI)

  • IRN is input with a (+) to increase the TXI field on TXMODA

  • IRN is input with a (-) to decrease the TXI field on TXMODA


MFT 30 Adjustments ONLY:

  • When both AGI (IRN 888) and TXI (IRN 886) adjustment is for the same dollar amount, IRN 886 is not entered

  • When (AGI) IRN 888 is input and (TXI) adjustment is different, then IRN 886 must be input for the applicable amount

  • When (AGI) IRN 888 is input and (TXI) is not adjusted, IRN 886 must be input with a 0.00 amount

  • When (AGI) IRN 888 entry is entered as a (-) and the decrease amount exceeds the amount of TXI on TXMODA, then IRN 886 must be input to reduce the TXI amount as applicable but TXI cannot be reduced below 0.00

  • MFT 30

Form 1040, Number of Exemptions

  • IRN 887 is input with a (+) to increase the number of exemptions reflected in the Exemption field

  • IRN 887 is input with a (-) to decrease the number of exemptions reflected in the Exemption field

  • Exemption field cannot be reduced below zero

  • MFT 30

Form 1040, Adjusted Gross Income (AGI)

  • IRN 888 is input with a (+) to increase the AGI amount reflected on TXMODA

  • IRN 888 is input with a (-) to decrease the AGI amount reflected on TXMODA

  • IRN 888 (-) amount can be input to reduce the AGI below zero

  • IRN 888 systemically adjusts the IRN 886 TXI amount unless IRN 886 is also entered for a different amount, or for 0.00 to suppress the systemic adjustment of the TXI

  • MFT 30

  • Form 1040 Schedule SE, Self Employment Tax

  • IRN 889 (+) increases the Self-Employment Tax (SET) field on TXMODA

  • IRN 889 (-) decreases the SET field on TXMODA

  • MFT 30

Form 4137, Social Security and Medicare Tax on Unreported Tip Income

  • IRN adjustment (+/-) input to update the applicable field on the taxpayer’s MFT 30 account

  • 891 - PRIM-UNRPRTD-TIP-INC

  • 892 - SECND-UNREPRTED-TIP-INC

  • 898 - PMTI

  • 899 - SMTI

Employee Share of FICA adjustments are based on Tip Income adjustments associated with the taxpayer’s Form 1040.

  • MFT 30

  • Form 1040 Schedule SE, Self Employment Tax

  • IRN 895 (+) increases the PMEI field on TXMODA

  • IRN 895 (-) decreases the PMEI field on TXMODA

  • MFT 30

  • Form 1040 Schedule SE, Self Employment Tax

  • IRN 896 (+) increases the SMEI field on TXMODA

  • IRN 896 (-) decreases the SMEI field on TXMODA

  • IRN 975

  • IRM 21.6.4

  • Requires entry of an FTHBC IMF Reason Code in Item 51, 52 or 53. See column 2 for listing of IMF RCs

  • MFT 30

Form 5405, Repayment of First-Time Homebuyer Credit (FTHBC)
FTHBC IMF RCs:

  • 109

  • 110

  • 125

  • 126

  • 128

  • 129


2nd FTHBC IMF RCs:

  • 112

  • 113

  • 114

  • 115

  • 116

  • 117

  • 118

  • 120

  • 127

  • 133

  • IRN is used to adjust the secondary credit amount field

  • Indicates the secondary FTHBC in the entity field was transferred to the primary or used to correct the secondary credit amount

  • Adjustments to the FTHBC CRN 258 will update the credit amount field

  • Input for the unpaid recapture amount


See IRM 21.6.4 [.4.18.4 (2)] for FTHBC IMF RC descriptions.

  • FTHBC IMF RC from the list in column 2 is entered in Item 51, 52 or 53

  • MFT 30

Form 5405, Repayment of First-Time Homebuyer Credit (FTHBC)
FTHBC IMF RCs:

  • 112

  • 113

  • 114

  • 115

  • 116

  • 117

  • 118

  • 127

  • IRN is used to adjust the secondary taxpayer’s total FTHBC recapture amount field in the entity

  • Used when a disposition has occurred and all or part of the FTHBC recapture amount is not required

  • Requires entry of an FTHBC IMF RC in Item 51, 52 or 53 to identify why recapture of the entire amount is not required


See IRM 21.6.4 [.4.18.4 (2)] for FTHBC IMF RC descriptions

  • MFT 30

MFS Separate to MFJ Joint account adjustment

  • Entered in Item 15 for 0.00 when moving the MFS MFT 30 account to the MFJ account.

  • Input TC 971 AC 011 on the secondary account to prevent future Collection IRP activity.

Entries for the Final Form 5403 Preparation to Close AIMS After a Quick Assessment has been Processed

Form 5403 Field

Entry

Notes:

CC:

✓ AMCLSA

Input of this CC updates the AIMS tables, AIMS database elements, and updates the AIMS controls to ST 90 Closed

Items 1 thru 4

Must match the entity information for the taxpayer and the tax period being adjusted

Self explanatory

BS

  • 70X:
    Original Return
    Electronic Return
    SFR (no return filed)

  • 79X:
    Copy of Return

The identification of the return type (original or copy) determines the DLN generated for the adjustment and whether it will be a refile DLN or a non-refile DLN.

Item 02 PRC

Leave blank if the FTF Penalty is applicable and was already assessed on the F-2859 Q/A.
If the Del-Ret-Ind is set but the FTF Penalty is not sustained, the ATE identifies the Penalty Relief Reason ID for APS on F-5402.
See IRM 8.20.7.10.10, Penalty Reason Code Entered in Item 02 of Form 5402, Appeals Closing Record for specific information.

This entry will apply if the ATE has reduced the penalty amount proposed by Compliance.
When the TC 160 has been fully sustained and has also been assessed on the F-2859 Q/A, the TC 160 0.00 must also be entered on the F-5403 in Item 12 to avoid UPC 179 RC 1, no entry is required in Item 02.

Item 07 HC

Enter HC 2 on the F-5403 AMCLSA to hold both the notice and credit until Doc. Code 51 TC 30X posts and releases the MF “-K” freeze.

  • TP will receive billing notice F-3552 as of 23C Date for the Q/A

  • TP will receive Letter 3535 from APS TE when applicable per IRC § 6631

  • Any unused payments/credits on the account and any payments submitted prior to posting of the Q/A TCs are held until Doc. Code 51 adjustment posts

  • TP will receive applicable balance due notice when Doc. 51 adjustment posts and releases the MF “-K” freeze

  • If the account is in overpaid status, computer programming generates offset or refund

  • If the account is in balance due status, computer programming generates balance due notices

Normal processing will follow the order listed below so it is critical that the F-5403 always include a HC 2 otherwise posting the Doc. Code 47 TC 300 0.00 will release any overpayment on the module or any payments received before the Q/A TCs post.

  1. F-2859 Preparation

  2. Manual Interest Computation Review

  3. F-2859 Review and PTM Signature

  4. F-2859 Submission to RACS for Processing

  5. F-2859 Monitoring Period Begins (PEAS CAR Entry)

  6. F-5403 Preparation

  7. F-5403 Processing Input

  8. F-5403 Monitoring Period Begins (PEAS CAR Entry)

  9. F-3552 and Complete DLN received by 23C Date (PEAS CAR Entry and DLN noted)

  10. F-5403 Posts

  11. F-5403 Monitoring Period Ends

  12. F-2859 Posts

  13. F-2859 Monitoring Period Ends

Item 08 Agreement Date

  • If the DC = 03 enter the agreement date

  • If the DC = 12 do not enter an agreement date

Note: Agreed adjustments on Income, Gift, and Estate cases must have the Agreement Date associated with the tax assessment transaction(s) to notify MF programming that IRC § 6213(d) interest waiver suspension may apply.

The Q/A may be required because the taxpayer agreed or because the taxpayer defaulted. If the taxpayer agreed, then include the agreement date on the Form 2859 Q/A and on the Form 5403 TC 30X adjustment per IRC § 6213(d). If the taxpayer did not agree but the assessment is authorized by a default or an Entered Tax Court Decision without a waiver paragraph, then do not associate an agreement date with the TC 300 adjustment on Form 2859 or Form 5403.

Item 09 PC

  • Use the appropriate PC to avoid an unpostable condition.

  • PCs can also be used to trigger certain penalty accruals from the RDD (PC 9) or to trigger an OP interest suspension period for an additional 45 days on an IRS Initiated adjustment (PC 3). Neither of these scenarios will normally apply to an account on which you are processing a Q/A.

The variety of account related conditions are too broad and varied to make a blanket statement about which PC to use.
The APS TE must adequately analyze the taxpayer’s account, MF Freeze Codes currently active on the account, as well as posted TCs in order to determine if a PC must be entered or to determine which one should be entered to avoid an unpostable condition.

Note: If the BS you are using is 79X and you also enter Item 10 Settlement Amount, ALWAYS use PC 2 or use PC 3 if both 1 and 2 are necessary.

Item 10 Settlement Amount

Only Required when BS = 79X and the DC is

  • 03 Agreed

  • 12 Defaulted


Using a current TXMODA, calculate and enter the correct Settlement Amount.

Always enter a PC 2 or if necessary, PC 3 (when both PC 1 and PC 2 are necessary) to avoid UPC 143.

Item 11 Interest Comp Date

Leave Blank unless a TC 308 or a TC 309 is included in Item 12

Item 11 is only used to identify an Interest From Date for a TC 308/309 adjustment amount.

For example:
A C/B recapture is entered with a TC 308 and the RDD for the C/B year must then be entered in Item 11.
If both the TC 300/301 GA tax and the TC 308 C/B recapture adjustment are included on the F-2859; then Item 12 will include a TC 300301 dollar amount and a TC 308 dollar amount and Item 11 will include the Interest Computation Date for the TC 308 adjustment amount.

Item 12 Tax

TC 300 is always required because it is the carrier transaction for all other entries included in the AMCLSA input.

If the full amount of the agreed or defaulted tax assessment was included on the F-2859, then enter the TC 300 with a 0.00 + amount.

If there is an additional agreed or defaulted tax assessment that was NOT included on the F-2859, then use the applicable TC and enter the applicable tax adjustment amount in Item 12.

Caution: Never enter a dollar amount that will duplicate the tax amount already included on the F-2859.

Item 12 Penalty

When the applicable penalty(ies) are included on the F-2859, it is not necessary to also include the penalty TC’s in the AMCLSA F-5403 Item 12 with just one exception:
If the Del-Ret-Ind is set then a TC 160 with a 0.00 must be included on every account adjustment document to bypass UPC 179 RC 1

This rule does not apply to any other type of penalty e.g. TC 270 or TC 240.

Whenever the Del-Ret-Ind is set (see page one of the AMDISA) the adjustment document(s) must always include a TC 16X to acknowledge awareness of the indicator. A TC 160 is required on the F-2859 as well as the F-5403 regardless of if a penalty amount is being assessed or if the penalty was waived. If the full amount of the TC 160 penalty was included on the F-2859, then enter a TC 160 for 0.00 + in Item 12 of the F-5403 AMCLSA document.

If the ATE determines that the return was NOT delinquent and the Del-Ret-Ind was set in ERROR, then APS must input a TC 162 to reverse the Del-Ret-Ind, wait until it posts, then all subsequent adjustment documents will not require a TC 160 0.00.

Item 12 Interest

No interest TC is needed when a TC 190 was used on the F-2859
If a TC 340 and/or TC 77X was included on the F-2859, then enter a TC 340 or TC 77X or both (as needed) with a 0.00. In addition, complete the applicable Item 6 a, or b, and c entries.

Whenever a MF Freeze "-I" Restricted TC 340 Interest or "I-" Restricted TC 770 Interest is present, the RI TC must always also be included on the adjustment document, even if it is for 0.00.

Note: A TC 772, debit interest charged at the credit rate always requires an Item 6 a and c entry.

Item 13 Disposal Code

Enter DC:

  • 03 for Agreed

  • 12 for Defaulted

This code identifies how the adjustments are authorized, e.g. Agreement (DC 03) or Default (DC 12).
Even though the TC 300 is for 0.00, this case is not being closed (disposed of) as a No-Change DC 01 because the assessment was manually processed on a F-2859 Doc. Code 51 instead of processed via AIMS F-5403 Doc. Code 47.

Item 14 Statute Extended To Date

Enter the correct ASED

Item 14 posts a TC 560 to the taxpayer’s account and either matches or updates the ASED date on the taxpayer’s account.

Item 15 Credit and Reference Item Adjustment

Enter all Item References and applicable adjustment amounts for the tax period being adjusted.

Reminder: If there are Credit Item Adjustments that were not included on the F-2859 because they’d result in a credit balance on the F-3552, you can include the excess credit reference items and adjustment amounts on the F-5403. Do NOT duplicate credits that were included on the F-2859. Since the additional credits will not be released for refund until the Doc. Code 51 adjustments post, you will have to verify the account balance after all adjustments post and if necessary, input a Doc. Code 54, TC 290 0.00 with Priority Code 1 to release the credit for a computer generated offset to an outstanding balance due, or to release the refund to the taxpayer.

Remainder of Items on F-5403

Complete in the same manner as if you had processed the Agreed or Defaulted tax assessment on the F-5403.

The remainder of Items on the F-5403 serve the purpose of updating the AIMS database and closing the AIMS controls.

Assembly Order for Non-Collection Cases

Order/Document

Type

1 - Current Adjustment Document

  • Form 5403

  • Form 8485

  • Form 3870

  • Form 8278

Adjustment Type

  • AIMS Adjustment

  • Non-AIMS Adjustment

  • Non-AIMS Adjustment

  • Civil Penalty Adjustment

2 - Legal Tax Document Filed by Taxpayer

  • Form 1040

  • Form 1120

  • Form 709

  • Form 706

  • Form 940

  • Form 941

  • Form 720

  • Form 5500 Series

Return Type

  • Individual Income Tax Return

  • Corporate Income Tax Return

  • Gift Tax Return

  • Estate Tax Return

  • FUTA Employment Tax Return

  • FICA Employment Tax Return

  • Excise Tax Return

  • Employee Plan/Exempt Organization Return

3 - Attachments to Return

  • Folded in half and affixed to front of page 1*

  • Affixed to back of page 1**

*Prior Account Adjustment Source Document(s):

  • Form 5344

  • Form 5403

  • Form 8485

  • Form 2859

  • Form 5792

  • Form 3753


**Legal Authorities:

  • Statute Extension(s) Authority

  • Power of Attorney Authorization(s)

  • Form 2285, Concurrent Determinations of Deficiencies

  • Manual Interest Computation(s)

  • Restricted Interest Computation(s)

  • 6404(g) Worksheet

  • SEQUA Spreadsheet

4 - Behind last Page of Tax Return

Adjusted Return(s) or Claim

  • Amended Taxable Return

  • Claim

5 - Authority for Adjustment

  • Agreed/Settled Deficiency

  • Agreed/Settled Claim

  • Entered Decision

  • Entered Order to Dismiss

  • Defaulted SND or NOD

Authority Type

  • Executed Waiver of Assessment

  • Claim Allowance/Disallowance

  • Tax Court Decision

  • Dismissal

  • SND or NOD

6 - Audit Statement

  • Fully Sustained

  • Settled

Statement Types

  • Form 4549

  • Form 5278

  • Form 3610

7 - Closing Instructions

  • Form 5402

  • Form 1767

Title(s)

  • Appeals Transmittal and Case Memorandum

  • Transmittal Memorandum

8 - Closing Letter(s)

  • Prepared and signed by ATE/ATM

  • Dated by APS if mailed by APS

9 - Work Papers

  • Multi-period Examined case closing requires the work papers to be associated with the latest deficiency tax period

  • Appeals work papers

  • Compliance work papers

  • Use CC: FRM77 to systemically cross-reference the tax period with the work papers associated, on the "non-work paper tax period(s) using TC 971 AC 057"

TC 520 Closing Codes (cc) and Master File (MF) Freezes

TC 520 cc

Master File Freeze

IDRS Status

Notes

60

-V

72

  • Definition = Bankruptcy

  • CSED Suspended

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

61

-V

72

  • Definition = Bankruptcy

  • CSED Suspended

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

62

-V

72

  • Definition = Bankruptcy

  • CSED Suspended

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

63

-V

72

  • Definition = Bankruptcy

  • CSED Suspended

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

64

-V

72

  • Definition = Bankruptcy

  • CSED Suspended

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

65

-V

72

  • Definition = Bankruptcy

  • CSED Suspended

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

66

-V

72

  • Definition = Bankruptcy

  • CSED Suspended

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

67

-V

72

  • Definition = Bankruptcy

  • CSED Suspended

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

70

-W

72

  • Definition = Litigation

  • CSED not suspended

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

  • Reversal TC 521 no cc

  • Correction TC 522

72

-W

No Change

  • Definition = Tax Court Case

  • CSED not suspended

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

  • Reversal TC 521 no cc

  • Correction TC 522

76

-W

72

  • Definition = CDP filed Lien and DPL2

  • CSED Suspended

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

  • Reversal TC 521 requires a cc unless TC 520 cc 76 was input prior to cycle 200101

  • Correction TC 522

77

-W

72

  • Definition = CDP filed Levy

  • CSED Suspended

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

  • Reversal TC 521 requires a cc unless TC 520 cc 76 was input prior to cycle 200101

  • Correction TC 522

80

-W

72

  • Definition = Litigation

  • Input of the TC 520 cc 80 is generally requested by Advisory as of the date that the suit is filed.

  • CSED suspended

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

81

-W

72

  • Definition = Litigation

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

  • Reversal TC 521 requires cc (Effective 1/19/91)

  • Include bankruptcy indicator "999" to reverse all open TC 520 cc 81, 85-89 within the module.

  • CSED suspended

82

-W

72

  • Definition = CVPN with Appeal Rights

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

  • CSED suspended

  • Reversal TC 521 no cc

83

-V

72

  • Definition = Bankruptcy

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

  • CSED suspended

  • Reversal TC 521 no cc

85

-V

72

  • Definition = Bankruptcy

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

  • CSED suspended

  • Reversal TC 521 requires cc (Effective 1/19/91)

  • Include bankruptcy indicator "999" to reverse all open TC 520 cc 81, 85-89 within the module.

86

-V

72

  • Definition = Bankruptcy

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

  • CSED suspended

  • Reversal TC 521 requires cc (Effective 1/19/91)

  • Include bankruptcy indicator "999" to reverse all open TC 520 cc 81, 85-89 within the module.

87

-V

72

  • Definition = Bankruptcy

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

  • CSED suspended

  • Reversal TC 521 requires cc (Effective 1/19/91)

  • Include bankruptcy indicator "999" to reverse all open TC 520 cc 81, 85-89 within the module.

88

-V

72

  • Definition = Bankruptcy

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

  • CSED suspended

  • Reversal TC 521 requires cc (Effective 1/19/91)

  • Include bankruptcy indicator "999" to reverse all open TC 520 cc 81, 85-89 within the module.

89

-V

72

  • Definition = Bankruptcy

  • Status 72 suppresses all balance due notices

  • CSED suspended

  • Reversal TC 521 requires cc (Effective 1/19/91)

  • Include bankruptcy indicator "999" to reverse all open TC 520 cc 81, 85-89 within the module.

Automated Offer in Compromise (AOIC) Update Procedures

  • Accepted OIC

Screen

Input Fields

Query

Enter TIN

AO Offer Query Results

Select case from list

AO Offer Update

  • Select case from list

  • Reassign case to Appeals closures

  • Select "Submit" and move to "Input" screen

Update AO Offer

  • Offer amount (if changed)

  • Select Original or Amended Offer

  • Verify "Offer Type"

  • Select Submit and return to "AO Offer" screen

AO Offer

Select MFT Tab

MFT Summary

  • Verify all periods listed on the AOIC match IDRS. Update periods as appropriate.

  • Save inputs and return to "AO Offer" screen

AO Offer

  • Select "Terms"

  • Select "Update Terms"

  • Verify "Terms Type"

  • Input payment terms (from Form 7249)

  • Input Collateral Agreement terms, if any. Include the form number of the collateral agreement (Form 2261, Form 2261–A, Form 2261–B etc.)

  • Select "Submit"

AO Offer

  • Select Remarks

  • Add remarks to state "Accepted in Appeals - Sending to the MOIC unit" (Brookhaven MOIC or Memphis MOIC)

  • Select "Save"

Remarks & Case History

  • Select "Remarks and Case History"

  • Print one copy of Remarks and Case History screen (page 1 only) and include this print in the administrative file.

  • Return to "AO Offer" screen

AO Offer

Select "Update Offer"

Update AO Offer

Select "Final Disposition"

Update Final Disposition

  • Select "2 - Accepted by Appeals"

  • Input the mail date of the rejection with appeal rights letter. Enter the date that collection generated but did not issue the rejection letter. This date can be obtained by accessing the remarks or history information on AOIC.

  • Input the mail date of the Appeals acceptance letter

  • Was the offer accepted under ETA/DCSC criteria? Select answer from drop-down menu.

  • MFT 30 to 31? Select answer from drop-down menu (Yes/No)

  • MFT 35 to 65? Select answer from drop-down menu (Yes/No)

  • Manual TC input Required? Select answer from drop-down menu (Yes/No)

  • Select "Submit "and return to "AO Offer" screen

AO Offer

  • From this screen, verify the case is closed.

  • Also from this screen, check for related offers. If applicable, take necessary closing actions for related offers.

  • Print one copy of the final ATE Offer screen and insert the print in the administrative file.

  • Rejected OIC

Screen

Input Actions

Query

Input TIN

AO Offer Query Results

Select case from list

AO Offer

  • Select case from list

  • Reassign case to Appeals closures

  • Select "Submit" and return to "AO Offer" screen

Remarks and Case History

Select "Submit" and return to "AO Offer" Screen

AO Offer

Select "Update Offer"

AO Offer

Select "Remarks" and indicate the offer was rejected

Update AO Offer

Final Disposition

Update Final Disposition

  • Select "3 - Rejection Sustained"

  • Input the mail date of the rejection letter with appeal rights. Enter the date that collection generated but did not issue the rejection letter. This date can be obtained by accessing the remarks or history information on AOIC.

  • Input the mail date of the Appeals rejection letter

  • Input the RCP amount (from Form 5402). If "0" or no amount is given on the Form 5402, use the IMFOLI/BMFOLI "total assessed balance" from IDRS)

  • MFT 30 to 31? Select answer from drop-down menu (Yes/No)

  • MFT 35 to 65? Select answer from drop-down menu (Yes/No)

  • Manual TC input Required? Select answer from drop-down menu (Yes/No)

  • Select "Submit" and return to AO Offer screen

AO Offer

Verify the case is closed

  • Withdrawn OIC

Screen

Input Actions

Query

Input TIN

AO Offer Query Results

  • Select case from list

  • Reassign case to Appeals closures

  • Select "Submit" and return to "AO Offer" screen

AO Offer

Select "Update Offer"

Update AO Offer

  • Select "Update Offer"

  • Select "Final Disposition"

  • Select "9 - Withdrawal"

  • Input the mail date of the rejection letter with appeal rights

  • Input the mail date of the Appeals withdrawal letter

  • Input the legal date of the withdrawal (indicated on the withdrawal letter)

  • If a deposit was made, select the appropriate response from the drop-down menu

  • MFT 30 to 31? Select answer from drop-down menu (Yes/No)

  • MFT 35 to 65? Select answer from drop-down menu (Yes/No)

  • Manual TC input Required? Select answer from drop-down menu (Yes/No)

  • Select "Submit" and return to AO Offer screen

AO Offer

Verify the case is closed

  • Potential Default

Screen

Input Actions

AO Offers Query

TIN

AO Offer

Select "Remarks"

Add Remark to Case History

  • Select "Add Remark" and state: Defaulted or Not Defaulted.

  • If applicable, state that a compromise of a compromise was accepted.

  • State also that the case was returned to MOIC (Brookhaven or Memphis)

  • Save

  • Premature Referral

Screen

Input Actions

Query

Input TIN

AO Offer Query Results

  • Select case from list

  • Search for the area office assignment number for Premature Appeals Referrals in the drop down menu.

    Note: The number will begin with the Area office number and be followed by several other numbers

  • Select "Submit" and return to "AO Offer" screen

AO Offer

Verify the case is assigned to correct area

This data was captured by Tax Analysts from the IRS website on December 03, 2023.
Copy RID